2021 Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner's Manual

21_CHEV_Silverado_1500_COV_en_US_84550389C_2021MAR9.pdf 1 3/5/2021 9:39:27 AM

CMY

K Cadillac Escalade Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 13690472) - 2021 - Insert - 5/10/21

Insert to the 2021 Cadillac Escalade, Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban, GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali, Chevrolet Silverado 1500, and GMC Sierra/Sierra Denali 1500 Owner’s Manuals This information replaces the information Auto Stops may not occur and/or Auto under “Stop/Start System” found in the { Warning Starts may occur because: Driving and Operating Section of the owner’s The automatic engine Stop/Start feature . The climate control settings require the manual. causes the engine to shut off while the engine to be running to cool or heat the Some vehicles built on or after 6/7/2021 are vehicle is still on. Do not exit the vehicle vehicle interior. not equipped with the Stop/Start System, before shifting to P (Park). The vehicle . The vehicle battery charge is low. see your dealer for details on a specific may restart and move unexpectedly. . The vehicle battery has recently been vehicle. Always shift to P (Park), and then turn disconnected. the ignition off before exiting the vehicle. Stop/Start System . Minimum vehicle speed has not been reached since the last Auto Stop. If equipped, the Stop/Start system will shut Auto Engine Stop/Start . The accelerator pedal is pressed. off the engine to help conserve fuel. It has When the brakes are applied and the vehicle . The engine or transmission is not at the components designed for the increased is at a complete stop, the engine may turn number of starts. required operating temperature. off. When stopped, the tachometer displays . AUTO STOP. See Tachometer. When the The outside temperature is not in the brake pedal is released or the accelerator required operating range. . pedal is pressed, the engine will restart. The vehicle is in any gear other than D (Drive). Some vehicles may maintain To maintain vehicle performance, other Auto Stop after being shifted to P (Park). conditions may cause the engine to . automatically restart before the brake pedal Certain driver modes have been selected. is released. See Driver Mode Control and Four-Wheel Drive.

2 . The vehicle is on a steep hill or grade. . The driver door has been opened or the driver seat belt has been unbuckled. . The hood has been opened. . The Auto Stop has reached the maximum allowed time. Auto Stop Disable Switch

Chevrolet/GMC SUV Uplevel Shown Chevrolet/GMC Pickup If equipped, the automatic engine Stop/Start feature can be disabled and enabled by pressing h. Auto Stop is enabled each time you start the vehicle. When h is illuminated, the system is enabled. Cadillac Uplevel Shown Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 5/18/21

Introduction This manual describes features that may or Contents may not be on the vehicle because of optional equipment that was not purchased Introduction ...... 1 on the vehicle, model variants, country specifications, features/applications that may Keys, Doors, and Windows ...... 7 not be available in your region, or changes Seats and Restraints ...... 45 subsequent to the printing of this owner’s manual. Storage ...... 95 If the vehicle has the Duramax diesel Instruments and Controls ...... 99 The names, logos, emblems, slogans, vehicle model names, and vehicle body designs engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement Lighting ...... 139 appearing in this manual including, but not for additional and specific information on this engine. Infotainment System ...... 148 limited to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, SILVERADO, and Z71 Refer to the purchase documentation Climate Controls ...... 204 are trademarks and/or service marks of relating to your specific vehicle to confirm Driving and Operating ...... 211 General Motors LLC, its subsidiaries, the features. affiliates, or licensors. Vehicle Care ...... 320 Keep this manual in the vehicle for quick For vehicles first sold in Canada, substitute reference. Service and Maintenance ...... 408 the name “General Motors of Canada Technical Data ...... 423 Company” for Chevrolet Motor Division Customer Information ...... 428 wherever it appears in this manual. Reporting Safety Defects ...... 436 OnStar ...... 440 Connected Services ...... 445 Index...... 448

Litho in U.S.A. Part No. 84550389 D Fourth Printing © 2021 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

2 Introduction Canadian Vehicle Owners Symbols { Danger A French language manual can be obtained The vehicle has components and labels that Danger indicates a hazard with a high from your dealer, at www.helminc.com, use symbols instead of text. Symbols are or from: level of risk which will result in serious shown along with the text describing the injury or death. operation or information relating to a Propriétaires Canadiens specific component, control, message, gauge, On peut obtenir un exemplaire de ce guide or indicator. en français auprès du concessionnaire ou à { Warning M : Shown when the owner’s manual has l'adresse suivante: Warning indicates a hazard that could additional instructions or information. result in injury or death. Helm, Incorporated * Attention: Customer Service : Shown when the service manual has additional instructions or information. 47911 Halyard Drive Caution Plymouth, MI 48170 0 : Shown when there is more information Caution indicates a hazard that could USA on another page —“see page.” result in property or vehicle damage. Using this Manual Vehicle Symbol Chart To quickly locate information about the Here are some additional symbols that may vehicle, use the Index in the back of the be found on the vehicle and what they manual. It is an alphabetical list of what is mean. See the features in this manual for in the manual and the page number where information. it can be found. u : Air Conditioning System Danger, Warning, and Caution A circle with a slash through it is a safety G : Air Conditioning Refrigerant Oil symbol which means “Do not,”“Do not do Warning messages found on vehicle labels 9 : Airbag Readiness Light and in this manual describe hazards and this,” or “Do not let this happen.” what to do to avoid or reduce them. ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS) $ : Brake System Warning Light Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Introduction 3 9 : Dispose of Used Components Properly 7 : Rear Cross Traffic Alert P : Do Not Apply High Pressure Water I : Registered Technician B : Engine Coolant Temperature / : Remote Vehicle Start _ : Flame/Fire Prohibited h : Risk of Electrical Fire H : Flammable > : Seat Belt Reminders [ : Forward Collision Alert I : Side Blind Zone Alert R : Fuse Block Cover Lock Location h : Stop/Start + : Fuses 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor j : ISOFIX/LATCH System Child Restraints d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Q : Keep Fuse Block Covers Properly Installed a : Under Pressure | : Lane Change Alert V : Vehicle Ahead Indicator @ : Lane Departure Warning A : Lane Keep Assist * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp : : Oil Pressure X : Park Assist ~ : Pedestrian Ahead Indicator O : Power Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

4 Introduction Instrument Panel Overview Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Introduction 5 1. Tow/Haul Mode (On Some Models). See 11. X Park Assist Switch (If Equipped). See Power Take-Off (PTO) (If Equipped). See Driver Mode Control 0 250. Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing Duramax Diesel Supplement. Automatic Transfer Case Control (If 0 266. 12. Power Outlet (Alternating Current) (If 0 0 Equipped). See Four-Wheel Drive 241. g Traction Control/Electronic Stability Equipped). See Power Outlets 102. Driver Mode Control 0 250 (If Equipped). Control 0 248. 13. Power Outlet (Direct Current). See Power 0 Outlets 0 102. 2. Air Vents 209. | Hazard Warning Flashers 0 142. 0 3. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn and 14. USB Port 158. A Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 281. Lane-Change Signals 0 143. 15. Wireless Charging 0 103 (If Equipped). Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 101. 5 Hill Descent Control Switch (If 16. Trailer Brake Control Panel (If Equipped). Equipped). See Hill Descent Control (HDC) 4. Head-Up Display (HUD) 0 128 (If See “Integrated Trailer Brake Control 0 249. 0 Equipped). System” under Towing Equipment 296. j 0 5. Instrument Cluster 0 106. Power Assist Steps 30 (If 17. ENGINE START/STOP. See Ignition Equipped). Positions (Keyless Access) 0 230 or 6. Shift Lever. See Automatic Transmission Ignition Positions (Key Access) 0 229. 0 238. 5 Power Release Tailgate (If 0 18. Steering Wheel Controls 0 100. Range Selection Mode. See Manual Mode Equipped). See Tailgate 23. 0 240. A DC/AC Switch. See Power Outlets Driver Information Center (DIC) Controls. 0 102. See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base 7. Light Sensor. See Automatic Headlamp 0 0 Level) 124 or System 142. h Auto Stop Disable Switch (If Driver Information Center (DIC) (Midlevel 8. Infotainment Controls. See Overview Equipped). See Stop/Start System 0 233. and Uplevel) 0 125. 0 149. L Express Window Down Button (If 19. Horn 0 101. 0 0 9. Climate Control Systems 204 (If Equipped). See Power Windows 41. 20. Hood Release. See Hood 0 322. Equipped). 0 Tow/Haul Mode 241 (On Some 21. Steering Wheel Adjustment 0 100 (Out Dual Automatic Climate Control System Models). 0 of View). 206 (If Equipped). Exhaust Brake (If Equipped). See Duramax 10. Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 52 Diesel Supplement. (If Equipped). Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

6 Introduction 22. Cruise Control 0 254. Adaptive Cruise Control (Camera) 0 256 (If Equipped). Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 274 (If Equipped). Heated Steering Wheel 0 100 (If Equipped). 23. Data Link Connector (DLC) (Out of View). See Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 116. 24. Electric Parking Brake 0 246. 25. Fog Lamps 0 143 (If Equipped). Instrument Panel Illumination Control 0 145. Exterior Cargo Lamps 0 144. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 139. Task Lighting 0 144 (If Equipped). Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 7 Exterior Mirrors Keys and Locks Keys, Doors, and Convex Mirrors ...... 33 Windows Manual Mirrors ...... 34 Keys (Key Access) Trailer-Tow Mirrors ...... 34 Keys and Locks Power Mirrors ...... 35 { Warning Folding Mirrors ...... 36 Keys (Key Access) ...... 7 Leaving children in a vehicle with the Keys (Keyless Access) ...... 9 Heated Mirrors ...... 37 ignition key is dangerous and children or Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System . . . . 10 Automatic Dimming Mirror ...... 37 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Blind Spot Mirrors ...... 37 others could be seriously injured or killed. Operation (Key Access) ...... 10 Reverse Tilt Mirrors ...... 38 They could operate the power windows Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System or other controls or make the vehicle Interior Mirrors move. The windows will function with Operation (Keyless Access) ...... 13 Interior Rearview Mirrors ...... 38 the keys in the ignition, and children or Remote Vehicle Start ...... 20 Manual Rearview Mirror ...... 38 Door Locks ...... 21 Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror . . . 38 others could be caught in the path of a Power Door Locks ...... 22 Rear Camera Mirror ...... 38 closing window. Do not leave children in Delayed Locking ...... 22 a vehicle with the ignition key. Automatic Door Locks ...... 22 Windows Lockout Protection ...... 22 Windows ...... 40 Safety Locks ...... 23 Manual Windows ...... 41 Power Windows ...... 41 Doors Rear Windows ...... 43 Tailgate ...... 23 Sun Visors ...... 43 Power Assist Steps ...... 30 Roof Vehicle Security Sunroof ...... 43 Vehicle Security ...... 31 Vehicle Alarm System ...... 31 Steering Column Lock ...... 32 Immobilizer ...... 32 Immobilizer Operation ...... 32 Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

8 Keys, Doors, and Windows replacement ignition keys have a small hole. { Warning See your dealer if a replacement key is If the key is unintentionally rotated while required. the vehicle is running, the ignition could The combination and size of the rings that be moved out of the RUN position. This came with your keys were specifically could be caused by heavy items hanging selected for your vehicle. The rings are from the key ring, or by large or long connected to the key like two links of a items attached to the key ring that could chain to reduce the risk of unintentionally be contacted by the driver or steering moving the key out of the RUN position. Do wheel. If the ignition moves out of the not add any additional items to the ring RUN position, the engine will shut off, attached to the ignition key. Attach braking and steering power assist may be additional items only to the second ring, impacted, and airbags may not deploy. and limit added items to a few essential Interference from radio-frequency To reduce the risk of unintentional keys or small, light items no larger than an identification (RFID) tags may prevent the rotation of the ignition key, do not RKE transmitter. key from starting the vehicle. Keep RFID change the way the ignition key and tags away from the key when starting the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter, vehicle. if equipped, are connected to the The key is used for the ignition, all door provided key rings. locks, and the glove box.

The ignition key and key rings, and RKE If equipped with memory seats, keys 1 and 2 are linked to seating positions of memory 1 transmitter, if equipped, are designed to 0 work together as a system to reduce the or 2. See Memory Seats 49. risk of unintentionally moving the key out Programming Keys of the RUN position. The ignition key has a small hole to allow attachment of the Follow these procedures to program up to provided key ring. It is important that any eight keys to the vehicle. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 9 Programming with Two Recognized Keys If two currently recognized keys are not The key has a bar-coded key tag that the To program a new key: available, follow this procedure to program dealer or qualified locksmith can use to the first key. make new keys. Store this information in a 1. Insert the original, already programmed safe place, not in the vehicle. key in the ignition and turn the This procedure will take approximately ignition on. 30 minutes to complete for the first key. See your dealer if a replacement key or The vehicle must be off and all of the keys additional key is needed. 2. Turn the ignition off, and remove you wish to program must be with you. the key. If it becomes difficult to turn a key, inspect 1. Insert the new vehicle key into the the key blade for debris. Periodically clean 3. Quickly, within five seconds, insert the ignition. second original already programmed key with a brush or pick. in the ignition and turn the ignition on. 2. Turn the ignition on. The security light If locked out of the vehicle, see Roadside will come on. 0 4. Turn the ignition off, and remove Assistance Program 431. the key. 3. Wait 10 minutes until the security light With an active OnStar or connected service turns off. 5. Insert the key to be programmed and plan, an OnStar Advisor may remotely turn the ignition on within five seconds. 4. Turn the ignition off. unlock the vehicle. See OnStar Overview 0 6. After a few seconds, the security light 5. Repeat Steps 2–4 two more times. After 440. the third time, turn the ignition on; the will turn off once the key has been Keys (Keyless Access) programmed. key is learned and all previously known keys will no longer work with the 7. Repeat Steps 1–5 if additional keys are to vehicle. { Warning be programmed. 6. To learn a second key, turn the ignition Leaving children in a vehicle with an If a key is lost or damaged, see your dealer off, insert the second key to be learned, ignition key or Remote Keyless Entry to have a new key made. and turn the ignition on. (RKE) transmitter is dangerous and Programming without Recognized Keys After two keys are learned, the remaining children or others could be seriously Program a new key to the vehicle when a keys can be learned by following the injured or killed. They could operate the recognized key is not available. Canadian procedure in “Programming with Two power window or other controls or make regulations require that owners see their Recognized Keys.” the vehicle move. The windows will dealer. function with the key in the ignition or (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

10 Keys, Doors, and Windows If equipped with memory seats, RKE Warning (Continued) transmitters 1 and 2 are linked to seating with the RKE transmitter in the vehicle, positions of memory 1 or 2. See Memory and children or others could be caught in Seats 0 49. the path of a closing window. Do not leave children in a vehicle with the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) ignition key or an RKE transmitter. System See Radio Frequency Statement 0 436. If there is a decrease in the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) operating range: . Check the distance. The transmitter may be too far from the vehicle. Press the button to remove the key. Never pull the key out without pressing the . Check the location. Other vehicles or button. objects may be blocking the signal. . Check the transmitter's battery. See See your dealer if a replacement key or “Battery Replacement” later in this additional key is needed. section. If it becomes difficult to turn a key, inspect . If the transmitter is still not working the key blade for debris. Periodically clean correctly, see your dealer or a qualified with a brush or pick. If the vehicle has the Keyless Access system, technician for service. the transmitter has a button on the side of With an active OnStar or connected service the transmitter used to remove the key. plan, an OnStar Advisor may remotely Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) unlock the vehicle. See OnStar Overview This key is used for the driver door and System Operation (Key Access) 0 440. glove box. The RKE transmitter functions may work up If locked out of the vehicle, see Roadside to 60 m (197 ft) away from the vehicle. Assistance Program 0 431. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 11 Other conditions can affect the performance If enabled, the horn chirps when Q is Press and hold K to remotely open the of the transmitter. See Remote Keyless Entry pressed again within three seconds. See windows, if enabled. See Vehicle (RKE) System 0 10. Vehicle Personalization 0 131. Personalization 0 131. Pressing Q arms the alarm system. See x : Press twice quickly to release the Vehicle Alarm System 0 31. tailgate, if equipped. If equipped with remote mirror folding, 7 : Press and release to initiate the vehicle pressing and holding Q for one second will locator. The turn signal lamps flash and the fold the mirrors, if enabled. See Vehicle horn sounds three times. Personalization 0 131. Press and hold 7 for more than K : Press once to unlock only the driver three seconds to activate the panic alarm. door. If K is pressed again within The turn signal lamps flash and the horn three seconds, all remaining doors unlock. sounds repeatedly for 30 seconds. The alarm The interior lamps may come on and stay turns off when the ignition is turned on or on for 20 seconds or until the ignition is 7 is pressed again. The ignition must be off / : Press and release Q, then immediately turned on. for the panic alarm to work. press and hold / until the turn signal If enabled, the turn signal lamps flash twice Programming Transmitters to the Vehicle lamps flash or for at least four seconds. The to indicate unlocking has occurred. engine may be started from outside the Only RKE transmitters programmed to this If enabled, the exterior lamps may turn on. vehicle will work. If a transmitter is lost or vehicle using the RKE transmitter. See See Vehicle Personalization 0 131. Remote Vehicle Start 0 20. stolen, a replacement can be purchased and Pressing K on the RKE transmitter disarms programmed through your dealer. Each Q : Press to lock all doors. the alarm system. See Vehicle Alarm System vehicle can have up to eight transmitters 0 programmed to it. See your dealer for If enabled, the turn signal lamps may flash 31. transmitter programming. and/or the horn may sound on the second If equipped with remote mirror folding, press to indicate locking has occurred. pressing and holding K for one second will unfold the mirrors, if enabled. See Vehicle Personalization 0 131. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

12 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Battery Replacement Caution To replace the battery: { Warning When replacing the battery, do not touch any of the circuitry on the transmitter. Never allow children to play with the RKE Static from your body could damage the transmitter. The transmitter contains a transmitter. small battery, which can be a choking hazard. If swallowed, internal burns can occur, resulting in severe injury or death. Caution Seek medical attention immediately if a Always replace the battery with the battery is swallowed. correct type. Replacing the battery with an incorrect type could potentially create a risk of battery explosion. Dispose of { Warning used batteries according to instructions To avoid personal injury, do not touch and local laws. Do not attempt to burn, 1. Separate and remove the back cover of metal surfaces on the RKE transmitter crush, or cut the used battery, and avoid the transmitter with a flat, thin object, when it has been exposed to extreme exposing the battery to environments such as a coin. heat. These surfaces can be hot to the with extremely low air pressures or high touch at temperatures above 59 °C temperatures. (138 °F). Replace the battery in the transmitter soon if the REPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY displays in the Driver Information Center (DIC). Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 13 2. Press and slide the battery down toward the pocket of the transmitter in the direction of the key ring. Do not use a metal object 3. Remove the battery. 4. Insert the new battery, positive side facing up. Replace with a CR2032 or equivalent battery. 5. Push together the transmitter back cover top side first, and then the bottom toward the key ring.

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Remove the key by pressing the button on / : Press and release Q, then immediately System Operation (Keyless Access) the side of the RKE transmitter near the press and hold / until the turn signal bottom and pull the key out. Never pull the lamps flash or for at least four seconds. The The Keyless Access system allows for vehicle key out without pressing the button. entry when the transmitter is within 1 m engine may be started from outside the See your dealer if a new transmitter is vehicle using the RKE transmitter. See (3 ft). See “Keyless Access Operation” later 0 in this section. needed. Remote Vehicle Start 20. The RKE transmitter functions may work up Q : Press to lock all doors and the tailgate, to 60 m (197 ft) away from the vehicle. if equipped. Other conditions can affect the performance If enabled, the turn signal lamps flash and/ of the transmitter. See Remote Keyless Entry or the horn may sound on the second press (RKE) System 0 10. to indicate locking has occurred. If enabled, the horn chirps when is pressed again The key that is part of the RKE transmitter Q within three seconds. See Vehicle can be used for all locks. Personalization 0 131. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

14 Keys, Doors, and Windows If the driver door is open when Q is If equipped with remote mirror folding, tailgate or door being opened. If the vehicle pressed, all doors will lock and then the pressing and holding K for one second will has this feature, there will be a button on driver door will immediately unlock, unfold the mirrors, if enabled. See Vehicle the outside door handles. if enabled. See Vehicle Personalization 0 131. Personalization 0 131. Keyless Access can be programmed to If the passenger door is open when Q is Press and hold K until the windows fully unlock all doors on the first lock/unlock pressed, all doors lock. open, if remote window operation is press from the driver door. Keyless enabled. See Vehicle Personalization 0 131. Unlocking can also be turned off. See Vehicle Pressing Q arms the alarm system. See Personalization 0 131. 0 Vehicle Alarm System 31. x : Press twice quickly to release the If equipped with memory seats, RKE tailgate, if equipped. If equipped with remote mirror folding, transmitters 1 and 2 are linked to seating pressing and holding for one second will 7 : Press and release to initiate vehicle positions of memory 1 or 2. See Memory Q 0 fold the mirrors, if enabled. See Vehicle locator. The turn signal lamps flash and the Seats 49. Personalization 0 131. horn sounds three times. Keyless Unlocking/Locking from the Driver Door K : Press once to unlock only the driver Press and hold 7 for more than door. If K is pressed again within three seconds to activate the panic alarm. When the doors are locked and the RKE three seconds, all remaining doors and the The turn signal lamps flash and the horn transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of the door tailgate unlock. The interior lamps may sounds repeatedly for 30 seconds. The alarm handle, pressing the lock/unlock button on come on and stay on for 20 seconds or until turns off when the ignition is turned on or the driver door handle will unlock the driver the ignition is turned on. 7 is pressed again. The ignition must be off door. If the lock/unlock button is pressed for the panic alarm to work. again within five seconds, all passenger If enabled, the turn signal lamps flash twice doors and the tailgate will unlock. to indicate unlocking has occurred. Keyless Access Operation If enabled, the exterior lamps may turn on. 0 The Keyless Access system allows for doors See Vehicle Personalization 131. and the tailgate to be accessed without Pressing K on the RKE transmitter disarms pressing the RKE transmitter button. The RKE the alarm system. See Vehicle Alarm System transmitter must be within 1 m (3 ft) of the 0 31. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 15 unlock all doors. Pressing the lock/unlock Enabling Keyless Unlocking: button will cause all doors to lock if any of the following occur: With the vehicle off, press and hold Q and K . The lock/unlock button was used to on the RKE transmitter at the same time unlock all doors. for approximately three seconds. The turn signal lamps will flash twice quickly to . Any vehicle door has been opened and all indicate access is enabled. doors are now closed. Passive Locking Disable/Enable Keyless Unlocking of Exterior Door Handles and Tailgate This feature will lock the vehicle several seconds after all doors are closed, if the If equipped, keyless unlocking of the exterior vehicle is off and at least one RKE door handles and tailgate can be disabled transmitter has been removed from the Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar and enabled. interior, or none remain in the interior. Disabling Keyless Unlocking: Pressing the lock/unlock button will cause If other electronic devices interfere with the all doors to lock if any of the following With the vehicle off, press and hold Q and RKE transmitter signal, the vehicle may not occur: K on the RKE transmitter at the same time detect the RKE transmitter inside the vehicle. . It has been more than five seconds since for approximately three seconds. The turn If passive locking is enabled, the doors may the first lock/unlock button press. signal lamps will flash four times quickly to lock with the RKE transmitter inside the vehicle. Do not leave the RKE transmitter in . Two lock/unlock button presses were indicate access is disabled. Using any an unattended vehicle. used to unlock all doors. exterior handle to unlock the doors or open . Any vehicle door has been opened and all the tailgate will cause the turn signal lamps To customize the doors to automatically lock doors are now closed. to flash four times quickly, indicating access when exiting the vehicle, see “Remote Lock, is disabled. If disabled, disarm the alarm Unlock, Start” under Vehicle Personalization Keyless Unlocking/Locking from the system before starting the vehicle. 0 131. Passenger Doors Temporary Disable of Passive Locking When the doors are locked and the RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of the door Temporarily disable passive locking by handle, pressing the lock/unlock button on a pressing and holding K on the interior door passenger door handle, if equipped, will switch with a door open for at least Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

16 Keys, Doors, and Windows four seconds, or until three chimes are Programming Transmitters to the Vehicle heard. Passive locking will then remain Only RKE transmitters programmed to the disabled until Q on the interior door is vehicle will work. If a transmitter is lost or pressed, or until the vehicle is turned on. stolen, a replacement can be purchased and Remote Left in Vehicle Alert programmed through your dealer. The vehicle can be reprogrammed so that lost or When the vehicle is turned off and an RKE stolen transmitters no longer work. Each transmitter is left in the vehicle, the horn vehicle can have up to eight transmitters will chirp three times after all doors are matched to it. closed. To turn on or off see Vehicle Personalization 0 131. Programming with Recognized Transmitters Remote No Longer in Vehicle Alert A new transmitter can be programmed to the vehicle when there are two recognized If the vehicle is on with a door open and Transmitter Pocket without Bucket Seats transmitters. then all doors are closed, the vehicle will (Lower Compartment) check for RKE transmitters inside. If an RKE To program, the vehicle must be off and all transmitter is not detected, the Driver transmitters, both currently recognized and Information Center (DIC) will display NO new, must be with you. REMOTE DETECTED and the horn will chirp 1. Remove the key from a recognized three times. This occurs only once each time transmitter. the vehicle is driven. To turn on or off see 2. Place the two recognized transmitters in Vehicle Personalization 0 131. the cupholder or on the passenger seat. Key Access 3. Insert the vehicle key into the key lock To access a vehicle with a dead transmitter cylinder on the driver door handle. Then battery, see Door Locks 0 21. turn the key counterclockwise, to the unlock position, five times within 10 seconds. The DIC displays READY FOR REMOTE#3, Transmitter Pocket with Bucket Seats 4, 5 ETC. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 17 4. Place the new transmitter in the 1. Remove the vehicle key from the transmitter pocket/insert. transmitter. 5. Press ENGINE START/STOP. When the 2. Insert the vehicle key into the key lock transmitter is learned, the DIC display cylinder on the driver door handle; then will show that it is ready to program the turn the key counterclockwise, to the next transmitter. unlock position, five times within 6. Remove the transmitter from the 10 seconds. transmitter pocket and press K or Q on The DIC displays REMOTE LEARN the transmitter. PENDING, PLEASE WAIT. To program additional transmitters, 3. Wait for 10 minutes until the DIC repeat Steps 4–6. displays PRESS ENGINE START BUTTON TO LEARN, then press ENGINE START/STOP. When all additional transmitters are Transmitter Pocket without Bucket Seats programmed, press and hold ENGINE The DIC will again display REMOTE LEARN (Lower Compartment) START/STOP for approximately PENDING, PLEASE WAIT. 12 seconds to exit programming mode. 4. Repeat Step 3 two additional times. After 7. Return the key back into the transmitter. the third time all previously known transmitters will no longer work with the Programming without Recognized vehicle. Remaining transmitters can be Transmitters relearned during the next steps. If two currently recognized transmitters are The DIC should now display READY FOR not available, follow this procedure to REMOTE # 1. program up to eight transmitters. This feature is not available in Canada. This procedure will take approximately 30 minutes to complete. The vehicle must be off and all transmitters to be programmed must be with you. Transmitter Pocket with Bucket Seats Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

18 Keys, Doors, and Windows 5. Place the new transmitter in the To start the vehicle: 1. Place the transmitter in the transmitter transmitter pocket/insert. pocket/insert. 6. Press ENGINE START/STOP. When the 2. With the vehicle in P (Park) or N (Neutral) transmitter is learned, the DIC display press the brake pedal and ENGINE will show that it is ready to program the START/STOP. next transmitter. Replace the transmitter battery as soon 7. Remove the transmitter from the as possible. K transmitter pocket/insert and press or Battery Replacement Q on the transmitter. To program additional transmitters, { Warning repeat Steps 5–7. Never allow children to play with the RKE When all additional transmitters are transmitter. The transmitter contains a programmed, press and hold ENGINE Transmitter Pocket without Bucket Seats small battery, which can be a choking START/STOP for approximately (Lower Compartment) hazard. If swallowed, internal burns can 12 seconds to exit programming mode. occur, resulting in severe injury or death. 8. Return the key back into the transmitter. Seek medical attention immediately if a Starting the Vehicle with a Low battery is swallowed. Transmitter Battery If the transmitter battery is weak or if there { Warning is interference with the signal, the DIC may To avoid personal injury, do not touch display NO REMOTE DETECTED or NO metal surfaces on the RKE transmitter REMOTE KEY WAS DETECTED PLACE KEY IN TRANSMITTER POCKET THEN START YOUR when it has been exposed to extreme VEHICLE when starting the vehicle. heat. These surfaces can be hot to the touch at temperatures above 59 °C (138 °F). Transmitter Pocket with Bucket Seats Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 19

Caution To replace the battery: 2. Insert a flat, thin object in the center of the transmitter to separate and remove When replacing the battery, do not touch the back cover. any of the circuitry on the transmitter. Static from your body could damage the transmitter.

Caution Always replace the battery with the correct type. Replacing the battery with an incorrect type could potentially create a risk of battery explosion. Dispose of used batteries according to instructions and local laws. Do not attempt to burn, 1. Press the button on the RKE transmitter to remove the key. Never pull the key crush, or cut the used battery, and avoid out without pressing the button. exposing the battery to environments 3. Lift the battery with a flat object. with extremely low air pressures or high 4. Remove the battery. temperatures. 5. Insert the new battery, positive side toward the back cover. Replace with a Replace the battery in the transmitter soon CR2032 or equivalent battery. if the DIC displays REPLACE BATTERY IN 6. Push together the transmitter. REMOTE KEY. 7. Insert the key back into the RKE transmitter. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

20 Keys, Doors, and Windows Remote Vehicle Start . The hazard warning flashers are on. Turn the ignition on to operate the vehicle. . Two remote starts or a remote start with Extending Engine Run Time If equipped with the remote start feature, an extension have been used. the climate control system will come on The engine run time can be extended by . The vehicle is not in P (Park). when the vehicle is started remotely, 15 minutes, for a total of 30 minutes, depending on the outside temperature. The engine will turn off during a remote if during the first 15 minutes Steps 1 and 2 The rear defog and heated and ventilated vehicle start if: are repeated while the engine is still seats, if equipped, may also come on. See . The coolant temperature gets too high. running. An extension can be requested Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 52 and . The oil pressure gets low. 30 seconds after starting. 0 Vehicle Personalization 131. The RKE transmitter range may be reduced A maximum of two remote starts, or a If equipped, the automatic heated steering while the vehicle is running. single start with an extension, is allowed wheel may also come on. See Heated between ignition cycles. 0 Other conditions can affect the performance Steering Wheel 100. of the transmitter. See Remote Keyless Entry The vehicle's ignition must be turned on and Laws in some communities may restrict the (RKE) System 0 10. then back off to use remote start again. use of remote starters. Check local Starting the Engine Using Remote Start Canceling a Remote Start regulations for any requirements on remote starting of vehicles. 1. Press and release Q. To cancel a remote start, do one of the following: Do not use remote start if the vehicle is low 2. Immediately press and hold / until the . Press and hold / until the parking lamps on fuel. The vehicle may run out of fuel. turn signal lamps flash or for at least four seconds. turn off. The vehicle cannot be remote started if: . Turn on the hazard warning flashers. When the vehicle starts, the parking . The RKE transmitter is inside the vehicle . Turn the ignition on and then off. or if the key is in the ignition. lamps will turn on. The doors will be locked and the climate control system . The hood is not closed. may come on. . There is an emission control system The engine will continue to run for malfunction and the lamp is on. 15 minutes. After 30 seconds, repeat . The ignition is in any mode other Steps 1 and 2 for a 15-minute time than off. extension. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 21 Door Locks From outside: Keyless Access . Use the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) { Warning transmitter. Unlocked doors can be dangerous. . Use Keyless Access, if equipped. . Use the key in the driver door or the . Passengers, especially children, can passenger door, if equipped. easily open the doors and fall out of a moving vehicle. The doors can be From inside, use the power door locks or the unlocked and opened while the vehicle manual door locks. To lock the door with is moving. The chance of being thrown the manual door locks, push down on the out of the vehicle in a crash is manual lock knob. increased if the doors are not locked. From inside, pull the door handle once to So, all passengers should wear seat unlock the door. Pull the handle again to belts properly and the doors should be open the door. locked whenever the vehicle is driven. If equipped, the remote key must be within See Vehicle Alarm System 0 31. . Young children who get into unlocked 1 m (3 ft) of the tailgate or door being vehicles may be unable to get out. opened or locked. Press the button on the A child can be overcome by extreme door handle to open. See “Keyless Access heat and can suffer permanent injuries Operation” in Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) 0 or even death from heat stroke. System Operation (Key Access) 10 or Always lock the vehicle whenever Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System 0 leaving it. Operation (Keyless Access) 13. . Outsiders can easily enter through an Free-Turning Locks unlocked door when you slow down The door key lock cylinder turns freely when or stop the vehicle. Locking the doors either the wrong key is used, or the correct can help prevent this from happening. key is not fully inserted. The free-turning door lock feature prevents the lock from There are several ways to lock and unlock being forced open. To reset the lock, turn it the vehicle. to the vertical position with the correct key Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

22 Keys, Doors, and Windows fully inserted. Remove the key and insert it Delayed Locking Automatic Door Locks again. If this does not reset the lock, turn the key halfway around in the cylinder and If equipped, this feature delays the locking If equipped, the doors will lock repeat the reset procedure. of the doors until five seconds after all automatically when all doors are closed, the doors are closed. ignition is on, and the vehicle is shifted out Power Door Locks Delayed locking can only be turned on when of P (Park). the Open Door Anti-Lockout feature has If a vehicle door is unlocked, and then been turned off. opened and closed, the doors will lock either when your foot is removed from the brake When Q is pressed on the power door lock or the vehicle speed becomes faster than switch while the door is open, a chime will 13 km/h (8 mph). sound three times indicating delayed locking is active. To unlock the doors: The doors will lock automatically . Press K on the power door lock switch. five seconds after all doors are closed. If a . Shift the transmission into P (Park). door is reopened before that time, the Automatic door locking cannot be disabled. five-second timer will reset when all doors Automatic door unlocking can be are closed again. programmed. See Vehicle Personalization 0 131. If equipped with power door locks. Press Q on the door lock switch again or press Q on the RKE transmitter to lock the Lockout Protection Q : Press to lock the doors. doors immediately. If equipped, the ignition is on or in ACC/ K : Press to unlock the doors. This feature can be programmed. See Vehicle 0 ACCESSORY and the power door lock switch Personalization 131. is pressed with the driver door open, all the doors will lock and only the driver door will unlock. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 23 If the vehicle is off and locking is requested When the safety lock is enabled, adults and while a door is open, when all doors are older children will not be able to open the closed the vehicle will check to the Keyless rear door from the inside. Cancel the safety Access function (if equipped). If an RKE locks to enable the doors to open from the transmitter is detected and the number of inside. RKE transmitters inside has not reduced, the To cancel the safety lock: driver door will unlock and the horn will chirp three times. 1. Unlock the door and open it from the outside. Lockout Protection can be manually overridden with the driver door open by 2. Move the lever up to unlock. Do the same for the other door. pressing and holding Q on the power door lock switch. Doors Open Door Anti-Lockout The safety lock is on the inside edge of the rear doors. To use the safety lock: If equipped, the Open Door Anti-Lockout is Tailgate turned on and the vehicle is off, the driver 1. Move the lever down to the lock door is open, and locking is requested, all position. Manual Tailgate the doors will lock and the driver door will 2. Close the door. { unlock. The Open Door Anti-Lockout feature 3. Do the same for the other rear door. Warning can be turned on or off. See Vehicle It is extremely dangerous to ride on the Personalization 0 131. To open a rear door when the safety lock is on: tailgate, even when the vehicle is operated at low speeds. People riding on Safety Locks 1. Unlock the door by activating the inside the tailgate can easily lose their balance handle, by pressing the power door The rear door safety locks prevent and fall in response to vehicle maneuvers. unlock switch, or by using the Remote passengers from opening the rear doors Falling from a moving vehicle may result Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. from inside the vehicle. in serious injuries or death. Do not allow 2. Open the door from the outside. people to ride on the tailgate. Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

24 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Use the key to unlock the tailgate. Caution Open the tailgate by lifting up on its handle To avoid damage to the tailgate, make while pulling the tailgate down. sure the area behind the tailgate is clear To shut the tailgate, firmly push it upward before opening it. until it latches. After closing the tailgate, pull it back to be In the case of a dead battery, the tailgate sure it is latched securely. can be opened manually. Contact your dealer or Roadside Assistance. Some tailgates have an electric latch. If the battery is disconnected or has low voltage, If equipped, to lock or unlock the tailgate, the tailgate will not open. The tailgate will use the RKE transmitter or the key. See resume operation when the battery is Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key Access) 0 10 or reconnected or recharged. . Press 5 on the center stack. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Power Release Tailgate Operation (Keyless Access) 0 13. The vehicle must be in P (Park). { Warning To open the tailgate: Make sure there is no one in the way of x the power tailgate as it is opening and . Press twice quickly on the RKE closing, and keep hands away from the transmitter until the tailgate moves. tailgate hinges when in use. You or others could be injured if caught in the path of the power tailgate or tailgate hinges.

. Press the touch pad on the tailgate handle after unlocking all doors. Use the top of the tailgate to pull against if Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 25 assistance is required. If equipped with If equipped with a power open/close Keyless Access, a locked tailgate can be tailgate, the tailgate can be opened or opened if the RKE transmitter is within closed in several ways. To open the tailgate, 1 m (3 ft). do one of the following: To close the tailgate, firmly push it upward . Press x twice quickly on the RKE until it latches. Pull it back to be sure it is transmitter until the tailgate moves. See latched securely. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key Access) 0 10 or Power Tailgate Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Keyless Access) 0 13. { Warning If equipped with Keyless Access, a locked Make sure there is no one in the way of tailgate can be opened if the RKE the power tailgate as it is opening and transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft). . Press the touch pad on the tailgate closing, and keep hands away from the handle after unlocking all doors. tailgate hinges when in use. You or To close the tailgate, do one of the others could be injured if caught in the following: path of the power tailgate or tailgate . Press x on the RKE transmitter once, hinges. then quickly press and hold x until the tailgate completely closes. If x is Caution released prior to it being fully closed, the To avoid damage to the tailgate, make tailgate will reopen. sure the area behind the tailgate is clear before opening it.

. Press 5 on the center stack. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

26 Keys, Doors, and Windows . Press and hold 5 on the center stack Lift-to-Close Operation If the tailgate encounters multiple obstacles, until the tailgate is fully closed. If 5 the power function will deactivate. After is released prior to the tailgate being removing the obstructions, manually close fully closed, it will reopen. A chime will the tailgate to resume normal power sound when the tailgate is fully closed. operation. . Press the touch pad on the tailgate Manual Operation handle. The tailgate can be manually closed from A chime sounds and the taillamps flash the full-open position when the tailgate is during the closing operation. If the warning lifted in a continuous motion. If the tailgate chime is not functioning, the tailgate will motion is stopped between the full-open not power close. Power opening is still and half-closed positions, the lift-to-close enabled. See your dealer for service. feature can engage and power close the tailgate. If the touch pad is pressed during The power tailgate may be temporarily power operation, the tailgate will stop and disabled after repeated power cycling over a To close the tailgate using the lift-to-close feature, lift the tailgate from the full-open allow manual operation. The tailgate must short period of time. If this occurs, the be held after stopping, or it will continue tailgate can still be operated manually. position to at least 10 cm (4 in) and hold it momentarily. Then, the tailgate will start to open. The vehicle must be in P (Park) to operate closing automatically. If the tailgate is lifted MultiPro Tailgate the power tailgate. If the vehicle is shifted more than halfway between open and close, out of P (Park) while the power function is then it will not close automatically. in progress, the tailgate will continue to { Warning completion. If the vehicle is accelerated Obstacle Detection Make sure there is no one in the way of while the tailgate is still closing, the tailgate If the tailgate encounters an obstacle during the power tailgate as it is opening and may stop and reverse direction. Make sure a power open cycle, it will stop on the closing, and keep hands away from the the tailgate is closed and latched before obstacle. After removing the obstruction, the tailgate hinges when in use. You or driving. tailgate can be allowed to open. If the others could be injured if caught in the tailgate encounters an obstacle during the path of the power tailgate or tailgate closing cycle, it will stop and reverse to hinges. full open. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 27

Caution To open the primary tailgate: To avoid damage to the tailgate, make sure the area behind the tailgate is clear before opening it.

If equipped with this feature, the vehicle must be in P (Park).

. Press 5 on the center stack. . Press x twice quickly on the RKE . Press the lower touch pad on the tailgate transmitter until the tailgate moves. See handle after unlocking all doors. Use the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System top of the tailgate to pull against if Operation (Key Access) 0 10 or assistance is required. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System To close the primary tailgate, firmly push it 0 Operation (Keyless Access) 13. upward until it latches. Pull it back to be If equipped with Keyless Access, the sure it is latched securely. Switches in the inner tailgate prevent the tailgate can be opened if the RKE primary tailgate from being opened when transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft). the inner tailgate is not fully closed. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

28 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Caution With the primary and inner tailgates open, the tailgate step can be lowered to access Do not open the inner tailgate with the the pickup bed. primary tailgate open if there is a hitch Using the Step ball or trailer attached. This may damage the tailgate. Caution To close the inner tailgate with the primary When using the tailgate as a step, the tailgate closed, firmly push or pull it upward load rating is 170 kg (375 lb), which until it latches. Pull it back to be sure it is includes a person and cargo. Overloading latched securely. the tailgate step can cause damage to the tailgate system. To close the inner tailgate with the primary To open the inner tailgate, press the upper tailgate open: touch pad on the tailgate handle after . Hold the primary tailgate and firmly close unlocking all doors. Pull the top of the the inner tailgate. tailgate to open. . Raise the inner tailgate so it meets the primary tailgate and close together at the same time. When using the tailgate step as a load stop, the load must be secured as the load could shift. See Cargo Tie-Downs 0 97. Tailgate Step

{ Warning . To lower the tailgate step, press the To avoid personal injury, keep hands button at the center of the step. Make away from the hinges when operating sure it lowers to the fully open position. the tailgate step. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 29 . To close the tailgate step, lift it firmly. Using the Assist Handle Make sure that both side latches are engaged.

Preferred Method The assist handle helps with entering the pickup box. To use: Do not place a load on top of the step when 1. Lift up on the handle until it locks in the using it as a load stop. open position. 2. To return the assist handle, pull the release lever toward the ball end of the handle and push the handle back to the closed position. Applying Loads to Tailgates Caution Do not put ramp loads on the inner Alternate Method tailgate alone. Damage to the inner tailgate may occur. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

30 Keys, Doors, and Windows When applying any load to the tailgate, The steps will reverse direction if there is an 3. Kick the switch again to return to normal distribute the weight evenly across the obstruction. If possible, carefully remove the operation. width of the tailgate. This applies to all obstruction, then open and close the door tailgate types. on the same side to complete the motion. Center Stack Switch . Use a load-distributing member (1). If the obstruction is not cleared, the assist . Secure the ramp to the bumper (2). steps remain extended. Slight movement of the steps while Power Assist Steps extended is normal. Kick Switch { Warning To avoid personal injury or property damage, before entering or exiting the vehicle, be sure the power assist step is fully extended. Do not step on the power assist step while it is moving. Never place hands or other body parts between the extended power assist step and the The power assist steps can be extended to vehicle. the tire by pressing j. When extending the steps with j, the kick switch is If equipped, the power assist steps, when disabled. The vehicle must be in P (Park) or enabled, will extend when the door is N (Neutral). opened. They will retract three seconds after the door is closed or immediately if the 1. Place the vehicle in P (Park) and unlock To extend the steps: vehicle starts moving. the doors. . Press j to extend both steps. A DIC Keep hands, children, pets, objects, and 2. Kick the switch to extend the power message displays. clothing clear of the power assist steps assist step to the tire. A Driver . Press j again to extend to the tire. when in motion. Information Center (DIC) message A DIC message displays. displays. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 31 . Press j again to return to normal Vehicle Alarm System 2. Lock the vehicle in one of two ways: operation. . Use the RKE transmitter. Enable/Disable . With a door open, press Q on the To enable or disable the power assist steps, interior of the door. press and hold j for four seconds. A DIC 3. After 30 seconds, the alarm system will message displays. arm and the indicator light will begin to slowly flash. Pressing Q on the RKE Cleaning transmitter a second time will bypass Clean the power assist steps regularly. For the 30-second delay and immediately an automatic car wash, extend the steps arm the alarm system. while in N (Neutral) using the center stack The vehicle alarm system will not arm if the switch. The steps will stow when shifting doors are locked with the key. into D (Drive). If the driver door is opened without first The indicator light, on the instrument panel unlocking with the RKE transmitter, the horn Vehicle Security near the windshield, indicates the status of will chirp and the lights will flash to indicate This vehicle has theft-deterrent features; the system. pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not started, however, they do not make the vehicle Off : Alarm system is disarmed. or the door is not unlocked by pressing K impossible to steal. On Solid : Vehicle is secured during the on the RKE transmitter during the 10-second delay to arm the system. pre-alarm, the alarm will be activated. Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured. A door or The alarm will also be activated if a the hood is open. passenger door or the hood is opened without first disarming the system. When Slow Flash : Alarm system is armed. the alarm is activated, the turn signals flash Arming the Alarm System and the horn sounds for about 30 seconds. The alarm system will then re-arm to 1. Turn off the vehicle. monitor for the next unauthorized event. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

32 Keys, Doors, and Windows Disarming the Alarm System the driver door is opened and then the reset the system. Then turn the vehicle vehicle is turned off. The steering column on and immediately turn the steering To disarm the alarm system or turn off the unlocks when the vehicle is turned on. wheel side to side for about 15 seconds. alarm if it has been activated: The Driver Information Center (DIC) may In some cases, it may take significant . Press K on the RKE transmitter. display one of these messages: force to unbind the column. . Start the vehicle. . A message to service the steering column To keep the steering column from binding, To avoid setting off the alarm by mistake: lock indicates that an issue has been straighten the front wheels before turning . Lock the vehicle after all occupants have detected with the column lock feature off the vehicle. exited. and the vehicle should be serviced. Immobilizer . Always unlock a door with the RKE . A message that the steering column is transmitter. locked indicates that the engine is See Radio Frequency Statement 0 436. running, but the steering column is still Unlocking the driver door with the key Immobilizer Operation will not disarm the system or turn off the locked. It is normal for the column to be alarm. locked during a remote start, but the column should unlock after the brake How to Detect a Tamper Condition pedal is pressed and the vehicle is started. K No message will display during a remote If is pressed on the RKE transmitter and start. the horn chirps three times, an alarm . A message that the steering wheel must occurred previously while the alarm system be turned and the vehicle must be started was armed. again indicates that the column lock This vehicle has a passive theft-deterrent If the alarm has been activated, a message mechanism is bound, the column locking system. will appear on the DIC. device was unable to unlock the steering The system does not have to be manually column, and the vehicle did not start. armed or disarmed. Steering Column Lock If this happens, immediately turn the The vehicle is automatically immobilized If equipped, the steering column lock is a steering wheel from side to side to when the vehicle is turned off. theft-deterrent device. This feature locks the unbind the column lock. If this does not steering column when the vehicle is turned unlock the steering column, turn the The system is automatically disarmed when off and the driver door is opened, or when vehicle off and open the driver door to the ignition is turned from off to on. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 33 The security light, in the instrument cluster, change modes, the first transmitter may be additional keys, see Keys (Key Access) 0 7 or comes on if there is a problem with arming faulty. See your dealer who can service the Keys (Keyless Access) 0 9. Do not leave the or disarming the theft-deterrent system. theft-deterrent system and have a new RKE key or device that disarms or deactivates The system has one or more RKE transmitter programmed to the vehicle. the vehicle theft system in the vehicle. transmitters matched to an immobilizer It is possible for the immobilizer system to See your dealer to get a new key blank cut control unit in your vehicle. Only a correctly learn new or replacement RKE transmitters. exactly as the ignition key that operates the matched RKE transmitter will start the Up to eight transmitters can be system. vehicle. If the transmitter is ever damaged, programmed for the vehicle. To program you may not be able to start your vehicle. additional transmitters, see "Programming Exterior Mirrors When trying to start the vehicle, the Transmitters to the Vehicle" under Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key security light may come on briefly when the 0 Convex Mirrors ignition is turned on. If the engine does not Access) 10 or start and the security light stays on, there is Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System { Warning Operation (Keyless Access) 0 13 a problem with the system. Turn the A convex mirror can make things, like ignition off and try again. Do not leave the transmitter or device that other vehicles, look farther away than If the vehicle will not change ignition modes disarms or deactivates the vehicle theft system in the vehicle. they really are. If you cut too sharply (ACC/ACCESSORY, on, off), and the RKE into the right lane, you could hit a transmitter appears to be undamaged, try When equipped with a key, if the engine vehicle on the right. Check the inside another transmitter. Or, you may try placing still does not start, and the key appears to mirror or glance over your shoulder the transmitter in the transmitter pocket be undamaged, try another ignition key. before changing lanes. located in the center console. See Remote It may be necessary to check the fuse. See 0 Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key Fuses and Circuit Breakers 353. If the Standard Mirrors Access) 0 10 or engine still does not start with the other Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System key, the vehicle needs service. If the vehicle The passenger side mirror is convex shaped. Operation (Keyless Access) 0 13. does start, the first key may be faulty. See A convex mirror's surface is curved so more can be seen from the driver seat. If the ignition mode will not change with your dealer. It is possible for the the other transmitter or with the immobilizer system to learn new or transmitter in the transmitter pocket, your replacement keys. Up to eight keys can be vehicle needs service. If the ignition does programmed for the vehicle. To program Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

34 Keys, Doors, and Windows Trailer-Tow Mirrors Trailer-Tow Mirrors The upper portion of both the driver and passenger mirrors is flat. The lower portion of both the driver and passenger mirrors is convex. A convex mirror’s surface is curved so more can be seen from the driver seat. The lower portion is adjusted manually. Manual Mirrors If equipped, adjust manual mirrors by moving the mirror up and down or left to Manual Extend : If equipped, grasp the right to see a little of the side of the vehicle mirror housing firmly and pull back in one and to have a clear view behind the vehicle. Extending Mirrors motion, arching slightly toward the rear of Using hood-mounted air deflectors and Trailer tow mirrors can extend out for better the vehicle. add-on convex mirror attachments could visibility when towing a trailer. decrease mirror performance. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 35 To return the mirror to its original position, If a popping noise from the mirror is heard, Power Mirrors reverse the motion. this sound is normal as the manual detents are aligning after a manual extend/retract operation has occurred. Auxiliary Cargo Mirror Lamps If equipped, cargo mirror lamps face rearward to provide more light on the sides of the vehicle, if needed. See Exterior Cargo Lamps 0 144. Advanced Trailering Vision System Side Cameras If equipped, the Advanced Trailering Vision System side cameras are on the bottom of the outside mirrors. See “Surround Vision To adjust each mirror: Power Extend : If equipped, press the power (360 Degrees)” under Assistance Systems for extend button to fully extend the mirror. 1. Press j or | to select the driver or Parking or Backing 0 266. Press again to retract. passenger side mirror. The indicator light will illuminate. Resetting the Power Extend Mirrors 2. Press the arrows on the control pad to Reset the power extend mirrors if: move the mirror in the desired direction. . The mirrors are accidentally obstructed 3. Adjust each outside mirror so that a little while extending/retracting. of the vehicle and the area behind it can . The mirrors are accidentally manually be seen. extended/retracted. 4. Press j or | again to deselect the . The mirrors vibrate at normal driving mirror. speeds. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

36 Keys, Doors, and Windows Turn Signal Indicator Folding Mirrors Resetting the Power Folding Mirrors If equipped, the mirror has turn signal Reset the power folding mirrors if: Manual Folding Mirrors indicator lights, which flash in the direction . The mirrors are accidentally obstructed of the turn or lane change. If equipped, push the mirror toward the while folding. vehicle to fold. Push the mirror outward to Task Lighting . The mirrors are accidentally manually return to its original position. If equipped, task lighting projects light from folded/unfolded. the outside mirrors to the sides of the Manually fold the mirrors inward to prevent . The mirrors will not stay in the unfolded vehicle. See Task Lighting 0 144. damage when going through an automatic position. car wash. Puddle Lamps . The mirrors vibrate at normal driving Power Folding Mirrors speeds. If equipped, puddle lamps project light from the bottom of the mirror to the area of Fold and unfold the mirrors one time using ground below the driver and passenger the mirror controls to reset them to their doors. See Entry Lighting 0 146 and normal position. A noise may be heard Exit Lighting 0 146. during the resetting of the power folding mirrors. This sound is normal after a manual Memory Mirrors folding operation. The vehicle may have memory mirrors. See Remote Mirror Folding Memory Seats 0 49. If equipped, press and hold on the RKE Lane Change Alert (LCA) Q transmitter for approximately one second to The vehicle may have LCA. See Lane Change remotely fold the exterior mirrors. Press and 0 Alert (LCA) 279. hold K on the RKE transmitter for g approximately one second to unfold. See If equipped, press to power fold the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System mirrors. Press again to unfold. Operation (Key Access) 0 10 or Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Keyless Access) 0 13. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 37 This feature can be turned on or off. See Driving with the Blind Spot Mirror 1. When the approaching vehicle is a long Vehicle Personalization 0 131. distance away, the image in the main mirror is small and near the inboard Heated Mirrors edge of the mirror. 1 REAR : If equipped, the rear window 2. As the vehicle gets closer, the image in defogger also heats the outside mirrors. the main mirror gets larger and moves outboard. W : If equipped, press to turn the heated 3. As the vehicle enters the blind zone, the outside mirrors on or off. image transitions from the main mirror See “Rear Window Defogger” under Climate to the blind spot mirror. 0 Control Systems 204 or 4. When the vehicle is in the blind zone, Dual Automatic Climate Control System the image only appears in the blind spot 0 206. mirror. Automatic Dimming Mirror Using the Outside Mirror with the Blind If equipped, the driver outside mirror Spot Mirror automatically adjusts for the glare of the 1. Set the main mirror so that the side of headlamps from behind. This feature comes the vehicle can just be seen and the on when the vehicle is started. blind spot mirror has an unobstructed view. Blind Spot Mirrors 2. When checking for traffic or before If equipped, there is a small convex mirror changing a lane, look at the main driver/ built into the upper and outer corner of the passenger side mirror to observe traffic driver outside mirror. It can show objects in the adjacent lane, behind your vehicle. that may be in the vehicle's blind zone. Check the blind spot mirror for a vehicle Actual Mirror View in the blind zone. Then, glance over your shoulder to double check before moving slowly into the adjacent lane. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

38 Keys, Doors, and Windows Reverse Tilt Mirrors Manual Rearview Mirror If equipped with reverse tilt mirrors and If equipped, push the tab forward for memory seats, the passenger and/or driver daytime use and pull it rearward for mirror tilts to a preselected position when nighttime use to avoid glare from the the vehicle is in R (Reverse). This allows the headlamps from behind. curb to be seen when parallel parking. Automatic Dimming Rearview The mirror(s) may move from their tilted position when: Mirror . The vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse), If equipped, the mirror will automatically or remains in R (Reverse) for about reduce the glare of the headlamps from 30 seconds. behind. The dimming feature comes on each . The vehicle is turned off. time the vehicle is started. Pull the tab to turn on the display. Push the . The vehicle is driven in R (Reverse) above Rear Camera Mirror tab to turn it off. When off the mirror is a set speed. automatic dimming. Adjust the mirror for a If equipped, this automatic dimming mirror To turn this feature on or off, see Vehicle clear view of the area behind the vehicle provides a wide angle camera view of the Personalization 0 131. while the display is off. area behind the vehicle. Interior Mirrors Interior Rearview Mirrors Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear view of the area behind your vehicle. Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror. Use a soft towel dampened with water. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 39 The adjustment options are:

Press V to scroll through the adjustment . Tilt options. . Brightness Press t and u to adjust the settings using the indicators on the mirror. The indicators will remain visible for five seconds after the last button activation, and the settings will remain saved.

. Zoom Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

40 Keys, Doors, and Windows See your dealer for service if a blue screen { Warning and 3 are displayed in the mirror, and The Rear Camera Mirror (RCM) has a the display shuts off. Also, push the tab as limited view. Portions of the road, indicated to return to the automatic vehicles, and other objects may not be dimming mode. seen. Do not drive or park the vehicle The Rear Camera Mirror may not work using only this camera. Objects may properly or display a clear image if: appear closer than they are. Check the . There is glare from the sun or headlamps. outside mirrors or glance over your This may obstruct objects from view. shoulder when making lane changes or If needed, push the tab to turn off the merging. Failure to use proper care may display. result in injury, death, or vehicle damage. . Dirt, snow, or other debris blocks the camera lens. Clean the lens with a soft Troubleshooting damp cloth. Windows . The camera’s mounting on the vehicle has been damaged, and/or the position or the { Warning mounting angle of the camera has Never leave a child, a helpless adult, or a changed. pet alone in a vehicle, especially with the windows closed in warm or hot weather. They can be overcome by the extreme heat and suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 41 Power Windows The power windows work when the ignition is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY, or when Retained { Warning Accessory Power (RAP) is active. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 235. Children could be seriously injured or killed if caught in the path of a closing Using the window switch, press to open or pull to close the window. window. Never leave the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter or keys in a The windows may be temporarily disabled if vehicle with children. When there are they are used repeatedly within a children in the rear seat, use the window short time. lockout button to prevent operation of Window Lockout the windows. See Keys (Key Access) 0 7 or The vehicle aerodynamics are designed to 0 improve fuel economy performance. This Keys (Keyless Access) 9. may result in a pulsing sound when either rear window is down and the front windows are up. To reduce the sound, open either a front window or the sunroof, if equipped. Manual Windows If equipped, turn the hand crank on each door to manually raise or lower the manual windows. With Power Folding Mirrors, Without Similar This feature stops the rear door passenger window switches from working except from the driver position. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

42 Keys, Doors, and Windows Press 2 to engage the rear window Window Automatic Reversal System Programming the Power Windows lockout feature. The indicator light is on The express-close feature will reverse Programming may be necessary if the when engaged. window movement if it comes in contact vehicle battery has been disconnected or Press 2 again to disengage. with an object. Extreme cold or ice could discharged. If the window is unable to cause the window to auto-reverse. The express-up, program each express-close Windows Express Movement window will operate normally after the window: All windows can be opened without holding object or condition is removed. 1. Close all doors. the window switch. Press the switch down Automatic Reversal System Override 2. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/ fully and quickly release to express open the ACCESSORY. window. { Warning 3. Partially open the window to be If equipped, pull the window switch up fully If automatic reversal system override is programmed. Then close it and continue and quickly release to express close the active, the window will not reverse to pull the switch briefly after the window. automatically. You or others could be window has fully closed. Briefly press or pull the window switch in injured and the window could be 4. Open the window and continue to press the same direction to stop that window’s damaged. Before using automatic reversal the switch briefly after the window has express movement. system override, make sure that all fully opened. Express Window Down people and obstructions are clear of the Remote Window Operation window path. L: If equipped, this button will be on the If equipped, this feature allows the windows to be opened remotely. If enabled in vehicle center stack. When the engine is on, override the personalization, press and hold K on the Press and hold L to open all windows. automatic reversal system by pulling and holding the window switch if conditions RKE transmitter. See Vehicle Personalization Release L to stop all movement. 0 prevent it from closing. 131. Use the power window switches to close each window. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 43 Rear Windows Sun Visors Roof Power Sliding Rear Window Sunroof

Pull the sun visor down to block glare. If equipped, detach the sun visor from the center mount to pivot to the side window or to extend along the rod. If equipped, there is a lighted mirror on the If equipped, the power sliding rear window sun visor. Lift the cover to open. works when the ignition has been turned on 1. SLIDE Switch or to ACC/ACCESSORY, or Retained Accessory 2. TILT Switch Power (RAP) must be active. See Retained If equipped, the sunroof operates when the 0 Accessory Power (RAP) 235. ignition is on or in ACC/ACCESSORY, or when . Press the switch to open the window. Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is active. . Pull the switch to close the window. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 235. The power sliding rear window cannot be operated manually. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

44 Keys, Doors, and Windows Slide Switch Automatic Reversal System It could also plug the water drainage system. Periodically open the sunroof and Express-Open/Express-Close : To The sunroof has an automatic reversal remove any obstacles or loose debris. Wipe express-open the sunroof, fully press and system that is only active when the sunroof the sunroof seal and roof sealing area using I I is operated in express-close mode. release (1). Press and release (1) again a clean cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not to stop the movement. To express-close the If an object is in the path while remove grease from the sunroof tracks. sunroof, fully press and release K (1). express-closing, the reversal system will If water is seen dripping into the water K detect an object, stop, and open the sunroof Press and release (1) again to stop the drainage system, this is normal. movement. slightly. Open/Close (Manual Mode) : To open the If frost or other conditions prevent closing, sunroof, press and hold I (1). Release I (1) override the feature by closing the sunroof to stop the movement. Press and in manual mode. To stop movement, release hold K (1) to close the sunroof. K (1). Release K (1) to stop the movement. Tilt Switch Vent : From the closed position, press J (2) to vent the sunroof. Press K (2) to close the vent. When the sunroof is opened, an air deflector will automatically raise. The air deflector will retract when the sunroof is closed. Dirt and debris may collect on the sunroof The sunroof also has a sunshade, which can seal or in the track. This could cause an be pulled forward to block sun rays. The issue with sunroof operation or noise. sunshade must be opened and closed manually. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Seats and Restraints 45 Where Are the Airbags? ...... 62 Head Restraints Seats and Restraints When Should an Airbag Inflate? ...... 63 What Makes an Airbag Inflate? ...... 64 Head Restraints How Does an Airbag Restrain? ...... 64 { Warning Head Restraints ...... 45 What Will You See after an Airbag With head restraints that are not Front Seats Inflates? ...... 65 installed and adjusted properly, there is a Seat Adjustment ...... 46 Passenger Sensing System ...... 66 greater chance that occupants will suffer Center Seat ...... 47 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do not Power Seat Adjustment ...... 47 Vehicle ...... 69 drive until the head restraints for all Lumbar Adjustment ...... 48 Adding Equipment to the occupants are installed and adjusted Reclining Seatbacks ...... 48 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle ...... 69 properly. Memory Seats ...... 49 Airbag System Check ...... 70 Heated and Ventilated Front Seats . . . . . 52 Replacing Airbag System Parts after a Front Seats Crash ...... 71 Rear Seats The vehicle's front seats have adjustable Rear Seats ...... 53 Child Restraints head restraints in the outboard seating Heated Rear Seats ...... 54 Older Children ...... 71 positions. Infants and Young Children ...... 72 Seat Belts Child Restraint Systems ...... 74 Seat Belts ...... 54 Where to Put the Restraint ...... 76 How to Wear Seat Belts Properly ...... 55 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 57 (LATCH System) ...... 77 Seat Belt Use During Pregnancy ...... 59 Replacing LATCH System Parts After a Seat Belt Extender ...... 59 Crash ...... 88 Safety System Check ...... 60 Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Seat Belt Care ...... 60 Belt in the Rear Seat) ...... 88 Replacing Seat Belt System Parts after a Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Crash ...... 60 Belt in the Center Front Seat) ...... 92 Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Airbag System Belt in the Front Passenger Seat) . . . . . 92 Airbag System ...... 61 Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

46 Seats and Restraints Adjust the head restraint so that the top of Rear Head Restraints If you are installing a child restraint in the the restraint is at the same height as the rear seat, see Lower Anchors and Tethers for The vehicle’s rear seat has head restraints in top of the occupant's head. This position Children (LATCH System) 0 77. the outboard seating positions that cannot reduces the chance of a neck injury in a be adjusted. Center Headrest crash. The vehicle’s rear seat may be equipped with a headrest in the center seating position that cannot be adjusted. If you are installing a child restraint in the rear seat, see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 77. Front Seats Seat Adjustment

{ Warning The head restraint can be folded forward to To raise or lower the head restraint, press You can lose control of the vehicle if you allow for better visibility when the rear seat the button on the side of the head restraint try to adjust a driver seat while the is unoccupied. To fold the head restraint, and pull up or push the head restraint down vehicle is moving. Adjust the driver seat press the button on the side of the head and release the button. only when the vehicle is not moving. restraint. Pull and push on the head restraint after the When an occupant is in the seat, always button is released to make sure that it is return the head restraint to the upright locked in place. position until it locks into place. Push and The front seat outboard head restraints are pull on the head restraint to make sure that not removable. it is locked. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Seats and Restraints 47 Center Seat Power Seat Adjustment If equipped, the center front seatback doubles as an armrest and cupholder/ storage area for the driver and passenger when the center front seat is not used.

To adjust a manual seat: 1. Pull the handle at the front of the seat. To adjust a power seat, if equipped: 2. Slide the seat to the desired position and . Move the seat forward or rearward by release the handle. sliding the control forward or rearward. 3. Try to move the seat back and forth to . Raise or lower the front part of the seat be sure it is locked in place. Pull the strap on the side of the center cushion by moving the front of the To adjust the seatback, see Reclining seatback to fold the center seatback. Do not control up or down. Seatbacks 0 48. use the center seatback as a seating position . Raise or lower the seat by moving the when the seatback is folded down. To adjust the lumbar support, if equipped, rear of the control up or down. see Lumbar Adjustment 0 48. To raise the seatback, push the seatback To adjust the seatback, see Reclining rearward until it locks in the upright Seatbacks 0 48. position. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked. To adjust the lumbar support, see Lumbar Adjustment 0 48. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

48 Seats and Restraints Some vehicles are equipped with a feature Reclining Seatbacks that activates a vibrating pulse alert in the driver seat to help the driver avoid crashes. { Warning See Driver Assistance Systems 0 264. Sitting in a reclined position when the Lumbar Adjustment vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the seat belts Power Lumbar cannot do their job. The shoulder belt will not be against your body. Instead, it will be in front of you. In a crash, you could go into it, receiving neck or other injuries. The lap belt could go up over your Do not have a seatback reclined if the abdomen. The belt forces would be there, vehicle is moving. not at your pelvic bones. This could cause Manual Reclining Seatbacks serious internal injuries. For proper protection when the vehicle is { Warning in motion, have the seatback upright. If either seatback is not locked, it could Then sit well back in the seat and wear move forward in a sudden stop or crash. To adjust the lumbar support, if equipped: the seat belt properly. That could cause injury to the person . Press and hold the control forward to sitting there. Always push and pull on increase or rearward to decrease upper the seatbacks to be sure they are locked. and lower lumbar support at the same time. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Seats and Restraints 49 2. Push and pull on the seatback to make Memory Seats sure it is locked. Power Reclining Seatbacks

To adjust a manual seatback: 1. Lift the lever. If equipped, memory seats allow two drivers The seatback will automatically fold to save and recall their unique seat positions forward. To recline a power seatback, if equipped: for driving the vehicle, and a shared exit 2. To recline, move the seatback rearward position for getting out of the vehicle. Other . Tilt the top of the control rearward to to the desired position, then release the feature positions may also be saved, such as recline. lever to lock the seatback in place. power mirrors, if equipped. Memory . Tilt the top of the control forward to 3. Push and pull on the seatback to make positions are linked to RKE transmitter 1 or 2 raise. sure it is locked. for automatic memory recalls. To return the seatback to the upright Before saving, adjust all available memory position: feature positions. Turn the vehicle on and then press and release SET; a beep will 1. Lift the lever fully without applying sound. Then immediately press and hold 1, pressure to the seatback, and the 2, or B (Exit) until two beeps sound. To seatback will return to the upright position. manually recall these positions, press and Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

50 Seats and Restraints hold 1, 2, or B until the saved position is . To begin Seat Exit Memory movement To save preferred driving positions 1 and 2: reached. Follow the instructions under when the vehicle is turned off and the 1. Turn the vehicle on or to ACC/ “Saving Memory Positions.” driver door is opened, or when the vehicle ACCESSORY. is turned off with the driver door already The vehicle identifies the current driver’s RKE opened, select the Settings menu, then A DIC welcome message may indicate transmitter number (1–8). See Remote Vehicle, then Seating Position, and then driver number 1 or 2. Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key Seat Exit Memory. Select On or Off. See 2. Adjust all available memory features to 0 Access) 10 or “Seat Exit Memory” later in this section. the desired driving position. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System . See Vehicle Personalization 0 131 for 3. Press and release SET; a beep will sound. Operation (Keyless Access) 0 13. Only RKE additional setting information. transmitters 1 and 2 can be used for 4. Immediately press and hold the 1 or automatic memory recalls. A Driver Identifying Driver Number 2 memory button matching the above DIC welcome message until two beeps Information Center (DIC) welcome message To identify the driver number: indicating the transmitter number may sound. display for the first few ignition cycles 1. Move your RKE transmitter away from If too much time passes between following a transmitter change. For Seat the vehicle. releasing SET and pressing 1, the Entry Memory to work properly, save the 2. Start the vehicle with another key or RKE memory position will not be saved and positions to the memory button (1 or 2) transmitter. The DIC should display the two beeps will not sound. Repeat matching the RKE transmitter number driver number for the other RKE Steps 3 and 4. displayed in the DIC welcome message. transmitter. Turn the vehicle off and 1 or 2 corresponds to the driver number. Carry the linked RKE transmitter when remove the key or RKE transmitter from See “Identifying Driver Number” entering the vehicle. the vehicle. previously in this section. Vehicle Personalization Settings 3. Start the vehicle with the initial key or 5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for a second driver . To have the Seat Entry Memory RKE transmitter. The DIC should display using 1 or 2. RKE transmitters 3–8 will movement begin when the vehicle is the driver number of your RKE not save memory positions. transmitter. started, select the Settings menu, then B Vehicle, then Seating Position, and then Saving Memory Positions To save the position for and Seat Exit Memory features, repeat Steps 1–4 using Seat Entry Memory. Select On or Off. See Read these instructions completely before “Seat Entry Memory” later in this section. B. This saves the position for getting out saving memory positions. of the vehicle. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Seats and Restraints 51 Save preferred memory feature positions to positions saved to the same memory button Try storing the position to the other both 1 and 2 if you are the only driver. number 1 or 2 are automatically recalled memory button or try the other RKE Manually Recalling Memory Positions when the vehicle is turned on, or turned transmitter. from off to ACC/ACCESSORY. RKE Seat Exit Memory Press and hold 1, 2, or B to recall the transmitters 3–8 will not provide automatic previously saved memory positions if you memory recalls. Seat Exit Memory is not linked to an RKE B are driver 1 or 2 identified in the DIC To turn Seat Entry Memory on or off, see transmitter. The position saved to is welcome message. “Vehicle Personalization Settings” previously used for all drivers. To turn Seat Exit To stop Manual Memory recall movement, in this section and Vehicle Personalization Memory on or off, see "Vehicle B 0 131. Personalization Settings" previously in this release 1, 2, or or press any of the section and Vehicle Personalization 0 131. following controls: The shift lever must be in P (Park) to start . Power seat Seat Entry Memory. Seat Entry Memory If turned on, the position saved to B is . Memory SET recall will complete if the vehicle is shifted automatically recalled when one of the out of P (Park) prior to reaching the saved following occurs: . Power mirror, with the driver or passenger side mirror selected memory position. . The vehicle is turned off and the driver door is opened within a short time. Manual Memory recall movement for 1, 2, To stop Seat Entry Memory recall B movement, turn the vehicle off or press any . The vehicle is turned off with the driver or buttons may be initiated and may of the following controls: door open. complete to the saved memory position if the vehicle is in or out of P (Park). . Power seat To stop Seat Exit Memory movement, press . Memory SET, 1, 2, or B any of the following memory controls: Seat Entry Memory . Power mirror, with the driver or . Power seat The vehicle identifies the number of the passenger side mirror selected . Memory SET, 1, 2, or B current driver’s RKE transmitter (1–8). See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System If the saved memory seat position does not . Power mirror, with the driver or Operation (Key Access) 0 10 or automatically recall or recalls to the wrong passenger side mirror selected Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System positions, the driver’s RKE transmitter Operation (Keyless Access) 0 13. If the RKE number (1 or 2) may not match the memory transmitter is 1 or 2, and Seat Entry Memory button number that positions were saved to. is enabled in vehicle personalization, the Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

52 Seats and Restraints Obstructions Press the button once for the highest If something has blocked the driver seat setting. With each press of the button, the while recalling a memory position, the recall seat will change to the next lower setting, may stop. Remove the obstruction and try and then to the off setting. The indicator the recall again. If the memory position still lights next to the buttons indicate three for does not recall, see your dealer. the highest setting and one for the lowest. If the heated seats are on high for an Heated and Ventilated Front extended time, their level may automatically Seats be lowered. Auto Heated Seats { Warning When the vehicle is on, this feature will If temperature change or pain to the skin automatically activate the heated seats at Heated and Ventilated Seat Buttons Shown, the level required by the vehicle’s interior cannot be felt, the seat heater may cause Heated Seat Buttons Similar burns. To reduce the risk of burns, use temperature. The active high, medium, low, or off heated seat level will be indicated by care when using the seat heater, If equipped, the buttons are on the center the manual heated seat buttons on the especially for long periods of time. Do stack. To operate, the engine must be running. center stack. Use the manual heated seat not place anything on the seat that buttons on the center stack to turn auto insulates against heat, such as a blanket, Press I or + to heat the driver or heated seats off. If the passenger seat is cushion, cover, or similar item. This may passenger seatback only. unoccupied, the auto heated seats feature cause the seat heater to overheat. An will not activate that seat. The auto heated overheated seat heater may cause a burn Press J or z to heat the driver or seats feature can be programmed to always or may damage the seat. passenger seat cushion and seatback. be enabled when the vehicle is on. See 0 Press C or { to ventilate the driver or Vehicle Personalization 131. passenger seat. The indicator light on the button comes on when this feature is on. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Seats and Restraints 53 Remote Start Heated and Ventilated Seats Rear Seats Folding the Rear Seat Cushion If equipped, the heated seats will turn on Either side of the rear seat cushion can be automatically during a remote start if it is Rear Seat Reminder folded up for added cargo space. cold outside and the ventilated seats will If equipped, the message REAR SEAT turn on automatically if it is hot outside. REMINDER LOOK IN REAR SEAT displays Caution If equipped, the heated steering wheel will under certain conditions indicating there Folding a rear seat with the seat belts turn on automatically during a remote start may be an item or passenger in the rear still fastened may cause damage to the if it is cold outside. The heated and seat. Check before exiting the vehicle. seat or the seat belts. Always unbuckle ventilated seat indicators and heated the seat belts and return them to their steering wheel indicator may not come on This feature will activate when a second row during this operation. door is opened while the vehicle is on or up normal stowed position before folding a to 10 minutes before the vehicle is turned rear seat. The heated and ventilated seats and heated on. There will be an alert when the vehicle steering wheel may cancel when the vehicle is turned off. The alert does not directly Make sure that nothing is on the seat is started. These features can be manually detect objects in the rear seat; instead, cushion. selected after the ignition is turned on. under certain conditions, it detects when a The temperature performance of an rear door is opened and closed, indicating unoccupied seat may be reduced. This is that there may be something in the normal. rear seat. The heated or ventilated seats will not turn The feature is active only once each time on during a remote start unless they are the vehicle is turned on and off, and will enabled in vehicle personalization. See require reactivation by opening and closing Remote Vehicle Start 0 20 and the second row doors. There may be an Vehicle Personalization 0 131. alert even when there is nothing in the rear seat; for example, if a child entered the vehicle through the rear door and left the vehicle without the vehicle being shut off. The feature can be turned on or off. See 0 To fold the seat, slowly pull the seat Vehicle Personalization 131. cushion up. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

54 Seats and Restraints To return the seat to the normal seating Seat Belts position, slowly pull the seat cushion down. This section describes how to use seat belts { Warning properly, and some things not to do. A seat belt that is improperly routed, not { Warning properly attached, or twisted will not provide the protection needed in a crash. Do not let anyone ride where a seat belt The person wearing the belt could be cannot be worn properly. In a crash, seriously injured. After raising the rear if you or your passenger(s) are not seatback, always check to be sure that wearing seat belts, injuries can be much the seat belts are properly routed and worse than if you are wearing seat belts. attached, and are not twisted. You can be seriously injured or killed by If available, the buttons are on the rear of hitting things inside the vehicle harder or Heated Rear Seats the center console. To operate, the engine by being ejected from the vehicle. In must be running. addition, anyone who is not buckled up { Warning Press M or L to heat the left or right can strike other passengers in the vehicle. If you cannot feel temperature change or outboard seat cushion. An indicator on the It is extremely dangerous to ride in a pain to the skin, the seat heater may climate control display appears when this cargo area, inside or outside of a vehicle. feature is on. cause burns. See the Warning under In a collision, passengers riding in these Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 52. This feature turns on at the highest setting. areas are more likely to be seriously With each press of the button, the heated injured or killed. Do not allow passengers seat changes to the next lower setting, and to ride in any area of the vehicle that is then the off setting. Three lights indicate not equipped with seats and seat belts. the highest setting, and one light indicates the lowest. If the heated seats are on high, Always wear a seat belt, and check that the level may automatically be lowered all passenger(s) are restrained after approximately 30 minutes. properly too. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Seats and Restraints 55 This vehicle has indicators as a reminder to Questions and Answers About Seat Belts How to Wear Seat Belts Properly buckle the seat belts. See Seat Belt Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle after a Reminders 0 113. Follow these rules for everyone's protection. crash if I am wearing a seat belt? Why Seat Belts Work There are additional things to know about A: You could be — whether you are seat belts and children, including smaller wearing a seat belt or not. Your chance children and infants. If a child will be riding of being conscious during and after a in the vehicle, see Older Children 0 71 or crash, so you can unbuckle and get out, Infants and Young Children 0 72. Review and is much greater if you are belted. follow the rules for children in addition to Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why should I the following rules. have to wear seat belts? It is very important for all occupants to A: Airbags are supplemental systems only. buckle up. Statistics show that unbelted They work with seat belts — not instead people are hurt more often in crashes than of them. Whether or not an airbag is those who are wearing seat belts. provided, all occupants still have to There are important things to know about buckle up to get the most protection. wearing a seat belt properly. Also, in nearly all states and in all When riding in a vehicle, you travel as fast Canadian provinces, the law requires as the vehicle does. If the vehicle stops wearing seat belts. suddenly, you keep going until something stops you. It could be the windshield, the instrument panel, or the seat belts! When you wear a seat belt, you and the vehicle slow down together. There is more time to stop because you stop over a longer distance and, when worn properly, your strongest bones take the forces from the seat belts. That is why wearing seat belts makes such good sense. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

56 Seats and Restraints . Sit up straight and always keep your feet on the floor in front of you (if possible). . Always use the correct buckle for your seating position. . Wear the lap part of the belt low and snug on the hips, just touching the thighs. In a crash, this applies force to the strong pelvic bones and you would be less likely to slide under the lap belt. If you slid under it, the belt would apply force on your abdomen. This could cause serious or even fatal injuries. . Wear the shoulder belt over the shoulder and across the chest. These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces. The shoulder belt locks if there is a sudden stop or crash.

{ Warning You can be seriously injured, or even killed, by not wearing your seat belt properly.

Never allow the lap or shoulder belt to Never wear the shoulder belt under both become loose or twisted. arms or behind your back. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Seats and Restraints 57

{ Warning The seat belt can be pinched if it is routed under plastic trim on the seat, such as trim around the rear seatback folding handle or side airbag. In a crash, pinched seat belts might not be able to provide adequate protection. Never allow seat belts to be routed under plastic trim pieces. Lap-Shoulder Belt Always use the correct buckle for your 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt All seating positions in the vehicle have a seating position. across you. Do not let it get twisted. lap-shoulder belt. The lap-shoulder belt may lock if you The following instructions explain how to pull the belt across you very quickly. wear a lap-shoulder belt properly. If this happens, let the belt go back 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is adjustable, slightly to unlock it. Then pull the belt so you can sit up straight. To see how, across you more slowly. see “Seats” in the Index. If the shoulder portion of a passenger belt is pulled out all the way, the child restraint locking feature may be engaged. See Child Restraint Systems 0 74. If this occurs, let the belt go back all the way and start again. If the locking feature stays engaged after letting the belt go back to stowed Never route the lap or shoulder belt over an armrest. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

58 Seats and Restraints position on the seat, move the seat rearward or recline the seat until the shoulder belt retractor lock releases. Engaging the child restraint locking feature in the front outboard seating position may affect the passenger sensing system, if equipped. See Passenger Sensing System 0 66.

3. Push the latch plate into the buckle until 4. To make the lap part tight, pull up on it clicks. the shoulder belt. Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure. If the belt is not long enough, see Seat Belt Extender 0 59. Position the release button on the buckle so that the seat belt could be quickly unbuckled if necessary. If the webbing locks in the latch plate before it reaches the buckle, tilt the latch plate flat to unlock. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Seats and Restraints 59 To unlatch the belt, push the button on the Pretensioners work only once. If the buckle. The belt should return to its stowed pretensioners activate in a crash, the position. pretensioners and probably other parts of Always stow the seat belt slowly. If the seat the vehicle's seat belt system will need to be replaced. See Replacing Seat Belt System belt webbing returns quickly to the stowed 0 position, the retractor may lock and cannot Parts after a Crash 60. be pulled out. If this happens, pull the seat Do not sit on the outboard seat belt while belt straight out firmly to unlock the entering or exiting the vehicle or at any webbing, and then release it. If the webbing time while sitting in the seat. Sitting on the is still locked in the retractor, see your seat belt can damage the webbing and dealer. hardware. Before a door is closed, be sure the seat belt Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides is out of the way. If a door is slammed A pregnant woman should wear a against a seat belt, damage can occur to Rear seat belt comfort guides may provide lap-shoulder belt, and the lap portion should both the seat belt and the vehicle. added seat belt comfort for older children be worn as low as possible, below the who have outgrown booster seats and for rounding, throughout the pregnancy. Seat Belt Pretensioners some adults. When installed on a shoulder The best way to protect the fetus is to This vehicle has seat belt pretensioners for belt, the comfort guide positions the shoulder belt away from the neck and head. protect the mother. When a seat belt is the front outboard occupants. Although the worn properly, it is more likely that the seat belt pretensioners cannot be seen, they Comfort guides are available through your fetus will not be hurt in a crash. For are part of the seat belt assembly. They can dealer for the rear outboard seating pregnant women, as for anyone, the key to help tighten the seat belts during the early positions. Instructions are included with the making seat belts effective is wearing them stages of a moderate to severe frontal, near comfort guides. properly. frontal, or rear crash if the threshold conditions for pretensioner activation are Seat Belt Use During Pregnancy Seat Belt Extender met. Seat belt pretensioners can also help Seat belts work for everyone, including tighten the seat belts in a side crash or If the vehicle's seat belt will fasten around pregnant women. Like all occupants, they you, you should use it. rollover event. are more likely to be seriously injured if they do not wear seat belts. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

60 Seats and Restraints But if a seat belt is not long enough, your reversing the latch plate on the webbing. dealer will order you an extender. When If the twist cannot be corrected, ask your Warning (Continued) you go in to order it, take the heaviest coat dealer to fix it. provide adequate protection. Clean and you will wear, so the extender will be long Make sure the seat belt reminder light is rinse seat belt webbing only with mild enough for you. To help avoid personal working. See Seat Belt Reminders 0 113. soap and lukewarm water. Allow the injury, do not let someone else use it, and webbing to dry. use it only for the seat it is made to fit. The Keep seat belts clean and dry. See Seat Belt extender has been designed for adults. Care 0 60. Never use it for securing child restraints. For Replacing Seat Belt System Parts more information on the proper use and fit Seat Belt Care after a Crash of seat belt extenders see the instruction Keep belts clean and dry. sheet that comes with the extender. { Warning Seat belts should be properly cared for and Safety System Check maintained. A crash can damage the seat belt system in the vehicle. A damaged seat belt Seat belt hardware should be kept dry and Periodically check the seat belt reminder, system may not properly protect the free of dust or debris. As necessary, exterior seat belts, buckles, latch plates, retractors, person using it, resulting in serious injury shoulder belt height adjusters (if equipped), hard surfaces and seat belt webbing may be lightly cleaned with mild soap and water. or even death in a crash. To help make and seat belt anchorages to make sure they sure the seat belt systems are working are all in working order. Look for any other Ensure there is not excessive dust or debris properly after a crash, have them loose or damaged seat belt system parts in the mechanism. If dust or debris exists in inspected and any necessary that might keep a seat belt system from the system please see the dealer. Parts may performing properly. See your dealer to need to be replaced to ensure proper replacements made as soon as possible. have it repaired. Torn, frayed, or twisted functionality of the system. After a minor crash, replacement of seat seat belts may not protect you in a crash. belts may not be necessary. But the seat Torn or frayed seat belts can rip apart under { Warning belt assemblies that were used during any impact forces. If a belt is torn or frayed, Do not bleach or dye seat belt webbing. crash may have been stressed or damaged. have it replaced immediately. If a belt is It may severely weaken the webbing. In See your dealer to have the seat belt twisted, it may be possible to untwist by a crash, they might not be able to assemblies inspected or replaced. (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Seats and Restraints 61 New parts and repairs may be necessary All vehicle airbags have the word AIRBAG on even if the seat belt system was not being the trim or on a label near the deployment Warning (Continued) used at the time of the crash. opening. replace them. Also, airbags are not Have the seat belt pretensioners checked if For frontal airbags, the word AIRBAG is on designed to inflate in every crash. In the vehicle has been in a crash, or if the the center of the steering wheel for the some crashes seat belts are the only airbag readiness light stays on after you driver and on the instrument panel for the restraint. See When Should an Airbag start the vehicle or while you are driving. front outboard passenger. Inflate? 0 63. 0 See Airbag Readiness Light 114. For seat-mounted side impact airbags, the Wearing your seat belt during a crash word AIRBAG is on the side of the seatback helps reduce your chance of hitting Airbag System or side of the seat closest to the door. things inside the vehicle or being ejected The vehicle has the following airbags: For roof-rail airbags, the word AIRBAG is on from it. Airbags are “supplemental . A frontal airbag for the driver the ceiling or trim. restraints” to the seat belts. Everyone in the vehicle should wear a seat belt . A frontal airbag for the front outboard Airbags are designed to supplement the properly, whether or not there is an passenger protection provided by seat belts. Even airbag for that person. . A seat-mounted side impact airbag for the though today's airbags are also designed to driver help reduce the risk of injury from the force of an inflating bag, all airbags must inflate . A seat-mounted side impact airbag for the { Warning front outboard passenger very quickly to do their job. Here are the most important things to know Because airbags inflate with great force . A roof-rail airbag for the driver and the and faster than the blink of an eye, passenger seated directly behind the about the airbag system: anyone who is up against, or very close driver { Warning to, any airbag when it inflates can be . A roof-rail airbag for the front outboard seriously injured or killed. Do not sit passenger and the passenger seated You can be severely injured or killed in a unnecessarily close to any airbag, as you directly behind the front outboard crash if you are not wearing your seat would be if sitting on the edge of the passenger belt, even with airbags. Airbags are seat or leaning forward. Seat belts help designed to work with seat belts, not keep you in position before and during a (Continued) (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

62 Seats and Restraints The driver frontal airbag is in the center of Warning (Continued) the steering wheel. crash. Always wear a seat belt, even with airbags. The driver should sit as far back as possible while still maintaining control of the vehicle. The seat belts and the front outboard passenger airbags are There is an airbag readiness light on the most effective when you are sitting well instrument cluster, which shows the airbag back and upright in the seat with both symbol. feet on the floor. The system checks the airbag electrical Occupants should not lean on or sleep system for malfunctions. The light tells you against the door or side windows in if there is an electrical problem. See Airbag 0 seating positions with seat-mounted side Readiness Light 114. impact airbags and/or roof-rail airbags. Where Are the Airbags? The front outboard passenger frontal airbag is in the passenger side instrument panel. { Warning Children who are up against, or very close to, any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed. Always secure children properly in the vehicle. To read how, see Older Children 0 71 or Infants and Young Children 0 72. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Seats and Restraints 63

Warning (Continued) do not attach or put anything on the steering wheel hub or on or near any other airbag covering. Do not use seat accessories that block the inflation path of a seat-mounted side impact airbag. Never secure anything to the roof of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags by routing a rope or tie‐down through any door or Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar Driver Side Crew Cab Shown, Passenger Side window opening. If you do, the path of Double and Regular Cabs Similar an inflating roof-rail airbag will be The driver and front outboard passenger blocked. seat-mounted side impact airbags are in the The roof-rail airbags for the driver, front side of the seatbacks closest to the door. outboard passenger, and second row outboard passengers are in the ceiling above When Should an Airbag Inflate? the side windows. This vehicle is equipped with airbags. See Airbag System 0 61. Airbags are designed to { Warning inflate if the impact exceeds the specific If something is between an occupant and airbag system's deployment threshold. Deployment thresholds are used to predict an airbag, the airbag might not inflate how severe a crash is likely to be in time properly or it might force the object into for the airbags to inflate and help restrain that person causing severe injury or even the occupants. The vehicle has electronic death. The path of an inflating airbag sensors that help the airbag system must be kept clear. Do not put anything determine the severity of the impact. between an occupant and an airbag, and Deployment thresholds can vary with (Continued) specific vehicle design. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

64 Seats and Restraints Frontal airbags are designed to inflate in or rear impacts. A seat-mounted side impact How Does an Airbag Restrain? moderate to severe frontal or near frontal airbag is designed to inflate on the side of crashes to help reduce the potential for the vehicle that is struck. In moderate to severe frontal or near frontal collisions, even belted occupants can contact severe injuries, mainly to the driver's or Roof-rail airbags are designed to inflate in front outboard passenger's head and chest. the steering wheel or the instrument panel. moderate to severe side crashes depending In moderate to severe side collisions, even Whether the frontal airbags will or should on the location of the impact. In addition, belted occupants can contact the inside of inflate is not based primarily on how fast these roof-rail airbags are designed to inflate the vehicle. the vehicle is traveling. It depends on what during a rollover or in a severe frontal is hit, the direction of the impact, and how impact. Roof-rail airbags are not designed to Airbags supplement the protection provided quickly the vehicle slows down. inflate in rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags by seat belts by distributing the force of the will inflate when either side of the vehicle is impact more evenly over the Frontal airbags may inflate at different crash occupant's body. speeds depending on whether the vehicle struck or if the sensing system predicts that hits an object straight on or at an angle, the vehicle is about to roll over on its side, Rollover capable roof-rail airbags are and whether the object is fixed or moving, or in a severe frontal impact. designed to help contain the head and chest rigid or deformable, narrow or wide. In any particular crash, no one can say of occupants in the outboard seating whether an airbag should have inflated positions in the first and second rows. The Frontal airbags are not intended to inflate rollover capable roof-rail airbags are during vehicle rollovers, rear impacts, simply because of the vehicle damage or repair costs. designed to help reduce the risk of full or or many side impacts. partial ejection in rollover events, although In addition, the vehicle has advanced What Makes an Airbag Inflate? no system can prevent all such ejections. technology frontal airbags. Advanced In a deployment event, the sensing system But airbags would not help in many types technology frontal airbags adjust the sends an electrical signal triggering a release of collisions, primarily because the restraint according to crash severity. of gas from the inflator. Gas from the occupant's motion is not toward those Seat-mounted side impact airbags are inflator fills the airbag causing the bag to airbags. See When Should an Airbag Inflate? designed to inflate in moderate to severe break out of the cover. The inflator, the 0 63. side crashes depending on the location of airbag, and related hardware are all part of Airbags should never be regarded as the impact. Seat-mounted side impact the airbag module. anything more than a supplement to seat airbags are not designed to inflate in frontal For airbag locations, see Where Are the belts. impacts, near frontal impacts, rollovers, Airbags? 0 62. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Seats and Restraints 65

What Will You See after an Warning (Continued) { Warning Airbag Inflates? vehicle should get out as soon as it is A crash severe enough to inflate the After frontal and seat-mounted side impact safe to do so. If you have breathing airbags may have also damaged airbags inflate, they quickly deflate, so problems but cannot get out of the important functions in the vehicle, such quickly that some people may not even vehicle after an airbag inflates, then get as the fuel system, brake and steering realize the airbags inflated. Roof-rail airbags fresh air by opening a window or a door. systems, etc. Even if the vehicle appears may still be at least partially inflated for If you experience breathing problems to be drivable after a moderate crash, some time after they inflate. Some following an airbag deployment, you there may be concealed damage that components of the airbag module may be should seek medical attention. could make it difficult to safely operate hot for several minutes. For location of the 0 the vehicle. airbags, see Where Are the Airbags? 62. The vehicle has a feature that may The parts of the airbag that come into automatically unlock the doors, turn on the Use caution if you should attempt to contact with you may be warm, but not too interior lamps and hazard warning flashers, restart the engine after a crash has hot to touch. There may be some smoke and shut off the fuel system after the occurred. and dust coming from the vents in the airbags inflate. The feature may also deflated airbags. Airbag inflation does not activate, without airbag inflation, after an In many crashes severe enough to inflate prevent the driver from seeing out of the event that exceeds a predetermined the airbag, windshields are broken by windshield or being able to steer the threshold. After turning the ignition off and vehicle deformation. Additional windshield vehicle, nor does it prevent people from then on again, the fuel system will return to breakage may also occur from the front leaving the vehicle. normal operation; the doors can be locked, outboard passenger airbag. the interior lamps can be turned off, and . Airbags are designed to inflate only once. { Warning the hazard warning flashers can be turned After an airbag inflates, you will need off using the controls for those features. some new parts for the airbag system. When an airbag inflates, there may be If any of these systems are damaged in the If you do not get them, the airbag dust in the air. This dust could cause crash they may not operate as normal. system will not be there to help protect breathing problems for people with a you in another crash. A new system will history of asthma or other breathing include airbag modules and possibly other trouble. To avoid this, everyone in the parts. The service manual for the vehicle (Continued) covers the need to replace other parts. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

66 Seats and Restraints . The vehicle has a crash sensing and Whenever possible, children aged 12 and diagnostic module which records under should be secured in a rear seating information after a crash. See Vehicle position. Data Recording and Privacy 0 437 and Never put a rear-facing child seat in the Event Data Recorders 0 438. front. This is because the risk to the . Let only qualified technicians work on the rear-facing child is so great, if the airbag airbag systems. Improper service can Canada inflates. mean that an airbag system will not work properly. See your dealer for service. The words ON and OFF, or the symbols for { Warning on and off, will be visible during the system Passenger Sensing System check. When the system check is complete, A child in a rear-facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the The vehicle has a passenger sensing system either the word ON or OFF, or the symbol for the front outboard passenger position. for on or off, will be visible. See Passenger passenger frontal airbag inflates. This is 0 The passenger airbag status indicator will Airbag Status Indicator 115. because the back of the rear-facing child light on the overhead console when the The passenger sensing system turns off the restraint would be very close to the vehicle is started. front outboard passenger frontal airbag inflating airbag. A child in a under certain conditions. No other airbag is forward-facing child restraint can be affected by the passenger sensing system. seriously injured or killed if the passenger frontal airbag inflates and the passenger The passenger sensing system works with seat is in a forward position. sensors that are part of the front outboard passenger seat and seat belt. The sensors Even if the passenger sensing system has are designed to detect the presence of a turned off the passenger frontal airbag, United States properly seated occupant and determine if no system is fail-safe. No one can the front outboard passenger frontal airbag guarantee that an airbag will not deploy should be allowed to inflate or not. under some unusual circumstance, even According to accident statistics, children are though the airbag is turned off. safer when properly secured in a rear seat (Continued) in the correct child restraint for their weight and size. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Seats and Restraints 67 . There is a critical problem with the airbag Warning (Continued) system or the passenger sensing system. { Warning Never put a rear-facing child restraint in When the passenger sensing system has If the airbag readiness light ever comes the front seat, even if the airbag is off. turned off the front outboard passenger on and stays on, it means that If securing a forward-facing child restraint frontal airbag, the OFF indicator will light something may be wrong with the airbag in the front outboard passenger seat, and stay lit as a reminder that the airbag is system. To help avoid injury to yourself always move the seat as far back as it off. See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator or others, have the vehicle serviced right will go. It is better to secure child 0 115. away. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 114 restraints in the rear seat. Consider using The passenger sensing system is designed to for more information, including important another vehicle to transport the child turn on the front outboard passenger frontal safety information. when a rear seat is not available. airbag anytime the system senses that a person of adult size is sitting properly in the If the On Indicator Is Lit for a Child If the vehicle does not have a rear seat that front outboard passenger seat. Restraint will accommodate a rear-facing child restraint, a rear-facing child restraint should When the passenger sensing system has The passenger sensing system is designed to not be installed in the vehicle, even if the allowed the airbag to be enabled, the ON turn off the front outboard passenger airbag is off. indicator will light and stay lit as a reminder frontal airbag if the system determines that that the airbag is active. an infant is present in a child restraint. If a The passenger sensing system is designed to child restraint has been installed and the ON For some children, including children in child turn off the front outboard passenger indicator is lit: frontal airbag if: restraints, and for very small adults, the passenger sensing system may or may not 1. Turn the vehicle off. . The front outboard passenger seat is turn off the front outboard passenger 2. Remove the child restraint from the unoccupied. frontal airbag, depending upon the person's vehicle. . The system determines an infant is seating posture and body build. Everyone in present in a child restraint. 3. Remove any additional items from the the vehicle who has outgrown child seat such as blankets, cushions, seat . A front outboard passenger takes his/her restraints should wear a seat belt covers, seat heaters, or seat massagers. weight off of the seat for a period properly — whether or not there is an of time. airbag for that person. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

68 Seats and Restraints 4. Reinstall the child restraint following the 6. Restart the vehicle. that the child restraint locking feature is directions provided by the child restraint The passenger sensing system may or may engaged. Use the following steps to allow manufacturer and refer to Securing Child not turn off the airbag for a child in a child the system to detect that person and enable Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the the front outboard passenger frontal airbag: 0 restraint depending upon the child’s size. Center Front Seat) 92 or It is better to secure child restraints in the 1. Turn the vehicle off. Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat rear seat. Consider using another vehicle to Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 88 or 2. Remove any additional material from the transport the child when a rear seat is not seat, such as blankets, cushions, seat Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat available. Never put a rear-facing child Belt in the Front Passenger Seat) 0 92. covers, seat heaters, or seat massagers. restraint in the front seat, even if the ON 3. Place the seatback in the fully upright Make sure the seat belt retractor is indicator is not lit. locked by pulling the shoulder belt all position. the way out of the retractor when If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an 4. Have the person sit upright in the seat, installing the child restraint, even if the Adult-Sized Occupant centered on the seat cushion, with legs child restraint is equipped with a seat comfortably extended. belt lock off. When the retractor lock is 5. If the shoulder portion of the belt is set, the belt can be tightened but not pulled out all the way, the child restraint pulled out of the retractor. locking feature will be engaged. This 5. If, after reinstalling the child restraint may unintentionally cause the passenger and restarting the vehicle, the ON sensing system to turn the airbag off for indicator is still lit, turn the vehicle off. some adult-sized occupants. If this Then slightly recline the vehicle seatback happens, unbuckle the belt, let the belt and adjust the seat cushion, go back all the way, and then buckle the if adjustable, to make sure that the belt again without pulling the belt out vehicle seatback is not pushing the child all the way. restraint into the seat cushion. 6. Restart the vehicle and have the person Also make sure the child restraint is not remain in this position for two to trapped under the vehicle head restraint. If a person of adult size is sitting in the three minutes after the ON indicator If this happens, adjust the head restraint. front outboard passenger seat, but the OFF is lit. See Head Restraints 0 45. indicator is lit, it could be because that person is not sitting properly in the seat or Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Seats and Restraints 69 approved by GM for your specific vehicle. { Warning See Adding Equipment to the { Warning If the front outboard passenger airbag is Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 69 for more For up to 10 seconds after the vehicle is turned off for an adult-sized occupant, information about modifications that can turned off and the battery is the airbag will not be able to inflate and affect how the system operates. disconnected, an airbag can still inflate help protect that person in a crash, The ON indicator may be lit if an object, during improper service. You can be resulting in an increased risk of serious such as a briefcase, handbag, grocery bag, injured if you are close to an airbag injury or even death. An adult-sized laptop, or other electronic device, is put on when it inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. occupant should not ride in the front an unoccupied seat. If this is not desired, They are probably part of the airbag outboard passenger seat, if the passenger remove the object from the seat. system. Be sure to follow proper service airbag OFF indicator is lit. procedures, and make sure the person { Warning performing work for you is qualified to Additional Factors Affecting System Stowing articles under the passenger seat do so. Operation or between the passenger seat cushion Seat belts help keep the passenger in and seatback may interfere with the Adding Equipment to the position on the seat during vehicle proper operation of the passenger Airbag-Equipped Vehicle maneuvers and braking, which helps the sensing system. passenger sensing system maintain the Adding accessories that change the vehicle's passenger airbag status. See “Seat Belts” Servicing the Airbag-Equipped frame, bumper system, height, front end, and “Child Restraints” in the Index for or side sheet metal, may keep the airbag additional information about the importance Vehicle system from working properly. of proper restraint use. Airbags affect how the vehicle should be The operation of the airbag system can also A thick layer of additional material, such as serviced. There are parts of the airbag be affected by changing, including a blanket or cushion, or aftermarket system in several places around the vehicle. improperly repairing or replacing, any parts equipment such as seat covers, seat heaters, Your dealer and the service manual have of the following: and seat massagers can affect how well the information about servicing the vehicle and . Airbag system, including airbag modules, passenger sensing system operates. We the airbag system. To purchase a service front or side impact sensors, sensing and manual, see Publication Ordering diagnostic module, or airbag wiring recommend that you not use seat covers or 0 other aftermarket equipment except when Information 436. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

70 Seats and Restraints . Front seats, including stitching, seams, system from properly turning off the Airbag System Check or zippers passenger airbag(s). See Passenger Sensing . Seat belts System 0 66. The airbag system does not need regularly scheduled maintenance or replacement. . Steering wheel, instrument panel, If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail airbags, Make sure the airbag readiness light is 0 overhead console, ceiling trim, or pillar see Different Size Tires and Wheels 377 for working. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 114. garnish trim additional important information. . Inner door seals, including speakers If a snow plow is added to the vehicle, the Caution Your dealer and the service manual have airbags should still work properly. The If an airbag covering is damaged, opened, information about the location of the airbag airbag systems were designed to work or broken, the airbag may not work modules and sensors, sensing and diagnostic properly under a wide range of conditions, properly. Do not open or break the airbag module, and airbag wiring along with the including snow plowing with vehicles that coverings. If there are any opened or proper replacement procedures. have the optional snow plow prep package broken airbag coverings, have the airbag (RPO VYU). Do not change or defeat the In addition, the vehicle has a passenger covering and/or airbag module replaced. snow plow's “tripping mechanism.” If you sensing system for the front outboard For the location of the airbags, see Where do, it can damage the snow plow and the passenger position, which includes sensors Are the Airbags? 0 62. See your dealer vehicle, and may cause an airbag that are part of the passenger seat. The deployment. for service. passenger sensing system may not operate properly if the original seat trim is replaced If the vehicle must be modified because you with non-GM covers, upholstery, or trim; or have a disability and have questions about with GM covers, upholstery, or trim whether the modifications will affect the designed for a different vehicle. Any object, vehicle's airbag system, or if you have such as an aftermarket seat heater or a questions about whether the airbag system comfort-enhancing pad or device, installed will be affected if the vehicle is modified for under or on top of the seat fabric, could any other reason, call Customer Assistance. also interfere with the operation of the See Customer Assistance Offices 0 430. passenger sensing system. This could either prevent proper deployment of the passenger airbag(s) or prevent the passenger sensing Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Seats and Restraints 71 Replacing Airbag System Parts Child Restraints belt comfort guide, if available. See “Rear after a Crash Seat Belt Comfort Guides” under Older Children Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 57. If a comfort guide is not available, or if the shoulder belt { Warning still does not rest on the shoulder, then A crash can damage the airbag systems return to the booster seat. in the vehicle. A damaged airbag system . Does the lap belt fit low and snug on the may not properly protect you and your hips, touching the thighs? If yes, continue. passenger(s) in a crash, resulting in If no, return to the booster seat. serious injury or even death. To help . Can proper seat belt fit be maintained for make sure the airbag systems are the length of the trip? If yes, continue. working properly after a crash, have If no, return to the booster seat. them inspected and any necessary Q: What is the proper way to wear seat replacements made as soon as possible. belts? If an airbag inflates, you will need to A: An older child should wear a lap-shoulder replace airbag system parts. See your dealer Older children who have outgrown booster belt and get the additional restraint a for service. seats should wear the vehicle’s seat belts. shoulder belt can provide. The shoulder belt should not cross the face or neck. If the airbag readiness light stays on after The manufacturer instructions that come The lap belt should fit snugly below the the vehicle is started or comes on when you with the booster seat state the weight and hips, just touching the top of the thighs. are driving, the airbag system may not work height limitations for that booster. Use a This applies belt force to the child's properly. Have the vehicle serviced right booster seat with a lap-shoulder belt until pelvic bones in a crash. It should never 0 away. See Airbag Readiness Light 114. the child passes the fit test below: be worn over the abdomen, which could . Sit all the way back on the seat. Do the cause severe or even fatal internal knees bend at the seat edge? If yes, injuries in a crash. continue. If no, return to the booster seat. Also see “Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides” . Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. Does the under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 57. shoulder belt rest on the shoulder? If yes, continue. If no, try using the rear seat Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

72 Seats and Restraints According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly restrained in a rear { Warning seating position. Never allow a child to wear the seat belt In a crash, children who are not buckled up shoulder belt under both arms or behind can strike other people who are buckled up, their back. A child can be seriously or can be thrown out of the vehicle. Older injured by not wearing the lap-shoulder children need to use seat belts properly. belt properly. In a crash, the child would not be restrained by the shoulder belt. { Warning The child could move too far forward Never allow more than one child to wear increasing the chance of head and neck the same seat belt. The seat belt cannot injury. The child might also slide under properly spread the impact forces. In a the lap belt. The belt force would then be crash, they can be crushed together and applied right on the abdomen. That could Infants and Young Children cause serious or fatal injuries. The seriously injured. A seat belt must be Everyone in a vehicle needs protection! This used by only one person at a time. shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest. includes infants and all other children. Neither the distance traveled nor the age and size of the traveler changes the need, for everyone, to use safety restraints. In fact, the law in every state in the United States and in every Canadian province says children up to some age must be restrained while in a vehicle.

{ Warning Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck. The shoulder belt can (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Seats and Restraints 73

Warning (Continued) { Warning { Warning tighten but cannot be loosened if it is Never hold an infant or a child while Children who are up against, or very locked. The shoulder belt locks when it is riding in a vehicle. Due to crash forces, an close to, any airbag when it inflates can pulled all the way out of the retractor. infant or a child will become so heavy it be seriously injured or killed. Never put a It unlocks when the shoulder belt is is not possible to hold it during a crash. rear-facing child restraint in the front allowed to go all the way back into the For example, in a crash at only outboard seat. Secure a rear-facing child retractor, but it cannot do this if it is 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) infant restraint in a rear seat. It is also better to wrapped around a child’s neck. If the will suddenly become a 110 kg (240 lb) secure a forward-facing child restraint in shoulder belt is locked and tightened force on a person's arms. An infant or a rear seat. If you must secure a around a child’s neck, the only way to child should be secured in an appropriate forward-facing child restraint in the front loosen the belt is to cut it. child restraint. outboard seat, always move the front Never leave children unattended in a passenger seat as far back as it will go. vehicle and never allow children to play with the seat belts.

Every time infants and young children ride in vehicles, they should have the protection provided by appropriate child restraints. Neither the vehicle's seat belt system nor its airbag system is designed for them. Children who are not restrained properly can strike other people, or can be thrown out of the vehicle.

Child restraints are devices used to restrain, seat, or position children in the vehicle and are sometimes called child seats or car seats. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

74 Seats and Restraints There are three basic types of child Child Restraint Systems restraints: { Warning . Forward-facing child restraints To reduce the risk of neck and head . Rear-facing child restraints injury in a crash, infants and toddlers . Belt-positioning booster seats should be secured in a rear-facing child restraint until age two, or until they The proper child restraint for your child reach the maximum height and weight depends on their size, weight, and age, and limits of their child restraint. also on whether the child restraint is compatible with the vehicle in which it will be used. { Warning For each type of child restraint, there are A young child's hip bones are still so many different models available. When small that the vehicle seat belt may not purchasing a child restraint, be sure it is designed to be used in a motor vehicle. If it remain low on the hip bones, as it Rear-Facing Infant Restraint is, the child restraint will have a label saying should. Instead, it may settle up around A rear-facing child restraint provides that it meets federal motor vehicle safety the child's abdomen. In a crash, the belt restraint with the seating surface against standards. would apply force on a body area that is unprotected by any bony structure. This the back of the infant. The instruction manual that is provided with alone could cause serious or fatal injuries. The harness system holds the infant in place the child restraint states the weight and To reduce the risk of serious or fatal and, in a crash, acts to keep the infant height limitations for that particular child positioned in the restraint. restraint. In addition, there are many kinds injuries during a crash, young children of child restraints available for children with should always be secured in an special needs. appropriate child restraint. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Seats and Restraints 75 Securing an Add-On Child Restraint in the Vehicle

{ Warning A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle. Secure the child restraint properly in the vehicle using the vehicle seat belt or LATCH system, following the instructions that came with that child restraint and the Forward-Facing Child Restraint Booster Seats instructions in this manual. A forward-facing child restraint provides A belt-positioning booster seat is used for To help reduce the chance of injury, the restraint for the child's body with the children who have outgrown their child restraint must be secured in the harness. forward-facing child restraint. Boosters are vehicle. Child restraints must be secured in designed to improve the fit of the vehicle's vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt seat belt system until the child is large portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by the enough for the vehicle seat belts to fit LATCH system. See Lower Anchors and properly without a booster seat. See the Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 77 for seat belt fit test in Older Children 0 71. more information. Children can be endangered in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle. When securing an add-on child restraint, refer to the following: 1. Instruction labels provided on the child restraint Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

76 Seats and Restraints 2. Instruction manual provided with the Securing the Child Within the Child child restraint Restraint { Warning 3. This vehicle owner's manual A child in a rear-facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the front The child restraint instructions are { Warning passenger airbag inflates. This is because important, so if they are not available, A child can be seriously injured or killed obtain a replacement copy from the in a crash if the child is not properly the back of the rear-facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating manufacturer. secured in the child restraint. Secure the child properly following the instructions airbag. A child in a forward-facing child Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can be seriously injured or killed that came with that child restraint. restraint can move around in a collision or if the front passenger airbag inflates and sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle. the passenger seat is in a forward Be sure to properly secure any child Where to Put the Restraint position. restraint in the vehicle — even when no According to accident statistics, children and child is in it. Even if the passenger sensing system has infants are safer when properly restrained in In some areas Certified Child Passenger an appropriate child restraint secured in a turned off the front passenger frontal Safety Technicians (CPSTs) are available to rear seating position. airbag, no system is fail-safe. No one can inspect and demonstrate how to correctly guarantee that an airbag will not deploy Whenever possible, children aged 12 and use and install child restraints. In the U.S., under some unusual circumstance, even under should be secured in a rear seating refer to the National Highway Traffic Safety though it is turned off. position. Administration (NHTSA) website to locate Secure rear-facing child restraints in a the nearest child safety seat inspection Never put a rear-facing child restraint in the rear seat, even if the airbag is off. If you station. For CPST availability in Canada, front. This is because the risk to the secure a forward-facing child restraint in check with Transport Canada or the rear-facing child is so great if the airbag Provincial Ministry of Transportation office. deploys. the front seat, always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go. It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat. See Passenger Sensing System 0 66 for additional information. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Seats and Restraints 77 Depending on where you place the child { Warning Lower Anchors and Tethers for restraint and the size of the child restraint, Children (LATCH System) A child in a child restraint in the center you may not be able to access adjacent seat front seat can be badly injured or killed belts or LATCH anchors for additional The LATCH system secures a child restraint by the frontal airbags if they inflate. passengers or child restraints. Adjacent during driving or in a crash. LATCH Never secure a child restraint in the seating positions should not be used if the attachments on the child restraint are used center front seat. It is always better to child restraint prevents access to or to attach the child restraint to the anchors secure a child restraint in a rear seat. interferes with the routing of the seat belt. in the vehicle. This system is designed to The seat in front of an installed child make installation of a child restraint easier. Do not use child restraints in the center restraint should be adjusted to ensure In order to use the LATCH system in your front seat position. proper installation according to the child vehicle, you need a child restraint that has If the vehicle does not have a rear seat that restraint manual. LATCH attachments. LATCH-compatible will accommodate a rear-facing child Wherever a child restraint is installed, be rear-facing and forward-facing child seats can restraint, a rear-facing child restraint should sure to follow the instructions that came be properly installed using either the LATCH not be installed in the vehicle, even if the with the child restraint and secure the child anchors or the vehicle’s seat belts. Do not airbag is off. restraint properly. use both the seat belts and the LATCH anchorage system to secure a rear-facing or When securing a child restraint with the Keep in mind that an unsecured child forward-facing child seat. seat belts in a rear seat position, study the restraint can move around in a collision or instructions that came with the child sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle. Booster seats use the vehicle’s seat belts to restraint to make sure it is compatible with Be sure to properly secure any child secure the child and the booster seat. If the this vehicle. restraint in the vehicle — even when no manufacturer recommends that the booster child is in it. seat be secured with the LATCH system, this Child restraints and booster seats vary can be done as long as the booster seat can considerably in size, and some may fit in be positioned properly and there is no certain seating positions better than others. interference with the proper positioning of Do not install a child restraint in any rear the lap-shoulder belt on the child. seating position where it cannot be installed securely. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

78 Seats and Restraints Make sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint, and also the instructions in this manual. When installing a child restraint with a top tether, you must also use either the lower anchors or the seat belts to properly secure the child restraint. A child restraint must never be installed using only the top tether. For a forward-facing 5-pt harness child restraint where the combined weight of the child and restraint are up to 29.5 kg (65 lb), use either the lower LATCH anchorages with the top tether anchorage, or the seat belt with the top tether anchorage. Where the combined weight of the child and restraint are greater than 29.5 kg (65 lb), use the seat belt with the top tether anchorage only. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Seats and Restraints 79 Recommended Methods for Attaching Child Restraints Restraint Type Combined Weight of Use Only Approved Attachment Methods Shown with an X the Child + Child LATCH – Lower Seat Belt Only LATCH – Lower Seat Belt and Top Restraint Anchors Only Anchors and Top Tether Anchor Tether Anchor Rear-Facing Child Up to 29.5 kg (65 lb) XX Restraint Rear-Facing Child Greater than X Restraint 29.5 kg (65 lb) Forward-Facing Child Up to 29.5 kg (65 lb) XX Restraint Forward-Facing Child Greater than X Restraint 29.5 kg (65 lb)

See Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Child restraints built after March 2014 will Not all vehicle seating positions have lower Belt in the Center Front Seat) 0 92 or be labeled with the specific child weight up anchors. In this case, the seat belt must be Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt to which the LATCH system can be used to used (with top tether where available) to in the Rear Seat) 0 88 or install the restraint. secure the child restraint. See Securing Child Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Center 0 The following explains how to attach a child 0 in the Front Passenger Seat) 92. restraint with these attachments in the Front Seat) 92 or vehicle. Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 88 or Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Front Passenger Seat) 0 92. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

80 Seats and Restraints Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor Some child restraints that have a top tether are designed for use with or without the top tether being attached. Others require the top tether always to be attached. In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have a top tether, and that the tether be attached. Be sure to read and follow the instructions for your child restraint. Lower Anchor and Top Tether Anchor Locations

Lower anchors (1) are metal bars built into A top tether (3, 4) is used to secure the top the vehicle. There are two lower anchors for of the child restraint to the vehicle. A top each LATCH seating position that will tether anchor is built into the vehicle. The accommodate a child restraint with lower top tether attachment hook (2) on the child attachments (2). restraint connects to the top tether anchor in the vehicle in order to reduce the forward movement and rotation of the child restraint during driving or in a crash. The child restraint may have a single tether (3) or a dual tether (4). Either will have a single attachment hook (2) to secure Regular Cab — Bucket Seat Only the top tether to the anchor. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Seats and Restraints 81 To assist in locating the lower anchors on double and crew cab models, each seating position with lower anchors has two labels near the crease between the seatback and the seat cushion.

For regular cab models, there are top tether Regular Cab — Three-Passenger Front Seat Double and Crew Cab Rear Seat anchor symbols to assist you in locating the I : Seating positions with top tether I : Seating positions with top tether top tether anchors. anchors. anchors. Do not install a child restraint in the center Do not install a child restraint in the center H seating position. See Securing Child : Seating positions with two lower Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Center front seating position. See Securing Child anchors. 0 Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Center Front Seat) 92 or 0 Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt Front Seat) 92 or 0 Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 88 or 0 Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 88 or 0 Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Front Passenger Seat) 92 for more in the Front Passenger Seat) 0 92 for more information. information. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

82 Seats and Restraints

Regular Cab Driver Side Anchor and Loop (Double and Passenger Side Loop (Double and Crew Cab) Crew Cab) For regular cab models, the top tether For double and crew cab models, the top anchors are on the back panel behind the tether is routed through loops (2) to the top passenger seat(s) or center seat. Be sure to tether anchors (1). Be sure to use the correct use an anchor directly behind the seating anchor for the seating position where the position where the child restraint will be child restraint will be placed. placed. Be sure to read the following instructions to properly install a child restraint using these loops and anchors. Do not secure a child restraint in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be attached, or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top Center Anchor and Loop (Double and tether must be attached. Crew Cab) Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Seats and Restraints 83 According to accident statistics, children and infants are safer when properly restrained in Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) a child restraint system or infant restraint A child or others could be injured. To tighten the belt behind the child restraint system secured in a rear seating position. reduce the risk of serious or fatal injuries after the child restraint has been 0 See Where to Put the Restraint 76 for during a crash, attach only one child installed. additional information. restraint per anchor. Securing a Child Restraint Designed for Caution the LATCH System { Warning Do not let the LATCH attachments rub { Warning Children can be seriously injured or against the vehicle’s seat belts. This may strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped damage these parts. If necessary, move A child could be seriously injured or killed around their neck. The shoulder belt can buckled seat belts to avoid rubbing the in a crash if the child restraint is not tighten but cannot be loosened if it is LATCH attachments. properly attached to the vehicle using locked. The shoulder belt locks when it is either the LATCH anchors or the vehicle Do not fold the rear seat cushion when pulled all the way out of the retractor. seat belt. Follow the instructions that the seat is occupied. Do not fold the It unlocks when the shoulder belt is came with the child restraint and the empty rear seat with a seat belt buckled. allowed to go all the way back into the instructions in this manual. This could damage the seat belt or the retractor, but it cannot do this if it is seat. Unbuckle and return the seat belt to wrapped around a child’s neck. If the its stowed position, before folding { Warning shoulder belt is locked and tightened the seat. around a child’s neck, the only way to Do not attach more than one child loosen the belt is to cut it. If you need to secure more than one child restraint to a single anchor, except for restraint in the rear seat, see Where to Put Buckle any unused seat belts behind the the center top tether anchors in the crew the Restraint 0 76. cab models. Attaching more than one child restraint so children cannot reach child restraint to a single anchor could them. Pull the shoulder belt all the way cause the anchor or attachment to come out of the retractor to set the lock, and loose or even break during a crash. (Continued) (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

84 Seats and Restraints Regular Cab Models 2. Make sure the child restraint top tether 1. For models without a rear seat, hook is completely closed and secured to forward-facing child restraints should the top tether anchor. only be installed in the right front 3. Secure the child restraint in the right seating position with belts and a top front seating position with the vehicle tether. See Securing Child Restraints belts. See Securing Child Restraints (With (With the Seat Belt in the Center Front the Seat Belt in the Center Front Seat) Seat) 0 92 or 0 92 or Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 88 or If the position you are using has an Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 88 or Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat adjustable head restraint and you Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Front Passenger Seat) 0 92. are using a dual tether, route the Belt in the Front Passenger Seat) 0 92. If the child restraint manufacturer tether around the head restraint. 4. Before placing a child in the child recommends that the top tether be restraint, make sure it is securely held in attached, attach and tighten the top place. To check, grasp the child restraint tether to the top tether anchor, if your at the belt path and attempt to move it vehicle has one. Refer to the child side to side and back and forth. There restraint instructions and the following should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of steps: movement for proper installation. 1.1. Find the top tether anchor. Double and Crew Cab Models 1.2. Route, attach, and tighten the top 1. Attach and tighten the lower tether according to your child attachments to the lower anchors. If the restraint instructions and the If the position you are using has an child restraint does not have lower following instructions: adjustable head restraint and you attachments or the desired seating are using a single tether, raise the position does not have lower anchors, head restraint and route the tether secure the child restraint with the top under the head restraint and in tether and the seat belt. Refer to the between the head restraint posts. child restraint manufacturer instructions and the instructions in this manual. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Seats and Restraints 85 1.1. Find the lower anchors for the desired seating position. 1.2. Put the child restraint on the seat. 1.3. Attach and tighten the lower attachments on the child restraint to the lower anchors. 2. For forward-facing child restraints, attach and tighten the top tether to the top tether anchor, if your vehicle has one. Follow the child restraint instructions and the vehicle LATCH anchor weight limits described at the beginning of this section, and the following steps: Rear Driver Side Position 2.1.2. For first time use, remove 2.1. For a top tether in the rear driver and discard the rubber band side position: from the top tether loop (2). 2.1.1. Remove the driver side head 2.1.3. Route the top tether (3) restraint and center through the loop (2). headrest. See “Head 2.1.4. Attach the top tether (3) to Restraint or Headrest the driver side of the center Removal and Reinstallation” top tether metal anchor (1). later in this section. 2.1.5. Make sure the child restraint top tether hook is completely closed and secured to the top tether anchor. Rear Driver Side Position Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

86 Seats and Restraints 2.2. For a top tether in the rear passenger side position: 2.2.1. Remove the passenger side head restraint and center headrest. See “Head Restraint or Headrest Removal and Reinstallation” later in this section. 2.2.2. Route the top tether (3) through the loop (2). 2.2.3. Attach the top tether (3) to the passenger side of the Rear Passenger Side Position center top tether metal Rear Center Position anchor (1). 2.2.4. Make sure the child restraint top tether hook is completely closed and secured to the top tether anchor.

Rear Passenger Side Position Rear Center Position Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Seats and Restraints 87 2.3. For a top tether in the rear center If child restraints are installed in both To remove the second row head restraints position: outboard positions, both top tethers can or center headrest: 2.3.1. Remove the driver side head be attached to the center anchor. Top restraint and center tethers can be attached for child headrest. See “Head restraints in all three rear seating Restraint or Headrest positions at the same time, following the Removal and Reinstallation” routing instructions above. later in this section. 4. Before placing a child in the child 2.3.2. Route the top tether (1) restraint, make sure it is securely held in through the center loop (2). place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the LATCH path and attempt to move 2.3.3. Attach the top tether (1) to it side to side and back and forth. There the driver side top tether should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of metal anchor (3). movement for proper installation. 2.3.4. Make sure the child restraint top tether hook is Head Restraint or Headrest Removal and 1. Press both buttons on the head restraint completely closed and Reinstallation or headrest posts at the same time, and secured to the top tether The second row outboard head restraints or pull up on the head restraint or anchor. center headrest can be removed if they headrest. 3. Tighten the top tether per the child interfere with the proper installation of the 2. Store the head restraint or headrest in a restraint manufacturer's instructions. child restraint. secure place. When the top tether is properly 3. When the child restraint is removed, tightened, the loop may bend. This is reinstall the head restraint or headrest normal and will not damage the vehicle. before the seating position is used. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

88 Seats and Restraints 2. Push the head restraint or { Warning Securing Child Restraints (With headrest down. the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) With head restraints that are not 3. Try to move the head restraint or installed and adjusted properly, there is a headrest to make sure that it is locked in When securing a child restraint with the greater chance that occupants will suffer place. seat belts in a rear seat position, study the a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do not instructions that came with the child drive until the head restraints for all Replacing LATCH System Parts restraint to make sure it is compatible with occupants are installed and adjusted After a Crash this vehicle. properly. If the child restraint has the LATCH system, { Warning see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children To reinstall the head restraint or headrest: (LATCH System) 0 77 for how and where to A crash can damage the LATCH system in install the child restraint using LATCH. If a the vehicle. A damaged LATCH system child restraint is secured in the vehicle using may not properly secure the child a seat belt and it uses a top tether, see restraint, resulting in serious injury or Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children even death in a crash. To help make sure (LATCH System) 0 77 for top tether anchor the LATCH system is working properly locations. after a crash, see your dealer to have the Do not secure a child seat in a position system inspected and any necessary without a top tether anchor if a national or replacements made as soon as possible. local law requires that the top tether be anchored, or if the instructions that come If the vehicle has the LATCH system and it with the child restraint say that the top was being used during a crash, new LATCH tether must be anchored. system parts may be needed. In Canada, the law requires that 1. Insert the head restraint or headrest New parts and repairs may be necessary forward-facing child restraints have a top posts into the holes in the top of the even if the LATCH system was not being tether, and that the tether be attached. seatback. The notches on the posts must used at the time of the crash. face the driver side of the vehicle. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Seats and Restraints 89 If the child restraint or vehicle seat position does not have the LATCH system, you will be using the seat belt to secure the child restraint. Be sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint. If more than one child restraint needs to be installed in the rear seat, be sure to read Where to Put the Restraint 0 76. Double Cab 1. Remove the head restraint or headrest prior to installing a forward-facing child restraint in an outboard rear seating 4. Push the latch plate into the buckle until 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of position. See “Head Restraint or Headrest it clicks. the retractor to set the lock. When the Removal and Reinstallation” under Lower Position the release button on the retractor lock is set, the belt can be Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH tightened but not pulled out of the System) 0 77. buckle, away from the child restraint, so that the seat belt could be quickly retractor. 2. Put the child restraint on the seat. unbuckled if necessary. 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle seat belt through or around the child restraint. The child restraint instructions will show you how. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

90 Seats and Restraints anchor weight limits, and instructions 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap listed in Lower Anchors and Tethers for and shoulder portions of the vehicle seat Children (LATCH System) 0 77. belt through or around the child 8. Before placing a child in the child restraint. The child restraint instructions restraint, make sure it is securely held in will show you how. place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the seat belt path and attempt to move it side to side and back and forth. When the child restraint is properly installed, there should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. To remove the child restraint, unbuckle the 6. To tighten the belt, push down on the vehicle seat belt and let it return to the child restraint, pull the shoulder portion stowed position. If the top tether is attached of the belt to tighten the lap portion of to a top tether anchor, disconnect it. the belt, and feed the shoulder belt back Reinstall the head restraint or headrest into the retractor. When installing a before the seating position is used. See forward-facing child restraint, it may be “Head Restraint or Headrest Removal and 3. Push the latch plate into the buckle until helpful to use your knee to push down Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors and it clicks. on the child restraint as you tighten Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 77 for the belt. additional information on installing the Position the release button on the buckle, away from the child restraint, so Try to pull the belt out of the retractor headrest properly. that the seat belt could be quickly to make sure the retractor is locked. Crew Cab unbuckled if necessary. If the retractor is not locked, repeat Steps 5 and 6. 1. Put the child restraint on the seat. 7. For forward-facing child restraints, attach and tighten the top tether to the top tether anchor (loop). Refer to the child restraint instructions, the vehicle LATCH Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Seats and Restraints 91 tether. See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 77 for more information on using the top tether anchors. 7. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the seat belt path and attempt to move it side to side and back and forth. When the child restraint is properly installed, there should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. 4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of 5. To tighten the belt, push down on the To remove the child restraint, unbuckle the the retractor to set the lock. When the child restraint, pull the shoulder portion vehicle seat belt and let it return to the retractor lock is set, the belt can be of the belt to tighten the lap portion of stowed position. If the top tether is attached tightened but not pulled out of the the belt, and feed the shoulder belt back to a top tether anchor, disconnect it. retractor. into the retractor. When installing a For outboard rear seating positions, if the forward-facing child restraint, it may be child restraint cannot be installed properly helpful to use your knee to push down with the head restraint in place, the head on the child restraint as you tighten restraint may be removed. See your dealer the belt. for assistance with removal, and store the Try to pull the belt out of the retractor removed head restraint in a secure place. to make sure the retractor is locked. When the child restraint is removed, If the retractor is not locked, repeat reinstall the head restraint before the Steps 4 and 5. seating position is used. For reinstallation 6. If the child restraint has a top tether, instructions, see “Head Restraint or Headrest follow the child restraint manufacturer's Removal and Reinstallation” under Lower instructions regarding the use of the top Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 77. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

92 Seats and Restraints In addition, the vehicle has a passenger Securing Child Restraints (With Warning (Continued) the Seat Belt in the Center sensing system which is designed to turn off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag Even if the passenger sensing system has Front Seat) under certain conditions. See Passenger turned off the front outboard passenger 0 Sensing System 66 and frontal airbag, no system is fail-safe. No 0 { Warning Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 115 for one can guarantee that an airbag will not more information, including important A child in a child restraint in the center deploy under some unusual circumstance, safety information. front seat can be badly injured or killed even though it is turned off. Never put a rear-facing child restraint in the by the frontal airbags if they inflate. Secure rear-facing child restraints in a front. This is because the risk to the Never secure a child restraint in the rear seat, even if the airbag is off. If you center front seat. It is always better to rear-facing child is so great, if the airbag deploys. secure a forward-facing child restraint in secure a child restraint in a rear seat. the front outboard passenger seat, always move the seat as far back as it Do not use child restraints in the center { Warning will go. It is better to secure the child front seat position. A child in a rear-facing child restraint can restraint in a rear seat. be seriously injured or killed if the front 0 Securing Child Restraints (With outboard passenger frontal airbag See Passenger Sensing System 66 for the Seat Belt in the Front inflates. This is because the back of the additional information. Passenger Seat) rear-facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag. A child in a If the vehicle does not have a rear seat that This vehicle has airbags. A rear seat is a will accommodate a rear-facing child forward-facing child restraint can be safer place to secure a forward-facing child restraint, a rear-facing child restraint should restraint. See Where to Put the Restraint seriously injured or killed if the front not be installed in the vehicle, even if the 0 76. outboard passenger frontal airbag inflates airbag is off. and the passenger seat is in a forward position. If the child restraint uses a top tether, see (Continued) Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 77 for top tether anchor locations. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Seats and Restraints 93 Do not secure a child seat in a position 2. Put the child restraint on the seat. without a top tether anchor if a national or 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap local law requires that the top tether be and shoulder portions of the vehicle seat anchored, or if the instructions that come belt through or around the child with the child restraint say that the top restraint. The child restraint instructions tether must be anchored. will show you how. In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have a top tether, and that the tether be attached. When using the lap-shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this position, follow the instructions that came with the child restraint and the following instructions: 4. Push the latch plate into the buckle until 1. Move the seat as far back as it will go it clicks. before securing the forward-facing child Position the release button on the restraint. Move the seat upward or the buckle, away from the child restraint, so seatback to an upright position, that the seat belt could be quickly if needed, to get a tight installation of unbuckled if necessary. the child restraint. Tilt the latch plate to adjust the belt if When the passenger sensing system has needed. turned off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag, the OFF indicator on the passenger airbag status indicator should light and stay lit when you start the vehicle. See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 0 115. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

94 Seats and Restraints 7. If the vehicle does not have a rear seat and the child restraint manufacturer recommends using a top tether anchor, attach the top tether to the top tether anchor. Refer to the instructions that came with the child restraint and to Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 77. 8. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the seat belt path and attempt to move it side to side and back and forth. 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of 6. To tighten the belt, push down on the When the child restraint is properly the retractor to set the lock. When the child restraint, pull the shoulder portion installed, there should be no more than retractor lock is set, the belt can be of the belt to tighten the lap portion of 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. tightened but not pulled out of the the belt, and feed the shoulder belt back retractor. into the retractor. When installing a If the airbag is off, the OFF indicator in the forward-facing child restraint, it may be passenger airbag status indicator will come helpful to use your knee to push down on and stay on when the vehicle is started. on the child restraint as you tighten If a child restraint has been installed and the belt. the ON indicator is lit, see “If the On Try to pull the belt out of the retractor Indicator Is Lit for a Child Restraint” under to make sure the retractor is locked. Passenger Sensing System 0 66. If the retractor is not locked, repeat To remove the child restraint, unbuckle the Steps 5 and 6. vehicle seat belt and let it return to the stowed position. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Storage 95 Storage Storage Compartments Cupholders Front Storage Compartments { Warning Storage Compartments ...... 95 There may be cupholders on the center Do not store heavy or sharp objects in front seat console armrest. Glove Box ...... 95 storage compartments. In a crash, these Cupholders ...... 95 objects may cause the cover to open and Rear Underseat Storage ...... 96 could result in injury. Rear Storage ...... 96 Center Console Storage ...... 96 Floor Console Storage ...... 97 Glove Box Additional Storage Features Cargo Tie-Downs ...... 97

If equipped, pull the rear seat armrest down to access the cupholders.

To access the upper glove box, pull up on the handle. To access the lower glove box, unlock with the key and pull down on the handle. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

96 Storage Underseat Storage Rear Storage Center Console Storage

There may be storage under the rear There may be storage in the rear seat. Pull Bench Seat passenger seat. Lift up on the seat bench to the tab to access. Pull the strap on the side of the center access. Push the seat bench toward the floor Push the storage door to close. The storage seatback to access the storage area and to close. door must be closed before installing child cupholders. Do not use the center seatback restraints. as a seating position when the seatback is folded down. To raise the seatback, push the seatback rearward until it locks in the upright position. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Storage 97 Press the latch and lift to open. Additional Storage Features Floor Console Storage Cargo Tie-Downs

Bench Seat If equipped with storage, press the latch and lift to open. If equipped with front center seat storage, This vehicle is equipped with 12 fixed cargo unlock with the ignition key, press the latch, tie-downs. and lift to open. Caution The truck bed walls will collapse if the tie-downs are overloaded.

Any of the 12 locations inside the truck bed can be used. The maximum load per corner is 227 kg (500 lb).

Bucket Seat Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

98 Storage Accessory Tie-Downs To remove: 1. Remove the tie-down loop completely by turning counterclockwise while holding the backing plate against the truck bed wall. 2. Pull the backing plate away from the truck bed wall until a click is heard. This locks the toggle into position on the toggle guide. 3. Push the backing plate against the truck bed wall. This allows the toggle nut to spin. To install: 4. Remove the backing plate, toggle guide, Additional Accessory Tie-Down Points 1. Insert a tie-down loop assembly until it and toggle nut from the truck bed wall is flush with the truck bed wall. Any of the nine holes inside the truck bed completely. can be used for tie-downs. 2. Turn the tie-down loop clockwise to 5. Reinstall the tie-down loop through the tighten. The tie-down will be hard to backing plate into the toggle nut for The maximum load is 113 kg (250 lb) per turn until the toggle moves past the reuse. tie-down. installation point on the toggle guide. Caution 3. Fasten the tie-down firmly by hand only. Do not use tools. The truck bed walls will collapse if the tie-downs are overloaded. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Instruments and Controls 99 Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check Door Ajar Light ...... 124 Instruments and Controls Engine Light) ...... 116 Brake System Warning Light ...... 117 Information Displays Controls Electric Parking Brake Light ...... 118 Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Steering Wheel Adjustment ...... 100 Service Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . 118 Level) ...... 124 Steering Wheel Controls ...... 100 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning Driver Information Center (DIC) Heated Steering Wheel ...... 100 Light ...... 118 (Midlevel and Uplevel) ...... 125 Horn ...... 101 Four-Wheel-Drive Light ...... 118 Head-Up Display (HUD) ...... 128 Windshield Wiper/Washer ...... 101 Tow/Haul Mode Light ...... 119 Compass ...... 102 Vehicle Messages Hill Descent Control Light ...... 119 Vehicle Messages ...... 130 Clock ...... 102 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Light ...... 119 Power Outlets ...... 102 Engine Power Messages ...... 131 Vehicle Ahead Indicator ...... 119 Vehicle Speed Messages ...... 131 Wireless Charging ...... 103 Pedestrian Ahead Indicator ...... 119 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Indicators Traction Off Light ...... 120 Vehicle Personalization Warning Lights, Gauges, and Traction Control System (TCS)/Electronic Vehicle Personalization ...... 131 Stability Control Light ...... 120 Indicators ...... 106 Universal Remote System Instrument Cluster ...... 106 Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Off Light ...... 120 Universal Remote System ...... 136 Speedometer ...... 110 Universal Remote System Odometer ...... 110 Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light ...... 121 Programming ...... 136 Trip Odometer ...... 110 Universal Remote System Operation . . . 138 Tachometer ...... 110 Driver Mode Control Light ...... 121 Fuel Gauge ...... 110 Tire Pressure Light ...... 122 Engine Oil Pressure Gauge ...... 111 Engine Oil Pressure Light (Uplevel Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge . . . . 112 Cluster) ...... 122 Voltmeter Gauge ...... 113 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 122 Seat Belt Reminders ...... 113 Security Light ...... 122 Airbag Readiness Light ...... 114 High-Beam On Light ...... 123 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator ...... 115 Front Fog Lamp Light ...... 123 Charging System Light ...... 115 Lamps On Reminder ...... 123 Cruise Control Light ...... 123 Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

100 Instruments and Controls Controls Tilt and Telescoping Wheel Steering Wheel Controls The infotainment system can be operated Steering Wheel Adjustment by using the steering wheel controls. See Steering Wheel Controls 0 151. Heated Steering Wheel

To adjust the tilt and telescoping steering wheel, if equipped: To adjust the steering wheel: 1. Pull the lever down. 1. Pull the lever down. 2. Move the steering wheel up or down. 2. Move the steering wheel up or down. 3. Pull or push the steering wheel closer or ( : If equipped, press to turn it on or off. 3. Pull the lever up to lock the steering away from you. A light next to the button displays when the wheel in place. 4. Pull the lever up to lock the steering wheel in place. feature is turned on. Do not adjust the steering wheel while The steering wheel takes about driving. three minutes to start heating. Remote Start Heated Steering Wheel If equipped with remote start, the heated steering wheel will turn on automatically during a remote start along with the heated Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Instruments and Controls 101 seats when it is cold outside. The heated LO : Use for slow wipes. steering wheel indicator light may not { Warning 3 : Turn the band up for more frequent come on. In freezing weather, do not use the intermittent wipes or down for less frequent See Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 52. intermittent wipes. washer until the windshield is warmed. Otherwise the washer fluid can form ice Horn OFF : Use to turn the wipers off. on the windshield, blocking your vision. To sound the horn, press a on the 1x : For a single wipe, briefly turn the N steering wheel. band down. For several wipes, hold the band down. { Warning Before driving the vehicle, always clear Windshield Wiper/Washer L : Press L on the windshield wiper snow and ice from the hood, windshield, control to spray windshield washer fluid and activate the wipers. The wipers will continue roof, and rear of the vehicle, including all lamps and windows. Reduced visibility until L is released or the maximum wash L from snow and ice buildup could lead to time is reached. When is released, a crash. additional wipes may occur depending on how long the windshield washer had been Wipe Parking activated. See Washer Fluid 0 339 for information on filling the windshield washer If the ignition is turned off while the wipers fluid reservoir. are on LO, HI, or 3, they will The windshield wiper control is on the turn immediately stop. Clear snow and ice from the wiper blades signal lever. before using them. If frozen to the If the windshield wiper control is ON then The windshield wipers are controlled by windshield, carefully loosen or thaw them. moved to OFF before the driver door is turning the band with N on it. Damaged blades should be replaced. See opened or within 10 minutes, the wipers will Wiper Blade Replacement 0 347. restart and move to the base of the With the ignition on or in ACC/ACCESSORY, windshield. turn the N band to select the wiper speed. Heavy snow or ice can overload the wiper motor. HI : Use for fast wipes. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

102 Instruments and Controls If the ignition is turned off while the wipers Power Outlets are performing wipes due to windshield { Warning washing, the wipers continue to run until Accessory power outlets can be used to plug Power is always supplied to the outlets. in electrical equipment, such as a cell phone they reach the base of the windshield. Do not leave electrical equipment or MP3 player. plugged in when the vehicle is not in use Compass because the vehicle could catch fire and The vehicle may have a compass display on cause injury or death. the Driver Information Center (DIC). The compass receives its heading and other information from the Global Positioning Caution System (GPS) antenna, Electronic Stability Leaving electrical equipment plugged in Control (ESC), and vehicle speed information. for an extended period of time while the The compass system is designed to operate vehicle is off will drain the battery. for a certain number of miles or degrees of Always unplug electrical equipment when turn before needing a signal from the GPS not in use and do not plug in equipment satellites. When the compass display shows that exceeds the maximum 15 amp CAL, drive the vehicle for a short distance in rating. an open area where it can receive a GPS Rear of Front Center Console signal. The compass system will Certain power accessory plugs may not be The vehicle has one accessory power outlet automatically determine when a GPS signal compatible with the accessory power outlet under the climate control system and one is restored and provide a heading again. and could overload vehicle or adapter fuses. accessory power outlet on the rear of the If a problem is experienced, see your dealer. Clock center console, if equipped, or on the rear of the bench seat, if equipped. When adding electrical equipment, be sure Set the time and date using the to follow the proper installation instructions Lift the cover to access and replace when infotainment system. See "Time / Date" included with the equipment. See Add-On not in use. under Settings 0 186. Electrical Equipment 0 317. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 6/3/21

Instruments and Controls 103

Caution An indicator light on the outlet illuminates when power is provided to the outlet and Hanging heavy equipment from the no system fault is detected. The outlets will power outlet can cause damage not not operate when the ignition is off, the covered by the vehicle warranty. The DC/AC switch is not pressed, or the plug is power outlets are designed for accessory not fully seated into the outlet. power plugs only, such as cell phone If equipment is connected using more than charge cords. 400 watts or a system fault is detected, a protection circuit shuts off the power supply Power Outlet 110/120-Volt Alternating and the indicator light turns off. Current Do not use a power outlet with a missing or If equipped, the vehicle has two alternating damaged cover. Truck Bed Power Outlet current power outlets. The power outlet is not designed for the When the ignition is on, power is supplied following, and may not work properly if to the outlets after the DC/AC switch is they are plugged in: pressed. A green indicator light on the . Equipment with high initial peak wattage, DC/AC switch indicates when the DC/AC such as compressor-driven refrigerators operation is active. One power outlet can be and electric power tools used with electrical equipment that uses a . Other equipment requiring an extremely maximum of 400 watts. If both outlets are stable power supply, such as being used, 400 watts will be shared microcomputer-controlled electric blankets between the outlets. Ensure that all and touch sensor lamps connected devices do not exceed 400 watts. . Medical equipment The power outlet can be turned off by pressing the DC/AC switch. The power outlet Wireless Charging In Cab Power Outlet and DC/AC Switch can be turned back on after 10 seconds, If equipped and enabled, the vehicle during which the indicator light on the may have wireless charging on the switch will flash. center console in front of the cupholders. The system operates at 145 kHz Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

104 Instruments and Controls and wirelessly charges one Qi compatible To charge a compatible smartphone: { Warning smartphone. The power output of the 1. Remove all objects from the charging system is capable of charging at a rate up Remove all objects from the charging pad pad. The system may not charge if there to 3 amp (19.5 W) as requested by the before charging your compatible are any objects between the smartphone compatible smartphone. See Radio smartphone. Objects, such as coins, keys, and charging pad. Frequency Statement 0 436. rings, paper clips, or cards, between the 2. Place the smartphone face up on the @ smartphone and charging pad will symbol on the charging pad. { Warning become very hot. On the rare occasion Wireless charging can affect the that the charging system does not detect To maximize the charge rate, ensure the smartphone is fully seated and centered operation of an implanted pacemaker or an object, and the object gets wedged in the holder with nothing under it. other medical devices. If you have one, it between the smartphone and charger, A thick smartphone case may prevent is recommended to consult with your remove the smartphone and allow the the wireless charger from working, doctor before using the wireless charging object to cool before removing it from or may reduce the charging performance. system. the charging pad, to prevent burns. See your dealer for additional information. The vehicle must be on, in ACC/ACCESSORY, V or Retained Accessory Power (RAP) must be 3. A green } will appear on the on active. The wireless charging feature may the infotainment display. This indicates not correctly indicate charging when the that the smartphone is properly vehicle is in RAP, or during Bluetooth phone positioned and charging. If a smartphone calls. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is placed on the charging pad and } 0 235. does not display, remove the The operating temperature is −20 °C (−4 °F) smartphone from the pad, turn it to 60 °C (140 °F) for the charging system 180 degrees, and wait three seconds and 0 °C (32 °F) to 35 °C (95 °F) for the before placing/aligning the smartphone smartphone. on the pad again. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Instruments and Controls 105 4. If } turns yellow, ensure that the on CD-ROM for a charge covering the cost of THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE charging pad is clear of any objects and performing such distribution (such as the COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS that the smartphone is capable of cost of media, shipping, and handling) upon "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED wireless charging before re-positioning it. email request to [email protected]. This WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED If } does not illuminate, the offer is valid for three (3) years from the TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF smartphone may need to re-positioned. date on which you purchased the product. MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A Freescale-WCT library PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN The smartphone may become warm NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER during charging. This is normal. In Copyright (c) 2012-2014 Freescale OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY warmer temperatures, the speed of Semiconductor, Inc.. All rights reserved. DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, charging may be reduced. 1. Redistributions of source code must EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES Software Acknowledgements retain the above copyright notice, this (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, list of conditions and the following PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR Certain Wireless Charging Module product SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; from LG Electronics, Inc. ("LGE") contains the disclaimer. 2. Redistributions in binary form must OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER open source software detailed below. Refer CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, to the indicated open source licenses (as are reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR included following this notice) for the terms TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR and conditions of their use. disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF OSS Notice Information distribution. THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF To obtain the source code that is ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH 3. Neither the name of the copyright holder DAMAGE. contained in this product, please visit nor the names of its contributors may be http://opensource.lge.com. In addition to used to endorse or promote products the source code, all referred license terms, derived from this software without warranty disclaimers and copyright notices specific prior written permission. are available for download. LG Electronics will also provide open source code to you Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

106 Instruments and Controls Warning Lights, Gauges, and Instrument Cluster Indicators Warning lights and gauges can signal that something is wrong before it becomes serious enough to cause an expensive repair or replacement. Paying attention to the warning lights and gauges could prevent injury. Some warning lights come on briefly when the engine is started to indicate they are working. When one of the warning lights comes on and stays on while driving, or when one of the gauges shows there may be a problem, check the section that explains what to do. Waiting to do repairs can be costly and even dangerous.

Base Cluster English Shown, Metric Similar

1. Tachometer 0 110 6. Speedometer 0 110 2. Engine Oil Pressure Gauge 0 111 7. Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base 3. Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Level) 0 124 or 0 112 Driver Information Center (DIC) 4. Fuel Gauge 0 110 (Midlevel and Uplevel) 0 125 5. Voltmeter Gauge 0 113 Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Instruments and Controls 107

Midlevel Cluster English Shown, Metric Similar

108 Instruments and Controls Cluster Menu (Midlevel and Uplevel) There is an interactive display area in the center of the instrument cluster.

Use the right steering wheel control to open Uplevel Cluster English Standard Shown, Metric Similar and scroll through the different items and displays. 1. Tachometer 0 110 6. Speedometer 0 110 Press S or T to access the cluster 2. Engine Oil Pressure Gauge 0 111 7. Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base applications. Use the thumbwheel to scroll 3. Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Level) 0 124 or through the list of available features. Press 0 112 Driver Information Center (DIC) the thumbwheel to select. Not all 4. Fuel Gauge 0 110 (Midlevel and Uplevel) 0 125 applications will be available on all vehicles. 5. Voltmeter Gauge 0 113 Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Instruments and Controls 109 . Home Audio Head-up Display (HUD) : If equipped, this . Info App. This is where the selected Driver In the Audio menu, use the thumbwheel to feature allows for adjusting the angle of the Information Center (DIC) displays can be scroll through options, browse for music, HUD image and changing or turning off the viewed. See “Driver Information Center select from favorites, or change the audio Speed Limit Sign. (DIC) (Uplevel)” in the Index. source. In the main view, scroll to change HUD Rotation: Press the thumbwheel while . Audio the station or go to the next or previous Adjust Rotation is highlighted to enter . Navigation track. Adjust Mode. Scroll to adjust the angle of . Phone Navigation the HUD display. Press the thumbwheel to confirm and save the setting. This feature . Options In the Navigation menu, if there is no active may only be available in P (Park). Home route, a compass will be displayed. If there is an active route, press the thumbwheel to Speed Limit Style: Press the thumbwheel Information displayed here can be while Speed Limit Style is highlighted to customized from the Options menu. cancel or resume route guidance, mute or unmute voice guidance, or access Recents or change the speed sign style or to turn it off. Speedometer : Displays how fast the vehicle Favorites. Units : Press the thumbwheel while Units is is moving in either kilometers per hour Phone displayed to enter the Units menu. Choose (km/h) or miles per hour (mph). US or metric units by pressing the Speed Sign : Shows sign information, which In the Phone menu, if there is no active thumbwheel while the desired item is comes from a roadway database in the phone call, view recent calls, scroll through highlighted. A selected mark will be onboard navigation, if equipped. contacts, select from the favorites, or change displayed next to the selected item. the phone source. If there is an active call, Time : Displays the current time. mute the phone or switch to handset Info Page Options : Press the thumbwheel operation. while Info Page Options is displayed to Fuel Range : Displays the approximate enter and select the items to be displayed distance the vehicle can be driven without Options in the Info app. A selected mark will be refueling. The fuel range estimate is based displayed next to the selected item. on an average of the vehicle’s fuel economy Use the thumbwheel to scroll through items over recent driving history and the amount in the Options menu. of fuel remaining in the fuel tank. Fuel range cannot be reset. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

110 Instruments and Controls Home : Press the thumbwheel to select the Speedometer vehicle is on and can move. The engine available elements to display. Not all could auto start at any time. When the elements will be available on all vehicles: The speedometer shows the vehicle's speed indicator points to OFF, the vehicle is off. Speedometer, Speed Sign, Time, and Fuel in either kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per hour (mph). When the engine is on, the tachometer will Range. indicate the engine’s revolutions per minute Display (Uplevel) : Press the thumbwheel to Odometer (rpm). The tachometer may vary by several enter the Display menu. Select to turn on or hundred rpm, during Auto Stop mode, when off the compass or speed sign. The odometer shows how far the vehicle has the engine is shutting off and restarting. been driven, in either kilometers or miles. Speed Warning : The Speed Warning display Fuel Gauge allows the driver to set a speed that they Trip Odometer do not want to exceed. To set the Speed Warning, press the thumbwheel when Speed The trip odometer shows how far the Warning is displayed, or press the vehicle has been driven since the trip thumbwheel on the main view to set the odometer was last reset. speed value. Scroll to adjust the value. Press The trip odometer is accessed and reset the thumbwheel to set the speed. Once the through the Driver Information Center (DIC). speed is set, this feature can be turned off See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base by pressing the thumbwheel while viewing Level) 0 124 or this page. If the selected speed limit is Driver Information Center (DIC) (Midlevel and exceeded, a pop-up warning is displayed Uplevel) 0 125. with a chime. Tachometer Software Information : Press the thumbwheel while Software Information is The tachometer displays the engine speed in Uplevel Metric Fuel Gauge Shown, Base Level highlighted to display open source software revolutions per minute (rpm). and Midlevel Fuel Gauge Similar information. For vehicles with the Stop/Start system, when the ignition is on, the tachometer indicates the vehicle status. When pointing to AUTO STOP, the engine is off but the Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Instruments and Controls 111 When the indicator nears empty, the low Engine Oil Pressure Gauge fuel light comes on. There still is a little fuel left, but the vehicle should be refueled soon. Here are four things that some owners ask about. None of these show a problem with the fuel gauge: . At the service station, the fuel pump shuts off before the gauge reads full. . It takes a little more or less fuel to fill up than the gauge indicated. For example, the gauge may have indicated the tank was half full, but it actually took a little Uplevel English Fuel Gauge Shown, Base more or less than half the tank's capacity Level and Midlevel Fuel Gauge Similar to fill the tank. Uplevel Metric Shown, Base Level and When the ignition is on, the fuel gauge . The gauge moves a little while turning a Midlevel Similar indicates about how much fuel is left in corner or speeding up. the tank. . The gauge takes a few seconds to stabilize after the ignition is turned on, There is an arrow near the fuel gauge and goes back to empty when the pointing to the side of the vehicle the fuel ignition is turned off. door is on. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

112 Instruments and Controls On some models, the oil pump will vary Engine Coolant Temperature engine oil pressure according to engine needs. Oil pressure may change quickly as Gauge the engine speed or load varies. This is normal. If the oil pressure warning light or Driver Information Center (DIC) message indicates oil pressure outside the normal operating range, check the vehicle's oil as soon as possible. See Engine Oil 0 329. Caution Uplevel English Shown, Base Level and Lack of proper engine oil maintenance Midlevel Similar can damage the engine. Driving with the engine oil low can also damage the The engine oil pressure gauge shows the engine. The repairs would not be covered Uplevel Metric Shown, Base Level and engine oil pressure in kPa (kilopascals) Midlevel Similar or psi (pounds per square inch) when the by the vehicle warranty. Check the oil engine is running. level as soon as possible. Add oil if required, but if the oil level is within the Oil pressure can vary with engine speed, operating range and the oil pressure is outside temperature, coolant temperature, still low, have the vehicle serviced. and oil viscosity. Always follow the maintenance schedule for changing engine oil.

If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Instruments and Controls 113 Voltmeter Gauge Readings outside the normal operating range can also occur when a large number of electrical accessories are operating in the vehicle and the engine is left idling for an extended period. This condition is normal since the charging system is not able to provide full power at engine idle. As engine speeds are increased, this condition should correct itself as higher engine speeds allow the charging system to create maximum power. The vehicle can only be driven for a short Uplevel English Shown, Base Level and time with the readings outside the normal Midlevel Similar operating range. If the vehicle must be Uplevel Shown, Base Level and Midlevel driven, turn off all accessories, such as the This gauge measures the temperature of the Similar radio and air conditioner. vehicle's engine coolant. When the ignition is on, this gauge indicates Readings outside the normal operating While driving under normal operating the battery voltage. range indicate a possible problem in the conditions, if the needle moves into the red electrical system. Have the vehicle serviced warning area, the engine is too hot. Pull off When the engine is running, this gauge as soon as possible. the road, stop the vehicle, and turn off the shows the condition of the charging system. engine as soon as possible. The gauge can transition from a higher to Seat Belt Reminders lower or a lower to higher reading. This is normal. If the vehicle is operating outside Driver Seat Belt Reminder Light the normal operating range, the charging There is a driver seat belt reminder light on system light comes on. See Charging System the instrument cluster. Light 0 115. The voltmeter gauge may also read lower when in fuel economy mode. This is normal. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

114 Instruments and Controls When the vehicle is started, this light flashes and a chime may come on to remind passengers to fasten their seat belt. Then the light stays on solid until the belt is buckled. This cycle continues several times if the front passenger remains or becomes When the vehicle is started, this light unbuckled while the vehicle is moving. The airbag readiness light comes on for flashes and a chime may come on to remind If the front passenger seat belt is buckled, several seconds when the vehicle is started. the driver to fasten their seat belt. neither the chime nor the light comes on. If the light does not come on then, have it fixed immediately. Then the light stays on solid until the belt is The front passenger seat belt reminder light buckled. This cycle may continue several and chime may come on if an object is put { Warning times if the driver remains or becomes on the seat such as a briefcase, handbag, unbuckled while the vehicle is moving. grocery bag, laptop, or other electronic If the airbag readiness light stays on If the driver seat belt is buckled, neither the device. To turn off the reminder light and/or after the vehicle is started or comes on light nor the chime comes on. chime, remove the object from the seat or while driving, it means the airbag system buckle the seat belt. might not be working properly. The Front Passenger Seat Belt Reminder airbags in the vehicle might not inflate in Light Airbag Readiness Light a crash, or they could even inflate The vehicle may have a front passenger seat This light shows if there is an electrical without a crash. To help avoid injury, belt reminder light near the passenger problem with the airbag system. The system have the vehicle serviced right away. airbag status indicator. See Passenger check includes the airbag sensor(s), the Sensing System 0 66. passenger sensing system, the pretensioners, If there is a problem with the airbag the airbag modules, the wiring, and the system, a Driver Information Center (DIC) crash sensing and diagnostic module. For message may also come on. more information on the airbag system, see Airbag System 0 61. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Instruments and Controls 115 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator will light either ON or OFF, or either the on Charging System Light or off symbol, to let you know the status of The vehicle has a passenger sensing system. the front outboard passenger frontal airbag. See Passenger Sensing System 0 66 for important safety information. The overhead If the word ON or the on symbol is lit on console has a passenger airbag status the passenger airbag status indicator, it indicator. means that the front outboard passenger frontal airbag is allowed to inflate.

If the word OFF or the off symbol is lit on The charging system light comes on briefly the passenger airbag status indicator, it when the ignition is turned on, but the means that the passenger sensing system engine is not running, as a check to show has turned off the front outboard passenger the light is working. It should go out when frontal airbag. the engine is started. United States If, after several seconds, both status If the light stays on, or comes on while indicator lights remain on, or if there are no driving, there may be a problem with the lights at all, there may be a problem with electrical charging system. Have it checked the lights or the passenger sensing system. by your dealer. Driving while this light is on See your dealer for service. could drain the battery. { Warning When this light comes on, or is flashing, the Driver Information Center (DIC) also displays If the airbag readiness light ever comes a message. Canada on and stays on, it means that something may be wrong with the airbag If a short distance must be driven with the When the vehicle is started, the passenger system. To help avoid injury to yourself light on, be sure to turn off all accessories, airbag status indicator will light ON and OFF, such as the radio and air conditioner. Find a or the symbols for on and off, for several or others, have the vehicle serviced right 0 safe place to stop the vehicle. seconds as a system check. Then, after away. See Airbag Readiness Light 114 several more seconds, the status indicator for more information, including important safety information. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

116 Instruments and Controls

Malfunction Indicator Lamp Caution To help prevent damage, reduce vehicle speed and avoid hard accelerations and (Check Engine Light) If the vehicle is driven continually with uphill grades. If towing a trailer, reduce the This light is part of the vehicle’s emission this light on, the emission control system amount of cargo being hauled as soon as control on-board diagnostic system. If this may not work as well, the fuel economy possible. light is on while the engine is running, a may be lower, and the vehicle may not If the light continues to flash, find a safe malfunction has been detected and the run smoothly. This could lead to costly place to park. Turn the vehicle off and wait vehicle may require service. The light should repairs that might not be covered by the at least 10 seconds before restarting the come on to show that it is working when vehicle warranty. engine. If the light is still flashing, follow the ignition is on and the engine is not the previous guidelines and see your dealer running. See Ignition Positions (Keyless for service as soon as possible. Access) 0 230 or Caution 0 If the light is on steady : A malfunction has Ignition Positions (Key Access) 229. Modifications to the engine, transmission, been detected. Diagnosis and service may be exhaust, intake, or fuel system, or the required. use of replacement tires that do not meet the original tire specifications, can Check the following: cause this light to come on. This could . If fuel has been added to the vehicle lead to costly repairs not covered by the using the capless funnel adapter, make vehicle warranty. This could also affect sure that it has been removed. See “Filling the Tank with a Portable Gas Can” Malfunctions are often indicated by the the vehicle’s ability to pass an Emissions under Filling the Tank (Pickup Model) system before any problem is noticeable. Inspection/Maintenance test. See 0 285 or Being aware of the light and seeking service Accessories and Modifications 0 322. Filling the Tank (Chassis Cab promptly when it comes on may prevent Model) 0 286. The diagnostic system can damage. If the light is flashing : A malfunction has been detected that could damage the detect if the adapter has been left emission control system and increase vehicle installed in the vehicle, allowing fuel to emissions. Diagnosis and service may be evaporate into the atmosphere. A few required. driving trips with the adapter removed may turn off the light. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Instruments and Controls 117 . Poor fuel quality can cause inefficient service the vehicle may affect vehicle This light should come on briefly when the engine operation and poor driveability, operation. See Add-On Electrical Equipment vehicle is turned on. If it does not come on which may go away once the engine is 0 317. See your dealer if assistance is then, have it fixed so it will be ready to warmed up. If this occurs, change the fuel needed. warn you if there is a problem. brand. It may require at least one full The vehicle may not pass inspection if: If the light comes on and stays on at start tank of the proper fuel to turn the light up, there is a brake problem. Have the brake off. See Recommended Fuel (Except 6.2L . The light is on when the engine is system inspected right away. V8 Engine) 0 283 or running. Recommended Fuel (6.2L V8 Engine) . The light does not come on when the If the light comes on while driving, pull off 0 283. ignition is on while the engine is off. the road and stop carefully. If equipped with electric brake boost, vehicle speed may be If the light remains on, see your dealer. . Critical emission control systems have not been completely diagnosed. If this limited when the brake system warning Emissions Inspection and Maintenance happens, the vehicle would not be ready light comes on. The brake pedal might be Programs for inspection and might require harder to push, or the brake pedal may go several days of routine driving before the closer to the floor. It could take longer to If the vehicle requires an Emissions system is ready for inspection. This can stop. If the light is still on, have the vehicle Inspection/Maintenance test, the test happen if the 12-volt battery has recently towed for service. See Towing the Vehicle equipment will likely connect to the been replaced or run down, or if the 0 394. vehicle's Data Link Connector (DLC). vehicle has been recently serviced. { Warning See your dealer if the vehicle will not pass or cannot be made ready for the test. The brake system might not be working properly if the brake system warning Brake System Warning Light light is on. Driving with the brake system warning light on can lead to a crash. If the light is still on after the vehicle has The DLC is under the instrument panel to been pulled off the road and carefully the left of the steering wheel. Connecting stopped, have the vehicle towed for devices that are not used to perform an service. Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test or to Metric English Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

118 Instruments and Controls Electric Parking Brake Light This light should come on briefly when If the ABS warning light stays on, or comes starting the vehicle. If it does not come on, on again while driving, the vehicle needs have it fixed so it will be ready to warn if service. A chime may also sound when the there is a problem. light stays on. If this light stays on, take the vehicle to If the ABS warning light is the only light on, your dealer as soon as possible. See the the vehicle has regular brakes, but ABS is information for the Electric Parking Brake not functioning. Metric English 0 under Electric Parking Brake 246. If both the ABS warning light and the brake A message may also display in the Driver system warning light are on, ABS is not This light comes on when the parking brake Information Center (DIC). functioning and there is a problem with the is applied. If the light continues flashing regular brakes. See your dealer for service. after the parking brake is released, or while Antilock Brake System (ABS) 0 driving, there is a problem with the Electric Warning Light See Brake System Warning Light 117. Parking Brake system. A message may also display in the Driver Information Four-Wheel-Drive Light Center (DIC). If the light does not come on, or remains flashing, see your dealer. Service Electric Parking Brake Light This warning light should come on briefly when the vehicle is turned on. If the light Auto Mode Shown, Other Modes Similar does not come on, have it fixed so it will be ready to warn if there is a problem. If equipped, the four-wheel-drive light displays what mode the vehicle is in. The If the light comes on while driving, safely light will show each mode: 2WD, 4HI, AUTO stop as soon as it is possible and turn off (all transfer cases); 4LOW and N (two-speed the vehicle. Then turn on the vehicle again transfer case only). to reset the system. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Instruments and Controls 119 The light will flash when a shift is in If equipped, the Hill Descent Control light LKA will not assist or alert if the turn signal progress. Once the shift is complete the comes on when the system is ready for use. is active in the direction of lane departure, light will be steady. When the light flashes, the system is active. or if LKA detects that you are accelerating, If the light turns amber, there may be a See Hill Descent Control (HDC) 0 249. braking, or actively steering. malfunction with the four-wheel-drive See Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 281. system. See your dealer. Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Light Vehicle Ahead Indicator See Four-Wheel Drive 0 241. Tow/Haul Mode Light

After the vehicle is started, this light turns off and stays off if LKA has not been turned If equipped, this indicator will display green on or is unavailable. when a vehicle is detected ahead and amber For vehicles with the Tow/Haul Mode If equipped, this light is white if LKA is when you are following a vehicle ahead feature, this light comes on when the Tow/ turned on, but not ready to assist. This light much too closely. Haul Mode has been activated. is green if LKA is turned on and is ready to See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 See Tow/Haul Mode 0 241. assist. 274. LKA may assist by gently turning the Pedestrian Ahead Indicator Hill Descent Control Light steering wheel if the vehicle approaches a detected lane marking. The LKA light is amber when assisting. This light flashes amber as a Lane Departure Warning (LDW) alert, to indicate that the lane marking has been crossed. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

120 Instruments and Controls If equipped, this indicator will display amber Traction Control System (TCS)/ Trailer Sway Control Light (Uplevel when a nearby pedestrian is detected in Cluster) front of the vehicle. Electronic Stability Control Light See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) System 0 277. Traction Off Light

This light comes on briefly when the vehicle This light will flash when Trailer Sway is turned on. Control is active. See Trailer Sway Control (TSC) 0 305. If the light does not come on, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. If the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) This light comes on briefly when the vehicle system is working normally, the indicator Off Light is turned on. If it does not, have the vehicle light turns off. serviced by your dealer. If the system is If the light is on and not flashing, the TCS working normally, the indicator light then and potentially the ESC system are not fully turns off. operational and may not assist in The traction off light comes on when the maintaining control. Adjust driving Traction Control System (TCS) has been accordingly. If the condition persists, see turned off. If Electronic Stability Control your dealer as soon as possible. A Driver (ESC) is turned off, TCS is also turned off. To Information Center (DIC) message may This light comes on briefly when the vehicle turn TCS and ESC off and on, see Traction display. is turned on. If the light does not come on, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 248. The light flashes when the TCS and/or the If the system is working normally, the ESC system is actively working. If TCS is off, wheel spin is not limited unless indicator light then turns off. necessary to help protect the driveline from See Traction Control/Electronic Stability damage. Adjust driving accordingly. Control 0 248. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Instruments and Controls 121

serviced by your dealer. If the system is Caution working normally, the indicator light then turns off. This light comes on when the The engine coolant temperature warning Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system is light indicates that the vehicle has turned off. If ESC is off, the Traction Control overheated. Driving with this light on can System (TCS) is also off. To turn ESC off and damage the engine and it may not be on, see Traction Control/Electronic Stability covered by the vehicle warranty. See This light comes on when Snow/Ice Mode is Control 0 248. 0 Engine Overheating 337. selected. If ESC and TCS are off, the systems do not assist in controlling the vehicle. Adjust The engine coolant temperature warning driving accordingly. light comes on when the engine has overheated. Engine Coolant Temperature If this happens, pull over and turn off the Warning Light engine as soon as possible. See Engine Overheating 0 337. This light comes on when Terrain Mode is Driver Mode Control Light selected.

This light comes on briefly while starting the vehicle. If it does not, have the vehicle serviced by This light comes on when Sport Mode is This light comes on when Off-Road Mode is your dealer. If the system is working selected. selected. normally the indicator light goes off. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

122 Instruments and Controls Tire Pressure Light the light will come on at every ignition If the light comes on and stays on, it means cycle. See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation that oil is not flowing through the engine 0 369. properly. The vehicle could be low on oil and might have some other system Engine Oil Pressure Light (Uplevel problem. See your dealer. Cluster) Low Fuel Warning Light Caution For vehicles with the Tire Pressure Monitor Lack of proper engine oil maintenance System (TPMS), this light comes on briefly can damage the engine. Driving with the when the engine is started. It provides engine oil low can also damage the information about tire pressures and engine. The repairs would not be covered the TPMS. by the vehicle warranty. Check the oil When the Light Is On Steady level as soon as possible. Add oil if This light is near the fuel gauge and comes This indicates that one or more of the tires required, but if the oil level is within the on briefly when the ignition is turned on as are significantly underinflated. operating range and the oil pressure is a check to show it is working. still low, have the vehicle serviced. It also comes on when the fuel tank is low A Driver Information Center (DIC) tire Always follow the maintenance schedule pressure message may also display. Stop as on fuel. The light turns off when fuel is for changing engine oil. soon as possible, and inflate the tires to the added. If it does not, have the vehicle pressure value shown on the Tire and serviced. Loading Information label. See Tire Pressure 0 367. Security Light When the Light Flashes First and Then Is On Steady If the light flashes for about a minute and then stays on, there may be a problem with This light should come on briefly as the the TPMS. If the problem is not corrected, engine is started. If it does not come on, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Instruments and Controls 123 The security light should come on briefly as This light comes on when the IntelliBeam Cruise Control Light the engine is started. If it does not come on, system, if equipped, is enabled. See Exterior have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. Lamp Controls 0 139. If the system is working normally, the indicator light turns off. Front Fog Lamp Light If the light stays on and the engine does not start, there could be a problem with the theft-deterrent system. See Immobilizer Operation 0 32. The cruise control light is white when the cruise control is on and ready, and turns High-Beam On Light green when the cruise control is set and active. For vehicles with fog lamps, this light comes on when the fog lamps are on. See Cruise Control 0 254. The light goes out when the fog lamps are Adaptive Cruise Control Light turned off. See Fog Lamps 0 143. Lamps On Reminder This light comes on when the high-beam headlamps are in use. See Headlamp High/ Low-Beam Changer 0 141.

IntelliBeam Light If equipped, this light is white when the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) is on and ready, and turns green when the ACC is set This light comes on when the exterior lamps and active. When ACC is engaged and the are in use, except when only the Daytime driver accelerates, the indicator will turn Running Lamps (DRL) are active. See Exterior blue. See Adaptive Cruise Control (Camera) Lamp Controls 0 139. 0 256. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

124 Instruments and Controls Door Ajar Light DIC Menu Items Fuel Range Turn the trip odometer reset stem to scroll This display shows the approximate distance through the following menu items: the vehicle can be driven without refueling. . Digital Speedometer The fuel range estimate is based on an average of the vehicle's fuel economy over . Trip 1/2 recent driving history and the amount of . Fuel Range fuel remaining in the fuel tank. Fuel range . Tire Pressure cannot be reset. This light comes on when a door is open or . Remaining Oil Life Tire Pressure not securely latched. Before driving, check . Air Filter Life that all doors are properly closed. Turn the trip odometer reset stem until a . Brake Pad Life vehicle with the approximate pressures of all Information Displays Digital Speedometer four tires displays. Tire pressure is displayed The speedometer shows how fast the in either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds per Driver Information Center (DIC) vehicle is moving in either kilometers per square inch (psi). (Base Level) hour (km/h) or miles per hour (mph). The See Tire Pressure Monitor System 0 368 and speedometer cannot be reset. Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 369. The DIC displays are shown in the center of the instrument cluster. The displays show Trip 1 or 2 and Average Fuel Economy Remaining Oil Life the status of many vehicle systems. The trip Turn the trip odometer reset stem until TRIP Turn the trip odometer reset stem until odometer reset stem in the instrument 1 or TRIP 2 displays. The current distance REMAINING OIL LIFE displays. An estimate of cluster is used to access the DIC menu traveled, in either kilometers (km) or the oil's remaining useful life is shown. items. miles (mi), since the last reset for the trip REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% means 99% of the If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the odometer is shown, as well as the average current oil life remains. Duramax diesel supplement for more fuel economy. The trip odometer and the When the remaining oil life is low, the information. average fuel economy can be reset by CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message will pressing and holding the trip odometer appear on the display. The oil should be reset stem. changed as soon as possible. See Engine Oil 0 329. In addition to the engine oil life Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Instruments and Controls 125 system monitoring the oil life, additional The Air Filter Life display must be reset after maintenance is recommended. See the engine air filter replacement. To reset, Maintenance Schedule 0 409. see Engine Air Filter Life System 0 332. The Oil Life display must be reset after each Brake Pad Life oil change. It will not reset itself. Do not This displays an estimate of the remaining reset the Oil Life display at any time other life of the front and rear brake pads. than when the oil has just been changed. Messages will display based on brake pad It cannot be reset accurately until the next wear and the state of the system. Reset the oil change. To reset, see Engine Oil Life 0 Brake Pad Life display after replacing the System 331. brake pads. See Brake Pad Life System 0 341. Air Filter Life Driver Information Center (DIC) Turn the trip odometer reset stem until AIR S T FILTER LIFE displays. This displays an (Midlevel and Uplevel) or : Press to move left or right estimate of the engine air filter’s remaining between the interactive display zones in the The DIC displays are shown in the center of cluster. Press the thumbwheel to select. useful life and the state of the system. the instrument cluster in the Info app. See Engine Air Filter Life 95% means 95% of the Instrument Cluster 0 106. The displays show y or z : Use the thumbwheel to scroll up current air filter life remains. Messages will the status of many vehicle systems. or down in a list. Press the thumbwheel to display based on the engine air filter life select. and the state of the system. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement. Info Page Options When the REPLACE AT NEXT OIL CHANGE message displays, the engine air filter The info pages on the DIC can be turned on should be replaced at the time of the next or off through the Options menu. oil change. When the REPLACE SOON 1. Press T to scroll to the Options message displays, the engine air filter application. should be replaced at the earliest convenience. 2. Scroll y or z to choose Info pages and press the thumbwheel. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

126 Instruments and Controls 3. Scroll y or z to move through the list Speed limit signs in your vehicle display vehicle's fuel economy over recent driving of possible information displays. may vary from actual road speed depending history and the amount of fuel remaining in on the version of your current the fuel tank. 4. Press the thumbwheel while an item is navigation map. highlighted to select or deselect Timer : This display can be used as a timer. that item. Trip 1 or Trip 2, and Average Fuel To start the timer, press the thumbwheel Economy : Shows the current distance while this display is active. The display will The info pages can also be turned on or off traveled, in either kilometers (km) or show the amount of time that has passed through the DIC page Info Page Options. miles (mi), since the trip odometer was last since the timer was last reset. To stop the Info Pages reset. timer, press the thumbwheel briefly while The Average Fuel Economy display shows this display is active and the timer is The following is the list of all possible DIC running. info page displays. Some may not be the approximate average liters per available for your particular vehicle. Some 100 kilometers (L/100 km), kilometers per Press the thumbwheel while this display is items may not be turned on by default but liter (km/L), or miles per gallon (mpg). This active to reset the timer. can be turned on through the Options app. number is calculated based on the value Oil Life : Shows an estimate of the oil's See “Info Page Options” earlier in this recorded since the last time this menu item remaining useful life. If REMAINING OIL section. was reset. This number reflects only the LIFE 99% is displayed, that means 99% of approximate average fuel economy that the the current oil life remains. While in the Info Page Options menu, the vehicle has right now, and will change as info pages can be restored to the default driving conditions change. When the remaining oil life is low, the factory settings by pressing and holding K CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message will on the left steering wheel controls and the Press the thumbwheel while this display is appear on the display. The oil should be thumbwheel on the right steering wheel active to reset the trip odometer and the changed as soon as possible. See Engine Oil controls at the same time. average fuel economy. 0 329. In addition to the engine oil life Speed : Shows the vehicle speed in either Fuel Range : Shows the approximate system monitoring the oil life, additional distance the vehicle can be driven without maintenance is recommended. See kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per 0 hour (mph). The vehicle odometer is also refueling. LOW will be displayed when the Maintenance Schedule 409. shown on this page. If equipped, press the vehicle is low on fuel. The fuel range The Oil Life display must be reset after each thumbwheel to open the menu and select to estimate is based on an average of the oil change. It will not reset itself. Do not display speed limit signs. reset the Oil Life display at any time other Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Instruments and Controls 127 than when the oil has just been changed. Brake Pad Life : This displays an estimate of TRAILER GAIN shows the trailer gain setting. It cannot be reset accurately until the next the remaining life of the front and rear This setting can be adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 oil change. To reset, see Engine Oil Life brake pads. Messages will display based on with either a trailer connected or System 0 331. brake pad wear and the state of the system. disconnected. Tire Pressure : Shows the approximate Reset the Brake Pad Life display after TRAILER OUTPUT shows the power output to replacing the brake pads. See Brake Pad Life pressures of all four tires. Tire pressure is 0 the trailer any time a trailer with electric displayed in either kilopascal (kPa) or in System 341. brakes is connected. Output is displayed as a pounds per square inch (psi). If the pressure Fuel Economy : Displays average fuel bar graph. Dotted lines may appear in the is low, the value for that tire is shown in economy, the best fuel economy over the OUTPUT display if a trailer is not connected. amber. See Tire Pressure Monitor System selected distance, and a bar graph showing Off Road : Displays vehicle pitch and roll 0 368 and instantaneous fuel economy. 0 information, road wheel angle, and Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 369. Press the thumbwheel to change the four-wheel drive (4WD) status. Air Filter Life : Shows an estimate of the selected distance. Press and hold the Follow Distance : If equipped, the current engine air filter’s remaining useful life and thumbwheel while this display is active to follow time to the vehicle ahead is displayed the state of the system. Engine Air Filter Life reset the best fuel economy and average as a time value on this page. 95% means 95% of the current air filter life fuel economy. This display can also be reset remains. Messages will display based on the by selecting reset in the menu. Driver Assistance : If equipped, shows engine air filter life and the state of the information for Lane Keep Assist (LKA) and Engine Hours (Hourmeter) : Shows the total Forward Collision Alert (FCA). system. When the REPLACE AT NEXT OIL number of hours the engine has run. This CHANGE message displays, the engine air display also shows the engine idle hours. Info Page Options : Scroll to choose which filter should be replaced at the time of the info pages appear on the DIC. Press the next oil change. When the REPLACE SOON Transmission Fluid Temperature : Shows the thumbwheel to select or deselect. message displays, the engine air filter temperature of the automatic transmission should be replaced at the earliest fluid in either degrees Celsius (°C) or degrees Blank Page : Shows no information. convenience. Fahrenheit (°F). The Air Filter Life display must be reset after Trailer Brake : On vehicles with the the engine air filter replacement. To reset, Integrated Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) see Engine Air Filter Life System 0 332. system, the trailer brake display appears in the DIC. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

128 Instruments and Controls Head-Up Display (HUD) The language selection is changed through Some vehicle messages or alerts displayed in the radio, and the units of measurement is the HUD may be cleared by using the { Warning changed through the instrument cluster. See steering wheel controls. Settings 0 186 and “Options” under If the HUD image is too bright or too Instrument Cluster 0 106. high in your field of view, it may take you more time to see things you need to see when it is dark outside. Be sure to keep the HUD image dim and placed low in your field of view.

If equipped with HUD, some information about the operation of the vehicle is projected onto the windshield. The image is The HUD control is to the left of the projected through the HUD lens on top of steering wheel. the instrument panel. The information To adjust the HUD image: appears as an image focused out toward the 1. Adjust the driver seat. front of the vehicle. HUD Display on the Windshield 2. Start the engine. Caution Depending on how the vehicle is equipped, 3. Use the following settings to adjust If you try to use the HUD image as a the HUD may display some of the following the HUD. parking aid, you may misjudge the vehicle information and vehicle messages or $ : Press or pull to center the HUD image. distance and damage your vehicle. Do not alerts: The HUD image can only be adjusted up and use the HUD image as a parking aid. . Speed down, not side to side. The HUD information can be displayed in . Audio ! : Press to select the display view. Each various languages. The speedometer reading . Phone press will change the display view. and other numerical values can be displayed . Navigation in either English or metric units. . Driver Assistance Features . Vehicle Messages Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Instruments and Controls 129 D : Pull and hold to brighten the display. Speed Limit Style Adjustment Press and hold to dim the display. Continue If equipped, the speed limit style can be to hold to turn the display off. changed to a speed limit bar or speed limit The HUD image will automatically dim and sign from the Options menu in the brighten to compensate for outside lighting. instrument cluster. Press the thumbwheel Use D to adjust as needed. while Speed Limit Style is highlighted to change the speed sign style or to turn it off. The HUD image can temporarily light up depending on the angle and position of HUD Views sunlight on the HUD display. This is normal. There are four views in the HUD. Some English Shown, Metric Similar vehicle information and vehicle messages or Polarized sunglasses could make the HUD Active Safety View : This displays the speed alerts may be displayed in any view. image harder to see. view along with a driver assistance graphic Head-Up Display (HUD) Rotation Option on the left. Driver assistance graphics show your vehicle, vehicle ahead, gap setting, and If equipped, this feature under the Options lane status information. In addition to driver menu of the instrument cluster allows for assistance graphics, pedestrian advisory and adjusting the angle of the HUD image and trailer sway indicators will be displayed. changing or turning off the Speed Limit Sign. HUD Rotation: Press the thumbwheel while Adjust Rotation is highlighted to enter Adjust Mode. Scroll to adjust the angle of English Shown, Metric Similar the HUD display. Press the thumbwheel to Speed View : This displays the speedometer confirm and save the setting. This feature reading in English or metric units, and speed may only be available in P (Park). limit. Some information only appears on vehicles that have these features, and when they are active. English Shown, Metric Similar Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

130 Instruments and Controls Navigation/Active OnStar View : This Care of the HUD Vehicle Messages displays the speed view along with Clean the inside of the windshield to remove indicators for vehicle ahead, Lane Departure Messages displayed on the Driver any dirt or film that could reduce the Warning/Lane Keep Assist, trailer sway, and Information Center (DIC) indicate the status sharpness or clarity of the HUD image. pedestrian advisory. Turn-by-Turn navigation of the vehicle or some action that may be information is shown during active route. Clean the HUD lens with a soft cloth needed to correct a condition. Multiple The compass heading is displayed when sprayed with glass cleaner. Wipe the lens messages may appear one after another. navigation routing is not active. gently, then dry it. The messages that do not require Navigation Turn-by-Turn Alerts shown in the HUD Troubleshooting immediate action can be acknowledged and instrument cluster may also be displayed in cleared by pressing the thumbwheel. The any HUD view. Check that: messages that require immediate action . Nothing is covering the HUD lens. cannot be cleared until that action is . The HUD brightness setting is not too performed. dim or too bright. All messages should be taken seriously; . The HUD is adjusted to the proper height. clearing the message does not correct the . Polarized sunglasses are not worn. problem. . The windshield and HUD lens are clean. If a SERVICE message appears, see your If the HUD image is not correct, contact dealer. your dealer. Follow the instructions given in the English Shown, Metric Similar The windshield is part of the HUD system. messages. The system displays messages See Windshield Replacement 0 347. regarding the following topics: Off Road View : This displays the speed . Service Messages view along with indicators for vehicle ahead, . Fluid Levels Lane Departure Warning/Lane Keep Assist, trailer sway, four-wheel drive status, and . Vehicle Security pedestrian advisory. Off-road information . Brakes such as pitch angle, steering angle, and . Steering rolling angle is also shown. . Ride Control Systems Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Instruments and Controls 131 . Driver Assistance Systems Under certain operating conditions, 4. Touch 9 or R to turn a feature off or on. . Cruise Control propulsion will be disabled. Try restarting 5. Touch z to go to the top level of the . Lighting and Bulb Replacement after the ignition has been off for 30 seconds. Settings menu. . Wiper/Washer Systems The menu may contain the following: . Doors and Windows Vehicle Speed Messages . Seat Belts Rear Seat Reminder SPEED LIMITED TO XXX KM/H (MPH) . Airbag Systems This allows for a chime and a message when . Engine and Transmission This message shows that the vehicle speed the rear door has been opened before or . Tire Pressure has been limited to the speed displayed. The during operation of the vehicle. limited speed is a protection for various . Battery propulsion and vehicle systems, such as Touch Off or On. Engine Power Messages lubrication, thermal, brakes, suspension, Climate and Air Quality Teen Driver if equipped, or tires. ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED Touch and the following may display: . Auto Fan Speed This message displays when the vehicle's Vehicle Personalization . Auto Defog propulsion power is reduced. A reduction in The following are all possible vehicle . Auto Rear Defog propulsion power can affect the vehicle's personalization features. Depending on the ability to accelerate. If this message is on, vehicle, some may not be available. Auto Fan Speed but there is no observed reduction in performance, proceed to your destination. For System, Apps, and Personal features and This setting specifies the amount of airflow 0 Under certain conditions the performance functions, see Settings 186. when the climate control fan setting is Auto Fan. may be reduced the next time the vehicle is To access the vehicle personalization menu: driven. The vehicle may be driven while this 1. Touch the Settings icon on the Home Touch Low, Medium, or High. message is on, but maximum acceleration Page of the infotainment display. Auto Defog and speed may be reduced. Anytime this message stays on, or displays repeatedly, 2. Touch Vehicle to display a list of This setting automatically directs air to the the vehicle should be taken to your dealer available options. windshield to assist in defogging, based on for service as soon as possible. 3. Touch to select the desired feature temperature and humidity conditions. setting. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

132 Instruments and Controls Touch Off or On. Forward Collision System Park Assist Auto Rear Defog This setting can alert of a potential crash This allows the feature to be turned on or with a detected vehicle ahead and can apply off. See Assistance Systems for Parking or This setting automatically turns the rear 0 defogger on based on temperature and brakes to help reduce a collision’s severity. Backing 266. humidity conditions. Touch Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake. Select Off, On, or On with Towbar. Touch Off or On. Front Pedestrian Detection Rear Camera Park Assist Symbols Collision/Detection Systems This feature may help avoid or reduce the This setting enables the Rear Camera Park harm caused by front-end crashes with Assist Symbols. See Assistance Systems for Touch and the following may display: nearby pedestrians. See Front Pedestrian Parking or Backing 0 266. . Alert Type 0 Braking (FPB) System 277. Touch Off or On. . Forward Collision System Touch Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake. Rear Cross Traffic Alert . Front Pedestrian Detection Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier . Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier This allows the Rear Cross Traffic Alert . Lane Change Alert This setting determines if an alert will feature to be turned on or off. See appear when Adaptive Cruise Control brings Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing . Park Assist the vehicle to a complete stop and the 0 266. . Rear Camera Park Assist Symbols vehicle ahead of you starts moving again. Touch Off or On. . Rear Cross Traffic Alert See Adaptive Cruise Control (Camera) 0 256. Alert Type Touch Off or On. Comfort and Convenience This feature sets the type of alert from the Lane Change Alert Touch and the following may display: driver assistance systems to help avoid . Chime Volume This allows the feature to be turned on or crashes. off. See Lane Change Alert (LCA) 0 279. . Reverse Tilt Mirror Touch Beeps or Safety Alert Seat. . Remote Mirror Folding Touch Off or On. Chime Volume This determines the chime volume level. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Instruments and Controls 133 Touch the controls on the infotainment Vehicle Locator Lights Open Door Anti Lock Out display to adjust the volume. This setting flashes the vehicle’s headlamps This setting prevents the driver door from Reverse Tilt Mirror when K is pressed on the Remote Keyless locking when the door is open. If this When on, the driver, passenger, or both Entry (RKE) transmitter. setting is on, the Delayed Door Lock menu will not be available. driver and passenger outside mirrors will tilt Touch Off or On. downward when the vehicle is shifted into Touch Off or On. Exit Lighting R (Reverse) to improve visibility of the Auto Door Unlock ground near the rear wheels. They may This setting specifies how long the move from their tilted position when the headlamps stay on after the vehicle is This setting allows selection of which doors vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse) or turned off and exited. will automatically unlock when the vehicle is turned off. See Reverse Tilt Mirrors 0 38. shifted into P (Park). Touch Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Seconds, Touch Off, On - Driver and Passenger, On - or 120 Seconds. Touch Off, All Doors, or Driver Door. Driver, or On - Passenger. Automatic High Beam Assist Delayed Door Lock Remote Mirror Folding This setting specifies how the high beams When on, this feature will delay the locking When on, the outside mirrors will remotely adjust based on the vehicle environment. of the doors. To override the delay, press fold or unfold when the Remote Keyless the power door lock switch on the door. K Touch IntelliBeam or Adaptive Headlight Entry (RKE) transmitter Q or button is System. Touch Off or On. pressed and held. See Folding Mirrors 0 36. Remote Lock, Unlock, and Start Touch Off or On. Power Door Locks Touch and the following may display: Touch and the following may display: Lighting . Open Door Anti Lock Out . Remote Unlock Light Feedback Touch and the following may display: . Auto Door Unlock . Remote Lock Feedback . Vehicle Locator Lights . Delayed Door Lock . Remote Door Unlock . Exit Lighting . Remote Start Auto Cool Seats . Automatic High Beam Assist . Remote Start Auto Heat Seats . Remote Window Operation Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

134 Instruments and Controls . Passive Door Unlock Remote Start Auto Cool Seats Passive Door Unlock . Passive Door Lock If equipped and turned on, this feature will This allows the selection of what doors will . Remote Left in Vehicle Alert turn on the ventilated seats when using unlock when using the button on the driver . Remote Removed from Vehicle Alert remote start on warm days. See Heated and door to unlock the vehicle. Ventilated Front Seats 0 52 and Remote Unlock Light Feedback Touch Off, All Doors or Driver Door Only. Remote Vehicle Start 0 20. When on, the exterior lamps will flash when Passive Door Lock Touch Off or On. unlocking the vehicle with the RKE This allows passive locking to be turned on transmitter. Remote Start Auto Heat Seats or off and selects feedback. See Remote Touch Off or Flash Lights. If equipped and turned on, this feature will Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key turn on the heated seats when using remote Access) 0 10 or Remote Lock Feedback start on cold days. See Heated and Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System This allows selection of what type of Ventilated Front Seats 0 52 and Operation (Keyless Access) 0 13. feedback is given when locking the vehicle 0 Remote Vehicle Start 20. Touch Off, On with Horn Chirp, or On. with the RKE transmitter. If equipped with Auto Heated Steering Remote Left in Vehicle Alert Touch Off, Lights and Horn, Lights Only, Wheel, this feature will turn on when the or Horn Only. Remote Start Auto Heated Seats turn on. This feature sounds an alert when the RKE transmitter is left in the vehicle. This menu Remote Door Unlock Touch Off or On. also enables Remote No Longer In Vehicle This allows selection of which doors will Remote Window Operation Alert. K unlock when pressing on the RKE If equipped, this feature enables remote Touch Off or On. transmitter. operation of the windows with the RKE Remote Removed from Vehicle Alert Touch All Doors or Driver Door. transmitter. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key Access) 0 10 or This feature beeps the horn 3 times when Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System exiting a running vehicle with the Operation (Keyless Access) 0 13. remote key. Touch Off or On. Touch Off or On. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Instruments and Controls 135 Ride Height Seating Position Service Mode Touch and the following may display: Touch and the following may display: This feature disables the air suspension . Automatic Entry/Egress . Seat Entry Memory system and is used to prevent unintended raising or lowering of the suspension.. Automatic Entry/Egress . Seat Exit Memory Touch Off or On. This feature specifies if the vehicle will Seat Entry Memory Alignment Mode automatically lower to make it easier to This feature automatically recalls the enter or exit the vehicle. previously stored 1 or 2 button positions This feature will optimize the vehicle height Touch Off or On. when the ignition is changed from off to on to provide the most accurate wheel or ACC/ACCESSORY. See Memory Seats 0 49. alignment. Running Boards Touch Off or On. Touch Off or On. Touch and the following may display: Seat Exit Memory Trailering . Automatic Running Boards This feature automatically recalls the . Deploy Running Boards Touch and the following may display: previously stored exit button position when . Side Trailer Camera Automatic Running Boards the ignition is changed from on or ACC/ . Bed View Camera Lighting This feature specifies the position and use of ACCESSORY to off and the driver door is 0 the running boards. open. See Memory Seats 49. Side Trailer Camera Touch Off or On. Touch Off or On. This feature specifies if using the turn signal during a lane change will also display an Deploy Running Boards Suspension applicable side view of the trailer and This feature moves the running boards to a Touch and the following may display: vehicle. See Assistance Systems for Parking 0 deployed position so they can be used with . Service Mode or Backing 266. the doors closed. . Alignment Mode Touch Off or On. Touch Off or Deploy. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

136 Instruments and Controls Bed View Camera Lighting Universal Remote System Do not use the Universal Remote system This feature specifies if the truck bed rail with any garage door opener that does not See Radio Frequency Statement 0 436. lights are turned on when the Bed View have the stop and reverse feature. This Camera is active. See Assistance Systems for includes any garage door opener model 0 Universal Remote System manufactured before April 1, 1982. Parking or Backing 266. Programming Touch Off or On. Read the instructions completely before programming the Universal Remote system. Teen Driver It may help to have another person assist with the programming process. See “Teen Driver” under Settings 0 186. Keep the original hand-held transmitter for Valet Mode use in other vehicles as well as for future This will lock the infotainment system and programming. Erase the programming when steering wheel controls. It may also limit vehicle ownership is terminated. See access to vehicle storage locations, “Erasing Universal Remote System Buttons” if equipped. later in this section. To enable valet mode: To program a garage door opener, park outside directly in line with and facing the 1. Enter a four-digit code on the keypad. garage door opener receiver. Clear all people 2. Select Enter to go to the confirmation If equipped, these buttons are in the and objects near the garage door. screen. overhead console. Make sure the hand-held transmitter has a 3. Re-enter the four-digit code. This system can replace up to three remote new battery for quick and accurate Touch Lock or Unlock to lock or unlock the control transmitters used to activate devices transmission of the radio-frequency signal. system. Touch Back to go back to the such as garage door openers, security previous menu. systems, and home automation devices. These instructions refer to a garage door opener, but can be used for other devices. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Instruments and Controls 137 Programming the Universal Remote Some garage door openers may require System substitution of Step 2 with the procedure under “Radio Signals for Some Gate For questions or programming help, see Operators” later in this section. www.homelink.com/gm or call 1-800-355-3515. For calls placed outside the 3. Press and hold the newly programmed U.S., Canada, or Puerto Rico, international Universal Remote system button for rates will apply and may differ based on five seconds while watching the indicator landline or mobile phone. light and garage door activation. . If the indicator light stays on Learn or Smart Button Programming involves time-sensitive actions, continuously or the garage door and may time out causing the procedure to moves when the button is pressed, be repeated. 4. After completing Steps 1–3, locate the then programming is complete. There Learn or Smart button inside the garage To program up to three devices: is no need to complete Steps 4–6. on the garage door opener receiver. The 1. Hold the end of the hand-held . If the indicator light does not come name and color of the button may vary transmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1 to 3 in) on or the garage door does not by manufacturer. away from the Universal Remote system move, a second button press may be 5. Press and release the Learn or Smart buttons with the indicator light in view. required. For a second time, press button. Step 6 must be completed within The hand-held transmitter was supplied and hold the newly programmed 30 seconds of pressing this button. button for five seconds. If the by the manufacturer of the garage door 6. Return to the vehicle and firmly press indicator light is continuously lit, opener receiver. and hold the trained Universal Remote or the garage door moves, 2. Press and release one of the three system button for two seconds and programming is complete. Universal Remote system buttons to be release. Repeat the “press/hold/release” programmed. Press and hold the . If the indicator light flashes rapidly sequence up to three times to complete hand-held transmitter button. Do not and the garage door does not move, the training process. release the hand-held transmitter button continue with programming until the indicator light changes from a Steps 4–6. The Universal Remote system should now slow to a rapid flash or continuous light. activate the garage door. Then release the hand-held transmitter Repeat the process for programming the button. two remaining buttons. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

138 Instruments and Controls Radio Signals for Some Gate Operators Universal Remote System Reprogramming a Single Universal For questions or programming help, see Operation Remote System Button www.homelink.com/gm or call To reprogram any of the system buttons: Using the Universal Remote System 1-800-355-3515. For calls placed outside the 1. Press and hold any one of the buttons. U.S., Canada, or Puerto Rico, international Press and hold the appropriate Universal Do not release the button. rates will apply and may differ based on Remote system button for at least one-half 2. The indicator light will begin to flash landline or mobile phone. second. The indicator light will come on after 20 seconds. Without releasing the while the signal is being transmitted. Some radio–frequency laws and gate button, proceed with Step 1 under operators require transmitter signals to time Erasing Universal Remote System “Programming the Universal Remote out or quit after several seconds of System.” transmission. This may not be long enough Buttons for the Universal Remote system to pick up Erase all programmed buttons when vehicle the signal during programming. ownership is terminated. If the programming did not work, replace To erase: Step 2 under “Programming the Universal 1. Press and hold the two outside buttons Remote System” with the following: until the indicator light begins to flash. Press and hold the Universal Remote system This should take about 10 seconds. button while pressing and releasing the 2. Release both buttons. hand-held transmitter button every two seconds until the signal has been successfully accepted by the Universal Remote system. The Universal Remote system indicator light will flash slowly at first and then change to a rapid flash or continuous solid-light. Proceed with Step 3 under “Programming the Universal Remote System” to complete. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Lighting 139 Exterior Lighting AUTO : Automatically turns on the Lighting headlamps, parking lamps, taillamps, Exterior Lamp Controls instrument panel lights, roof marker lamps Exterior Lighting (if equipped), front/rear sidemarker lamps, Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 139 and license plate lamps. Exterior Lamps Off Reminder ...... 141 Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer . . . . 141 ; : Turns on the parking lamps including Flash-to-Pass ...... 141 all lamps, except the headlamps and fog Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) ...... 141 lamps, if equipped. Automatic Headlamp System ...... 142 For some trim levels and series of trucks Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 142 first sold in Canada, the headlamps may Turn and Lane-Change Signals ...... 143 turn on with the parking lamps. Fog Lamps ...... 143 Task Lighting ...... 144 2 : Turns on the headlamps together with Auxiliary Roof-Mounted Lamp ...... 144 the parking lamps, taillamps, instrument Exterior Cargo Lamps ...... 144 panel lights, roof marker lamps (if equipped), front/rear sidemarker lamps, and Interior Lighting The exterior lamp control is on the license plate lamps. Instrument Panel Illumination instrument panel to the left of the steering When the headlamps are turned on while Control ...... 145 wheel. Dome Lamps ...... 145 the vehicle is on, the headlamps turn off Reading Lamps ...... 146 O : Turns off the automatic headlamps and automatically 10 minutes after the ignition Daytime Running Lamps (DRL). Turn the is turned off. When the headlamps are Lighting Features headlamp control to O again to turn the turned on while the vehicle is off, the Entry Lighting ...... 146 headlamps will stay on for 10 minutes automatic headlamps or DRL back on. Exit Lighting ...... 146 before turning off to prevent the battery Battery Load Management ...... 146 For vehicles first sold in Canada, off will only from being drained. Turn the headlamp Battery Power Protection ...... 147 work when the vehicle is in P (Park). control off and then back to the headlamp Exterior Lighting Battery Saver ...... 147 on position to make the headlamps stay on Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

140 Lighting for an additional 10 minutes. To keep the To enable the IntelliBeam system, press . The vehicle's speed drops below 20 km/h lamps on for more than 10 minutes, the b on the turn signal lever when it is (12 mph). ignition must be on or in ACC/ACCESSORY. dark outside and the exterior lamp control is . The IntelliBeam system is disabled by the K : If equipped, turns on the task in AUTO or 2. button on the turn signal lever. If this 0 happens, press b on the turn signal lighting. See Task Lighting 144. Driving with IntelliBeam lever when the exterior lamp control is in IntelliBeam System The system only activates the high beams the AUTO or 2 position to reactivate the If equipped, this system turns the vehicle's when driving over 40 km/h (25 mph). IntelliBeam system. The instrument high-beam headlamps on and off according The blue high-beam on light appears on the cluster light will come on to indicate the to surrounding traffic conditions. instrument cluster when the high beams IntelliBeam system is reactivated. The system turns the high-beam headlamps are on. The high beams may not turn off on when it is dark enough and there is no There is a sensor near the top center of the automatically if the system cannot detect other traffic present. windshield that automatically controls the another vehicle's lamps because of any of system. Keep this area of the windshield the following: This light b comes on in the instrument clear of debris to allow for best system . The other vehicle's lamps are missing, cluster when the IntelliBeam system is performance. damaged, obstructed from view, enabled. The high-beam headlamps remain on, under or otherwise undetected. Turning On and Enabling IntelliBeam the automatic control, until one of the . The other vehicle's lamps are covered following situations occurs: with dirt, snow, and/or road spray. . The system detects an approaching . The other vehicle's lamps cannot be vehicle's headlamps. detected due to dense exhaust, smoke, . The system detects a preceding vehicle's fog, snow, road spray, mist, or other taillamps. airborne obstructions. . The outside light is bright enough that . The vehicle's windshield is dirty, cracked, high-beam headlamps are not required. or obstructed by something that blocks the view of the light sensor. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Lighting 141 . The vehicle is loaded such that the front Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) end points upward, causing the light sensor to aim high and not detect DRL can make it easier for others to see the headlamps and taillamps. front of the vehicle during the day. Fully . Driving on winding or hilly roads. functional DRL are required on all vehicles first sold in Canada. The automatic high-beam headlamps may need to be disabled if any of the above When the high-beam headlamps are on, this The DRL system comes on when the conditions exist. indicator light on the instrument cluster will following conditions are met: also be on. . The ignition is on. Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . The exterior lamp control is in AUTO. Flash-to-Pass A reminder chime sounds when the . The transmission is not in P (Park). headlamps or parking lamps are manually This feature lets you use the high-beam . The light sensor determines it is daytime. turned on, the ignition is off, and a door is headlamps to signal a driver in front of you When the DRL system is on, only the DRL open. To disable the chime, turn the that you want to pass. It works even if the are on. The taillamps, sidemarker lamps, lamps off. headlamps are in the automatic position. instrument panel lights, and other lamps To use it, pull the turn signal lever toward will not be on. Headlamp High/Low-Beam you, then release it. Changer When it begins to get dark, the automatic If the headlamps are in the automatic headlamp system switches from DRL to the Push the turn signal lever toward the position or on low beam, the high-beam headlamps. instrument panel to change the headlamps headlamps will turn on. Depending on the from low to high beam. type of headlamp, they will either turn off To turn off the DRL, turn the exterior lamp after a short duration or stay on as long as control to O and then release. For vehicles Pull or push the turn signal lever to return first sold in Canada, off will only work when to low-beam headlamps. you hold the lever toward you. The high-beam indicator on the instrument the vehicle is parked. cluster will come on. Release the lever to return to normal operation. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

142 Lighting Automatic Headlamp System delay before the automatic headlamp Hazard Warning Flashers system changes to the Daytime Running When the exterior lamp control is set to Lamps (DRL). During that delay, the AUTO and it is dark enough outside, the instrument cluster may not be as bright as headlamps come on automatically. usual. Make sure the instrument panel illumination control is in the full bright position. See Instrument Panel Illumination Control 0 145. When it is bright enough outside, the headlamps will turn off or may change to DRL. The automatic headlamp system turns off when the exterior lamp control is turned to O or the ignition is off. | : Press this button to make the front Lights On with Wipers and rear turn signal lamps flash on and off. Press again to turn the flashers off. If the windshield wipers are activated in There is a light sensor on top of the daylight with the engine on, and the When the hazard warning flashers are on, instrument panel. Do not cover the sensor, exterior lamp control is in AUTO, the the vehicle's turn signals will not work. otherwise the headlamps will come on when headlamps, parking lamps, and other they are not needed. exterior lamps come on. The transition time The system may also turn on the headlamps for the lamps coming on varies based on when driving through a parking garage or wiper speed. When the wipers are not tunnel. operating, these lamps turn off. Move the exterior lamp control to O or ; to disable If the vehicle is started in a dark garage, the automatic headlamp system comes on this feature. immediately. If it is light outside when the vehicle leaves the garage, there is a slight Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Lighting 143 Turn and Lane-Change Signals If after signaling a turn or a lane change the Fog Lamps arrows flash rapidly or do not come on, a signal bulb could be burned out. If equipped with LED turn signals, see your dealer. Replace any burned out bulbs. If a bulb is not burned out, check the fuse. See Fuses and Circuit Breakers 0 353. Turn Signal On Chime If the turn signal is left on for more than 1.2 km (0.75 mi), a chime sounds at each An arrow on the instrument cluster flashes flash of the turn signal. A message may in the direction of the turn or lane change. appear in the Driver Information Center 0 Move the turn signal lever all the way up or (DIC). See Vehicle Messages 130. To turn down to signal a turn. the chime and message off, move the turn If equipped, the fog lamp control is near the signal lever to the off position. Partially raise or lower the lever for less exterior lamp control to the left of the than one second until the arrow starts to steering column. flash to signal a lane change. This causes The ignition must be on for the fog lamps the turn signals to automatically flash three to come on. times. It will flash six times if Tow/Haul # Mode is active. Holding the turn signal lever : Press to turn the fog lamps on or off. for more than one second will cause the A light will come on in the instrument turn signals to flash until the lever is cluster. released. When the fog lamps are turned on, the The lever returns to its starting position parking lamps automatically turn on. whenever it is released. When the headlamps are changed to high beam, the fog lamps also go off. When the high-beam headlamps are turned off, the fog lamps will come on again. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

144 Lighting Some localities have laws that require the If the vehicle is off, the lights will stay on Exterior Cargo Lamps headlamps to be on with the fog lamps. for approximately 10 minutes. Task Lighting If any Task lights are on, if the button has not been pressed after approximately 5 seconds, pressing it again will turn off all Task Lights. Auxiliary Roof-Mounted Lamp If equipped, this button includes wiring provisions for a dealer or a qualified service center to install an auxiliary roof lamp.

The cargo lamps provide more light in the cargo area or on the sides of the vehicle, if needed. The lamps inside the pickup box, If equipped, task lighting projects light from in the tailgate handle, for the hitch, and/or the outside mirrors away from the vehicle. the cargo mirror lamps also turn on, While the vehicle is parked, press K to if equipped. select one of the following options: For information on roof-mounted emergency . Left and Right Task Lights Illuminated lamp installation, see www.gmupfitter.com . Left Task Light Illuminated or contact your dealer. . Right Task Light Illuminated If the vehicle has this button, the vehicle . Left and Right Task Lights Off may have the snow plow prep package. See If the vehicle leaves a parked position, the Add-On Electrical Equipment 0 317. lights will immediately turn off. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Lighting 145 If the vehicle is in P (Park), R (Reverse), Interior Lighting Dome Lamps or N (Neutral) the Cargo Lamp Switch causes the lights to cycle through the following Instrument Panel Illumination states for each button press: Control - Initial Press: - CHMSL/Cargo Bed Lights - On - Cargo Mirror Lights - On - Cargo Switch Indicator (if equipped) - On - Next Press: (if with in 5 seconds of the previous button press): - CHMSL/Cargo Bed Lights - On - Cargo Mirror Lights - Off The dome lamp controls are in the overhead - Cargo Switch Indicator (if equipped) - On console. - Next Press: To operate, press the following buttons: - CHMSL/Cargo Bed Lights - Off This feature adjusts the brightness of all j illuminated controls. The instrument panel OFF : Press to turn off the dome - Cargo Mirror Lights - Off illumination control is next to the exterior lamps when a door is open. An indicator light on the button will turn on when the - Cargo Switch Indicator (if equipped) - Off lamp control. dome lamp override is activated. Press j Become familiar with and follow all state D : Press D + to brighten or D − to OFF again to deactivate this feature and the and local laws that apply to cargo lamp dim the lights. indicator light will turn off. The dome lamps operation. This feature is functional at night, or when will come on when any door is opened, K the headlamps or parking lamps are ON. on the remote key is pressed, or when the ignition is switched off. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

146 Lighting +ON/OFF : Press to turn the dome lamps Press the lamp lenses to turn the front The entry lighting feature for exterior on manually. Press again to turn the dome reading lamps on or off. lighting can be changed. See “Vehicle lamps off. Locator Lights” under Vehicle Personalization 0 131. Reading Lamps Exit Lighting There are reading lamps on the overhead console and over the rear seats. These lamps Some exterior lamps come on at night, or in come on when any door is opened. areas with limited lighting, when the driver door is opened after the ignition is turned To operate, the ignition must be on, or in off. The dome lamp comes on when any ACC/ACCESSORY, or using Retained Accessory door is opened or after the ignition is Power (RAP). Rear Reading Lamps turned off. The exterior lamps and dome lamp remain on after the door is closed for The rear reading lamps are over the rear a set amount of time, then automatically seats. turn off. Press the lamp lens to turn the rear reading The exterior lamps turn off immediately by lamps on or off. turning the exterior lamp control off. The exit lighting for exterior lights can be Lighting Features changed. See Vehicle Personalization 0 131. Entry Lighting Battery Load Management Some exterior lamps turn on briefly at The vehicle has Electric Power Management night, or in areas with limited lighting, (EPM), which estimates the battery's Front Reading Lamps when K is pressed on the remote key. After temperature and state of charge. It then about 30 seconds the exterior lamps turn adjusts the voltage for best performance The front reading lamps are in the overhead off. When any door is opened or the remote and extended life of the battery. console. unlock is pressed, all interior lights turn on and then interior lamps dim to off after 20 seconds. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Lighting 147 When the battery's state of charge is low, EPM works to prevent excessive discharge of Exterior Lighting Battery Saver the voltage is raised slightly to quickly bring the battery. It does this by balancing the the charge back up. When the state of generator's output and the vehicle's The exterior lamps turn off about 10 minutes charge is high, the voltage is lowered electrical needs. It can increase engine idle after the ignition is turned off, if the parking slightly to prevent overcharging. The speed to generate more power, whenever lamps or headlamps have been manually voltmeter gauge or the voltage display on needed. It can temporarily reduce the power left on. This protects against draining the the Driver Information Center (DIC), demands of some accessories. battery. To restart the 10-minute timer, turn the exterior lamp control to the O position if equipped, may show the voltage moving Normally, these actions occur in steps or up or down. This is normal. If there is a levels, without being noticeable. In rare and then back to the ; or 2 position. problem, an alert will be displayed. cases at the highest levels of corrective To keep the lamps on for more than The battery can be discharged at idle if the action, this action may be noticeable to the 10 minutes, the ignition must be on or in electrical loads are very high. This is true for driver. If so, a DIC message might be ACC/ACCESSORY. all vehicles. This is because the generator displayed and it is recommended that the (alternator) may not be spinning fast driver reduce the electrical loads as much as enough at idle to produce all the power that possible. is needed for very high electrical loads. Battery Power Protection A high electrical load occurs when several of the following are on, such as: headlamps, This feature shuts off the dome and reading high beams, fog lamps, rear window lamps, if they are left on for more than defogger, climate control fan at high speed, 10 minutes after the ignition is turned off. heated seats, engine cooling fans, trailer The cargo lamp shuts off after 20 minutes. loads, and loads plugged into accessory This prevents the battery from power outlets. running down. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

148 Infotainment System Destination ...... 167 Introduction Infotainment System OnStar System ...... 173 Global Positioning System (GPS) ...... 174 Read the following pages to become familiar Introduction Vehicle Positioning ...... 174 with the features. Introduction ...... 148 Problems with Route Guidance ...... 174 Overview ...... 149 If the System Needs Service ...... 175 { Warning Steering Wheel Controls ...... 151 Map Data Updates ...... 175 Taking your eyes off the road for too Using the System ...... 152 Database Coverage Explanations ...... 175 Software Updates ...... 155 long or too often while using any Voice Recognition infotainment feature can cause a crash. Radio Voice Recognition ...... 175 You or others could be injured or killed. AM-FM Radio ...... 155 Do not give extended attention to HD Radio Technology ...... 156 Phone infotainment tasks while driving. Limit Radio Data System (RDS) ...... 157 Bluetooth (Overview) ...... 180 your glances at the vehicle displays and Satellite Radio ...... 157 Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a focus your attention on driving. Use voice Radio Reception ...... 158 Phone) ...... 181 Fixed Mast Antenna ...... 158 Apple CarPlay and Android Auto ...... 185 commands whenever possible. Multi-Band Antenna ...... 158 Settings The infotainment system has built-in Audio Players Settings ...... 186 features intended to help avoid distraction Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices . . . . . 158 Teen Driver ...... 192 by disabling some features when driving. USB Port ...... 158 These features may gray out when they are Auxiliary Jack ...... 161 Trademarks and License Agreements unavailable. Many infotainment features are Bluetooth Audio ...... 162 Trademarks and License also available through the instrument cluster Agreements ...... 195 and steering wheel controls. OnStar System OnStar System ...... 162 Before driving: . Become familiar with the operation, Navigation center stack controls, steering wheel Using the Navigation System ...... 163 controls, and infotainment display. Maps ...... 166 Navigation Symbols ...... 167 Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Infotainment System 149 . Set up the audio by presetting favorite stations, setting the tone, and adjusting the speakers. . Set up phone numbers in advance so they can be called easily by pressing a single control or by using a single voice command. See Distracted Driving 0 212. Active Noise Cancellation (ANC) If equipped, ANC reduces engine noise in the vehicle’s interior. ANC requires the factory-installed audio system, radio, Uplevel Radio speakers, amplifier (if equipped), induction system, and exhaust system to work . Turn to decrease or increase the properly. Deactivation is required by your 1. O (Power) volume. dealer if related aftermarket equipment is . Press to turn the power on. 2. 7 installed. . Press and hold to turn the . Radio: Press and release to go to Overview power off. . Press to mute/unmute the system the previous station or channel. when on. Press and hold to fast seek the Infotainment System next strongest previous station or The infotainment system is controlled by . When the power is on and the channel. See AM-FM Radio 0 155. system is not muted, a quick using the infotainment display, controls on . USB/Bluetooth: Press to seek to status pane will display when O is the center stack, steering wheel controls, the beginning of the current or and voice recognition. pressed. Pressing O will mute the previous track. Press and hold to system and trigger this pane to quickly reverse through a track. show a long press is required to Release to return to playing speed. actually power down the system. See USB Port 0 158 or Bluetooth Audio 0 162. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

150 Infotainment System 3. { . Press to go to the Home Page. See “Home Page” later in this section. . Press to exit Android Auto or Apple CarPlay. To enter back into Android Auto or Apple CarPlay, press and hold. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto 0 185. 4. 6 . Radio: Press and release to go to the next station or channel. Press and hold to fast seek the next strongest station or channel. 1. { (Home Page) . USB/Bluetooth: Press to seek to the beginning of the current or . USB/Bluetooth: Press to seek the . Press to go to the Home Page. See previous track. Press and hold to next track. Press and hold to fast “Home Page” later in this section. forward through a track. Release to quickly reverse through a track. . Press to exit Android Auto or Apple return to playing speed. See USB Release to return to playing speed. CarPlay. To enter back into Android 0 Port 0 158 or See USB Port 158 or 0 Auto or Apple CarPlay, press and Bluetooth Audio 0 162. Bluetooth Audio 162. hold. See Apple CarPlay and 3. O (Power) 5. o BACK Android Auto 0 185. . Press to return to the previous 2. 7 . Press to turn the power on. display in a menu. . Press and hold to turn the . Radio: Press and release to go to power off. 6. V the previous station or channel. . Turn to highlight a feature. Press Press and hold to fast seek the . Press to mute/unmute the system to activate the highlighted feature. next strongest previous station or when on. channel. See AM-FM Radio 0 155. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Infotainment System 151 . When the power is on and the Home Page Steering Wheel Controls system is not muted, a quick O The Home Page is where vehicle application status pane will display when is icons are accessed. Some applications are pressed. Pressing O will mute the disabled when the vehicle is moving. system and trigger this pane to The Home Page can be set up to have up to show a long press is required to four pages with eight icons per page. actually power down the system. . Turn to decrease or increase the Swipe left or right across the display to volume. access the pages of icons. 4. 6 Managing Home Page Icons . Radio: Press and release to go to 1. Touch and hold any of the Home Page the next station or channel. Press icons to enter edit mode. and hold to fast seek the next 2. Continue holding the icon and drag it to strongest station or channel. the desired position. If equipped, some audio controls can be . USB/Bluetooth: Press to seek the 3. Release your finger to drop the icon in adjusted at the steering wheel. next track. Press and hold to fast the desired position. forward through a track. Release to g : Press to answer an incoming call or return to playing speed. See USB 4. To move an application to another page, start voice recognition. See Bluetooth Port 0 158 or drag the icon to the edge of the display (Overview) 0 180 or Bluetooth Audio 0 162. toward the desired page. Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone) 0 181. 5. v 5. Continue dragging and dropping application icons as desired. c : Press to decline an incoming call or . Press and release to access the end a current call. Press to mute or unmute phone display or answer an the infotainment system when not on a call. incoming call. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

152 Infotainment System Phone Apple CarPlay Touch the Phone icon to display the Phone Touch the Apple CarPlay icon to activate main page. See Bluetooth (Overview) 0 180 Apple CarPlay (if equipped) after a or supported device is connected. See Apple Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone) 0 181. CarPlay and Android Auto 0 185. Nav Android Auto If equipped, touch the Nav icon to display Touch the Android Auto icon to activate the navigation map. See Using the Android Auto (if equipped) after a supported Navigation System 0 163. device is connected. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto 0 185. Users The favorites and volume switches are on If equipped, touch the Users icon to sign in Apps the back of the steering wheel. or create a new user profile, and follow the If equipped, in-vehicle apps are available for 1. Favorite: When on a radio source, press on-screen instructions. download. Touch the Apps icon on the to select the next or previous audio Only four user profiles can be active at one Home Page to begin. broadcast favorite. When listening to a time in the vehicle. It may be necessary to Downloading and using in-vehicle apps media device, press to select the next or remove a profile from the menu before requires Internet connectivity which can be previous track. creating or signing into an existing profile. accessed with a data plan through the 2. Volume: Press to increase or decrease The removed profile can be logged into at a vehicle’s built-in 4G LTE Wi-Fi hotspot, the volume. later time. if equipped, or a compatible mobile device hotspot. On most mobile devices, activation Using the System Settings of the Wi-Fi hotspot is in the device’s Touch the Settings icon to display the Settings menu under Mobile Network Audio Settings menu. See Settings 0 186. Sharing, Personal Hotspot, Mobile Hotspot, Touch the Audio icon to display the active or similar. audio source page. Examples of available sources may include AM, FM, SXM (if equipped), USB, AUX, and Bluetooth. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Infotainment System 153 Availability of apps and connectivity varies Haptic Feedback Touch and Hold by vehicle, conditions, and location. Data If equipped, haptic feedback is a pulse that plan rates apply. Features are subject to occurs when an icon or option is touched on change. For more information, see the display or when controls on the center www.my.chevrolet.com/learn. stack are pressed. OnStar Services Infotainment Gestures If equipped, touch the OnStar Services icon Use the following finger gestures to control to display the OnStar Services and Account the infotainment system. pages. See OnStar Overview 0 440 and OnStar System 0 162. Touch/Tap Touch and hold can be used to start another Camera gesture, or to move or delete an application. If equipped, touch the Camera icon to access Drag the camera application. See Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing 0 266. Shortcut Tray The shortcut tray is near the bottom of the display. It shows up to four applications. Infotainment Display Features Touch/tap is used to select an icon or option, activate an application, or change Infotainment display features show on the the location inside a map. display when available. When a feature is Drag is used to move applications on the unavailable, it may gray out. When a Home Page, or to pan the map. To drag the feature is touched, it may highlight. item, it must be held and moved along the display to the new location. This can be Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

154 Infotainment System done up, down, right, or left. This feature is Fling or swipe is used to scroll through a Pinch only available when vehicle is parked and list, pan the map, or change page views. Do not in motion. this by placing a finger on the display then Nudge moving it rapidly up and down or right and left. Spread

Pinch is used to zoom out on a map, certain images, or a web page. Place finger and thumb apart on the display, then move Nudge is used to move items a short them together. distance on a list or a map. To nudge, hold Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces and Vehicle and move the selected item up or down to Spread is used to zoom in on a map, certain Information and Radio Displays a new location. images, or a web page. Place finger and For vehicles with high gloss surfaces or Fling or Swipe thumb together on the display, then move them apart. vehicle displays, use a microfiber cloth to wipe surfaces. Before wiping the surface with the microfiber cloth, use a soft bristle brush to remove dirt that could scratch the surface. Then use the microfiber cloth by gently rubbing to clean. Never use window cleaners or solvents. Periodically hand wash the microfiber cloth separately, using mild soap. Do not use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse thoroughly and air dry before next use. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Infotainment System 155 Software Updates Fade/Balance : Touch to adjust by using the If equipped, touch Update Station List to controls on the infotainment display or by update the active stations in your area. Over-the-Air Software Updates tapping/dragging the crosshair. Direct Tune If equipped, see “Updates” under Settings Finding a Station 0 186 for details on software updates. Seeking a Station Radio AM-FM Radio Playing the Radio From the Home Page, touch the Audio icon to display the active audio source page. Access Direct Tune by touching the Tune Choose from the three most recently used icon on the infotainment display to bring up sources listed at the left side of the display the keypad. Navigate through all frequencies or touch the More option to display a list of From the AM, FM, or SXM (if equipped) using the arrows on the right side of the available sources. Examples of available option, press 6 or 7 on the center stack Direct Tune display. Directly enter a station sources may include AM, FM, SXM (if to search for the previous or next strong or channel using the keypad. When a new equipped), USB, AUX (if equipped), and station or channel. station or channel is entered, the Bluetooth. Browsing Stations information about that station or channel Infotainment System Sound Menu displays on the right side. This information Touch the Browse option to list all available will update with each new valid frequency. From any of the audio source main pages, stations or channels. Navigate up and down Touch H to save the station or channel as touch Sound to display the following: through all stations by scrolling the list. a favorite. Touch the station or channel you want to Equalizer : Touch to adjust Bass, Midrange, Treble, and Surround (if equipped) using the listen to. Touch H to save the station or options on the infotainment display. channel as a favorite. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

156 Infotainment System The keypad will gray out entries that do not AM, FM, and SXM Categories Favorites can also be stored by touching H contribute to a valid frequency and will in a station or channel list. This will automatically place a decimal point within highlight indicating that it is now saved as a the frequency number. favorite. Touch (X) to delete one number at a time. The number of favorites displayed is Touch and hold (X) to delete all numbers. automatically adjusted by default, but can A valid AM or FM station will automatically be manually adjusted in Settings in the tune to the new frequency but not close the System tab under Favorites and then Set Direct Tune display. When listening to SXM Number of Audio Favorites. It can also be (if equipped), touch Go after entering the adjusted in Settings in the Apps tab under channel. Touch the Back icon on the From the AM stations, if equipped with HD Audio and then Set Number of Audio infotainment display or touch z to exit out Radio, FM, or SXM (if equipped) display, Favorites. of Direct Tune. touch Categories at the top of the Browse menu to access the categories list. The list HD Radio Technology The tune arrows on the right side of the contains names associated with the AM or If equipped, HD Radio is a free service with Direct Tune display will tune through the FM stations, or SXM channels. Touch a features such as digital quality sound, more complete station or channel list one station category name to display a list of stations stations available on a single frequency such step at a time per touch. A touch and hold or channels for that category. Touching a as HD2 and HD3, and display information advances through stations or channels station or channel from the list will tune the such as artist and song title. quickly. radio to that station or channel. From the Now Playing display, touch the HD If equipped, HD Radio multicast stations Radio icon to turn HD on or off. cannot be tuned directly through the Direct Storing Radio Station Presets Tune feature. Only the analog or Favorites show in the area at the top of the Station Access HD1 station can use that feature. Use the display. To access HD Radio stations: display arrows to adjust to the multicast stations. AM, FM, SXM (if equipped), and HD Radio 1. Tune the radio to the station. If HD Stations (if equipped) : Press and hold a Radio is turned on and the station is preset to store the current station or broadcasting in HD Radio, the radio will channel as a favorite. Touch a saved favorite automatically tune to the HD version of to recall a favorite station or channel. the current channel (HD1) after several Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Infotainment System 157 seconds. The radio will also display If the HD Radio signal loses reception while Satellite Radio icons representing additional channels listening to stations HD2 to HD8, the radio (HD2, ...HD8), that may be available. mutes until the signal can be recovered or SiriusXM Radio Service When the radio successfully tunes to a until the station is changed. If equipped, vehicles with a valid SiriusXM HD station, the HD logo will display and HD Radio can be disabled if driving in a radio subscription can receive SiriusXM digital audio will play. weak signal area. Touch HD Radio On/Off to programming. 2. Touch the display arrows to tune to the toggle HD Radio reception on and off. previous or next HD Radio station. SiriusXM radio has a wide variety of Radio Data System (RDS) programming and commercial-free music, There may be a delay before the station coast to coast, in digital-quality sound. In starts playing. If equipped, RDS features are available for the U.S., see www.siriusxm.com or call The HD Radio station number is indicated use only on FM stations that broadcast RDS 1-888-601-6296. In Canada, see next to the HD logo. information. With RDS, the radio can: www.siriusxm.ca or call 1-877-438-9677. . Group stations by Category (i.e., Program HD Radio stations can be saved as favorites. When SiriusXM is active, the channel name, Type) such as Rock, Jazz, Classical, etc. number, song title, and artist appear on the For a list of all stations, see . Display messages from radio stations. display. www.hdradio.com. This system relies on receiving specific SiriusXM with 360L HD Radio Troubleshooting information from these stations and only SiriusXM with 360L interface has enhanced Digital Audio Delay : Wait for the signal to works when the information is available. in-vehicle listening experience for process. This can take several seconds. It is possible that a radio station could broadcast incorrect information that causes subscribers. The experience now offers more Volume Change, Audio Skip, Echo, Digital the radio features to work improperly. If this categories and system learned Audio Lost : Station signal strength may be happens, contact the radio station. recommendations toward discovering more weak, the station is out of range, or the personalized content. station may be out of alignment. Verify When information is broadcast from a RDS To use the full SiriusXM 360L program, proper reception on another station. station, the station name or call letters display on the audio screen. Radio text including streaming content and listening If the HD Radio signal weakens while supporting the currently playing broadcast recommendations, OnStar Connected Access listening to HD1, the radio will automatically may also appear. is required. Connected vehicle services vary switch to the analog version of the radio station. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

158 Infotainment System by model and require a complete working SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service Multi-Band Antenna electrical system, cell reception, and GPS If equipped, SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service signal. An active connected plan is required. The roof antenna is for SiriusXM Satellite provides digital radio reception. Tall Radio, OnStar, and GPS (Global Positioning Reference the SiriusXM user guide for use buildings or hills can interfere with satellite System), depending on the equipped and subscription information. radio signals, causing the sound to fade in options. Keep clear of obstructions for clear and out. In addition, traveling or standing reception. If the vehicle has a sunroof, and it Radio Reception under heavy foliage, bridges, garages, is open, reception can also be affected. Unplug electronic devices from the accessory or tunnels may cause loss of the SiriusXM power outlets if there is interference or signal for a period of time. Some cellular Audio Players static in the radio. services may interfere with SXM reception causing loss of signal. FM Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices Mobile Device Usage FM signals only reach about 16 to 65 km When using media devices such as SD cards, (10 to 40 mi). Although the radio has a Mobile device usage, such as making or USB devices, and mobile devices, consider built-in electronic circuit that automatically receiving calls, charging, or just having the the source. Untrusted media devices could works to reduce interference, some static mobile device on may cause static contain files that affect system operation or can occur, especially around tall buildings or interference in the radio. Unplug the mobile performance. Avoid use if the content or hills, causing the sound to fade in and out. device or turn it off if this happens. origin cannot be trusted. AM Fixed Mast Antenna USB Port The range for most AM stations is greater The fixed mast antenna will go through This vehicle is equipped with two USB ports than for FM, especially at night. The longer most car washes as long as it is securely in the center console under the armrest and range can cause station frequencies to attached. If the antenna becomes slightly another two in the center stack. These ports interfere with each other. Static can also bent, straighten it out by hand. If it is badly are for data and charging. occur when things like storms and power bent, replace it. There may also be two USB ports for lines interfere with radio reception. When Occasionally check that the antenna is tight charging only at the rear of the center this happens, try reducing the treble on the at the base. If tightening is required, protect console. radio. the paint from damage. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Infotainment System 159 d Caution My Media Library : To avoid vehicle damage, unplug all MyMedia is only available when more than . Press to seek to the next track. one indexed device is connected. It allows accessories and disconnect all accessory . Press and hold to advance quickly access to content from all indexed media cables from the vehicle when not in use. through playback. Release to return to sources. MyMedia will show as an available playing speed. Elapsed time displays. Accessory cables left plugged into the source in the Source page. vehicle, unconnected to a device, could be Shuffle : Touch the shuffle icon to play damaged or cause an electrical short if USB MP3 Player and USB Devices music in random order. the unconnected end comes in contact The USB MP3 players and USB devices USB Menu with liquids or another power source such connected must comply with the USB Mass as the accessory power outlet. Storage Class specification (USB MSC). Touch the Menu icon to display the USB menu. The following may be available: to play a USB device: Playing from a USB Shuffle : Touch to play the tracks randomly. 1. Connect the USB. Touch again to stop shuffle. A USB mass storage device can be connected 2. Press MEDIA on the center stack until to the USB port. Tone : Touch + or – to adjust the tone the connected device is shown. settings. See AM-FM Radio 0 155. Gracenote Use the following when playing an active Auto Volume (If Equipped) : This feature When plugging in a USB device, Gracenote USB source: adjusts the volume based on the vehicle service builds voice tags for music. Voice speed. See AM-FM Radio 0 155. tags allow artists, albums with hard to r : Touch to play the current media source. pronounce names, and nicknames to be used j : Touch to pause playback of the current Bose AudioPilot Noise Compensation to play music through voice recognition. media source. Technology (If Equipped : This feature adjusts the volume based on the noise in While indexing, infotainment features are g : the vehicle and speed. See AM-FM Radio available. 0 . Press to seek to the beginning of the 155. current or previous track. USB Browse Menu . Press and hold to reverse quickly through When a list of songs, albums, artists, playback. Release to return to playing or other types of media displays, the up and speed. Elapsed time displays. down arrows and A-Z appear on the left Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

160 Infotainment System side. Select A-Z to view a display that will Albums: Podcasts: show all letters of the alphabet and select 1. Touch to view the albums on the USB. 1. Touch to view the podcasts on the USB. the letter to go to. 2. Touch the album to view a list of all 2. Select a podcast. Touch anywhere between the top and songs on the album. 3. Select an episode to start playback. bottom menus or touch the Browse option 3. Touch a song from the list to begin Composers: on the infotainment display to view the playback. Browse menu and the following options are 1. Touch to view the composers on displayed near the bottom of the display: Songs: the USB. Playlists: 1. Touch to display a list of all songs on 2. Touch Composers to view a list of the USB. 1. Touch to view the playlists stored on albums by that composer. the USB. 2. To begin playback, touch a song from 3. Touch an album to view a list of songs. the list. 2. Touch a playlist to view the list of all 4. Touch a song from the list to begin songs in that playlist. Genres: playback. 3. Touch a song from the list to begin 1. Touch to view the genres on the USB. Folder View: playback. 2. Touch a genre to view a list of artists. 1. Touch to view the directories on Supported Playlist extensions are m3u, pls, 3. Touch an artist to view albums by that the USB. and wpl. artist. 2. Touch a folder to view a list of all files. Artists: 4. Touch an album to view songs on the 3. Touch a file from the list to begin 1. Touch to view the list of artists stored album. playback. on the USB. 5. Touch a song to start playback. Audiobooks: 2. Touch an artist name to view a list of all Podcasts, Composers, Audiobooks, and Folder 1. Touch to view the audiobooks stored on albums by the artist. View (if equipped) are shown when the the USB. 3. To select a song, touch All Songs or More option is selected from near the bottom of the display. 2. Touch an audiobook to get a list of touch an album and then select a song chapters. from the list. 3. Touch the chapter from the list to begin playback. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Infotainment System 161 Supported Apple Devices Auxiliary Jack To view supported devices in USA, see If equipped, this vehicle may have an my.chevrolet.com\learned. auxiliary input jack. This may be located in Loss of Audio the center stack or center console under the armrest. Possible auxiliary audio sources If a phone currently paired over Bluetooth is include: plugged in with a USB cable, the system will automatically mute the phone audio. . Laptop computer Playback can be resumed by changing the . Audio music player When a list of songs, albums, artists, audio source from Bluetooth to USB cable. This jack is not an audio output. Do not or other types of media display, a vertical Source USB from the Media icon on the plug headphones into the auxiliary input keyboard appears on one side of the list and infotainment display to resume playback. jack. Set up an auxiliary device while the a scroll bar on the other side. When using vehicle is in P (Park). the vertical keyboard, touch the beginning Other phones such as Android phones may character of the desired name to display the have a similar reaction. Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable from the zoom bubble of that character. Release the auxiliary device to the auxiliary input jack. Bluetooth Streaming Audio and Voice When a device is connected, the system can finger from the infotainment display and Recognition the zoom bubble disappears. play audio from the device over the vehicle See Bluetooth Audio 0 162 for information speakers. Touch the scroll bar to move the list up using voice recognition with Bluetooth and down. If an auxiliary device has already been streaming audio. connected, but a different source is currently File System and Naming Make sure all devices have the latest active, press MEDIA on the center stack or The songs, artists, albums, and genres are software downloaded. touch the Media icon on the infotainment taken from the file’s song information and display to scroll through audio source are only displayed if present. The radio menus, until the AUX Input source appears. displays the file name as the track name if Playing from the AUX Port the song information is not available. An auxiliary device is played through the audio system and controlled through the device itself. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

162 Infotainment System AUX Menu Music can be launched by touching All devices launch audio differently. When Press MENU on the center stack to display Bluetooth from the recent sources list on selecting Bluetooth as a source, the radio the AUX Input menu and the following may the left of the display or by touching the may show as paused on the display. Press display: More option and then touching the play on the device or touch p on the Bluetooth device. display to begin playback. Tone Settings : Touch to adjust Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance, Fade, and EQ To play music via Bluetooth: Browse functionality will be provided where (Equalizer). See AM-FM Radio 0 155. 1. Power on the device, and pair to connect supported by the Bluetooth device. This the device. media content will not be part of the Auto Volume (If Equipped) : This feature MyMedia source mode. adjusts the volume based on the vehicle 2. Once paired, touch Audio from the Home speed. See AM-FM Radio 0 155. Page, then touch Bluetooth from the Some smartphones support sending recent sources list on the left of the Bluetooth music information to display on Bose AudioPilot Noise Compensation display. the radio. When the radio receives this Technology (If Equipped) : This feature Bluetooth Sound Menu information, it will check to see if any is adjusts the volume based on the noise in available and display it. For more the vehicle and speed. See “Bose AudioPilot” See “Infotainment System Sound Menu” 0 information about supported Bluetooth in AM-FM Radio 155. under AM-FM Radio 0 155. features, see my.chevrolet.com/learn. Bluetooth Audio Manage Bluetooth Devices OnStar System Music may be played from a paired From the Home Page: Bluetooth device. See Bluetooth (Overview) 1. Touch Audio. 4G LTE 0 180 or 2. Touch More. Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone) 0 181 If equipped with 4G LTE, up to seven 3. Touch Bluetooth. for help pairing a device. devices, such as smartphones, tablets, and 4. Touch Devices to add or delete devices. laptops, can be connected to high-speed Volume and song selection may be Internet through the vehicle’s built-in Wi-Fi controlled by using the infotainment When touching Bluetooth, the radio may hotspot. controls or the mobile device. If Bluetooth is not be able to launch the audio player on selected and no volume is present, check the the connected device to start playing. When Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) to volume setting on the infotainment system. the vehicle is not moving, use the mobile connect to an OnStar Advisor for assistance. device to begin playback. See www.onstar.com for vehicle availability, Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Infotainment System 163 details, and system limitations. Service and Account Wi-Fi Hotspot connectivity may vary by make, model, The Account tab displays a snapshot of the Touch to display the Settings page, which year, carrier, availability, and conditions. account linked with the vehicle. If there is shows the configurations for the vehicle 4G LTE service is available in select markets. no such account, this tab will show all hotspot and allows them to be changed. 4G LTE performance is based on industry values as ——. The advisor call icon will be For more information, see www.onstar.com. averages and vehicle systems design. Some active even if there is no active account. services require a data plan. Advisor Call The OnStar App Navigation Selecting Advisor Call is the same as If equipped, the infotainment system has pressing Q or calling 1-888-4ONSTAR Using the Navigation System OnStar controls in the embedded OnStar app (1-888-466-7827). The X option in the upper If equipped, launch the Nav application by on the Home Page. Most OnStar functions right corner of the screen does not end the that can be performed with the buttons can touching the Nav icon on the Home Page or call, but returns to the previous screen. on the shortcut tray near the bottom of the be done using the app. To open the app, infotainment display. touch the OnStar icon on the Home Page. Turn-by-Turn Directions App updates require a corresponding service With a connected plan, an OnStar Advisor When the Nav application is launched for plan. Features vary by region and model. can download a destination to the vehicle or the first time, a product walkthrough is Features are subject to change. For more its embedded navigation system, available. Use of the feature requires the information, see my.chevrolet.com/learn or if equipped. Select Turn-by-Turn Directions Terms and Conditions and the Privacy press Q. from the Services tab of the OnStar app to statement to be confirmed. If available and signed into a profile, it is also suggested to Services call an Advisor or select a recent or favorite destination. Touch the navigation icons to enable and confirm Predictive Navigation. The Services tab displays the default view select home, address or place. A destination Predictive Navigation (If Equipped) for the app. Use this page to launch the transfer from OnStar will show the detail available OnStar services. Touch a service to view of the destination when it is If Predictive Navigation is available and open its display. Touch Wi-Fi to launch the transferred from OnStar to the Navigation confirmed, this feature learns preferences by connections manager. Turn-by-Turn and application. See www.onstar.com for a remembering where the vehicle has been. Advisor Call are the other tiled options. coverage map. Services vary by model. Map It uses the locations and navigation history coverage is available in the United States, to personalize routes and results. Puerto Rico, and Canada. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

164 Infotainment System Predictive Navigation may learn elements the top of the navigation map view. customized profile, the current location such as: Manually close the search bar by touching symbol will show a customized icon. See . Personalized routes based on preferred z. When the vehicle is moving, the } Navigation Symbols 0 167. streets. (Search) icon will replace the search bar to Map and Navigation Settings . Search results that provide best matches maximize the full map view. at the top of the list. Touch A while in the map view to display Destination Card Preferences options. The following may display: . Predictive traffic. From the Nav application, set up Home and . 3D Heading Up, 2D Heading Up, 2D North . Local map content updating. Work addresses to enable one-touch . Show on Map Predictive Navigation can also be enabled or navigation. To set up Home and Work . Traffic Events (available with OnStar disabled at a later time by touching A addresses, touch A and select Settings, Connected Navigation) (Options). While in Options, touch Settings, then Map and Navigation Settings, and then . Settings then Map and Navigation Settings, and then Destination Card Preferences. Show My Predictive Navigation. See Settings 0 186. Places on Map should be on by default. . Edit Destination (if a route has been set) Select and enter Home and/or Work address . Avoid on Route (if a route has been set) Navigation Map View and save. Touch Settings to view Map and Navigation Settings. The following may display: . Destination Card Preferences . Map Preferences . Route Preferences . Navigation Voice Control . Traffic Preferences . Alert Preferences . Fuel Grade Preferences After opening the Nav application for the If the vehicle’s system is not signed into a . Manage History first time, the application will always open customized profile, the current location icon . Predictive Navigation: See “Predictive in full map view displaying the vehicle’s uses a generic symbol. Once signed into a current location. When the vehicle is Navigation (If Equipped)” previously in stopped, the search bar will appear along this section. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Infotainment System 165 . About Auto-Zoom (Default is On) : Touch On or ‐ Tunnels Off. When turned on, the system will To exit a list, touch z in the top right ‐ Country Borders automatically adjust the zoom level when corner to return to the main map view. the vehicle is approaching a turn. After the Navigation Voice Control Make sure to set up preferences before turn is completed, the system automatically Touch to access the voice control setting setting a destination and starting active brings the zoom back to the originally set display. guidance. level. If the vehicle is approaching a turn . Navigation Volume – To adjust the Map Preferences with the next turn occurring shortly after, volume level, touch the up and down the Auto-Zoom will remain on until both arrows. If the voice guidance prompt is Touch to choose between basic map feature turns are completed. being heard, volume can also be adjusted configurations: Route Preferences using the knob on the center stack or the Map Colors volume switch on the steering wheel. Touch to access the Route Preferences. The . Auto – Touch to automatically change choices are: . Navigation Voice Prompt Level during a modes based on lighting conditions. Call. Options available are: . Preferred Route – Choose from two . Day (Light) different route options: Fastest or ‐ Full Prompt (Selected by default) . Night (Dark) Eco-Friendly. ‐ Tone Only 3D Landmark (Default is On) : Touch On or ‐ Fastest would be the route with the ‐ None Off. When turned on, the system will shortest drive time. Traffic Events (If Equipped) display all 3D Landmarks on the map ‐ Eco-Friendly would be the most depending on the zoom level. fuel-efficient route. This feature provides a list of events that A 3D Building (Default is Off) : Touch On or . Avoid on Current Route – Choose any of are on the route or nearby. Touch and Off. When turned on, the system will the road features to avoid while on route: then select Traffic Events. An OnStar connected Navigation service plan is display all of the possible 3D building shapes ‐ Highways on the map depending on the zoom level. required. ‐ Unpaved Roads Show Terrain in 3D (Default is Off) : Traffic Preferences (If Equipped) ‐ Ferries If equipped, touch On or Off. When turned While in Map View, touch A, then Settings ‐ Carpool Lanes on, the system will display terrain and then Map and Navigation Settings to information on the map in 3D view. ‐ Toll Roads access Traffic Preferences. When Show Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

166 Infotainment System Traffic on Map is turned on, the feature Manage History SD Card Error Messages provides an overview of the traffic flow Touch Manage History to access the History The SD card only works for one unique using different coded colors. The following options: vehicle. The SD card must pass options are available for rerouting: . authentication verification to be used for . Auto Reroute to Better Route – The Clear Recent Destinations – Touch \ to clear the recent destinations. that specific vehicle. Potential error scenarios system will automatically reroute if the and messages include: system detects there is a traffic issue . Clear Search History – Touch to clear \ . The SD card has initialized for the first ahead. the search history. time: “Once initialized, this SD card can . Ask Before Rerouting (Default) – If the About only be used for navigation in this system detects there is a traffic issue vehicle.” ahead, it will display a pop-up with Touch to display software information, such as: . The SD card is not working properly: “SD details about the issue. Choose to reroute card is not functioning properly. . Telenav Terms and Conditions or cancel the alert. (Error Code).” . Never Search for Better Route – The . Telenav Privacy Statement . The SD card is not paired with the system will not check for a better route . Navigation Version existing system: “This SD card is not valid until one of the above options is selected. Maps in this vehicle for navigation. See Owner’s Alert Preferences Manual for more detail or visit your The Nav application requires a map database Set alerts on or off during both inactive and dealer. (Error Code).” to run. It is stored on an SD card that is active guidance views. The following alerts . The SD card has been removed from the connected to the infotainment system. If the may be available: slot: “SD card has been removed. map database is not available, a missing SD (Error Code).” . Road Safety Alerts – Touch to display card error message will be displayed. upcoming School Zones. Touch Continue to resume after the . Traffic Camera Alerts initialization error message. For the other messages, touch OK to return to the Home Page. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Infotainment System 167 Navigation Symbols The progress bar provides an overview of the route progress and may show traffic and Following are the most common symbols incidents along the way. As the route that may appear in the Nav application. proceeds, the vehicle icon moves up the bar. Touch the icon to zoom out on the map and view the entire route. Touch it again to The destination pin marks the location of return to the previous view. the final destination. Touch the pin to view View the drive time by touching the the destination address or to add it or estimated time of arrival (ETA). remove it from the Favorites list. Hide the This indicates the vehicle’s current location information by touching the pin one more Current Location and direction on the map. time. It will automatically time out if no When the vehicle is parked and not in a action is taken. Navigation session, the user icon is centered on the map view, highlighting the current location. Destination Receiving Destination Directions from Different Sources This is the vehicle’s current location icon during inactive guidance mode. Once a user If equipped, smart Points of Interest (POIs) Destinations can be received or transferred profile is created, the current location icon are places of interest for parking and gas from different sources to the Nav application can be customized. stations. for route guidance. If equipped, some of these sources may include: This icon indicates the vehicle’s current location and direction on the map. . Navigation from search results. . OnStar Advisor destination download. . An address from the Contacts list. . An application on the smartphone that can send destinations to the vehicle. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

168 Infotainment System . An application downloaded to the vehicle If the vehicle passes the waypoint or gets If there is only one address in the such as OnStar Services that can send out of the current route, the system will destinations list, the system will destinations to the navigation system. automatically reroute back to this waypoint. disable the move and delete At the same time, it will show a Drive to functions. The system will not allow Waypoints icon along with the next waypoint address the final destination to be deleted. Add up to five waypoints, which are so the current waypoint can be skipped and additional destinations, along the route. To guidance can resume to the next waypoint Map Information add an additional stop or waypoint: or destination. Road network attributes are contained in the 1. From active guidance, touch }. Editing a Waypoint map database for map information. Attributes include information such as street 2. Search for the destination using One-Box, When waypoints are added during active names, street addresses, and turn Voice search, or the Quick Category guidance, the system allows a stop to be restrictions. A detailed area includes all icons. deleted or the order to be changed. To edit major highways, service roads, and 3. Choose search results Along Route, a waypoint: residential roads. The detailed areas include Nearby, or Near Destination. 1. Touch A. Places of Interest (POIs) such as restaurants, airports, banks, hospitals, police stations, gas 4. Choose the desired waypoint and touch 2. Touch Edit Destinations. Add to Trip or replace the current stations, tourist attractions, and historical . Modify destination order by touching monuments. destination by touching New Destination. and holding the arrow until it is Route options are not available for highlighted. Drag to move the If the vehicle does not have an applicable waypoints. waypoint up or down the list. service plan, the map database may not Y include data for newly constructed areas or Arriving at a Waypoint . Delete a waypoint by touching . map database corrections that are When approaching a waypoint, the system A pop-up will appear to confirm completed after production. The navigation will display a Destination Arrival view. To waypoint removal. Once the request system provides full route guidance in the continue on to the next destination touch is confirmed, the system will remove detailed map areas. the Drive to message on the infotainment the address from the destinations list. display. Touch z on the top right corner so the system can recalculate the route. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Infotainment System 169 Zoom Control Mute . 2D North Up: 2D map with North pointing up. In this mode, the current location icon The zoom control display is shown on the When in active guidance, the audio prompts will shift as the vehicle turns left and map view. A few ways to zoom in or while using navigation can be muted. Touch right. out are: the speaker icon on the right side of the . Touch + or – to zoom in or out on upper bar. A slash will appear on the Touch the icon to change the map type. The the map. speaker to indicate voice guidance is muted. icon and label will also update accordingly. . Double tap with one finger to zoom in or Active Guidance View Depending on the zoom level of the 2D single tap with two fingers to zoom out Heading Up and 3D Heading Up maps, the on the map. When a destination is chosen and a system may automatically switch to the 2D navigation session is active, the navigation . Use the index finger and thumb to zoom North Up map. system enters into an Active Guidance out by pinching and then zoom in by View (AGV). When in AGV, the entire route can be spreading those two fingers on the map. viewed in 2D North Up by touching the Map Orientation traffic bar. The map will zoom out and Map Gestures and Map Scale Touch A on the map to access map readjust to display the full route. When in 2D North Up Route View, the Recenter icon Use the following gestures on the orientation settings. Map orientation is 3D will appear in the middle of the display. infotainment display to adjust the map scale Heading Up by default. and display options. Touch either the Recenter icon or the traffic . Pinch to zoom in or out. Available settings are: bar again to return to the previous view, either 2D or 3D. . Pan the map. . 3D Heading Up (Default): 3D map with the vehicle pointing up. In this mode, the . Use two fingers to tilt down and change Lane Guidance current location icon will always head up from 2D to 3D. Tilt up to change back and the map will rotate around it. The map will display the lane information to 2D. for the upcoming maneuver if it is available. . 2D Heading Up: 2D map with the vehicle . Rotate the map. pointing up. In this mode, the current Junction View 0 See Using the System 152. location icon will always head up and the When a vehicle is on the highway and map will rotate around it. approaching the exit, an image displays the lane that the vehicle must stay in to complete the next maneuver. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

170 Infotainment System Quick-Turn View Directions Highway Exits List Touch the menu option next to the next turn street name to display Directions. Directions displays the turns and directions from the current location to the final destination. Editing Directions Directions can be edited by choosing y, which expands the list to fill the display and When the vehicle is approaching a turn with enters the Edit Mode. While in Edit Mode, Touch C to open the Exit list. This icon the next turn following in quick succession, an unwanted route segment can be displays next to the current street name a quick-turn list appears below the primary removed from the route by touching Y next near the bottom of the display. The icon turn indicator. An audio prompt will to the segment. A pop-up appears to only appears when on a highway with announce the quick turn. confirm segment removal. defined exits. Auto-Zoom When the route segment has been removed, While traveling on roads with designated When approaching a maneuver, the map all segments are replaced by an activity exits, an Exit list may be available. The Exit will automatically zoom in to show both the indicator while the new route is list displays the exit number, distance to the vehicle icon and the upcoming maneuver to recalculated. When the recalculation is exit from the current vehicle position, and give a better view of the maneuver. Once complete, the activity indicator is replaced convenience stops that may be available, the maneuver is complete, the system will with the new route segments. such as gas, coffee, food, and lodging. zoom back to the previous zoom level. Next Maneuver Menu Touch A on the map to access Settings, When in Active Guidance, the Next then touch Map Preferences to access Maneuver Turn Arrow, Street Name, and Auto-Zoom. This feature can be enabled or Maneuver Distance are shown in the Next disabled. Maneuver at the top of the display overlaying the map. ETA, Distance to Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Infotainment System 171 Destination, and Traffic Indicator are Incident Reports (If Equipped) Accessing Favorites displayed in a panel pinned on the right of Incident report icons, along with traffic flow In the Nav application, view the Favorites the display. data, display on the map during both active list by touching H in the search bar along Navigation Next Turn Maneuver Alert and inactive guidance. the top of the Nav map view. If the search If the Navigation application is not open End Route bar is closed, touch } and select H. when a near maneuver prompt is given, it is Touch Cancel at the top right corner to end Saving Favorites shown as an alert. Touch the alert to go to active guidance and return to inactive Favorites can be added from a number of the main navigation view or touch z to guidance. If active guidance is canceled dismiss the alert. the system’s applications. Touch the before the destination has been reached, a favorites icon to save content as a favorite. Repeat Voice Guidance pop-up option to Resume Trip will appear. Renaming Navigation Favorites Resume Trip 1. Touch the Settings icon on the Home The trip can be resumed if it was canceled Page and touch the System tab. by touching the Resume Trip pop-up option. 2. Touch Favorites to access the Manage If the system has determined that the Favorites option. destination has been reached, either because 3. Touch a saved Navigation favorite to the arrival view displayed or the destination This symbol indicates the next guidance access the edit icon. Touch the edit icon has been passed, the Resume Trip option to rename the favorite. maneuver. Touch it to repeat the last will not appear. spoken guidance instruction. 4. Touch Save to store the renamed Favorites favorite. Incident Alert (If Equipped) The navigation favorites can have contacts, During active guidance, if the system addresses, or POIs that have been saved determines that there is an incident ahead through the favorite icon on the but there is not a better route, the system details view. will play a tone and show a Quick Notice. This will only show once per incident. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

172 Infotainment System Recents Smart POI Icons on Map (If Equipped) attempt to display nearby parking H destinations with pricing information, Touch to access a list of recent if available. destinations. Report an Issue Using POI Details (If Recenter Position Icon Equipped) Touch the Recenter Position arrow in the In the POI details page, a POI issue can be middle of the map view to reset the map to reported if the data is not accurate or the the current location. address is incorrect. Touch Report an Issue Last Parked Location near the bottom of the display to access the issue selection page. Touch one of the The Last Parked Location is the last location The smart POI icons such as fuel stations predefined issues on the selection page, the vehicle engine was turned off. That and parking may appear based on time, then touch Send. The system will send the location is displayed in the first row of the location, driver search behavior, driving information for analysis. Recents list. Touching the last Parked conditions, and vehicle conditions. Location shows the Address Details view to Search Touch a smart POI icon to open the either save the address or drive to it. The Touch Search on the infotainment display to corresponding details: Last Parked Location can be deleted by open the search display. It has a search field entering the Edit display. Once the Last . Left side: Name and address of the POI. entry box, quick category icon shortcuts, Parked Location is deleted, it no longer . Right side: E + ETE (Estimated Time recents icon, favorites icon, and keyboard. appears in the Recents list, unless the Enroute.) vehicle is started at that location again. Auto Complete Smart Fuel Station Icons Enter a partial location in the field entry box Show POI Icons Fuel station prices are shown if available for on the search display. Auto complete will To see the POI categories, touch Options, nearby stations when the vehicle is low attempt to complete the destination based then touch Show on Map. Up to eight on fuel. on what is being entered. Touch the categories of icons can be selected. suggested item to search. Smart Parking Icons When reaching a densely populated destination and the system determines that parking may be limited, the system will Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Infotainment System 173 Search While in Motion with No Front Seat OnStar System If equipped, after touching the Turn-by-Turn Passenger Present Directions icon, select destinations from With a connected plan, an OnStar Advisor The search display will not allow changes or Recents or Favorites. Recents or Favorites can download a destination to the vehicle or will be empty if this is the first use. To find text input with the keyboard when the into the built-in navigation system. vehicle is in motion. As a result, a display new locations, touch OnStar Advisor, Home showing three rows of the most commonly Directions, Place Voice Search, or Address used categories appears. Touching the search Voice Search. box will activate speech recognition. Lane Guidance Search While in Motion with Front Seat Passenger Present If the system detects that the front seat passenger is present with both driver and passenger seat belts buckled, touching the search icon will display an alert message Touch OnStar Services on the Home Page to that allows the passenger to search for a access the OnStar menu. Touch Turn-by-Turn destination as if the vehicle were stopped. Directions icon while on the Services tab of the OnStar menu. Connected Navigation When available, the system will show the Connected Navigation is a subscription Turn-by-Turn Navigation best lane(s) to be in for the next maneuver. service that enables certain capabilities Cancel a Route within the navigation system, such as Traffic, Smart Search/Routing, and Predictive If a route is in progress using either the Navigation capabilities. The system will vehicle navigation system or the show an alert when the subscription is Turn-by-Turn route, and a new route is expiring and will ask to renew the plan. requested, the current route in progress will be canceled. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

174 Infotainment System Global Positioning System (GPS) Vehicle Positioning . The tire pressure for the tires is incorrect. . This is the first navigation use after the If equipped, the position of the vehicle is At times, the position of the vehicle on the map data is updated. determined by using satellite signals, various map could be inaccurate due to one or more vehicle signals, and map data. of the following reasons: . The 12-volt battery has been disconnected for several days. . The road system has changed. At times, other interference such as the . The vehicle is driving in heavy traffic satellite condition, road configuration, . The vehicle is driving on slippery road where driving is at low speeds, and the condition of the vehicle, and/or other surfaces such as sand, gravel, or snow. vehicle is stopped and started repeatedly. circumstances can affect the navigation . The vehicle is traveling on winding roads system's ability to determine the accurate or long, straight roads. Problems with Route Guidance position of the vehicle. . The vehicle is approaching a tall building Inappropriate route guidance can occur The GPS shows the current position of the or a large vehicle. under one or more of the following vehicle using signals sent by GPS satellites. . The surface streets run parallel to a conditions: When the vehicle is not receiving signals freeway. . The turn was not made on the road from the satellites, a symbol appears in the . The vehicle has been transferred by a indicated. status bar. vehicle carrier or a ferry. . Route guidance might not be available This system might not be available or . The current position calibration is set when using automatic rerouting for the interference can occur if any of the incorrectly. next right or left turn. following are true: . The vehicle is traveling at high speed. . The route might not be changed when . Signals are obstructed by tall buildings, . The vehicle changes directions more than using automatic rerouting. trees, large trucks, or a tunnel. once, or the vehicle is turning on a turn . There is no route guidance when turning . Satellites are being repaired or improved. table in a parking lot. at an intersection. For more information if the GPS is not . The vehicle is entering and/or exiting a . Plural names of places might be functioning properly, see Problems with parking lot, garage, or a lot with a roof. announced occasionally. 0 Route Guidance 174 and . The GPS signal is not received. . It could take a long time to operate 0 If the System Needs Service 175. . A roof carrier is installed on the vehicle. automatic rerouting during high-speed . Tire chains are installed on the vehicle. driving. . The tires are replaced or worn. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Infotainment System 175 . Automatic rerouting might display a route updated periodically, provided that the map Voice Recognition returning to the set waypoint if heading information has changed and the vehicle has for a destination without passing through a relevant service plan. If equipped, voice recognition allows for a set waypoint. hands-free operation within the navigation, See www.gmnavdisc.com for details on audio, phone, and weather applications. This . The route prohibits the entry of a vehicle ordering, purchasing, and installing a new or due to a regulation by time or season or replacement SD card. Features are subject to feature can be started by pressing g on the any other regulation which may be given. change. For more information on this steering wheel or touching g on the . Some routes might not be searched. feature, see my.chevrolet.com/learn. infotainment display. . The route to the destination might not be If the vehicle is equipped with Connected However, not all features within these areas shown if there are new roads, if roads Navigation, which is a subscription service are supported by voice commands. have recently changed, or if certain roads that enables certain features of the Generally, only complex tasks that require are not listed in the map data. See Maps navigation system, such as Traffic, Smart multiple manual interactions to complete 0 166. Search/Routing, and Predictive Navigation, are supported by voice commands. To recalibrate the vehicle's position on the then the system will download the latest For example, tasks that take more than one map, park with the vehicle running for two map data from the cloud. or two touches, such as a song or artist to to five minutes, until the vehicle position Database Coverage Explanations play from a media device, would be updates. Make sure the vehicle is parked in supported by voice commands. Other tasks, a location that is safe and has a clear view Coverage areas vary with respect to the like adjusting the volume or seeking up or of the sky and away from large level of map detail available for any given down, are audio features that are easily obstructions. area. Some areas feature greater levels of performed by touching one or two options, If the System Needs Service detail than others. If this happens, it does and are not supported by voice commands. not mean there is a problem with the In general there are flexible ways to speak If the navigation system needs service, see system. As the map data is updated, more commands for completing the tasks. your dealer. detail can become available for areas that previously had limited detail. See Map Data If your language supports it, try stating a Map Data Updates Updates 0 175. one-shot command, such as “Directions to address .” Do not include the ZIP code up-to-date information available when the while stating the address during the vehicle was produced. The map data is Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

176 Infotainment System command. Another example of a one-shot Once voice recognition is started, both the select. Manual interaction in the voice Destination Entry command is, “Directions to infotainment display and instrument cluster recognition session is permitted. Interaction Place of Interest at .” If these show the selections and visual dialog during a voice session may be completed commands do not work, try saying, “Take content. These displays can be turned on or entirely using voice commands while some me to Place of Interest” or “Find address” off in the Tutorial Mode under Settings manual commands may expedite a task. If a and the system will walk you through by 0 186. selection is made using a manual control, asking additional questions. There are three voice prompt modes the voice recognition dialog will progress in supported: the same way as if the selection were made Hybrid Speech Recognition using a voice command. Once the system . Informative verbal prompts: This type of If equipped, this feature helps distinguish completes the task, or the session is prompt will provide more information words by using Internet-based information terminated, the voice recognition dialog regarding the supported actions. along with the system’s voice recognition stops. . Short prompts: This type of prompt will database. This allows you to speak more An example of this type of manual naturally when using voice recognition. provide simple instructions about what can be stated. intervention is touching an entry of a Using Voice Recognition displayed number list instead of speaking . Auto informative prompts: This type of the number associated with the entry Voice recognition becomes available once prompt plays during the first few speech desired. the system has been initialized. This begins sessions, then automatically switches to when the ignition is turned on. Initialization the short prompt after some experience Canceling Voice Recognition may take a few moments. has been gained through using the . Touch or say “Cancel” or “Exit” to system. 1. Press g on the steering wheel controls terminate the voice recognition session to activate voice recognition. If a command is not spoken, the voice and show the display where voice recognition system says a help prompt. recognition was initiated. 2. The audio system mutes and the system plays a prompt. Prompts and Infotainment Displays . Press i on the steering wheel controls to terminate the voice recognition session 3. Clearly speak one of the commands While a voice recognition session is active, and show the display where voice described in this section. there may be corresponding options recognition was initiated. A voice recognition system prompt can showing on the displays. A selection can be be interrupted while it is playing by made by manually touching the option, pressing g again. or by speaking the number for the option to Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Infotainment System 177 Natural Language Commands The system responds by requesting more If a cell phone number has been saved with Most languages do not support natural details. For other POIs, say the name of a a name and a place, the direct command language commands in sentence form. For category like “Restaurants,”“Shopping should include both, for example “Call those languages, use direct commands like Malls,” or “Hospitals.” at work.” the examples shown on the display. . Navigating to a destination outside of the Using Voice Recognition for List Options current country takes more than one Helpful Hints for Speaking Commands command. The first command is to tell When a list is displayed, a voice prompt will Voice recognition can understand commands the system where the navigation will take ask to confirm or select an option from that are naturally stated in sentence form or place, such as an Address, Intersection, that list. direct commands that state the application POI, or Contact. If Address or Intersection When a display contains a list, there may be and the task. is selected, the second command is to options that are available but not displayed. say, “Change Country.” Once the system For best results: The list on a voice recognition screen responds, say the country before saying functions the same as a list on other . Listen for the prompt before saying a the rest of the address and/or displays. Scrolling or flinging can be used to command or reply. intersection. help display other entries from the list. . Speak the command naturally, not too If POI is asked for, say “Change Location,” Manually scrolling or paging the list on a fast, not too slow. then “Change Country.” display during a voice recognition session . Use direct commands without a lot of Direct commands might be more clearly suspends the current voice recognition event extra words. For example, “Call understood by the system. An example of a and plays the prompt “Please select at work,”“Play” followed by the artist or direct command would be “Call .” manually or touch the Back icon on the song name, or “Tune” followed by the Examples of these direct commands are infotainment display to try again.” radio station number. displayed on most of the screens while a If manual selection takes more than . Navigation destinations can be made in a voice session is active. If “Phone” or “Phone 15 seconds, the session terminates and single command using keywords. A few Commands,” is spoken, the system prompts that it has timed out. The display examples are: “I want directions to an understands that a phone call is requested returns to the display where voice address,”“I need to find a place of and will respond with questions until recognition was initiated. interest or (POI),” or “Find contact.” enough details are gathered to make a call. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

178 Infotainment System The Back Command “Tune to FM” : Tune to the “Play Artist ” : Begin playback Say “Back” or touch the Back icon on the radio station whose frequency is identified of a specific artist. infotainment display to go to the in the command (like “one oh one “Play Album” : Begin a dialog to enter a previous menu. point one”). specific album name. If in voice recognition, and “Back” is spoken “Tune to AM HD” : Tune “Play Album ” : Begin all the way back to the starting display, and to the HD Radio station (if equipped) whose playback of a specific album. frequency is identified in the command. then “Back” is spoken one more time, the “Play Song” : Begin a dialog to enter a voice recognition session will cancel. “Tune to FM HD” : Tune to specific song name. Help the HD Radio station (if equipped) whose frequency is identified in the command. “Play Song ” : Begin playback Say “Help” on any voice recognition display of a specific song, if available. “Tune to FM HD ” : Tune to the HD Radio station (if equipped) whose frequency and specific genre. Voice Recognition for the Radio HD channel are identified in the command. “Play Genre ” : Begin If browsing the audio sources when voice is “Tune to SXM ” : playback of a specific genre. touched, the voice recognition commands Tune to the SiriusXM radio station whose “Play Playlist” : Begin a dialog to enter a for AM, FM, and SiriusXM (if equipped) are channel number is identified in the specific playlist name. available. command. “Play Playlist ” : Begin “Switch to AM” : Switch bands to AM and “Tune to SXM ” : Tune playback of a specific playlist. tune to the last AM radio station. to the SiriusXM radio station whose channel name is identified in the command. “Play ” : Play music from a “Switch to FM” : Switch bands to FM and specific device identified by name. The tune to the last FM radio station. Voice Recognition for Audio MyMedia device name is the name displayed on the “Switch to SXM” : Switch bands to SiriusXM The available voice recognition commands display when the device is first selected as and tune to the last SiriusXM channel. for [browsing] MyMedia are: an audio source. “Tune to AM” : Tune to “Play Artist” : Begin a dialog to enter a “Play Chapter” : Begin a dialog to enter a the radio station whose frequency is specific artist name. specific name. identified in the command (like “nine fifty”). Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Infotainment System 179 “Play Chapter ” : Begin Changes to voice commands due to media Once the number of files has exceeded playback of a specific chapter. content limits are: approximately 24,000, there is no support “Play Audiobook” : Begin a dialog to enter . Files including other individual files of all for accessing the songs directly through a specific audiobook. media types such as songs, audiobook voice commands. There will still be access to chapters, podcast episodes, and videos. the media content by using commands for “Play Audiobook ” : playlists, artists, and genres. Begin playback of a specific audiobook. . Album type folders including types such as albums and audiobooks. The access commands for playlists, artists, “Play Episode” : Begin a dialog to enter a and genres are prohibited after the number specific name. There are no restrictions if the number of files and albums is fewer than 12,000. When of this type of media exceeds 12,000. “Play Episode ” : Begin the number of files connected to the system The system will provide feedback the first playback of a specific episode. is between 12,000 and 24,000, the content time voice recognition is initiated if it has “Play Podcast” : Begin a dialog to enter a cannot be accessed directly with one become apparent that any of these limits specific podcast. command like “Play .” are reached during a device initializing process. “Play Podcast ” : Begin The restriction is that the command “Play playback of a specific podcast. Song” must be spoken first; the system will Voice recognition performance will degrade then ask for the song name. The reply to some extent based on many factors when “My Media” : Begin a dialog to enter the command would be to say the name of the adding large amounts of data to recognize. desired media content. song to play. If this is the case, perhaps accessing songs Handling Large Amounts of Media Content Similar limits exist for album content. through playlists or artist name would work better. It is expected that large amounts of media If there are more than 12,000 albums, but content will be brought into the vehicle. fewer than 24,000, the content cannot be Voice Recognition for Navigation (If It may be necessary to handle large accessed directly with one command like, Equipped) amounts of media content in a different “Play .” The command “Play way than smaller amounts of media. The Album” must first be spoken; the system “Navigation” : Begin a dialog to enter system may limit the options of voice will then ask for the album name. The reply specific destination information. recognition by not allowing selection of files would be to say the name of the album “Navigation Commands” : Begin a dialog to by voice at the highest level if the number to play. enter specific destination information. of files exceeds the maximum limit. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

180 Infotainment System “Address” : Begin a dialog to enter a “Call At Home,”“At Work,”“On Phone Assistant Voice Recognition specific destination address, which includes Mobile,” or “On Other” : Initiate a call to a the entire address consisting of the house stored contact and location at home, at Press and hold g on the steering wheel number, street name, city, state/province, work, on mobile device, or on another controls to pass through and launch Google and country. Do not include the ZIP code. phone. phone assistant or Siri. “Place of Interest” : Begin a dialog to enter “Call ” : Initiate a call For the low radio, whether connected by a destination Place of Interest category or to a cell phone number of seven digits, 10 Bluetooth or phone projection, the only major brand name. digits, or three digit emergency numbers. available voice recognition is either Siri (iPhone) or the Google Assistant (Android). The name must be precisely spoken. “Pair Phone” : Begin the Bluetooth pairing Nicknames or short names for the process. Follow the instructions on the businesses will not likely be found. Lesser infotainment display. Phone known businesses might have to be located “Redial” : Initiate a call to the last dialed Bluetooth (Overview) by category, such as fast food, hotels, number. or banks. The Bluetooth-capable system can interact “Switch Phone” : Select a different with many mobile devices, allowing: “Navigate to Contact” : Begin a dialog to connected cell phone for outgoing calls. enter a specific destination contact name. . Placement and receipt of calls in a “Voice Keypad” : Begin a dialog to enter hands-free mode. “Cancel Route” : End route guidance. special numbers like international numbers. . Sharing of the device’s address book or “Take Me Home” : Create a route to a The numbers can be entered in groups of contact list with the vehicle. stored home location. digits with each group of digits being repeated back by the system. If the group To minimize driver distraction, before Voice Recognition for the Phone of digits is not correct, the command driving, and with the vehicle parked: “Call ” : Initiate a call to a “Delete” will remove the last group of digits . Become familiar with the features of the stored contact. The command may include and allow them to be re-entered. Once the mobile device. Organize the phone book location if the contact has location numbers entire number has been entered, the and contact lists clearly and delete stored. command “Call” will start dialing the duplicate or rarely used entries. number. If possible, program speed dial or other shortcuts. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Infotainment System 181 . Review the controls and operation of the i : Press to end a call, decline a call, used. See the mobile device manufacturer's infotainment system. or cancel an operation. Press to mute or user guide for Bluetooth functions before . Pair mobile device(s) to the vehicle. The unmute the infotainment system when not pairing the device. system may not work with all mobile on a call. Pairing Information devices. See “Pairing” later in this section. Infotainment System Controls . If no mobile device has been connected, Vehicles with a Bluetooth system can use a For information about how to navigate the the Phone main page on the infotainment Bluetooth-capable mobile device with a menu system using the infotainment display will show the Connect Phone Hands-Free Profile to make and receive controls, see Using the System 0 152. option. Touch this option to connect. phone calls. The infotainment system and Another way to connect is to touch the voice recognition are used to control the Audio System Phones tab at the top right of the display system. The system can be used while the and then touch Add Phone. ignition is on or in ACC/ACCESSORY. The When using the Bluetooth mobile device system, sound comes through the vehicle's . A Bluetooth smartphone with music range of the Bluetooth system can be up to capability can be paired to the vehicle as 9.1 m (30 ft). Not all mobile devices support front audio system speakers and overrides the audio system. The volume level while on a smartphone and a music player at the all functions and not all mobile devices work same time. with the Bluetooth system. See a mobile device call can be adjusted by . Up to 10 devices can be paired to the my.chevrolet.com for more information pressing the steering wheel controls or the Bluetooth system. about compatible mobile devices. volume control on the center stack. The adjusted volume level remains in memory . The pairing process is disabled when the Controls for later calls. The volume cannot be vehicle is moving. lowered beyond a certain level. Use the controls on the center stack and the . Pairing only needs to be completed once, steering wheel to operate the Bluetooth Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a unless the pairing information on the cell system. phone changes or the cell phone is Phone) deleted from the system. Steering Wheel Controls Pairing . If multiple paired cell phones are within g : Press to answer incoming calls and start range of the system, the system connects voice recognition on your connected A Bluetooth-enabled mobile device must be to the paired cell phone that is set to Bluetooth mobile device. paired to the Bluetooth system and then First to Connect. If there is no cell phone connected to the vehicle before it can be set to First to Connect, it will link to the Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

182 Infotainment System cell phone which was used last. To link to for information on this process. Once the 2. Touch Settings, then touch System. a different paired cell phone, see “Linking cell phone is paired, it will show under 3. Touch Phones to access all paired and all to a Different Phone” later in this section. Connected. connected cell phones and mobile Pairing a Phone 8. If the vehicle name does not appear on devices. 1. Make sure Bluetooth has been enabled your cell phone, there are a few ways to 4. Touch the information icon to the right on the cell phone before the pairing start the pairing process over: of the cell phone to open the cell process is started. . Turn the cell phone off and then phone’s settings menu. back on. 2. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page 5. Touch the First to Connect option, to or the phone icon on the shortcut tray . Go back to the beginning of the enable the setting for that device. near the bottom of the display. Phone menus on the infotainment display and restart the pairing Cell phones and mobile devices can be 3. Touch Phones at the top of the process. added, removed, connected, and infotainment display. There is also a disconnected. A sub-menu will display Connect Phones option in the middle of . Reset the cell phone, but this step whenever a request is made to add or the Phone display which will shortcut to should be done as a last effort. manage cell phones and mobile devices. 9. If the cell phone prompts to accept the Phone List menu. Secondary Phone 4. Touch Add Phone. connection or allow phone book download, touch Always Accept and A cell phone can be enabled as a Secondary 5. Select the vehicle name shown on the Allow. The phone book may not be Phone by touching the information icon to infotainment display from your cell available if not accepted. the right of the paired cell phone name to phone’s Bluetooth Settings list. 10. Repeat Steps 1−8 to pair additional cell open the phone settings menu. If a cell 6. Follow the instructions on the cell phone phones. phone is enabled as a Secondary Phone, it to confirm the six-digit code showing on can connect simultaneously alongside the infotainment display and touch Pair. First to Connect Paired Phones another Bluetooth mobile device. In doing The code on the cell phone and If multiple paired cell phones are within so, the Secondary Phone will be labeled as infotainment display will need to be range of the system, the system connects to Incoming Calls. This means the mobile acknowledged for a successful pair. the paired cell phone that is set as First to device can only receive calls. The Address 7. Start the pairing process on the cell Connect. To enable a paired cell phone as Book of a Secondary Phone will not be phone to be paired to the vehicle. See the First to Connect phone: available and hands-free outgoing calls cannot be placed using this cell phone. the cell phone manufacturer's user guide 1. Make sure the cell phone is turned on. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Infotainment System 183 If needed, touch the Secondary Phone while 3. Touch the information icon next to the . While the active call is on the handset, in the Phones list to swap it into the connected cell phone to display the cell touch the Handset option to switch to the Outgoing and Incoming role. This role makes phone’s or mobile device’s information hands-free mode. it possible to place outgoing calls from the display. Contacts and Recents list. Making a Call Using Contacts and Recent 4. Touch Forget Device. Calls Listing All Paired and Connected Phones Linking to a Different Phone Calls can be made through the Bluetooth 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page To link to a different cell phone, the new system using personal cell phone contact or the phone icon on the shortcut tray cell phone must be in the vehicle and paired information for all cell phones that support near the bottom of the display. to the Bluetooth system. the Phone Book feature. Become familiar 2. Touch Phones. 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page with the cell phone settings and operation. Disconnecting a Connected Phone or the phone icon on the shortcut tray Verify the cell phone supports this feature. 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page. near the bottom of the display. The Contacts menu accesses the phone book 2. Touch Phones. 2. Touch Phones. stored in the cell phone. 3. Touch the information icon next to the 3. Touch the new cell phone to link to from The Recents menu accesses the recents call connected cell phone or mobile device to the not connected phone list. See “First list from your cell phone. show the cell phone’s or mobile device’s to Connect Paired Phones” and To make a call using the Contacts menu: information display. “Secondary Phone” previously in this section. 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page. 4. Touch Disconnect. 2. Touch Contacts. Deleting a Paired Phone Switching to Handset or Handsfree Mode 3. The Contacts list can be searched by 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page using the first character. Touch A-Z on or the phone icon on the shortcut tray To switch between handset or the infotainment display to scroll near the bottom of the display. handsfree mode: through the list of names. 2. Touch Phones. . While the active call is hands-free, touch Touch the name to call. the Handset option to switch to the 4. Touch the desired contact number to call. handset mode. The mute icon will not be available or functional while Handset mode is active. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

184 Infotainment System To make a call using the Recents menu: Accepting a Call Switching Between Calls (Call Waiting 1. Touch Phone on the Home Page. There are two ways to accept a call: Calls Only) 2. Touch Recents. . Press g on the steering wheel controls. To switch between calls, touch Phone on the 3. Touch the name or number to call. Home Page to display Call View. While in . Touch Answer on the infotainment Call View, touch the call information of the Making a Call Using the Keypad display. call on hold to change calls. Declining a Call To make a call by dialing the numbers: Three-Way Calling There are two ways to decline a call: 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page. Three-way calling must be supported on the 2. Touch Keypad and enter a phone . Press i on the steering wheel controls. Bluetooth cell phone and enabled by the number. . Touch Ignore on the infotainment display. wireless service carrier to work. 3. Touch # on the infotainment display to Call Waiting To start a three-way call while in a start dialing the number. current call: Call waiting must be supported on the Searching Contacts Using the Keypad Bluetooth cell phone and enabled by the 1. In the Call View, touch Add Call to add wireless service carrier to work. another call. To search for contacts using the keypad: 2. Initiate the second call by selecting from Accepting a Call 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page. Recents, Contacts, or Keypad. 2. Touch Keypad and enter partial phone Press g to answer, then touch Switch on 3. When the second call is active, touch the numbers or contact names using the the infotainment display. merge icon to conference the three-way digits on the keypad to search. Declining a Call call together. Results will show on the right side of the Ending a Call display. Touch one to place a call. Press i to decline, then touch Ignore on the infotainment display . Press i on the steering wheel controls. Accepting or Declining a Call . Touch # on the infotainment display, When an incoming call is received, the next to a call, to end only that call. infotainment system mutes and a ring tone is heard in the vehicle. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Infotainment System 185 Dual Tone Multi-Frequency (DTMF) Tones 3. When the phone is first connected to USB data port. For best performance, activate Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, it is highly recommended to use the The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can send accept the terms and conditions on both device’s factory-provided USB cable, numbers during a call. This is used when the infotainment system and the phone. which should be replaced after calling a menu-driven phone system. Use the significant wear to maintain Keypad to enter the number. 4. Follow the instructions on the phone. connection quality. Aftermarket or The Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons third-party cables may not work. Apple CarPlay and Android Auto on the Home Page will illuminate depending . Connecting the phone over Bluetooth. on the smartphone. Android Auto and/or If equipped, Android Auto and/or Apple See Bluetooth (Overview) 0 180 or Apple CarPlay may automatically launch CarPlay capability may be available through Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone) upon USB connection. If not, touch the a compatible smartphone. If available, the 0 181. Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons will Android Auto or Apple CarPlay icon on the change from gray to color on the Home Home Page to launch. 3. Make sure wireless is turned on the phone for wireless projection to work. Page of the infotainment display. Press { on the center stack to return to the 4. When the phone is first connected to To use Android Auto and/or Apple CarPlay: Home Page. activate Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, For Wired Phone Projection For Wireless Phone Projection agree to the terms and conditions on 1. Download the Android Auto app to your Verify your phone is wireless compatible by both the infotainment system and the smartphone from the Google Play store. visiting the Google Android Auto or Apple phone. There is no app required for Apple CarPlay support page. 5. Follow the instructions on the phone. CarPlay. 1. Download the Android Auto app to your The Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons 2. Connect your Android phone or Apple smartphone from the Google Play store. on the Home Page will illuminate depending iPhone by using the factory-provided There is no app required for Apple on the smartphone. Android Auto and/or phone USB cable and plugging into a CarPlay. Apple CarPlay may automatically launch USB data port. For best performance, it is 2. For first time connection, there are two upon wireless connection. If not, touch the highly recommended to use the device’s ways to set up wireless projection: Android Auto or Apple CarPlay icon on the factory-provided USB cable, which should Home Page to launch. be replaced after significant wear to . Connect your Android phone or Apple maintain connection quality. Aftermarket iPhone by using the factory-provided or third-party cables may not work. phone USB cable and plugging into a Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

186 Infotainment System Wireless Carplay and/or Wireless Android at any time. Android Auto, Android, Google, Refer to the User Terms and Privacy Auto may experience occasional service Google Play, and other marks are Statement for important details. To view, disruption due to outside Wi-Fi interference. trademarks of Google Inc.; Apple CarPlay is a touch the Settings icon on the Home Page To disconnect the phones wireless trademark of Apple Inc. of the infotainment display. projection: Press { on the center stack to exit Android The settings menu may be organized into 1. Select Settings from the Home Page. Auto or Apple CarPlay. To enter back into four categories. Select the desired category Android Auto or Apple CarPlay, press and by touching System, Apps, Vehicle, 2. Select Phones { or Personal. 4 hold on the center stack. 3. Touch next to the phone to be To access the personalization menus: disconnected. Apple CarPlay and Android Auto can be disabled from the infotainment system. To 1. Touch Settings on the Home Page on the 4. Turn off Apple CarPlay or Android Auto. do this, touch Home, Settings, and then infotainment display. Press { on the center stack to return to the touch the Apps tab along the top of the 2. Touch the desired category to display a Home Page. display. Use the On/Off toggled to turn off list of available options. Apple CarPlay or Android Auto. Features are subject to change. For further 3. Touch to select the desired feature information on how to set up Android Auto setting. and Apple CarPlay in the vehicle, see Settings 4. Touch the options on the infotainment my.chevrolet.com. Certain settings can be managed in the display to disable or enable a feature. Android Auto is provided by Google and is Owner Center sites when an account is 5. Touch z to go to the top level of the subject to Google’s terms and privacy policy. established, and may be modified if other Settings menu. Apple CarPlay is provided by Apple and is users have accessed the vehicle or created subject to Apple’s terms and privacy policy. accounts. This may result in changes to the Data plan rates apply. For Android Auto security or functionality of the infotainment support and to see if your phone is system. Some settings may also be compatible, see https://support.google.com/ transferred to a new vehicle, if equipped. For androidauto. For Apple CarPlay support and instructions, in the U.S. see to see if your phone is compatible, see my.chevrolet.com or in Canada see www.apple.com/ios/carplay/. Apple or mychevrolet.ca or monchevrolet.ca. Google may change or suspend availability Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Infotainment System 187 System Language . Wi-Fi Name: Touch to change the vehicle Wi-Fi name. The menu may contain the following: This will set the display language used on the infotainment display. It may also use . Wi-Fi Password: Touch to change the Time / Date the selected language for voice recognition vehicle Wi-Fi password. Use the following features to set the clock: and audio feedback. Touch Language and . Connected Devices: Touch to show . Automatic Time and Date: Touch Off or touch the appropriate language. connected devices. On to enable or disable automatic update Phones . Share Hotspot Data: Touch On to allow of the time and date. When this feature devices to use the vehicle hotspot and its is on, the time and date cannot be Touch to connect to a different cell phone or data, or touch Off to allow devices to manually set. mobile device source, disconnect a cell only use the vehicle hotspot but not phone or media device, or delete a cell . Set Time: Touch to manually set the time its data. phone or media device. using the controls on the infotainment Privacy display. Wi-Fi Networks Touch and the following may display: . Set Date: Touch to manually set the date This will show connected and available Wi-Fi . Location Services: This setting enables or using the controls on the infotainment networks. display. disables sharing of vehicle location If a 4G LTE data package is not active on the outside the vehicle. Emergency services . Automatic Time Zone (If Equipped): Touch vehicle, the infotainment system can be will not be affected when Off is selected. Off or On to disable or enable automatic connected to an external protected Wi-Fi update of the time zone based on vehicle . Data Services: If equipped, this setting network, such as a mobile device or home determines if data sharing can be used by location. When this feature is on, the hotspot, to utilize connected services. time zone cannot be manually set. features including Wi-Fi, Hotspot, and Wi-Fi Hotspot applications. Touch Off to disable data . Select Time Zone: Touch to manually set services. Emergency services and phone the time zone. Touch a time zone from Touch and the following may display: calls, such as calls with OnStar Advisors or the list. . Wi-Fi Services: This allows devices to use others, will not be affected when Off is . Use 24-hour Format: Touch to specify the the vehicle hotspot. selected. clock format shown. Touch the controls on the infotainment . Voice Recognition Sharing: This setting Touch Off or On to disable or enable. display to disable or enable. determines if voice commands can be shared with a cloud-based voice Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

188 Infotainment System recognition system. Touch Off to prevent . Calibrate Touchscreen: Touch to calibrate . Audible Touch Feedback: This setting the sharing and possible recording of your the infotainment display and follow the determines if a sound plays when voice commands with this system. This prompts. touching the infotainment display or may limit the system’s ability to . Turn Display Off: Touch to turn the radio controls. This feature can be turned understand your voice commands and display off. Touch anywhere on the off or on. may disable some features. infotainment display or press any Voice . Types: This setting lists all infotainment control on the center stack Android-defined as dangerous permissions again to turn the display on. Touch and the following may display: . Confirm More/Less: This setting specifies currently used by the infotainment Sounds system, the number of applications that how often the voice recognition system have requested this permission, and the Touch and the following may display: confirms commands. Touch Confirm More number of applications that are allowed . Maximum Startup Volume: This feature to have the system check with you more to use this permission. adjusts the maximum volume of the often before acting on your commands. . Used By Applications: This setting lists all infotainment system when you start your . Prompt Length: This setting specifies the applications that are requested or are vehicle. To set the maximum startup amount of detail the voice recognition using Android-defined as dangerous volume, touch the controls on the system provides when giving you permissions. Only requested and active infotainment display to increase or feedback. Touch Auto to have the system permissions are shown. decrease. automatically adjust to your speech habits. Touch Informative, Short, or Auto. Display . Audio Cues: This feature determines if sounds play when the infotainment . Audio Feedback Speed: Touch Slow, Touch and the following may display: system starts up and shuts down. This Medium, or Fast to adjust how quickly . Mode: This adjusts the appearance of the feature can be turned off or on. the voice recognition system speaks. navigation map view and any . Set Audio Cue Volume: This setting . Friendly Prompts: This setting adjusts the downloaded apps optimized for day or controls the volume of Audio Cues played formality of voice prompts. Touch Off for night time conditions. Set to Auto for the on startup and shut down. Touch the shorter prompts. Touch On to hear display to automatically adjust based on controls on the infotainment display to prompts with more personality. Touch bright/dark conditions. increase or decrease. Auto to have the prompt match your Touch Auto, Day, or Night to adjust the command style. display. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Infotainment System 189 . Tutorial Mode: Touch Off or On to Updates active. If required, data plans are provided provide tutorial feedback on the display. If equipped, the vehicle can download and by a third party. Optionally, a secure Wi-Fi . Allow Prompt Interruptions: This setting install select software updates over a hotspot such as a compatible mobile device controls whether voice commands can be wireless connection. The system will prompt hotspot, home hotspot, or public hotspot spoken before voice prompts finish. Turn for certain updates to be downloaded and can be used. Applicable data rates may this on to speak commands without installed. There is also an option to check apply. hearing the full prompt. Speaking while for updates manually. To connect the infotainment system to a the prompt is still playing will To manually check for updates, touch secured mobile device hotspot, home immediately stop playing the current hotspot, or public hotspot, touch Settings on prompt and recognize your command. Settings on the Home Page and select the System tab. Go to the Vehicle Software the Home Page, select the System tab, Background noise may cause accidental followed by Wi-Fi Networks. Select the interruptions. Touch Off or On. section and touch Updates. Follow the on-screen prompts. The steps to check for, appropriate Wi-Fi network, and follow the Favorites download, and install updates may vary by on-screen prompts. Download speeds may vary. Touch and the following may display: vehicle. . Manage Favorites: Touch to display a list The vehicle can be used normally during the On most compatible mobile devices, of Audio, Phone, and Navigation favorites. software download. Once the download is activation of the Wi-Fi hotspot is in the complete, there may be a prompt to accept Settings menu under Mobile Network Favorites can be moved, renamed, Sharing, Personal Hotspot, Mobile Hotspot, or deleted. the installation of the update upon the next ignition cycle or the next time the vehicle is or similar. To move, touch and hold the favorite, and shifted into P (Park). For most updates, the Availability of Over-the-Air software updates then drag up or down to rearrange the vehicle will be disabled and cannot be driven varies by vehicle and country. Features are position. during the installation. The system will subject to change. For more information on . Set Number of Audio Favorites: Touch to deliver messages indicating success or error this feature, see my.chevrolet.com/learn. select how many favorites pages can be during and after the download and Preferences viewed from the audio application. The installation processes. Auto setting will automatically adjust this Touch the controls on the infotainment number based on the number of favorites Downloading Over-the-Air vehicle software display to disable or enable the download of you have saved. Touch Auto, 5, 10, 15, 20, updates requires Internet connectivity, which new updates in the background. 25, 30, 35, or 40. can be accessed through the vehicle’s built-in 4G LTE connection, if equipped and Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

190 Infotainment System About Apps Audio Touch to view the infotainment system The menu may contain the following: Depending on the current audio source, software information. different options will be available. Android Auto Running Applications Touch and the following may display: This feature allows you to interact directly Touch to see a complete list of applications with your mobile device on the infotainment . Tone Settings: Touch to adjust Equalizer, that are currently running on the display. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto Fade/Balance, or Sound Mode. See infotainment system. 0 185. “Infotainment System Sound Menu” in AM-FM Radio 0 155. Return to Factory Settings Touch the controls on the infotainment . Auto Volume: This feature adjusts the display to disable or enable. Touch and the following may display: volume based on the vehicle speed. . Reset Vehicle Settings: Resets all vehicle Apple CarPlay Touch Off, Low, Medium-Low, Medium, settings for the current user. This feature allows you to interact directly Medium-High, or High. Touch Reset or Cancel. with your mobile device on the infotainment . Bose AudioPilot Noise Compensation . Erase Settings and Personal Data: Erases display. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto Technology (If Equipped): This feature app data settings, user profiles, and 0 185. adjusts the volume based on the noise in personal data including navigation and Touch the controls on the infotainment the vehicle and the speed. mobile device data. display to disable or enable. Touch Off or On. Touch Erase or Cancel. Apps . Manage Favorites: Touch to display a list . Clear Default Applications: Resets of Audio, Mobile Devices, and Navigation preferred applications that have been set Touch and the following may display: favorites. to open when selecting a function. No . Update Apps Automatically: This allows Favorites can be moved, renamed, application data will be lost. downloaded applications to be updated or deleted. automatically. Touch Clear or Cancel. To move, touch and hold the favorite, and Touch the controls on the infotainment then drag up or down to rearrange the display to disable or enable. position. . About Apps: Touch to view the versions of the shop software. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Infotainment System 191 . Set Number of Audio Favorites: Touch to Climate Touch the controls on the infotainment select how many favorites pages can be Touch and the following may display: display to disable or enable. viewed from the audio application. The . Auto Rear Defog: This setting . Auto Fan Speed: This setting specifies the Auto setting will automatically adjust this automatically turns the rear window number based on the number of favorites amount of airflow when the climate control fan setting is Auto Fan. defogger on when the vehicle engine is you have saved. Touch Auto, 5, 10, 15, 20, started. 25, 30, 35, or 40. Touch Low, Medium, or High. Touch the controls on the infotainment . RDS: This allows the Radio Data System . Air Quality Sensor: This setting switches display to disable or enable. (RDS) to be turned on or off. the system into Recirculation Mode based Navigation Touch the controls on the infotainment on the quality of the outside air. display to disable or enable. Touch Off, Low Sensitivity, or High Touch and the following may display: . HD Radio: This allows HD Radio reception Sensitivity. . Destination Card Preferences to be turned on or off. . Auto Cooled Seats: This setting . Map Preferences Touch the controls on the infotainment automatically turns on and regulates the . Route Preferences ventilated seats when the cabin display to disable or enable. . Navigation Voice Control temperature is warm. . Explicit Content Filter: This setting allows . Traffic Preferences Touch the controls on the infotainment access to explicit content SiriusXM . Alert Preferences channels. display to disable or enable. . Fuel Grade Preferences Touch Off or On. . Auto Heated Seats: This setting automatically turns on and regulates the . Manage History . Manage Phones: Select to connect to a heated seats when the cabin temperature . Predictive Navigation (if equipped) different phone source, disconnect a is cool. The auto heated seats can be phone, or delete a phone. . About turned off by using the heated seat See Using the Navigation System 0 163. . Reset Music Index: This allows the music controls on the center stack. index to be reset if you are having Phone difficulty accessing all of the media Touch the controls on the infotainment content on your device. display to disable or enable. Touch and the following may display: . Auto Defog: This setting automatically Touch Yes or No. . My Number: Displays the cell phone turns the front defogger on when the number of the Bluetooth connected vehicle engine is started. device. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

192 Infotainment System . Active Call View: Shows active call display Personal Touch Vehicle Key 1 and/or Vehicle Key 2. when answering a call. If equipped, this menu allows adjustment of If the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Touch the controls on the infotainment different user profile settings. See “Users” in transmitter is lost or stolen, see your dealer. display to disable or enable. 0 Using the System 152 for information on Security . Privacy: Only show call alerts in the setting up user profiles. instrument cluster. Touch to have your profile secured with The menu may contain the following: Touch Off or On. a PIN. Name . Sort Contacts: Touch to sort by first or Touch No or Yes. last name. Touch to edit your user name that will be Vehicle Name displayed in the vehicle. . Re-sync Device Contacts: Touch to edit your vehicle name. This allows the device contacts to re-sync Vehicle Account Information Vehicle Account if you are having difficulty accessing all of Touch to view the vehicle account the contacts on your cell phone. information and to change the account Touch to view the vehicle account . Delete All Vehicle Contacts: Touch to password. information and to change the account delete all vehicle stored contacts. password. An “unverified user account” pop-up will . OnStar Phone TTY Mode: This enables display until the account information Delete Profile OnStar cell phone TTY mode. verification process has been completed on Touch to remove the profile from the Touch Disable or Enable. the Internet. Check your registered e-mail vehicle. account for an activation e-mail to complete Vehicle the verification process. Touch Remove or Cancel. This menu allows adjustment of different Profile Picture Teen Driver vehicle features. See Vehicle Personalization 0 131. Touch to choose or change your profile If equipped, this allows multiple keys to be picture. registered for beginner drivers to encourage Profile Identifiers safe driving habits. When the vehicle is started with a Teen Driver key, it will Touch to have the vehicle recognize the automatically activate certain safety identifier you choose. systems, allow setting of some features, and Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Infotainment System 193 limit the use of others. The Report Card will 2. For automatic transmissions, the vehicle longer registered. A confirmation record vehicle data about driving behavior must be in P (Park). For manual message displays, and Teen Driver that can be viewed later. When the vehicle transmissions, the vehicle must be restrictions will not be applied if this is started with a registered key, the Driver stopped with the parking brake set. transmitter key is used to operate Information Center (DIC) displays a message 3. From the Settings menu, touch Vehicle the vehicle. that Teen Driver is active. and then Teen Driver. In vehicles with a pushbutton start system, To access: 4. Enter the PIN. if a Teen Driver and a non-Teen Driver key 1. Touch Settings on the Home Page, then 5. Place the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) are both present at start up, the vehicle will touch Vehicle, and then Teen Driver. transmitter key you wish to register in recognize the non-Teen Driver key to start the transmitter pocket. The key does not the vehicle. The Teen Driver settings will not 2. Create a Personal Identification Number be active. (PIN) by choosing a four-digit PIN. need to be the one that started the Re-enter the PIN to confirm. To change vehicle. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) For a keyed ignition system: 0 the PIN, touch Change PIN. System Operation (Key Access) 10 or 1. Start the engine. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System The PIN is required to: Operation (Keyless Access) 0 13 for 2. For automatic transmissions, the vehicle . Register or unregister keys. transmitter pocket location. must be in P (Park). For manual . Change Teen Driver settings. transmissions, the vehicle must be 6. From the Teen Driver menu, touch stopped with the parking brake set. . Change or clear the Teen Driver PIN. Setup Keys. 3. From the Settings menu, touch Vehicle . Access or delete Report Card data. . If the transmitter key has not and then Teen Driver. previously been registered, the option Register keys to activate Teen Driver and 4. Enter the PIN. assign restrictions to the key: to add the key displays. Touch Setup and a confirmation message displays. 5. Touch Setup Keys. The system displays Any vehicle key can be registered, up to a Teen Driver restrictions will be instructions for registering or maximum of eight keys. Label the key to applied whenever this key is used to unregistering a key. A confirmation tell it apart from the other keys. operate the vehicle. message displays. For a pushbutton start system: . If the transmitter key has already 1. Start the engine. been registered, the option to remove the key displays. If Remove is touched, the transmitter key is no Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

194 Infotainment System Manage Settings Set Teen Driver Speed Warning : Displays a If this happens, remove the object from warning in the DIC when exceeding a the seat. See Passenger Sensing System Audio Volume Limit : Allows the audio 0 volume limit to be turned on or off. Touch selectable speed. Choose the desired speed 66. Set Audio Volume Limit to choose the warning level. The speed warning does not . Some safety systems, such as Forward maximum allowable audio volume level. limit the speed of the vehicle. Collision Alert, if equipped, cannot be turned off. Set Audio Volume Limit : Allows a SiriusXM Explicit Content Filter (if maximum radio volume to be set. Use the equipped) : Allows the SiriusXM Explicit . The gap setting for the Forward Collision arrows to choose the maximum allowable Content Filter to be turned ON or OFF. Alert and Adaptive Cruise Control, level for the audio volume. When ON, the teen driver will not be able if equipped, cannot be changed. to listen to SiriusXM stations that contain . When trying to change a safety feature Teen Driver Speed Limiter : Limits the explicit content, and the Explicit Content that is not configurable in Teen Driver, maximum speed of the vehicle. When the Filter selection in the Audio Settings will be the DIC displays a message indicating speed limiter is turned on and the vehicle is unavailable for change. that Teen Driver is active and the action started with a Teen Driver key, the DIC is not available. displays a message that the top speed is When Teen Driver is Active: limited. . If equipped with Buckle to Drive, shifting . Super Cruise, if equipped, is not available. out of P (Park) will be prevented if the . Enhanced Low Fuel Warning (if equipped) On certain vehicles, when the Speed Limiter driver seat belt, and in some vehicles the – When the vehicle is low on fuel, the is turned ON, the vehicle’s maximum front passenger seat belt, is not buckled. low fuel light on the instrument cluster acceleration will be limited. The DIC will . The radio will mute when the driver seat flashes and the DIC low fuel warning display a message that the acceleration is cannot be dismissed. limited. belt, and in some vehicles the front passenger seat belt, is not buckled. The . Do not tow a trailer. Teen Driver Speed Warning : Allows the audio from any device paired to the Report Card speed warning to be turned on or off. Touch vehicle will also be muted. Set Teen Driver Speed Warning to set the . An object placed on the front passenger The vehicle owner must secure the driver’s warning speed. seat, such as a briefcase, handbag, consent to record certain vehicle data when grocery bag, laptop, or other electronic the vehicle is driven with a registered Teen device, could cause the passenger sensing Driver key. There is one Report Card per system to falsely sense an unbuckled front passenger and mute the radio. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Infotainment System 195 vehicle. Data is only recorded when a . Reverse Automatic Braking (if equipped) – To delete Report Card data, do one of the registered Teen Driver key is used to the number of times the vehicle detected following: operate the vehicle. that a rearward collision was imminent . From the Report Card display, touch and applied the brakes. The Report Card data is collected from the Reset. time Teen Driver is activated or the last . Traction Control – the number of times . Touch Clear All Teen Keys and PIN from time the Report Card was reset. The the Traction Control System activated to the Teen Driver menu. This will also following items may be recorded: reduce wheel spin or loss of traction. unregister any Teen Driver keys and . Distance Driven – the total distance . Stability Control – the number of events delete the PIN. which required the use of electronic driven. Forgotten PIN stability control. . Maximum Speed – the maximum vehicle See your dealer to reset the PIN. speed detected. . Antilock Braking System Active – The number of Antilock Brake System . Overspeed Warnings – the number of activations. times the speed warning setting was Trademarks and License exceeded. . Tailgating Alerts – the number of times Agreements the driver was alerted for following a . Wide Open Throttle – the number of vehicle ahead too closely. FCC Information times the accelerator pedal was pressed nearly all the way down. Report Card Data See Radio Frequency Statement 0 436. . Forward Collision Alerts – the number of Cumulative Data is saved for all trips until times the driver was notified when the Report Card is reset or until the approaching a vehicle ahead too quickly maximum count is exceeded. If the and at potential risk for a crash. maximum count is exceeded for a Report . Forward Automatic Braking, also called Card line item, that item will no longer be Automatic Emergency Braking (if updated in the Report Card until it is reset. equipped) – the number of times the Each item will report a maximum of vehicle detected that a forward collision 1,000 counts. The distance driven will report "Made for iPod," and "Made for iPhone," was imminent and applied the brakes. a maximum of 64 374 km (40,000 mi). mean that an electronic accessory has been designed to connect specifically to iPod or iPhone, respectively, and has been certified by the developer to meet Apple Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

196 Infotainment System performance standards. Apple is not Agreement available at www.siriusxm.com. rights including patent rights, copyrights, responsible for the operation of this device SiriusXM service is only available in the and trade secrets of Digital Voice or its compliance with safety and regulatory 48 contiguous United States and Canada. Systems, Inc. standards. Please note that the use of this In Canada: Some deterioration of service General Requirements: accessory with iPod or iPhone may affect may occur in extreme northern latitudes. wireless performance. iPhone, iPod, iPod 1. A License Agreement from SiriusXM is This is beyond the control of SiriusXM required for any product that classic, iPod nano, iPod shuffle, and iPod Satellite Radio. touch are trademarks of Apple Inc., incorporates SiriusXM Technology and/or registered in the U.S. and other countries. Explicit Language Notice: Channels with for use of any of the SiriusXM marks to frequent explicit language are indicated with be manufactured, distributed, an “XL” preceding the channel name. or marketed in the SiriusXM Channel blocking is available for SiriusXM Service Area. Satellite Radio receivers by notifying 2. For products to be distributed, marketed, SiriusXM: and/or sold in Canada, a separate . USA Customers — See www.siriusxm.com agreement is required with Canadian or call 1-888-601–6296. Satellite Radio Inc. (operating as SiriusXM If you decide to continue service after your . Canada Customers — See Canada). trial, your selected subscription plan will www.siriusxm.ca or call 1-877-438-9677. automatically renew thereafter. You will be It is prohibited to copy, decompile, charged at then-current rates. Fees and taxes disassemble, reverse engineer, hack, apply. Please see the SiriusXM Customer manipulate, or otherwise make available any Agreement at siriusxm.com for complete technology or software incorporated in terms and how to cancel, which includes receivers compatible with the SiriusXM calling SiriusXM at 1-866-635-2349. All fees Satellite Radio System or that support the and programming are subject to change. SiriusXM website, the Online Service or any TouchSense Technology and TouchSense Fees and Taxes: Subscription fee, taxes, one of its content. Furthermore, the AMBER voice System 1000 Series Licensed from time activation fee, and other fees may compression software included in this Immersion Corporation. TouchSense System apply. Subscription fee is consumer only. All product is protected by intellectual property 1000 protected under one or more of the fees and programming subject to change. Subscriptions subject to Customer Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Infotainment System 197 U.S. Patents at the following address Java Gracenote" logo are either registered www.immersion.com/patent-marking.html Java is a registered trademark of Oracle trademarks or trademarks of Gracenote in and other patents pending. and/or its affiliates. the United States and/or other countries. Bose Gracenote Terms of Use Schedule I: Gracenote EULA Bose AudioPilot and Bose Centerpoint This application or device contains software surround are registered trademarks of Bose from Gracenote, Inc. of Emeryville, California Corporation in the U.S. and other countries. ("Gracenote"). The software from Gracenote HD Radio Technology (the "Gracenote Software") enables this application to do disc or file identification and obtain music-related information, including name, artist, track, and title information ("Gracenote Data") from online Music recognition technology and related servers or embedded databases (collectively, data are provided by Gracenote. Gracenote "Gracenote Servers") and to perform other is the industry standard in music recognition functions. You may use Gracenote Data only technology and related content delivery. For by means of the intended End-User more information see www.gracenote.com. HD Radio Technology manufactured under functions of this application or device. license from iBiquity Digital Corporation. U.S. Music-related data from Gracenote, Inc., This application or device may contain and Foreign patents. HD Radio and the HD, copyright © 2000 to present Gracenote. content belonging to Gracenote’s providers. HD Radio, and “Arc” logos are proprietary Gracenote Software, copyright © 2000 to If so, all of the restrictions set forth herein trademarks of iBiquity Digital Corp. present Gracenote. One or more patents with respect to Gracenote Data shall also owned by Gracenote may apply to this Bluetooth apply to such content and such content product and service. See the Gracenote The Bluetooth word mark and logos are providers shall be entitled to all of the website for a non-exhaustive list of owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any benefits and protections set forth herein applicable Gracenote patents. Gracenote, use of such marks by General Motors is that are available to Gracenote. CDDB, MusicID, MediaVOCS, the Gracenote under license. Other trademarks and trade logo and logotype, and the "Powered by You agree that you will use Gracenote Data, names are those of their respective owners. the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers for your own personal non-commercial use only. You agree not to Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

198 Infotainment System assign, copy, transfer or transmit the more information, see the web page for the NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR Gracenote Software or any Gracenote Data Gracenote Privacy Policy for the Gracenote ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL to any third party. YOU AGREE NOT TO USE service. DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA, THE The Gracenote Software and each item of LOST REVENUES. GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, OR GRACENOTE Gracenote Data are licensed to you "AS IS." © 2014. Gracenote, Inc. All Rights Reserved. SERVERS, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED Gracenote makes no representations or MPEG4–AVC (H.264) HEREIN. warranties, express or implied, regarding the You agree that your non-exclusive license to accuracy of any Gracenote Data. Gracenote THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE AVC use the Gracenote Data, the Gracenote reserves the right to delete data from the PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE Software, and Gracenote Servers will Gracenote Servers or to change data PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A terminate if you violate these restrictions. categories for any cause that Gracenote CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE VIDEO IN If your license terminates, you agree to deems sufficient. No warranty is made that COMPLIANCE WITH THE AVC STANDARD cease any and all use of the Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers (“AVC VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE AVC the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote are error-free or that functioning of VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY A Servers. Gracenote reserves all rights in Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, will be uninterrupted. Gracenote is not NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR WAS and the Gracenote Servers, including all obligated to provide you with new enhanced OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO PROVIDER ownership rights. Under no circumstances or additional data types or categories that LICENSED TO PROVIDE AVC VIDEO. NO will Gracenote become liable for any Gracenote may provide in the future and is LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL BE IMPLIED payment to you for any information that free to discontinue its services at any time. FOR ANY OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED you provide. You agree that Gracenote may GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES enforce its rights under this Agreement FROM MPEG LA, LLC. SEE EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT HTTP://WWW.MPEGLA.COM. against you directly in its own name. LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF The Gracenote service uses a unique MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A VC-1 identifier to track queries for statistical PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE VC-1 purposes. The purpose of a randomly NON-INFRINGEMENT. GRACENOTE DOES NOT PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE assigned numeric identifier is to allow the WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A Gracenote service to count queries without OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACENOTE CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE VIDEO IN knowing anything about who you are. For SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTE SERVER. IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE VC-1 STANDARD Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Infotainment System 199 (“VC-1 VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE VC-1 Map End User License Agreement TERMS AND CONDITIONS VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY A END USER TERMS Personal Use Only: You agree to use this CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND Data for the solely personal, noncommercial The Map Data SD card (“Data”) is provided NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR WAS purposes for which you were licensed, and for your personal, internal use only and not OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO PROVIDER not for service bureau, timesharing or other for resale. It is protected by copyright, and LICENSED TO PROVIDE VC-1 VIDEO. NO similar purposes. Except as otherwise set is subject to the following terms (this “End LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL BE IMPLIED forth herein, you agree not to otherwise User License Agreement”) and conditions FOR ANY OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL reproduce, copy, modify, decompile, which are agreed to by you, on the one INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED disassemble or reverse engineer any portion hand, and HERE North America, LLC (“HERE”) FROM MPEG LA, LLC. SEE of this Data, and may not transfer or and its licensors (including their licensors HTTP://WWW.MPEGLA.COM. distribute it in any form, for any purpose, and suppliers) on the other hand. MPEG4–Visual except to the extent permitted by The Data for areas of Canada includes USE OF THIS PRODUCT IN ANY MANNER mandatory laws. You may transfer the Data information taken with permission from THAT COMPLIES WITH THE MPEG-4 VISUAL and all accompanying materials on a Canadian authorities, including: © Her STANDARD IS PROHIBITED, EXCEPT FOR USE permanent basis if you retain no copies and Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada, © BY A CONSUMER ENGAGING IN PERSONAL the recipient agrees to the terms of this End Queen's Printer for Ontario, © Canada Post AND NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITIES. User License Agreement. Multi-disc sets may Corporation, GeoBase®. only be transferred or sold as a complete MP3 HERE holds a nonexclusive license from the set as provided to you and not as a subset MPEG Layer-3 audio coding technology United States Postal Service® to publish and thereof. licensed from Fraunhofer IIS and Thomson. sell ZIP+4® information. Restrictions WMV/WMA © United States Postal Service 2013. Prices Except where you have been specifically This product includes technology owned by are not established, controlled, or approved licensed to do so by HERE and without Microsoft Corporation and under a license by the United States Postal Service. The limiting the preceding paragraph, you may from Microsoft Licensing, GP. Use or following trademarks and registrations are not (a) use this Data with any products, distribution of such technology outside of owned by the USPS: United States Postal systems, or applications installed or this product is prohibited without a license Service, USPS, and ZIP+4. otherwise connected to or in communication from Microsoft Corporation and/or Microsoft with vehicles capable of vehicle navigation, Licensing, GP as applicable. positioning, dispatch, real time route Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

200 Infotainment System guidance, fleet management or similar Disclaimer of Warranty POSSESSION OF THIS DATA; OR FOR ANY applications; or (b) with, or in THE DATABASE IS PROVIDED ON AN “AS IS” LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, CONTRACTS OR communication with, including without AND “WITH ALL FAULTS BASIS” AND SAVINGS, OR ANY OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, limitation, cellular phones, palmtop and HARMAN (AND THEIR LICENSORS AND INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL handheld computers, pagers, and personal SUPPLIERS) EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ALL OTHER DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR digital assistants or PDAs. WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INABILITY TO USE THIS DATA, ANY DEFECT IN Warning INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE THIS DATA, OR THE BREACH OF THESE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF TERMS OR CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN This Data may contain inaccurate or ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED incomplete information due to the passage NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, ACCURACY, TITLE ON A WARRANTY, EVEN IF HERE OR ITS of time, changing circumstances, sources LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE used, and the nature of collecting AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. NO ORAL OR WRITTEN ADVICE OR POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some comprehensive geographic data, any of States, Territories, and Countries do not which may lead to incorrect results. INFORMATION PROVIDED BY HARMAN (OR ANY OF THEIR LICENSORS, AGENTS, allow certain liability exclusions or damages No Warranty EMPLOYEES, OR THIRD PARTY PROVIDERS) limitations, so to that extent the above may not apply to you. This Data is provided to you “as is,” and you SHALL CREATE A WARRANTY, AND YOU ARE agree to use it at your own risk. HERE and NOT ENTITLED TO RELY ON ANY SUCH Export Control its licensors (and their licensors and ADVICE OR INFORMATION. THIS DISCLAIMER You agree not to export from anywhere any suppliers) make no guarantees, OF WARRANTIES IS AN ESSENTIAL CONDITION part of the Data provided to you or any representations, or warranties of any kind, OF THIS AGREEMENT. direct product thereof except in compliance express or implied, arising by law or Disclaimer of Liability with, and with all licenses and approvals otherwise, including but not limited to, HERE AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR required under, applicable export laws, rules content, quality, accuracy, completeness, and regulations. Entire Agreement: These effectiveness, reliability, fitness for a LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM, terms and conditions constitute the entire particular purpose, usefulness, use or results agreement between HERE (and its licensors, to be obtained from this Data, or that the DEMAND OR ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, including their licensors and suppliers) and Data or server will be uninterrupted or you pertaining to the subject matter hereof, error free. DEMAND OR ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, and supersedes in their entirety any and all WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Infotainment System 201 written or oral agreements previously the Contracting Officer, federal government existing between us with respect to such agency, or any federal official must notify subject matter. HERE prior to seeking additional or Governing Law alternative rights in the Data. The above terms and conditions shall be Unicode governed by the laws of the State of Illinois, Copyright © 1991-2010 Unicode, Inc. without giving effect to (i) its conflict of All rights reserved. Distributed under the laws provisions, or (ii) the United Nations Terms of Use in http://www.unicode.org/ Convention for Contracts for the copyright.html. NOTICE OF USE International Sale of Goods, which is Free Type Project explicitly excluded. You agree to submit to CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/ SUPPLIER) Portions of this software are the jurisdiction of the State of Illinois for NAME: any and all disputes, claims, and actions copyright © 2010 The FreeType Project arising from or in connection with the Data HERE North America, LLC (http://www.freetype.org). All rights provided to you hereunder. CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/SUPPLIER) reserved. Government End Users ADDRESS: Open Source SW If the Data is being acquired by or on behalf 425 West Randolph Street, Chicago, IL Further information concerning the OSS of the United States government or any 60606. licenses is shown in the infotainment other entity seeking or applying rights display. This Data is a commercial item as defined in similar to those customarily claimed by the QNX United States government, this Data is a FAR 2.101 and is subject to the End User “commercial item” as that term is defined at License Agreement under which this Data Portions of this software are 48 C.F.R. (“FAR”) 2.101, is licensed in was provided. copyright © 2008-2011, QNX Software accordance with this End User License © 2014 HERE North America, LLC. All rights Systems. All rights reserved. Agreement, and each copy of Data delivered reserved. Part C – EULA or otherwise furnished shall be marked and If the Contracting Officer, federal embedded as appropriate with the following Copyright © 2011, Software Systems government agency, or any federal official “Notice of Use,” and be treated in GmbH & Co. KG. All Rights Reserved. refuses to use the legend provided herein, accordance with such Notice: Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

202 Infotainment System The product you have purchased ("Product") contained on the original; and (2) not to CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE, FOR DAMAGES, contains Software (Runtime Configuration export the Product or the Software in INCLUDING ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, No. 505962; "Software") which is distributed contravention of applicable export INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES by or on behalf of the Product manufacturer control laws. OF ANY CHARACTER ARISING AS A RESULT OF "Manufacturer") under license from Software EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT OTHERWISE THIS LICENSE OR OUT OF THE USE OR Systems Co. ("QSSC"). You may only use the REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW, QSSC AND INABILITY TO USE THE PRODUCT (INCLUDING Software in the Product and in compliance ITS LICENSORS PROVIDE THE SOFTWARE ON BUT NOT LIMITED TO DAMAGES FOR LOSS with the license terms below. AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, PRODUCT Subject to the terms and conditions of this CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL License, QSSC hereby grants you a limited, OR IMPLIED INCLUDING, WITHOUT OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES), non-exclusive, non-transferable license to use LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OR EVEN IF QSSC, ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIR the Software in the Product for the purpose CONDITIONS OF TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE intended by the Manufacturer. If permitted MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. by the Manufacturer, or by applicable law, PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ANY WARRANTIES OR WMA you may make one backup copy of the OTHER PROVISIONS OFFERED BY THE This product is protected by certain Software as part of the Product software. MANUFACTURER OR ITS DISTRIBUTOR(S) intellectual property rights of Microsoft. Use QSSC and its licensors reserve all license+C31 THAT DIFFER FROM THIS LICENSE ARE or distribution of such technology outside of rights not expressly granted herein, and OFFERED BY THE MANUFACTURER OR ITS this product is prohibited without a license retain all right, title and interest in and to DISTRIBUTOR(S) ALONE AND NOT BY QSSC, from Microsoft. all copies of the Software, including all ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIR LICENSORS. YOU intellectual property rights therein. Unless ASSUME ANY RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH YOUR For more information on the Software, required by applicable law you may not USE OF THE SOFTWARE UNDER THIS LICENSE. including any open source software license terms (and available source code) as well as reproduce, distribute or transfer, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT OTHERWISE or de-compile, disassemble or otherwise copyright attributions applicable to the REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW (SUCH AS IN Runtime Configuration indicated above, attempt to unbundle, reverse engineer, THE CASE OF DELIBERATE OR GROSSLY modify or create derivative works of, the please contact the Manufacturer or contact NEGLIGENT ACTS), IN NO EVENT SHALL QSSC, QSSC at 175 Terence Matthews Crescent, Software. You agree: (1) not to remove, ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIR LICENSORS BE cover or alter any proprietary notices, labels Kanata, Ontario, Canada K2M 1W8 LIABLE TO YOU UNDER ANY LEGAL THEORY, ([email protected]). or marks in or on the Software, and to WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), ensure that all copies bear any notice Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Infotainment System 203 Linotype Helvetica is a trademark of Linotype Corp. registered in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and may be registered in certain other jurisdictions in the name of Linotype Corp. or its licensee Linotype GmbH. Usage in text form of each of the Licensed Trademarks is: The trademark attribution requirements for the Licensed Trademarks may be viewed at http://www.linotype.com/2061-19414/ trademarks.html. END USER NOTICE The marks of companies displayed by this product to indicate business locations are the marks of their respective owners. The use of such marks in this product does not imply any sponsorship, approval, or endorsement by such companies of this product. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

204 Climate Controls Climate Controls Climate Control Systems

Climate Control Systems The heating, cooling, and ventilation in the vehicle can be controlled with this system. Climate Control Systems ...... 204 Dual Automatic Climate Control System ...... 206 Air Vents Air Vents ...... 209 Maintenance Passenger Compartment Air Filter . . . . . 209 Service ...... 210

1. Fan Control 9 : Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to 2. MAX Defrost increase or decrease the fan speed. Turn the 3. Air Delivery Mode Controls knob all the way counterclockwise to turn the fan off. 4. A/C (Air Conditioning) TEMP : Turn clockwise or counterclockwise 5. TEMP (Temperature Control) to increase or decrease the temperature 6. Recirculation inside the vehicle. 7. Rear Window Defogger (If Equipped) or Heated Mirrors (If Equipped) Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Climate Controls 205 Air Delivery Mode Controls : Press z, Y, 0 MAX : Air is directed to the windshield Rear Window Defogger [ and the fan runs at a higher speed if not or to change the direction of the 1 REAR : If equipped, press to turn the airflow. Any combination of the three already above a medium fan speed. This mode overrides the previous mode selected rear window defogger on or off. An indicator controls can be selected. An indicator light light on the button comes on to show that comes on in the selected mode button. and clears fog or frost from the windshield more quickly. When the control is pressed the rear window defogger is on. To change the current mode, select one or again, the system returns to the previous The rear window defogger only works when more of the following. An indicator light will mode setting and fan speed. the engine is running. The defogger turns illuminate: For best results, clear all snow and ice from off if the ignition is turned off or to ACC/ z : Air is directed to the windshield, the windshield before defrosting. ACCESSORY. outboard a/c outlets, and side window If equipped with heated outside mirrors, : Press to turn on recirculation. An outlets. @ press f to turn them on or off. See Heated indicator light comes on. Air is recirculated 0 Y : Air is directed to the a/c outlets. to quickly cool the inside of the vehicle. Mirrors 37. [ It can also be used to help reduce outside Caution : Air is directed to the floor outlets, air and odors that enter the vehicle. with some air directed to the windshield, Using a razor blade or sharp object to outboard a/c outlets, and side window Avoid using recirculation for long periods of clear the inside rear window can damage time in cold or damp conditions. Using outlets. the rear window defogger. Repairs would recirculation in cold or damp conditions can result in window fogging. not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not clear the inside rear window with A/C : Press to turn the air conditioning on sharp objects. or off. An indicator light comes on to show that the air conditioning is enabled. If the fan is turned off, the air conditioner will not run. The A/C light will stay on even if the outside temperatures are below freezing. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 8/11/21

206 Climate Controls Dual Automatic Climate Control System Climate Control Display The heating, cooling, and ventilation in the vehicle can be controlled with this system.

1. Driver and Passenger Temperature Settings Uplevel Shown 2. Fan Control 3. Driver and Passenger Temperature 1. Driver and Passenger Temperature 6. Recirculation Controls Controls 7. Power Button 4. Sync (Synchronized Temperature) 2. MAX Defrost 8. Fan Control 5. Recirculation 3. Air Delivery Mode Controls 9. Rear Window Defogger (If Equipped) or 6. Air Delivery Mode Controls 4. A/C (Air Conditioning) Heated Mirrors (If Equipped) 7. Auto (Automatic Operation) 5. SYNC (Synchronized Temperature) 10. AUTO (Automatic Operation) 8. A/C (Air Conditioning) 9. On/Off (Power) Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 8/11/21

Climate Controls 207 The fan, air delivery mode, air conditioning, Automatic Operation selected, a small amount of air may still driver and passenger temperatures, and Sync The system automatically controls the fan come out of the outlets depending on settings can be controlled by touching speed, air delivery, air conditioning, and vehicle speed. If any buttons are pressed or CLIMATE on the infotainment Home Page or recirculation in order to heat or cool the knobs are turned, the climate control system the climate button in the climate control vehicle to the desired temperature. will turn on and operate at the current display application tray. A selection can then setting. When AUTO is lit, all four functions operate be made on the front climate control page Press AUTO to return to automatic displayed. automatically. Each function can also be manually set and the selected setting is operation. Climate Control Status Display displayed. Functions not manually set will Driver and Passenger Temperature Control : continue to be automatically controlled, The temperature can be adjusted separately even if the AUTO indicator is not lit. for the driver and passenger. For automatic operation: Turn the knob clockwise or counterclockwise 1. Press AUTO. to increase or decrease the driver or passenger temperature setting. On some 2. Set the temperature. Allow the system models, the driver side or passenger side time to stabilize. Adjust the temperature temperature display shows the temperature as needed for best comfort. setting increasing or decreasing. To improve fuel efficiency and to cool the SYNC : Press to link the passenger vehicle faster, recirculation may be temperature setting to the driver setting. automatically selected in warm weather. The SYNC indicator light will turn on. When The recirculation light will not come on the passenger setting is adjusted, the SYNC The climate control status display appears when automatically controlled. See @ indicator light will turn off. briefly when the center stack climate under “Manual Operation” for more details. Air Delivery Mode Control : Press z, Y, controls are adjusted. Manual Operation or [ to change the direction of the airflow. Any combination of the three 9 : Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to controls can be selected. An indicator light increase or decrease the fan speed. Press the comes on in the selected mode button. knob to turn the fan off. When off is Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

208 Climate Controls

Changing the mode cancels the automatic @ : Press to turn on recirculation. An Caution operation and the system goes into manual indicator light comes on. Air is recirculated mode. Press AUTO to return to automatic to quickly cool the inside of the vehicle. Using a razor blade or sharp object to operation. It can also be used to help reduce outside clear the inside rear window can damage To change the current mode, select one or air and odors that enter the vehicle. the rear window defogger. Repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. more of the following: Avoid using recirculation for long periods of Do not clear the inside rear window with time in cold or damp conditions. Using z : Air is directed to the windshield, sharp objects. outboard a/c outlets, and side window recirculation in cold or damp conditions can result in window fogging. outlets. Remote Start Climate Control Operation : A/C : Press to turn the air conditioning on If equipped with remote start, the climate Y : Air is directed to the a/c outlets. or off. An indicator light comes on to show control system may run when the vehicle is [ : Air is directed to the floor outlets, that the air conditioning is enabled. If the started remotely. If equipped with heated or with some air directed to the windshield, fan is turned off, the air conditioner will not ventilated seats or a heated steering wheel, outboard a/c outlets, and side window run. The A/C light will stay on even if the these features may come on during a outlets. outside temperatures are below freezing. remote start. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 20, Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 52, and 0 MAX : Air is directed to the windshield Rear Window Defogger Heated Steering Wheel 0 100. and the fan runs at a higher speed if not 1 REAR : If equipped, press to turn the Sensors already above a medium fan speed. This rear window defogger on or off. An indicator mode overrides the previous mode selected light on the button comes on to show that and clears fog or frost from the windshield the rear window defogger is on. more quickly. When the control is pressed again, the system returns to the previous The rear window defogger only works when mode setting and fan speed. the engine is running. The defogger turns off if the ignition is turned off or to ACC/ For best results, clear all snow and ice from ACCESSORY. the windshield before defrosting. If equipped with heated outside mirrors, press f to turn them on or off. See Heated Mirrors 0 37. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Climate Controls 209 The solar sensor, on top of the instrument Operation Tips Maintenance panel near the windshield, monitors the . Clear away any ice, snow, or leaves from solar heat. air inlets at the base of the windshield Passenger Compartment Air Filter The climate control system uses the sensor that could block the flow of air into the vehicle. The filter reduces the dust, pollen, and other information to adjust the temperature, fan airborne irritants from outside air that is speed, recirculation, and air delivery mode . Clear snow off the hood to improve pulled into the vehicle. for best comfort. visibility and help decrease moisture The filter should be replaced as part of Do not cover the sensor; otherwise the drawn into the vehicle. . Keep the path under the front seats clear routine scheduled maintenance. See automatic climate control system may not Maintenance Schedule 0 409. To find out work properly. of objects to help circulate the air inside of the vehicle more effectively. what type of filter to use, see Maintenance Replacement Parts 0 419. Air Vents . Use of non-GM approved hood deflectors can adversely affect the performance of Use the sliding knobs on the center and side the system. Check with your dealer air vents to change the direction of the before adding equipment to the outside airflow. of the vehicle. Air vents blow warm air on the side . Do not attach any devices to the air vent windows in cold weather. If Floor, Defog, slats. This will restrict airflow and may or Defrost modes are selected, a small cause damage to the air vents. amount of air will come from the vents close to the window. To close the front a/c vents, move the sliding knobs to the full down position. To close the rear a/c vents, move the sliding 1. Open the lower glove box door knobs to the full inboard position. completely. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

210 Climate Controls 3. Press the sides of the glove box door Service inward and rotate the door downward to remove. All vehicles have a label underhood that identifies the refrigerant used in the vehicle. The refrigerant system should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians. The air conditioning evaporator should never be repaired or replaced by one from a salvage vehicle. It should only be replaced by a new evaporator to ensure proper and safe operation. During service, all refrigerants should be reclaimed with proper equipment. Venting 2. Push the dampener arm to the left until refrigerants directly to the atmosphere is it releases the glovebox. harmful to the environment and may also create unsafe conditions based on 4. Pull lever on left side of the filter door inhalation, combustion, frostbite, or other and slide left, then remove the door. health-based concerns. Remove the old filter. The air conditioning system requires periodic 5. Install the new air filter. maintenance. See Maintenance Schedule 0 6. Reinstall the filter door. 409. 7. Reverse the steps to reinstall the glove box. See your dealer if additional assistance is needed. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 211 Parking over Things That Burn ...... 237 Cruise Control Driving and Operating Active Fuel Management ...... 237 Cruise Control ...... 254 Extended Parking ...... 237 Adaptive Cruise Control (Camera) ...... 256 Driving Information Driving for Better Fuel Economy ...... 212 Engine Exhaust Driver Assistance Systems Distracted Driving ...... 212 Engine Exhaust ...... 237 Driver Assistance Systems ...... 264 Defensive Driving ...... 213 Running the Vehicle While Parked . . . . . 238 Assistance Systems for Parking or Impaired Driving ...... 213 Backing ...... 266 Control of a Vehicle ...... 213 Automatic Transmission Assistance Systems for Driving ...... 274 Braking ...... 213 Automatic Transmission ...... 238 Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Steering ...... 214 Manual Mode ...... 240 System ...... 274 Off-Road Recovery ...... 214 Tow/Haul Mode ...... 241 Automatic Emergency Loss of Control ...... 215 Drive Systems Braking (AEB) ...... 276 Off-Road Driving ...... 215 Four-Wheel Drive ...... 241 Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) Driving on Wet Roads ...... 219 System ...... 277 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 219 Brakes Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) ...... 279 Winter Driving ...... 220 Electric Brake Boost ...... 245 Lane Change Alert (LCA) ...... 279 If the Vehicle Is Stuck ...... 221 Antilock Brake System (ABS) ...... 246 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) ...... 281 Vehicle Load Limits ...... 222 Electric Parking Brake ...... 246 Truck-Camper Loading Information . . . . 226 Brake Assist ...... 247 Fuel Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 247 Top Tier Fuel ...... 283 Starting and Operating Recommended Fuel (Except 6.2L New Vehicle Break-In ...... 228 Ride Control Systems V8 Engine) ...... 283 Ignition Positions (Key Access) ...... 229 Traction Control/Electronic Stability Recommended Fuel (6.2L Ignition Positions (Keyless Access) . . . . . 230 Control ...... 248 V8 Engine) ...... 283 Starting the Engine ...... 232 Hill Descent Control (HDC) ...... 249 Prohibited Fuels ...... 284 Stop/Start System ...... 233 Driver Mode Control ...... 250 Fuels in Foreign Countries ...... 284 Engine Heater ...... 234 Limited-Slip Differential ...... 253 Fuel Additives ...... 284 Retained Accessory Power (RAP) ...... 235 Locking Rear Axle ...... 254 E85 or FlexFuel ...... 284 Shifting Into Park ...... 235 Filling the Tank (Pickup Model) ...... 285 Shifting out of Park ...... 236 Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

212 Driving and Operating Filling the Tank (Chassis Cab Driving Information Distracted Driving Model) ...... 286 Filling a Portable Fuel Container ...... 288 Distraction comes in many forms and can Driving for Better Fuel Economy take your focus from the task of driving. Trailer Towing Driving habits can affect fuel mileage. Here Exercise good judgment and do not let other General Towing Information ...... 288 are some driving tips to get the best fuel activities divert your attention away from Driving Characteristics and economy possible: the road. Many local governments have Towing Tips ...... 288 . Set the climate controls to the desired enacted laws regarding driver distraction. Trailer Towing ...... 292 temperature after the engine is started, Become familiar with the local laws in Towing Equipment ...... 296 or turn them off when not required. your area. Trailer Sway Control (TSC) ...... 305 To avoid distracted driving, keep your eyes Trailering App ...... 306 . Avoid fast starts and accelerate smoothly. . Brake gradually and avoid abrupt stops. on the road, keep your hands on the steering wheel, and focus your attention on Conversions and Add-Ons . Avoid idling the engine for long periods driving. Add-On Electrical Equipment ...... 317 of time. Adding a Snow Plow or Similar . Do not use a phone in demanding driving . When road and weather conditions are Equipment ...... 317 situations. Use a hands-free method to appropriate, use cruise control. Pickup Conversion to Chassis Cab ...... 319 place or receive necessary phone calls. . Always follow posted speed limits or . Watch the road. Do not read, take notes, drive more slowly when conditions or look up information on phones or require. other electronic devices. . Keep vehicle tires properly inflated. . Designate a front seat passenger to . Combine several trips into a single trip. handle potential distractions. . Replace the vehicle's tires with the same . Become familiar with vehicle features TPC Spec number molded into the tire's before driving, such as programming sidewall near the size. favorite radio stations and adjusting . Follow recommended scheduled climate control and seat settings. Program maintenance. all trip information into any navigation device prior to driving. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 213 . Wait until the vehicle is parked to . Assume that other road users Control of a Vehicle retrieve items that have fallen to the (pedestrians, bicyclists, and other drivers) floor. are going to be careless and make Braking, steering, and accelerating are . Stop or park the vehicle to tend to mistakes. Anticipate what they may do important factors in helping to control a children. and be ready. vehicle while driving. . Keep pets in an appropriate carrier or . Allow enough following distance between Braking restraint. you and the driver in front of you. Braking action involves perception time and . Avoid stressful conversations while . Focus on the task of driving. reaction time. Deciding to push the brake driving, whether with a passenger or on a pedal is perception time. Actually doing it is cell phone. Impaired Driving reaction time. Death and injury associated with impaired { Warning driving is a global tragedy. Average driver reaction time is about three-quarters of a second. In that time, a Taking your eyes off the road too long or { Warning vehicle moving at 100 km/h (60 mph) travels too often could cause a crash resulting in 20 m (66 ft), which could be a lot of injury or death. Focus your attention on Drinking alcohol or taking drugs and then distance in an emergency. driving. driving is very dangerous. Your reflexes, perceptions, attentiveness, and judgment Helpful braking tips to keep in mind include: Refer to the infotainment section for more can be affected by even a small amount . Keep enough distance between you and information on using that system and the of alcohol or drugs. You can have a the vehicle in front of you. navigation system, if equipped, including serious — or even fatal — collision if you . Avoid needless heavy braking. pairing and using a cell phone. drive after drinking or taking drugs. . Keep pace with traffic. Defensive Driving Do not drive while under the influence of If the engine ever stops or a brake fault occurs, the brakes may lose power assist. Defensive driving means “always expect the alcohol or drugs, or ride with a driver who has been drinking or is impaired by More effort will be required to stop the unexpected.” The first step in driving vehicle. It may take longer to stop. defensively is to wear the seat belt. See drugs. Find alternate transportation Seat Belts 0 54. home; or if you are with a group, designate a driver who will remain sober. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

214 Driving and Operating Steering If power steering assist is lost due to a . Holding both sides of the steering wheel system malfunction, the vehicle can be allows you to turn 180 degrees without Caution steered, but may require increased effort. removing a hand. To avoid damage to the steering system, If the steering assist is used for an extended . The Antilock Brake System (ABS) allows do not drive over curbs, parking barriers, period of time while the vehicle is not steering while braking. or similar objects at speeds greater than moving, power assist may be reduced. Off-Road Recovery 3 km/h (1 mph). Use care when driving If the steering wheel is turned until it over other objects such as lane dividers reaches the end of its travel and is held and speed bumps. Damage caused by against that position for an extended period misuse of the vehicle is not covered by of time, power steering assist may be the vehicle warranty. reduced. Normal use of the power steering assist should return when the system cools down. See your dealer if there is a problem. Curve Tips . Take curves at a reasonable speed. . Reduce speed before entering a curve. . Maintain a reasonable steady speed The vehicle's right wheels can drop off the through the curve. edge of a road onto the shoulder while . Wait until the vehicle is out of the curve driving. Follow these tips: before accelerating gently into the 1. Ease off the accelerator and then, straightaway. if there is nothing in the way, steer the Electric Power Steering Steering in Emergencies vehicle so that it straddles the edge of the pavement. The vehicle has electric power steering. . There are some situations when steering It does not have power steering fluid. around a problem may be more effective Regular maintenance is not required. than braking. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 215 2. Turn the steering wheel about . Slow down and adjust your driving one-eighth of a turn, until the right front according to weather conditions. Stopping { Warning tire contacts the pavement edge. distance can be longer and vehicle control When driving off-road, bouncing and 3. Turn the steering wheel to go straight can be affected when traction is reduced quick changes in direction can easily down the roadway. by water, snow, ice, gravel, or other throw you out of position. This could material on the road. Learn to recognize cause you to lose control and crash. You Loss of Control warning clues — such as enough water, and your passengers should always wear ice, or packed snow on the road to make seat belts. Skidding a mirrored surface — and slow down when you have any doubt. There are three types of skids that Before Driving Off-Road correspond to the vehicle's three control . Try to avoid sudden steering, acceleration, or braking, including reducing vehicle . Have all necessary maintenance and systems: service work completed. . Braking Skid — wheels are not rolling. speed by shifting to a lower gear. Any sudden changes could cause the tires to . Fuel the vehicle, fill fluid levels, and check . Steering or Cornering Skid — too much slide. inflation pressure in all tires, including the speed or steering in a curve causes tires spare, if equipped. to slip and lose cornering force. Remember: Antilock brakes help avoid only the braking skid. . Read all the information about . Acceleration Skid — too much throttle four-wheel-drive vehicles in this manual. causes the driving wheels to spin. Off-Road Driving . Remove any underbody air deflector, Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking if equipped. Re-attach the air deflector reasonable care suited to existing conditions, Four-wheel-drive vehicles can be used for after off-road driving. off-road driving. Vehicles without four-wheel and by not overdriving those conditions. But . Know the local laws that apply to off-road skids are always possible. drive and vehicles not equipped with All Terrain (AT) or On-Off Road (OOR) tires must driving. If the vehicle starts to slide, follow these not be driven off-road except on a level, To gain more ground clearance if needed, it suggestions: solid surface. For contact information about may be necessary to remove the front fascia . Ease your foot off the accelerator pedal the original equipment tires, see the lower air dam, if equipped. However, driving and steer the way you want the vehicle warranty manual. without the air dam reduces fuel economy. to go. The vehicle may straighten out. Be One of the best ways for successful off-road ready for a second skid if it occurs. driving is to control the speed. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

216 Driving and Operating

Caution For more information about loading the Before driving on a hill, assess the vehicle, see Vehicle Load Limits 0 222 and steepness, traction, and obstructions. If the Operating the vehicle for extended Tires 0 361. terrain ahead cannot be seen, get out of the periods without the front fascia lower air vehicle and walk the hill before driving dam installed can cause improper airflow Environmental Concerns further. . Always use established trails, roads, and to the engine. Reattach the front fascia When driving on hills: air dam after off-road driving. areas that have been set aside for public off-road recreational driving and obey all . Use a low gear and keep a firm grip on Loading the Vehicle for Off-Road Driving posted regulations. the steering wheel. . Do not damage shrubs, flowers, trees, . Maintain a slow speed. { Warning or grasses or disturb wildlife. . When possible, drive straight up or down the hill. . Unsecured cargo on the load floor can . Do not park over things that burn. See be tossed about when driving over Parking over Things That Burn 0 237. . Slow down when approaching the top of the hill. rough terrain. You or your passengers Driving on Hills can be struck by flying objects. Secure . Use headlamps even during the day to the cargo properly. Driving safely on hills requires good make the vehicle more visible. judgment and an understanding of what the . Keep cargo in the cargo area as far forward and as low as possible. The vehicle can and cannot do. { Warning heaviest things should be on the floor, { Driving to the top of a hill at high speed forward of the rear axle. Warning can cause a crash. There could be a . Heavy loads on the roof raise the Many hills are simply too steep for any drop-off, embankment, cliff, or even vehicle's center of gravity, making it vehicle. Driving up hills can cause the another vehicle. You could be seriously more likely to roll over. You can be vehicle to stall. Driving down hills can injured or killed. As you near the top of a seriously or fatally injured if the cause loss of control. Driving across hills hill, slow down and stay alert. vehicle rolls over. Put heavy loads can cause a rollover. You could be injured inside the cargo area, not on the roof. or killed. Do not drive on steep hills. . Never go downhill forward or backward with either the transmission or transfer case in N (Neutral). The brakes could overheat and you could lose control. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 217 . Never try to turn the vehicle around. { Warning Warning (Continued) If the hill is steep enough to stall the If the vehicle has the two-speed Apply the brakes lightly when descending vehicle, it is steep enough to cause it automatic transfer case, shifting the a hill and use a low gear to keep vehicle to roll over. transfer case to N (Neutral) can cause speed under control. . If you cannot make it up the hill, your vehicle to roll even if the back straight down the hill. transmission is in P (Park). This is because If a brake fade condition is detected, a DIC . Never back down a hill in N (Neutral) the N (Neutral) position on the transfer warning message is displayed. Adjust brake using only the brake. The vehicle can case overrides the transmission. You or pedal use and shift to a lower transmission roll backward quickly and you could someone else could be injured. If leaving gear to reduce braking. lose control. the vehicle, set the parking brake and If the brakes continue to fade to a severe . If driving downhill when the vehicle shift the transmission to P (Park). Shift condition, additional DIC messages are stalls, shift to a lower gear, release the transfer case to any position but displayed. The brake system warning light the parking brake, and drive straight N (Neutral). will illuminate, and the vehicle speed may down the hill. be limited. See Brake System Warning Light 3. If the vehicle cannot be restarted after . When driving down a hill, keep the 0 117. stalling, set the parking brake, shift into vehicle headed straight down. Use a low If the vehicle stalls on a hill: P (Park), and turn the vehicle off. gear because the engine will work with 3.1. Leave the vehicle and seek help. the brakes to slow the vehicle and help 1. Apply the brakes to stop the vehicle, and keep the vehicle under control. then apply the parking brake. 3.2. Stay clear of the path the vehicle 2. Shift into P (Park) and then restart the would take if it rolled downhill. { Warning engine. . Avoid turns that take the vehicle across the incline of the hill. A hill that can be Heavy braking when going down a hill . If driving uphill when the vehicle stalls, shift to R (Reverse), release the driven straight up or down might be too can cause your brakes to overheat and steep to drive across. Driving across an fade. This could cause loss of control and parking brake, and back straight down. incline puts more weight on the downhill you or others could be injured or killed. wheels, which could cause a downhill (Continued) slide or a rollover. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

218 Driving and Operating . Surface conditions can be a problem. Traction changes when driving on sand. On Loose gravel, muddy spots, or even wet loose sand, such as on beaches or sand Warning (Continued) grass can cause the tires to slip sideways, dunes, the tires tend to sink into the sand. ground from under your tires. Traction downhill. If the vehicle slips sideways, it This affects steering, accelerating, and could be lost, and the vehicle could roll can hit something that will trip it — a braking. Drive at a reduced speed and avoid over. Do not drive through rushing water. rock, a rut, etc. — and roll over. sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers. . Hidden obstacles can make the steepness Traction is reduced on hard packed snow of the incline more severe. If a rock is and ice and it is easy to lose control. Reduce Caution driven across with the uphill wheels, or if vehicle speed when driving on hard packed Do not drive through standing water if it the downhill wheels drop into a rut or snow and ice. is deep enough to cover the wheel hubs, depression, the vehicle can tilt even more. axles, or exhaust pipe. Deep water can . If an incline must be driven across, and { Warning damage the axle and other vehicle parts. the vehicle starts to slide, turn downhill. This should help straighten out the Driving on frozen lakes, ponds, or rivers can be dangerous. Ice conditions vary If the standing water is not too deep, drive vehicle and prevent the side slipping. through it slowly. At faster speeds, water greatly and the vehicle could fall through can get into the engine and cause it to stall. { Warning the ice; you and your passengers could Stalling can occur if the exhaust pipe is drown. Drive your vehicle on safe under water. Do not turn off the ignition Getting out of the vehicle on the surfaces only. downhill side when stopped across an when driving through water. If the exhaust incline is dangerous. If the vehicle rolls pipe is under water, the engine will not Driving in Water start. When going through water, the brakes over, you could be crushed or killed. get wet and it may take longer to stop. See Always get out on the uphill side of the { Warning “Driving on Wet Roads” later in this section. vehicle and stay well clear of the rollover path. Driving through rushing water can be After Off-Road Driving dangerous. Deep water can sweep your Remove any brush or debris that has Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow, or Ice vehicle downstream and you and your passengers could drown. If it is only collected on the underbody or chassis, Use a low gear when driving in mud — the shallow water, it can still wash away the or under the hood. These accumulations can deeper the mud, the lower the gear. Keep (Continued) be a fire hazard. Re-install underbody air the vehicle moving to avoid getting stuck. deflector and air dam if removed. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 219 After operation in mud or sand, have the Other Rainy Weather Tips brake linings cleaned and checked. These Warning (Continued) Besides slowing down, other wet weather substances can cause glazing and uneven After driving through a large puddle of driving tips include: braking. Check the body structure, driveline, water or a car/vehicle wash, lightly apply . Allow extra following distance. steering, suspension, wheels, tires, and the brake pedal until the brakes work exhaust system for damage and check the normally. . Pass with caution. fuel lines and cooling system for any . Keep windshield wiping equipment in leakage. Flowing or rushing water creates strong good shape. forces. Driving through flowing water More frequent maintenance service is . Keep the windshield washer fluid reservoir could cause the vehicle to be carried required. See the Maintenance Schedule filled. away. If this happens, you and other 0 409. . Have good tires with proper tread depth. vehicle occupants could drown. Do not See Tires 0 361. Driving on Wet Roads ignore police warnings and be very cautious about trying to drive through . Turn off cruise control. Rain and wet roads can reduce vehicle flowing water. traction and affect your ability to stop and Hill and Mountain Roads accelerate. Always drive slower in these Hydroplaning Driving on steep hills or through mountains types of driving conditions and avoid driving is different than driving on flat or rolling through large puddles and deep-standing or Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water can build terrain. Tips include: flowing water. up under the vehicle's tires so they actually ride on the water. This can happen if the . Keep the vehicle serviced and in good shape. { Warning road is wet enough and you are going fast enough. When the vehicle is hydroplaning, it . Check all fluid levels and brakes, tires, Wet brakes can cause crashes. They has little or no contact with the road. cooling system, and transmission. might not work as well in a quick stop There is no hard and fast rule about . Shift to a lower gear when going down and could cause pulling to one side. You steep or long hills. could lose control of the vehicle. hydroplaning. The best advice is to slow (Continued) down when the road is wet. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

220 Driving and Operating . Turn off cruise control. { Warning Winter Driving Blizzard Conditions Using the brakes to slow the vehicle on a Driving on Snow or Ice long downhill slope can cause brake Snow or ice between the tires and the road Stop the vehicle in a safe place and signal overheating, can reduce brake creates less traction or grip, so drive for help. Stay with the vehicle unless there performance, and could result in a loss of carefully. Wet ice can occur at about 0 °C is help nearby. If possible, use Roadside Assistance. See Roadside Assistance Program braking. Shift the transmission to a lower (32 °F) when freezing rain begins to fall. 0 gear to let the engine assist the brakes Avoid driving on wet ice or in freezing rain 431. To get help and keep everyone in the vehicle safe: on a steep downhill slope. until roads can be treated. . Turn on the hazard warning flashers. For Slippery Road Driving: . Tie a red cloth to an outside mirror. { Warning . Accelerate gently. Accelerating too quickly causes the wheels to spin and makes the { Warning Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) or with surface under the tires slick. the ignition off is dangerous. This can . Turn on Traction Control. See Traction Snow can trap engine exhaust under the cause overheating of the brakes and loss Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 248. vehicle. This may cause exhaust gases to get inside. Engine exhaust contains of steering assist. Always have the engine . The Antilock Brake System (ABS) improves running and the vehicle in gear. vehicle stability during hard stops, but carbon monoxide (CO), which cannot be the brakes should be applied sooner than seen or smelled. It can cause . Drive at speeds that keep the vehicle in when on dry pavement. See Antilock unconsciousness and even death. its own lane. Do not swing wide or cross Brake System (ABS) 0 246. the center line. If the vehicle is stuck in snow: . Allow greater following distance and . Clear snow from the base of the . Be alert on top of hills; something could watch for slippery spots. Icy patches can be in your lane (e.g., stalled car, crash). vehicle, especially any blocking the occur on otherwise clear roads in shaded exhaust pipe. . Pay attention to special road signs (e.g., areas. The surface of a curve or an falling rocks area, winding roads, long overpass can remain icy when the . Open a window about 5 cm (2 in) on grades, passing or no-passing zones) and surrounding roads are clear. Avoid sudden the vehicle side that is away from the take appropriate action. steering maneuvers and braking while wind, to bring in fresh air. on ice. (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 221 The Traction Control/Electronic Stability Turn the steering wheel left and right to Warning (Continued) Control can often help to free a stuck clear the area around the front wheels. Then . Fully open the air outlets on or under vehicle. See Traction Control/Electronic make sure the wheels are pointed straight the instrument panel. Stability Control 0 248. If TC/ESC cannot free ahead. For four-wheel-drive vehicles, shift . Adjust the climate control system to the vehicle, see “Rocking the Vehicle to Get into Four-Wheel Drive High. Turn the TCS circulate the air inside the vehicle and it Out” following. off. Shift back and forth between R (Reverse) set the fan speed to the highest and a forward gear, spinning the wheels as setting. See “Climate Control Systems.” { Warning little as possible. To prevent transmission wear, wait until the wheels stop spinning If the vehicle's tires spin at high speed, For more information about CO, see before shifting gears. Slowly spinning the Engine Exhaust 0 237. they can explode, and you or others wheels in the forward and reverse directions could be injured. The vehicle can causes a rocking motion that could free the To save fuel, run the engine for short overheat, causing an engine compartment vehicle. If that does not get the vehicle out periods to warm the vehicle and then shut fire or other damage. Spin the wheels as after a few tries, it might need to be towed the engine off and partially close the little as possible and avoid going above out. See Towing the Vehicle 0 394. Recovery window. Moving about to keep warm also 56 km/h (35 mph). hooks can be used, if the vehicle has them. helps. For information about using tire chains on Recovery Hooks If it takes time for help to arrive, when the vehicle, see Tire Chains 0 379. running the engine, push the accelerator { Warning pedal slightly so the engine runs faster than Rocking the Vehicle to Get It Out the idle speed. This keeps the battery Never pull on recovery hooks from the charged to restart the vehicle and to signal Caution side. The hooks could break and you and for help with the headlamps. Do this as Do not hold the steering wheel at full others could be injured. When using little as possible, to save fuel. rotation for more than 15 seconds and/or recovery hooks, always pull the vehicle If the Vehicle Is Stuck at an elevated RPM. Damage may occur from the front. to the power steering system and there Slowly and cautiously spin the wheels to may be loss of power steering assist. free the vehicle when stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. See “Rocking the Vehicle to Get It Out” later in this section. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

222 Driving and Operating Vehicle Load Limits Tire and Loading Information Label It is very important to know how much weight the vehicle can carry. This weight is called the vehicle capacity weight and includes the weight of all occupants, cargo, and all nonfactory-installed options. Two labels on the vehicle may show how much weight it was designed to carry: the Tire and Loading Information label and the Certification/Tire label. Caution { Warning Label Example Never use recovery hooks to tow the vehicle. The vehicle could be damaged, Do not load the vehicle any heavier A vehicle-specific Tire and Loading and the repairs would not be covered by than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating Information label is attached to the the vehicle warranty. (GVWR), or either the maximum center pillar (B-pillar). The Tire and front or rear Gross Axle Weight Loading Information label shows the If equipped, there are recovery hooks at the Rating (GAWR). This can cause number of occupant seating front of the vehicle. Use them if the vehicle systems to break and change the positions (1), and the maximum vehicle is stuck off-road and needs to be pulled way the vehicle handles. This could some place to continue driving. capacity weight (2) in kilograms and cause loss of control and a crash. pounds. Overloading can also reduce stopping performance, damage the tires, and The Tire and Loading Information label shorten the life of the vehicle. also shows the size of the original equipment tires (3) and the recommended cold tire inflation Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 223 pressures (4). For more information on if the "XXX" amount equals 1400 lbs. tires and inflation see Tires 0 361 and and there will be five 150 lb Tire Pressure 0 367. passengers in your vehicle, the There is also important loading amount of available cargo and information on the vehicle Certification/ luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. Tire label. It may show the Gross (1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.) Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) and the 5. Determine the combined weight of Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for luggage and cargo being loaded on the front and rear axles. See the vehicle. That weight may not “Certification/Tire Label” later in this safely exceed the available cargo and section. luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4. Example 1 “Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit– 1. Locate the statement "The combined 6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 1 weight of occupants and cargo = (453 kg) (1,000 lb) should never exceed XXX kg or transferred to your vehicle. Consult 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s placard. this manual to determine how this (150 lb) × 2 = 136 kg (300 lb) reduces the available cargo and 2. Determine the combined weight of 3. Available Occupant and Cargo Weight luggage load capacity of your = 317 kg (700 lb) the driver and passengers that will vehicle.” be riding in your vehicle. See Trailer Towing 0 292 for important 3. Subtract the combined weight of the information on towing a trailer, towing driver and passengers from XXX kg safety rules, and trailering tips. or XXX lbs. 4. The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

224 Driving and Operating Certification/Tire Label

Example 2 Example 3

1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 2 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 3 A vehicle-specific Certification/Tire label = 453 kg (1,000 lb) = 453 kg (1,000 lb) is attached to the center pillar (B-pillar). 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 91 kg The label may show the size of the (150 lb) × 5 = 340 kg (750 lb) (200 lb) × 5 = 453 kg (1,000 lb) vehicle's original tires and the inflation 3. Available Cargo Weight = 113 kg 3. Available Cargo Weight = 0 kg (0 lb) pressures needed to obtain the gross (250 lb) Refer to the Tire and Loading weight capacity of the vehicle. This is Information label for specific called Gross Vehicle Weight information about the vehicle's capacity Rating (GVWR). The GVWR includes the weight and seating positions. The weight of the vehicle, all occupants, combined weight of the driver, fuel, and cargo. passengers, and cargo should never The Certification/Tire label also may exceed the vehicle's capacity weight. show the maximum weights for the front and rear axles, called Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). To determine Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 225 the actual loads on the front and rear Using heavier suspension components There is also important loading axles, weigh the vehicle at a weigh to get added durability might not information for off-road driving in this station. Your dealer can help with this. change the weight ratings. Ask your manual. See “Loading the Vehicle for Be sure to spread the load equally on dealer to help load the vehicle the Off-Road Driving“ under Off-Road both sides of the centerline. right way. Driving 0 215. The Certification/Tire label also contains { Two-Tiered Loading important information about the Front Warning Depending on the model of the pickup, Axle Reserve Capacity. See Adding a Things you put inside the vehicle can an upper load platform can be created Snow Plow or Similar Equipment 0 317. strike and injure people in a sudden stop or turn, or in a crash. by positioning three or four 5 cm (2 in) { Warning by 15 cm (6 in) wooden planks across . Put things in the cargo area of the the width of the pickup box. The planks In the case of a sudden stop or vehicle. Try to spread the weight must be inserted in the pickup box collision, things carried in the bed of evenly. depressions. your truck could shift forward and . Never stack heavier things, like When using this upper load platform, come into the passenger area, suitcases, inside the vehicle so injuring you and others. If you put be sure the load is securely tied down that some of them are above the to prevent it from shifting. The load's things in the bed of your truck, you tops of the seats. should make sure they are properly center of gravity should be positioned secured. . Do not leave an unsecured child in a zone over the rear axle. The zone is restraint in the vehicle. located in the area between the front . When you carry something inside of each wheel well and the rear of each Caution the vehicle, secure it whenever wheel well. The center of gravity height Overloading the vehicle may cause you can. must not extend above the top of the damage. Repairs would not be covered by pickup box flareboard. the vehicle warranty. Do not overload the . Do not leave a seat folded down vehicle. unless you need to. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

226 Driving and Operating

Any load that extends beyond the * Equipment Maximum Weight 1. Primary Load Points vehicle's taillamp area must be properly 2. Secondary Load Areas marked according to local laws and Ladder Rack and 340 kg (750 lb) 3. GM Approved Accessory Mounting regulations. Cargo Points Remember not to exceed the Gross Axle Cross Toolbox and 181 kg (400 lb) Structural members (1) and (2) are included Weight Rating (GAWR) of the front or Cargo in the pickup box design. Additional accessories should use these load points. rear axle. Side Boxes and 113 kg per side Depending on the accessory design, use a Add-On Equipment Cargo (250 lb per side) spacer under the accessory at the load points to remove gap. The holes for GM When carrying removable items, a limit * The combined weight for all approved accessories (3) are not intended for on how many people carried inside the rail-mounted equipment should not aftermarket equipment. See vehicle may be necessary. Be sure to exceed 454 kg (1,000 lb). www.gmupfitter.com for additional pickup weigh the vehicle before buying and box load bearing structural information. Loading Points installing the new equipment. Truck-Camper Loading Information Caution A vehicle-specific Truck-Camper Loading Overloading the vehicle may cause Information label is attached to the damage. Repairs would not be covered by inside of the vehicle's glove box. This the vehicle warranty. Do not overload the label indicates if a slide-in camper can vehicle. be carried, how much of a load the vehicle can carry, and how to correctly Remember not to exceed the Gross Axle spread out the load. It will help to Weight Rating (GAWR) of the front or match the right slide-in camper to the rear axle. vehicle. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 227 Your dealer can help make a good The total cargo load must not be more Here is an example of proper truck and vehicle-camper match and help than the vehicle's CWR. camper match: determine the Cargo Weight Refer to the Truck-Camper Loading Rating (CWR). Information label in the glove box for When installing and loading a slide-in dimensions A and B as shown in the camper, check the manufacturer's following illustration. instructions. When carrying a slide-in camper, the total cargo load of the vehicle is the weight of the camper plus: . Everything added to the camper after it left the factory. . Everything in the camper. . All the people inside. 1. Camper Center of Gravity The CWR is the maximum weight of the Use the rear edge of the load floor for 2. Recommended Center of Gravity load the vehicle can carry. It does not measurement purposes. The Location Zone recommended location for the cargo include the weight of the people inside. When the truck is used to carry a center of gravity is in zone C for the But, use about 68 kg (150 lb) for slide-in camper, the total cargo load of CWR. It is the point where the mass of each seat. the truck consists of the manufacturer's a body is concentrated and, camper weight figure, the weight of if suspended at that point, would installed additional camper equipment balance the front and rear. not included in the manufacturer's camper weight figure, the weight of camper cargo, and the weight of passengers in the camper. The total Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

228 Driving and Operating

cargo load should not exceed the truck's given on the Certification/Tire label Caution (Continued) cargo weight rating, and the camper's attached to the B-pillar. See . Do not drive at any one constant center of gravity (1) should fall within “Certification/Tire Label” under Vehicle 0 speed, fast or slow, for the first the truck's recommended center of Load Limits 222. If weight ratings are 805 km (500 mi). Do not make gravity zone (2) when installed. exceeded, move or remove items to full-throttle starts. Avoid downshifting Any accessories or other equipment bring all weights below the ratings. to brake or slow the vehicle. that are added to the vehicle must be See your dealer for more information . Avoid making hard stops for the first weighed. Then, subtract this extra on curb weights, cargo weights, Cargo 322 km (200 mi) or so. During this weight from the CWR. This extra weight Weight Rating, and the correct center of time the new brake linings are not yet may shorten the center of gravity zone gravity zone. broken in. Hard stops with new linings can mean premature wear and earlier of the vehicle. replacement. Follow this breaking-in If the slide-in camper and its load Starting and Operating guideline every time you get new brake linings. weighs less than the CWR, the center of New Vehicle Break-In gravity zone for the vehicle may be . Do not tow a trailer during break-in. larger. Caution See Trailer Towing 0 292 for the trailer towing capabilities of the Secure loose items to prevent weight The vehicle does not need an elaborate vehicle and more information. shifts that could affect the balance of break-in. But it will perform better in the the vehicle. When the truck-camper is long run if you follow these guidelines: Following break-in, engine speed and load can be gradually increased. loaded, drive to a scale and weigh on . Keep the vehicle speed at 88 km/h the front and on the rear wheels (55 mph) or less for the first 805 km separately to determine axle loads. (500 mi). Individual axle loads should not exceed (Continued) either of the gross axle weight ratings (GAWR). The total axle loads should not exceed the vehicle's gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR). These ratings are Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 229 Ignition Positions (Key Access) 0 (Stopping the Engine/LOCK/OFF) : This 5. Remove the key. position turns off the vehicle. It also locks 6. Release the brake pedal. the ignition, the transmission, and the steering column, if equipped with a locking See your dealer if the key can be removed steering column. in any other position. Retained Accessory Power (RAP) will remain active. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 235. A warning chime will sound when the driver door is opened and the key is in the ignition. If equipped with a locking steering column, the steering can bind with the front wheels turned off center, which may prevent key 0. Stopping the Engine/LOCK/OFF rotation out of LOCK/OFF. If this happens, 1. ACC/ACCESSORY move the steering wheel from right to left while turning the key to ACC/ACCESSORY. 2. ON/RUN To turn off the vehicle: If this does not work, then the vehicle needs 3. START service. 1. Make sure that the vehicle is stopped. The ignition switch has four positions. 2. Shift to P (Park). { Warning To shift out of P (Park), the ignition must be 3. Continue to hold the brake pedal, then Turning off the vehicle while moving may ON/RUN and the brake pedal must be set the parking brake. See Electric cause loss of power assist in the brake applied. Parking Brake 0 246. and steering systems and disable the 4. Push the key all the way in toward the airbags. While driving, turn off the steering column, then turn the key to vehicle only in an emergency. LOCK/OFF. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

230 Driving and Operating

In an emergency, if the vehicle cannot be Caution be used for service and diagnostics, and to pulled over and must be turned off while verify the proper operation of the driving: Use the correct key, make sure it is all malfunction indicator lamp as may be 1. Push the key all the way in toward the the way in — or pushed all the way in required for emission inspection purposes. steering column, then turn the key to toward the steering column when turning The switch stays in this position when the ACC/ACCESSORY. off the vehicle — and turn it only with engine is running. The transmission is also your hand. unlocked in this position. 2. Brake using firm and steady pressure. Do not pump the brakes repeatedly. This If the key is left in ON/RUN with the engine 1 (ACC/ACCESSORY) : This position allows may deplete power assist, requiring off, the battery could drain and the vehicle features such as the infotainment system to increased brake pedal force. may not start. operate while the vehicle is off. It also 3. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). This can unlocks the steering column, if equipped 3 (START) : This is the position that starts be done while the vehicle is moving. with a locking steering column. Use this the engine. When the engine starts, release Continue braking and steer the vehicle to position if the vehicle must be pushed or the key. The ignition returns to ON/RUN for a safe location. towed. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) driving. 0 4. Come to a complete stop. 235. Ignition Positions (Keyless Access) 5. Shift to P (Park). From ON/RUN, push the key all the way in 6. Push the key all the way in toward the toward the steering column, then turn the steering column (1), then turn the key to ACC/ACCESSORY. ignition to LOCK/OFF (2). If the key is left in ACC/ACCESSORY with the 7. Set the parking brake. See Electric engine off, the battery could drain and the Parking Brake 0 246. vehicle may not start. 8. Remove the key. A warning chime will sound when the driver 9. Release the brake pedal. door is opened and the key is in the ignition. 2 (ON/RUN) : This position can be used to operate the electrical accessories and to display some instrument cluster warning and indicator lights. This position can also Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 231 Vehicles equipped with Keyless Access have If the vehicle is in P (Park), the ignition will If the vehicle must be shut off in an pushbutton starting. turn off, and Retained Accessory Power (RAP) emergency: will remain active. See Retained Accessory 1. If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, and The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter 0 must be in the vehicle for the system to Power (RAP) 235. must be shut off while driving, press and operate. If the pushbutton start is not If the vehicle is not in P (Park), the ignition hold ENGINE START/STOP button for working, the vehicle may be near a strong will return to ACC/ACCESSORY and display longer than two seconds, or press twice radio antenna signal causing interference to the message SHIFT TO PARK in the Driver in five seconds. the Keyless Access system. See Remote Information Center (DIC). When the vehicle is 2. Brake using a firm and steady pressure. Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key shifted into P (Park), the ignition system will Do not pump the brakes repeatedly. This Access) 0 10 or turn off. may deplete power assist, requiring Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System increased brake pedal force. 0 The vehicle may have an electric steering Operation (Keyless Access) 13. column lock. The lock is activated when the 3. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). This can To shift out of P (Park), the ignition must be ignition is turned off and driver door is be done while the vehicle is moving. on or in Service Mode, and the brake pedal opened. A sound may be heard as the lock After shifting to N (Neutral), firmly apply must be applied. actuates or releases. The steering column the brakes and steer the vehicle to a lock may not release with the wheels turned safe location. { Warning off center. If this happens, the vehicle may 4. Come to a complete stop, shift to not start. Move the steering wheel from left Turning off the vehicle while moving may P (Park), and make sure engine is off. to right while attempting to start the cause loss of power assist in the brake The shift lever must be in P (Park) to vehicle. If this does not work, the vehicle turn the ignition off. and steering systems and disable the needs service. airbags. While driving, only shut the 5. Set the parking brake. See Electric vehicle off in an emergency. Unless an emergency exists, do not turn the Parking Brake 0 246. engine off when the vehicle is moving. This Stopping the Engine/LOCK/OFF (No Indicator will cause a loss of power assist in the brake Lights) : When the vehicle is stopped, press and steering systems and disable the ENGINE START/STOP once to turn the airbags. engine off. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

232 Driving and Operating Service Mode Move the shift lever to P (Park) or { Warning This power mode is available for service and N (Neutral). To restart the engine when the Turning off the vehicle while moving may diagnostics, and to verify the proper vehicle is already moving, use cause loss of power assist in the brake operation of the malfunction indicator lamp N (Neutral) only. and steering systems and disable the as may be required for emission inspection Caution airbags. While driving, only shut the purposes. With the vehicle off, and the vehicle off in an emergency. brake pedal not applied, pressing and Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the holding the ENGINE START/STOP button for vehicle is moving. If you do, you could ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber Indicator Light) : more than five seconds will place the vehicle damage the transmission. Shift to P (Park) This mode allows some electrical accessories in Service Mode. The instruments and audio only when the vehicle is stopped. to be used when the engine is off. systems will operate as they do when the With the ignition off, pressing the ENGINE ignition is on, but the vehicle will not be Starting Procedure START/STOP button one time without the able to be driven. The engine will not start 1. For Key Access vehicles, turn the ignition brake pedal applied will place the ignition in Service Mode. Press the ENGINE START/ key to Start. When the engine starts, let system in ACC/ACCESSORY. STOP button again to turn the ignition off. go of the key. For Keyless Access The ignition will switch from ACC/ Starting the Engine vehicles, the RKE transmitter must be in ACCESSORY to off after five minutes to the vehicle. Press ENGINE START/STOP prevent battery rundown. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the with the brake pedal applied. When the Duramax diesel supplement. engine begins cranking, let go of the ON/RUN/START (Green Indicator Light) : This button. mode is for driving and starting. With the Caution The driver may observe a minor, and ignition off, and the brake pedal applied, If you add electrical parts or accessories, temporary, brake pedal kickback when pressing ENGINE START/STOP button once you could change the way the engine starting the vehicle. This is normal. will turn the ignition on. Once engine operates. Any resulting damage would cranking begins, release the button. Engine The idle speed will go down as the not be covered by the vehicle warranty. engine gets warm. Do not race the cranking will continue until the engine 0 starts. See Starting the Engine 0 232. See Add-On Electrical Equipment 317. engine immediately after starting it. Operate the engine and transmission gently to allow the oil to warm up and lubricate all moving parts. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 6/3/21

Driving and Operating 233 When the low fuel warning light is on but then stops again, do the same thing. the brake pedal is released or the and the FUEL LEVEL LOW message is This clears the extra gasoline from the accelerator pedal is pressed, the engine will displayed in the Driver Information engine. Do not race the engine restart. Center (DIC), hold the ignition switch in immediately after starting it. Operate To maintain vehicle performance, other the START position to continue engine the engine and transmission gently until conditions may cause the engine to cranking. the oil warms up and lubricates all automatically restart before the brake pedal moving parts. Caution is released. Cranking the engine for long periods of Stop/Start System Auto Stops may not occur and/or Auto Starts may occur because: time, by returning the ignition to the If equipped and enabled, the Stop/Start START position immediately after system will shut off the engine to help . The climate control settings require the cranking has ended, can overheat and conserve fuel. It has components designed engine to be running to cool or heat the damage the cranking motor, and drain for the increased number of starts. vehicle interior. the battery. Wait at least 15 seconds . The vehicle battery charge is low. between each try, to let the cranking { Warning . The vehicle battery has recently been motor cool down. The automatic engine Stop/Start feature disconnected. causes the engine to shut off while the . Minimum vehicle speed has not been 2. If the engine does not start after five to vehicle is still on. Do not exit the vehicle reached since the last Auto Stop. 10 seconds, especially in very cold before shifting to P (Park). The vehicle . The accelerator pedal is pressed. weather (below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could may restart and move unexpectedly. . The engine or transmission is not at the be flooded with too much gasoline. Try required operating temperature. pushing the accelerator pedal all the way Always shift to P (Park), and then turn to the floor and holding it there while the ignition off before exiting the vehicle. . The outside temperature is not in the holding the key in START or ENGINE required operating range. START/STOP for up to a maximum of Auto Engine Stop/Start . The vehicle is in any gear other than 15 seconds. Wait at least 15 seconds When the brakes are applied and the vehicle D (Drive). between each try, to allow the cranking is at a complete stop, the engine may turn . Tow/Haul Mode or other driver modes motor to cool down. When the engine off. When stopped, the tachometer displays have been selected. 0 starts, let go of the key or button and AUTO STOP. See Tachometer 110. When . The vehicle is on a steep hill or grade. accelerator. If the vehicle starts briefly Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

234 Driving and Operating . The driver door has been opened or the Engine Heater driver seat belt has been unbuckled. . The hood has been opened. If equipped, the engine heater can provide easier starting and better fuel economy . The Auto Stop has reached the maximum during engine warm-up in cold weather allowed time. conditions at or below −18 °C (0 °F). Vehicles Auto Stop Disable Switch with an engine heater should be plugged in at least four hours before starting. An internal thermostat in the plug-end of the cord may exist, which will prevent engine heater operation at temperatures above −18 °C (0 °F).

{ Warning To Use the Engine Heater Do not plug in the engine block heater 1. Turn off the engine. while the vehicle is parked in a garage or 2. Check the heater cord for damage. If it is under a carport. Property damage or damaged, do not use it. See your dealer personal injury may result. Always park for a replacement. Inspect the cord for the vehicle in a clear open area away damage yearly. from buildings or structures. If equipped, the automatic engine Stop/Start 3. Plug the heater cord into the connector feature can be disabled and enabled by on the vehicle. pressing the switch with the h symbol. 4. Plug the cord into a grounded 110-volt Auto Stop is enabled each time you start AC outlet that is protected by a ground the vehicle. fault detection function. When h is illuminated, the system is enabled. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 235 . Audio System Warning (Continued) { Warning . OnStar System Improper use of the heater cord or an . Before starting the vehicle, unplug the extension cord can damage the cord and Shifting Into Park cord, reattach the cover to the plug, may result in overheating and fire. and securely fasten the cord. Keep the { Warning . Plug the cord into a three-prong cord away from any moving parts. electrical utility receptacle that is It can be dangerous to get out of the protected by a ground fault detection 5. Before starting the engine, be sure to vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in function. An ungrounded outlet could unplug and store the cord. P (Park) with the parking brake firmly set. cause an electric shock. The vehicle can roll. If you have left the The length of time the heater should remain engine running, the vehicle can move . Use a weatherproof, heavy-duty, plugged in depends on several factors. Ask a suddenly. You or others could be injured. 15 amp-rated extension cord if needed. dealer in the area where you will be parking Failure to use the recommended the vehicle for the best advice on this. To be sure the vehicle will not move, extension cord in good operating even when you are on fairly level ground, condition, or using a damaged heater Retained Accessory Power (RAP) use the steps that follow. With or extension cord, could make it four-wheel drive, if the transfer case is in When the ignition is turned from on to off, overheat and cause a fire, property N (Neutral), the vehicle will be free to the following features (if equipped) will damage, electric shock, and injury. roll, even if the shift lever is in P (Park). continue to function for up to 10 minutes, . Do not operate the vehicle with the or until the driver door is opened. These Be sure the transfer case is in a drive heater cord permanently attached to features will also work when the ignition is gear. If towing a trailer, see Driving 0 the vehicle. Possible heater cord and in RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY: Characteristics and Towing Tips 288. thermostat damage could occur. . Infotainment System 1. Hold the brake pedal down, then set the . While in use, do not let the heater . Power Windows (during RAP this cord touch vehicle parts or sharp parking brake. See Electric Parking Brake functionality will be lost when any door 0 246. edges. Never close the hood on the is opened) heater cord. 2. Move the shift lever into P (Park) by . Sunroof (during RAP this functionality will (Continued) pulling the shift lever toward you and be lost when any door is opened) moving it up as far as it will go. . Auxiliary Power Outlet Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

236 Driving and Operating 3. Be sure the transfer case, if equipped, is When you are ready to drive, move the in a drive gear, not in N (Neutral). Warning (Continued) shift lever out of P (Park) before you release 4. Turn the ignition off. For Key Access, And, if you leave the vehicle with the the parking brake. push the ignition key in, toward the engine running, it could overheat and If torque lock does occur, you may need to steering column, and then turn the even catch fire. You or others could be have another vehicle push yours a little ignition off. injured. Do not leave the vehicle with the uphill to take some of the pressure from the 5. For Key Access, remove the key and take engine running unless you have to. parking pawl in the transmission. You will it with you. If you can leave the vehicle then be able to pull the shift lever out of with the ignition key in your hand, the If you have to leave the vehicle with the P (Park). vehicle is in P (Park). engine running, be sure the vehicle is in P (Park) and the parking brake is firmly set Shifting out of Park For Keyless Access, take the Remote before you leave it. After moving the shift Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter with you. This vehicle is equipped with an electronic lever into P (Park), hold the regular brake shift lock release system. The system is Leaving the Vehicle with the Engine pedal down. Then, see if you can move the designed to prevent movement of the shift Running shift lever away from P (Park) without first lever out of P (Park), unless the brake pedal pulling it toward you. If you can, it means is applied and the ignition is on or in { Warning that the shift lever was not fully locked into Service Mode. P (Park). It can be dangerous to leave the vehicle The shift lock release is always functional with the engine running. The vehicle Torque Lock except in the case of an uncharged or low could move suddenly if the shift lever is If you are parking on a hill and you do not voltage – less than 9 volt – battery. not fully in P (Park) with the parking shift the transmission into P (Park) properly, If the vehicle has an uncharged or low brake firmly set. the weight of the vehicle may put too much voltage battery, try charging or jump force on the parking pawl in the If you have four-wheel drive and the starting the battery. See Jump Starting - transmission. You may find it difficult to pull 0 transfer case is in N (Neutral), the vehicle North America 391. the shift lever out of P (Park). This is called will be free to roll, even if the shift lever torque lock. To prevent torque lock, set the To shift out of P (Park): is in P (Park). So be sure the transfer case parking brake and then shift into P (Park) 1. Apply the brake pedal. is in a drive gear – not in N (Neutral). properly before you leave the driver seat. 2. Release the parking brake if it is applied. (Continued) See Electric Parking Brake 0 246. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 237 3. Pull the shift lever toward you, then number of cylinders, depending on the If the vehicle is left parked and running with move it to the desired position, and driving conditions. When less power is the RKE transmitter outside the vehicle, it release. required, such as cruising at a constant will continue to run for up to half an hour. If the vehicle still cannot be shifted out of vehicle speed, the system will enable If the vehicle is left parked and running with P (Park): reduced cylinder operation, allowing the the RKE transmitter inside the vehicle, it will vehicle to achieve better fuel economy. continue to run for up to an hour. 1. Ease the pressure on, or release the shift When greater power is required, such as lever. accelerating from a stop, passing, The vehicle could turn off sooner if it is 2. While holding the brake pedal, push the or merging onto a freeway, the system will parked on a hill, due to lack of shift lever all the way into P (Park). maintain full-cylinder operation. available fuel. 3. Pull the shift lever toward you, then Dynamic Fuel Management The timer will reset if the vehicle is taken move it to the desired position, and out of P (Park) while it is running. release. If equipped, Dynamic Fuel Management calculates the number of cylinders needed to If there is still a problem shifting, have the maximize fuel economy and meet the Engine Exhaust vehicle serviced soon. driving demands. Dynamic Fuel Management allows the engine to operate in multiple { Warning Parking over Things That Burn possible configurations ranging from Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide zero-cylinder up to the full 8-cylinder (CO), which cannot be seen or smelled. { Warning operation. Exposure to CO can cause Things that can burn could touch hot unconsciousness and even death. exhaust parts under the vehicle and Extended Parking ignite. Do not park over papers, leaves, It is best not to park with the vehicle Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: dry grass, or other things that can burn. running. If the vehicle is left running, be . The vehicle idles in areas with poor sure it will not move and there is adequate ventilation (parking garages, tunnels, Active Fuel Management ventilation. deep snow that may block underbody See Shifting Into Park 0 235 and airflow or tail pipes). If equipped, Active Fuel Management allows 0 a V8, V6, or L4 gasoline engine to operate Engine Exhaust 237. . The exhaust smells or sounds strange on either all of its cylinders, or a reduced or different. (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

238 Driving and Operating If the vehicle is left with the engine running, P: This position locks the rear wheels. Use Warning (Continued) follow the proper steps to be sure the P (Park) when starting the engine because . The exhaust system leaks due to vehicle will not move. See Shifting Into Park the vehicle cannot move easily. corrosion or damage. 0 235 and 0 When parked on a hill, especially when the . The vehicle exhaust system has been Engine Exhaust 237. vehicle has a heavy load, you might notice modified, damaged, or improperly If parking on a hill and pulling a trailer, see an increase in the effort to shift out of repaired. Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips P (Park). See “Torque Lock” under Shifting 0 0 . There are holes or openings in the 288. Into Park 235. vehicle body from damage or aftermarket modifications that are not Automatic Transmission { Warning completely sealed. If equipped, there is an electronic shift lever It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle If unusual fumes are detected or if it is position indicator within the instrument if the shift lever is not fully in P (Park) suspected that exhaust is coming into the cluster. This display comes on when the with the parking brake firmly set. The vehicle: ignition is in ACC/ACCESSORY, on or vehicle can roll. . Drive it only with the windows service mode. Do not leave the vehicle when the engine completely down. There are several different positions for the is running. If you have left the engine . Have the vehicle repaired immediately. shift lever. running, the vehicle can move suddenly. You or others could be injured. To be Never park the vehicle with the engine sure the vehicle will not move, even running in an enclosed area such as a when you are on fairly level ground, garage or a building that has no fresh air always set the parking brake and move ventilation. the shift lever to P (Park). See Shifting Into Park 0 235 and Running the Vehicle While Parked Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips See Driver Mode Control 0 250 and “Range 0 288. It is better not to park with the engine 0 running. Selection Mode” under Manual Mode 240. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 239

N: In this position, the engine does not Caution { Warning connect with the wheels. To restart the If equipped with four-wheel drive, the engine when the vehicle is already moving, A transmission hot message may display vehicle will be free to roll if the transfer use N (Neutral) only. if the automatic transmission fluid is too case is in N (Neutral), even when the shift Also, use N (Neutral) when the vehicle is hot. Driving under this condition can lever is in P (Park). You or someone else being towed. damage the vehicle. Stop and idle the could be seriously injured. Be sure the engine to cool the automatic transfer case is in a drive gear — 2 m, 4 m, { Warning transmission fluid. This message clears when the transmission fluid has cooled or 4 n — or set the parking brake before Shifting into a drive gear while the sufficiently. placing the transfer case in N (Neutral). engine is running at high speed is See Four-Wheel Drive 0 241. dangerous. Unless your foot is firmly on D: This position is for normal driving. the brake pedal, the vehicle could move It provides the best fuel economy. If more R: Use this gear to back up. very rapidly. You could lose control and power is needed for passing, press the hit people or objects. Do not shift into a accelerator pedal down. Caution drive gear while the engine is running at . When going less than about 55 km/h Shifting to R (Reverse) while the vehicle is high speed. (35 mph), push the accelerator pedal moving forward could damage the about halfway down. transmission. The repairs would not be . When going about 55 km/h (35 mph) or covered by the vehicle warranty. Shift to Caution more, push the accelerator all the R (Reverse) only after the vehicle is Shifting out of P (Park) or N (Neutral) with way down. stopped. the engine running at high speed may By doing this, the vehicle shifts down to damage the transmission. The repairs the next gear and has more power. To rock the vehicle back and forth to get would not be covered by the vehicle out of snow, ice, or sand without damaging warranty. Be sure the engine is not Use D (Drive) and Tow/Haul Mode when towing a trailer, carrying a heavy load, the transmission, see If the Vehicle Is Stuck running at high speed when shifting the 0 driving on steep hills, or driving off-road. 221. vehicle. Shift the transmission to a lower gear if the transmission shifts too often. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

240 Driving and Operating Downshifting the transmission in slippery During this adaptive shift control process, Manual Mode road conditions could result in skidding. See shifting might feel different as the “Skidding” under Loss of Control 0 215. transmission determines the best settings. Electronic Range Select (ERS) The vehicle has a shift stabilization feature When temperatures are very cold, the Caution that adjusts the transmission shifting to the transmission's gear shifting could be delayed current driving conditions in order to reduce providing more stable shifts until the engine Driving with the engine at a high rpm rapid upshifts and downshifts. This shift warms up. Shifts could be more noticeable without upshifting while using Manual stabilization feature is designed to with a cold transmission. This difference in Mode, could damage the vehicle. Always determine, before making an upshift, if the shifting is normal. upshift when necessary while using engine is able to maintain vehicle speed by If equipped with the 2.7L L4 engine, engine Manual Mode. analyzing things such as vehicle speed, speeds may be increased while driving at throttle position, and vehicle load. If the highway speeds while the engine is still shift stabilization feature determines that a warming up. current vehicle speed cannot be maintained, the transmission does not upshift and L: This position allows selection of a range instead holds the current gear. In some of gears appropriate for current driving cases, this could appear to be a delayed conditions. If equipped, see “Range Selection shift, however the transmission is operating Mode” under Manual Mode 0 240. normally. Electronic Range Select (ERS), or Manual Caution Mode, allows for the selection of the range The transmission uses adaptive shift Spinning the tires or holding the vehicle of gear positions. Use this mode when controls. The adaptive shift control process driving downhill or towing a trailer to limit continually compares key shift parameters in one place on a hill using only the accelerator pedal may damage the the top gear and vehicle speed. The shift to pre-programmed ideal shifts stored in the position indicator within the Driver transmission. The repair will not be transmission’s computer. The transmission Information Center (DIC) will display a covered by the vehicle warranty. If the constantly makes adjustments to improve number next to the L indicating the highest vehicle performance according to how the vehicle is stuck, do not spin the tires. available gear. vehicle is being used, such as with a heavy When stopping on a hill, use the brakes load or when the temperature changes. to hold the vehicle in place. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 241 To enter Electronic Range Select or be completed. Slow the vehicle, then tap the For vehicles without Driver Mode Control, Manual Mode: left steering wheel control to the desired press the Tow/Haul button on the center 1. With the vehicle in D (Drive), pull back lower gear range. stack. on the shift lever to activate L (Low). The Cruise control can be used while in ERS. If equipped, the Stop/Start system will L in the shift pattern will illuminate in become unavailable when Tow/Haul Mode is red, and the D will switch to white. Tow/Haul Mode active. 2. Tap the left steering wheel control to The Tow/Haul Mode adjusts the If equipped with Active Hydraulic Assist, the reduce the highest gear available, or the transmission shift pattern to reduce shift vehicle will provide a stiffer steering right control to increase the highest gear cycling. This provides increased performance, response when Tow/Haul mode is engaged available. vehicle control, and enhanced transmission to provide enhanced steering functionality. 3. To exit, pull back on the shift lever a and engine cooling when driving down steep second time. The D in the shift pattern hills or mountain grades, when towing, Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking will illuminate in red, and the L will or when hauling heavy loads. See Driver Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking is only switch to white. Mode Control 0 250 to activate Tow/ enabled while the Tow/Haul Mode is Haul Mode. When shifting to L (Low), the transmission selected and the vehicle is not in the Range 0 will shift to a preset lower gear range. For Selection Mode. See Manual Mode 240. this preset range, the highest gear available Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking assists in will be displayed next to the L in the DIC. maintaining desired vehicle speeds when All gears below that number are available to driving on downhill grades by using the use. For example, when 4 (Fourth) is shown engine and transmission to slow the vehicle. next to the L, 1 (First) through 4 (Fourth) See Towing Equipment 0 296. gears are shifted automatically. To shift to 5 (Fifth) gear, tap the right steering wheel control or shift into D (Drive). Drive Systems L (Low) will prevent shifting to a lower gear Four-Wheel Drive range if the engine speed is too high. If the If equipped, four-wheel drive engages the vehicle speed is not reduced within the time front axle for extra traction. allowed, the lower gear range shift will not Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

242 Driving and Operating

Read the appropriate section for transfer Caution If equipped, the transfer case controls are case operation before using. used to shift into and out of four-wheel Extended high-speed operation in 4 n drive. Caution may damage or shorten the life of the To shift the transfer case, press the desired Do not drive on clean, dry pavement in drivetrain. button. The graphic in the instrument 4 m and 4 n (if equipped) for an extended cluster will flash while a shift is in progress. period of time. These conditions may An engagement noise and bump is normal The graphic displayed will change to indicate cause premature wear on the vehicle’s when shifting between 4 n and 4 m or the setting requested. N (Neutral), with the engine running. powertrain. When the shift is complete the graphic will Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction Control stop flashing. The DIC message turns off Driving on clean, dry pavement in 4 m or and StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control once the shift is complete. If the transfer 4 n may: (ESC) off. See Traction Control/Electronic case cannot complete a shift request, it will 0 . Cause a vibration to be felt in the Stability Control 248. go back to its last chosen setting. steering system. Automatic Transfer Case The settings are: . Cause tires to wear faster. Two-Speed Transfer Case N (Neutral) : Use only when the vehicle needs to be towed. See Recreational Vehicle { Warning Towing 0 395 or If equipped with four-wheel drive, the Towing the Vehicle 0 394. vehicle will be free to roll if the transfer 2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use for driving case is in N (Neutral), even when the shift on most streets and highways. The front lever is in P (Park). You or someone else axle is not engaged. This setting provides could be seriously injured. Be sure the the best fuel economy. transfer case is in a drive gear — 2 m, 4 m, AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel Drive) : Use or 4 n — or set the parking brake before when road surface conditions are variable. placing the transfer case in N (Neutral). When driving in AUTO, the front axle is See Shifting Into Park 0 235. engaged, and the vehicle's power is sent to the front and rear wheels automatically Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 243 based on driving conditions. This setting Once the 4x4 shift has completed, the DIC Once the 4x4 shift has completed, the provides slightly lower fuel economy message disappears, the 4x4 graphic stops DIC message disappears, the 4x4 graphic than 2 m. flashing, and the current setting is indicated. stops flashing and the current setting is indicated. 4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use this When a shift to 2 m is completed successfully setting when extra traction is needed, such while in P (Park), the parking brake will If vehicle speed is higher when shift request as when driving on snowy or icy roads, engage. To resume driving, shift the occurs, a DIC message displays. Reduce when off-roading, or when plowing snow. transmission to the desired gear and vehicle speed. manually release the parking brake or press If the transmission is not in N (Neutral) 4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low) : This setting the accelerator pedal to begin driving. See when shift request occurs, a DIC message engages the front axle and delivers extra Electric Parking Brake 0 246. displays. The vehicle will allow 20 seconds torque. Choose 4 n when driving off-road in If equipped, use 4 n, AUTO, or 4 m to provide for the shift to occur. After this time, a deep sand, deep mud, or deep snow, and graphic in the instrument cluster will while climbing or descending steep hills. additional traction when parking on a steep grade with poor traction such as ice, snow, indicate that the transfer case is in 4 n. While driving in 4 n, keep vehicle speed mud, or gravel. below 72 km/h (45 mph). Caution Shifting Into 4 n Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction Control Shifting the transmission into gear before and StabiliTrak/ESC off. See Traction Control/ 1. The ignition must be on and the vehicle the requested mode indicator light has Electronic Stability Control 0 248. must be stopped or moving less than stopped flashing could damage the 5 km/h (3 mph) with the transmission in transfer case. Shifts between 2m, 4 m, and AUTO N (Neutral). It is best for the vehicle to Any of these shifts can be made at normal be moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph). If the transmission is not shifted into driving speed. 2. Press 4 n. The actual 4x4 shift request is N (Neutral) or the vehicle has not slowed to only made after the button is released. 5 km/h (3 mph) within 20 seconds, the The actual 4x4 shift request is only made transfer case will remain in its original state. after the button is released. The 4x4 graphic The 4x4 graphic will remain flashing until the shift request has completed. This will be indicated in the instrument will remain flashing until the shift request cluster. has completed. A DIC message displays to A DIC message displays to indicate that indicate that the 4x4 transfer case has been the 4x4 transfer case has been requested requested to shift to the new desired state. to shift to the new desired state. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

244 Driving and Operating

With the vehicle moving less than Caution If the parking brake and/or brake pedal 5 km/h (3 mph) and the transmission in is not applied within 20 seconds, the N (Neutral), attempt the shift again. Shifting the transmission into gear before transfer case will remain in the original the requested mode indicator light has state. Shifting Out of 4 n stopped flashing could damage the 6. If the transmission is not shifted into 1. The vehicle must be stopped or moving transfer case. N (Neutral) or the vehicle has not slowed less than 5 km/h (3 mph) with the to 5 km/h (3 mph) within 20 seconds, transmission in N (Neutral) and the If the transmission is not shifted into the transfer case will remain in its ignition on. It is best for the vehicle to N (Neutral) or the vehicle has not slowed to original state. This will be indicated in be moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph). 5 km/h (3 mph) within 20 seconds, the the instrument cluster. transfer case will remain in its original state. 2. Press 4 m, AUTO, or 2 m. The actual 4x4 Shifting Out of N (Neutral) shift request is only made after the This will be indicated in the instrument button is released. The 4x4 graphic will cluster. To shift out of N (Neutral): remain flashing until the shift request With the vehicle moving less than 5 km/h 1. Turn the ignition on with the engine off. has completed. A DIC message displays (3 mph), and the transmission in N (Neutral), See Ignition Positions (Keyless Access) to indicate the state of the request. attempt the shift again. 0 230 or 0 Once the 4x4 shift has completed, the Shifting Into N (Neutral) Ignition Positions (Key Access) 229. DIC message disappears, the 4x4 graphic 2. Set the parking brake. See Electric stops flashing, and the current setting is To shift into N (Neutral): Parking Brake 0 246. indicated. 1. Start the vehicle. 3. Shift the transmission to N (Neutral). If vehicle speed is higher when shift 2. Shift the transmission to N (Neutral). 4. Shift the transfer case to 2 . Transfer request occurs, a DIC message displays. m 3. Shift the transfer case to 2 m. case shifts out of N (Neutral) can only be Reduce vehicle speed. 4. Apply the parking brake and/or brake made into 2 m. When the shift to 2 m is If the transmission is not in N (Neutral) pedal. complete, the graphic in the instrument when shift request occurs, DIC messages will 5. Press 2 m five times in 10 seconds until cluster will stop flashing. If the transfer display. The vehicle will allow 20 seconds for case cannot complete a shift, the graphic this shift to occur. After this time, a graphic the N (Neutral) graphic starts flashing in the instrument cluster. When the shift is will return to the previously selected in the instrument cluster will indicate that setting. the transfer case is in 4 n. complete, the graphic stops flashing. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 245 Single Speed Transfer Case The settings are: Once the 4x4 shift has completed, the DIC message disappears, the 4x4 graphic stops 2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use for driving flashing, and the current setting is indicated. on most streets and highways. The front axle is not engaged. This setting provides The actual 4x4 shift request is only made the best fuel economy. after the button is released. The 4x4 graphic will remain flashing until the shift request 4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use this has completed. setting when extra traction is needed, such as when driving on snowy or icy roads, A DIC message displays. Once the 4x4 shift when off-roading, or when plowing snow. has completed, the DIC message disappears, the 4x4 graphic stops flashing, and the AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel Drive) current setting is indicated. Use when road surface conditions are variable. When driving in AUTO, the front Brakes If equipped, the transfer case controls are axle is engaged, and the vehicle's power is used to shift into and out of four-wheel sent to the front and rear wheels Electric Brake Boost automatically based on driving conditions. drive. Vehicles equipped with electric brake boost This setting provides slightly lower fuel To shift the transfer case, press the desired have hydraulic brake circuits that are button. The graphic in the instrument economy than 2 m. electronically controlled when the brake cluster will flash while a shift is in progress. Shifts between 2 m, 4 m, and AUTO pedal is applied during normal operation. The graphic displayed will change to indicate The system performs routine tests and turns the setting requested. Any of these shifts can be made at normal off within a few minutes after the vehicle is driving speed. turned off. Noise may be heard during this When the shift is complete the graphic will time. If the brake pedal is pressed during stop flashing. The DIC message turns off The actual 4x4 shift request is only made the tests or when the electric brake boost once the shift is complete. If the transfer after the button is released. The 4x4 graphic system is off, a noticeable change in pedal case cannot complete a shift request, it will will remain flashing until the shift request force and travel may be felt. This is normal. go back to its last chosen setting. has completed. A DIC message displays. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

246 Driving and Operating Antilock Brake System (ABS) Using ABS cannot be applied or released. To prevent draining the battery, avoid unnecessary Do not pump the brakes. Just hold the brake The Antilock Brake System (ABS) helps repeated cycles of the EPB. prevent a braking skid and maintain steering pedal down firmly. Hearing or feeling ABS while braking hard. operate is normal. The system has a red parking brake status light and an amber service parking brake ABS performs a system check when the Braking in Emergencies warning light. See Electric Parking Brake vehicle is first driven. A momentary motor ABS allows steering and braking at the same Light 0 118 and or clicking noise may be heard while this time. In many emergencies, steering can Service Electric Parking Brake Light 0 118. test is going on, and the brake pedal may help even more than braking. There are also parking brake-related Driver move slightly. This is normal. Information Center (DIC) messages. Electric Parking Brake Before leaving the vehicle, check the red parking brake status light to ensure that the parking brake is applied. EPB Apply To apply the EPB: If there is a problem with ABS, this warning 1. Be sure the vehicle is at a complete stop. light stays on. See Antilock Brake System 2. Press the EPB switch momentarily. (ABS) Warning Light 0 118. The red parking brake status light will flash ABS does not change the time needed to and then stay on once the EPB is fully get a foot on the brake pedal and does not applied. If the red parking brake status light always decrease stopping distance. If you flashes continuously, then the EPB is only get too close to the vehicle ahead, there will partially applied or there is a problem with not be enough time to apply the brakes if The Electric Parking Brake (EPB) can always the EPB. A DIC message will display. Release that vehicle suddenly slows or stops. Always be applied, even if the vehicle is off. In case the EPB and try to apply it again. If the leave enough room ahead to stop, even of insufficient electrical power, the EPB light does not come on, or keeps flashing, with ABS. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 247 have the vehicle serviced. Do not drive the 3. Press the EPB switch momentarily. Brake Assist vehicle if the red parking brake status light The EPB is released when the red parking is flashing. See your dealer. Brake Assist detects rapid brake pedal brake status light is off. applications due to emergency braking If the amber service parking brake warning If the amber service parking brake warning situations and provides additional braking to light is on, press the EPB switch. Continue to light is on, release the EPB by pressing and activate the Antilock Brake System (ABS) if hold the switch until the red parking brake holding the EPB switch. Continue to hold the the brake pedal is not pushed hard enough status light remains on. If the amber service switch until the red parking brake status to activate ABS normally. Minor noise, brake parking brake warning light is on, see your light is off. If either light stays on after pedal pulsation, and/or pedal movement dealer. release is attempted, see your dealer. during this time may occur. Continue to If the EPB is applied while the vehicle is apply the brake pedal as the driving moving, the vehicle will decelerate as long Caution situation dictates. Brake Assist disengages as the switch is pressed. If the switch is Driving with the parking brake on can when the brake pedal is released. pressed until the vehicle comes to a stop, overheat the brake system and cause Hill Start Assist (HSA) the EPB will remain applied. premature wear or damage to brake The vehicle may automatically apply the EPB system parts. Make sure that the parking { Warning in some situations when the vehicle is not brake is fully released and the brake moving. This is normal, and is done to warning light is off before driving. Do not rely on the HSA feature. HSA does periodically check the correct operation of not replace the need to pay attention the EPB system, or at the request of other If you are towing a trailer and parking on a and drive safely. You may not hear or safety functions that utilize the EPB. hill, see Driving Characteristics and Towing feel alerts or warnings provided by this 0 If the EPB fails to apply, block the rear Tips 288. system. Failure to use proper care when wheels to prevent vehicle movement. Automatic EPB Release driving may result in injury, death, or vehicle damage. See Defensive Driving EPB Release The EPB will automatically release if the 0 213. To release the EPB: vehicle is running, placed into gear, and an attempt is made to drive away. Avoid rapid When the vehicle is stopped on a grade, Hill 1. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/ acceleration when the EPB is applied, to Start Assist (HSA) prevents the vehicle from ACCESSORY. preserve parking brake lining life. rolling in an unintended direction during the 2. Apply and hold the brake pedal. transition from brake pedal release to Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

248 Driving and Operating accelerator pedal apply. The brakes release TCS activates if it senses any of the drive It is recommended to leave both systems on when the accelerator pedal is applied. If the wheels are spinning or beginning to lose for normal driving conditions, but it may be accelerator pedal is not applied within a few traction. When this happens, TCS applies the necessary to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets minutes, the Electric Parking Brake will brakes to the spinning wheels and reduces stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. See If the apply. The brakes may also release under engine power to limit wheel spin. Vehicle Is Stuck 0 221 and “Turning the other conditions. Do not rely on HSA to hold StabiliTrak/ESC activates when the vehicle Systems Off and On” later in this section. the vehicle. senses a difference between the intended When the transfer case (if equipped) is in HSA is available when the vehicle is facing path and the direction the vehicle is actually Four-Wheel Drive Low, the stability system uphill in a forward gear, or when facing traveling. StabiliTrak/ESC selectively applies is automatically disabled, g comes on, and downhill in R (Reverse). The vehicle must braking pressure to any one of the vehicle the appropriate message will appear on the come to a complete stop on a grade for HSA wheel brakes to assist the driver in keeping Driver Information Center (DIC). Both to activate. the vehicle on the intended path. Trailer traction control and StabiliTrak/ESC are Sway Control (TSC) is also on automatically automatically disabled in this condition. Ride Control Systems when the vehicle is started. See Trailer Sway Control (TSC) 0 305. Traction Control/Electronic If cruise control is being used and traction Stability Control control or StabiliTrak/ESC begins to limit wheel spin, cruise control will disengage. System Operation Cruise control may be turned back on when road conditions allow. The vehicle has a Traction Control System The indicator light for both systems is in the (TCS) and StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Both systems come on automatically when instrument cluster. This light will: Control (ESC) system. These systems help the vehicle is started and begins to move. . Flash when TCS is limiting wheel spin. limit wheel spin and assist the driver in The systems may be heard or felt while maintaining control, especially on slippery they are operating or while performing . Flash when StabiliTrak/ESC is activated. road conditions. diagnostic checks. This is normal and does . Turn on and stay on when either system not mean there is a problem with the is not working. vehicle. If either system fails to turn on or to activate, a message displays in the Driver Information Center (DIC), and d comes on Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 249

and stays on to indicate that the system is Caution StabiliTrak/ESC will automatically turn on if inactive and is not assisting the driver in the vehicle exceeds 56 km/h (35 mph). maintaining control. The vehicle is safe to Do not repeatedly brake or accelerate Traction control will remain off. heavily when TCS is off. The vehicle drive, but driving should be adjusted The vehicle has a Trailer Sway Control (TSC) accordingly. driveline could be damaged. feature and a Hill Start Assist (HSA) feature. If d comes on and stays on: See Trailer Sway Control (TSC) 0 305 or To turn off only TCS, press and release g. Hill Start Assist (HSA) 0 247. 1. Stop the vehicle. The traction off light i displays in the Adding accessories can affect the vehicle 2. Turn the engine off and wait 15 seconds. instrument cluster. The appropriate message performance. See Accessories and will display in the DIC. To turn TCS on again, 3. Start the engine. Modifications 0 322. d press and release g. The traction off light Drive the vehicle. If comes on and stays i on, the vehicle may need more time to displayed in the instrument cluster will Hill Descent Control (HDC) diagnose the problem. If the condition turn off. If equipped, Hill Descent Control (HDC) sets persists, see your dealer. If TCS is limiting wheel spin when g is and maintains vehicle speed while driving down steep grades in a forward or reverse Turning the Systems Off and On pressed, the system will not turn off until the wheels stop spinning. gear. The HDC switch is on the center stack, below the climate controls. To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC, press and hold g until the traction off light Press 5 to enable or disable HDC. Vehicle i and the StabiliTrak/ESC OFF light g speed must be below 50 km/h (31 mph). come on and stay on in the instrument cluster, then release. The appropriate message will display in the DIC. The button for TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC is on the center stack. To turn TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC on again, press and release g. The traction off light i and the StabiliTrak/ESC OFF light g in the instrument cluster turn off. When enabled, the HDC light displays on the instrument cluster. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

250 Driving and Operating A blinking HDC light indicates the system is 5 must be pressed again to re-enable HDC. Mode Activation actively applying the brakes to maintain HDC may disable after an extended period vehicle speed. HDC can maintain vehicle of use. If this happens, HDC will require speeds between 1 and 22 km/h (1 and time to cool down. The length of time HDC 14 mph) on grades greater than or equal remains active depends on road conditions, to 10%. grade, set speed, vehicle loading, and If HDC is to be used for more than outside temperature. three minutes or on grades steeper than When enabled, if the vehicle speed is above 25%, the transfer case should be put into 30 km/h (19 mph) and below 60 km/h Four-Wheel Drive Low (4 n) to reduce the (37 mph), a DIC message will display. possibility of brake overheating. Driver Mode Control Noise from the Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) is normal when HDC is Driver Mode Control (DMC) allows the driver to adjust the overall driving experience to active. To activate Tow/Haul Mode turn the knob better suit preference by adjusting multiple counterclockwise. To activate other drive When HDC is activated, the initial HDC systems to fit specific driving needs. Drive modes turn the knob clockwise. speed is set to the current driving speed. mode availability and affected vehicle It can be increased or decreased by pressing subsystems are dependent upon vehicle trim +RES or SET- on the steering wheel, or by level, region, and optional features. applying the accelerator or brake pedal. This adjusted speed becomes the new set speed. HDC will remain enabled between 30 and 60 km/h (19 and 37 mph); however, vehicle speed cannot be set or maintained in this range. HDC will automatically disable if the vehicle speed is above 80 km/h (50 mph) or above 60 km/h (37 mph) for at least 30 seconds. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 251 8 Sport Mode : Use where road conditions 7 Off-Road Mode : Use this mode for or personal preference demand a more off-road recreational driving. Off-Road Mode controlled response. should be used to improve driving at When you enter this mode, you will moderate speeds, on grass, gravel, dirt, immediately feel a down shift. In this mode unpaved roads, or snow-covered roads. The the vehicle also monitors driving behaviors accelerator pedal is tuned for off-road use. and automatically enables Performance Shift This mode modifies pedal mapping, Features when spirited driving is detected. All-Wheel Drive (AWD), ride height, Antilock These features maintain lower transmission Brake System (ABS), StabiliTrak/Electronic gears to increase available engine braking Stability Control (ESC), and Traction Control and improve acceleration response. The System (TCS) performance. vehicle will exit these features and return to For more information on off-road driving see If equipped, select Terrain Mode by normal operation after a short period when Off-Road Driving 0 215. spirited driving is no longer detected. If the pressing the g below the 4 m transfer _ Tow/Haul Mode : Use this mode case button. vehicle has Magnetic Ride Control, the suspension will change to provide better when hauling heavy loads to provide Modes: cornering performance. increased performance and vehicle control. Tow/Haul Mode adjusts the transmission Normal Mode : Use for normal city and 6 Snow/Ice Mode : Snow/Ice Mode shift pattern, AWD, and ESC performance. highway driving to provide a smooth ride. improves vehicle acceleration on snow and If the vehicle is turned off with Tow/Haul This setting provides balance between ice covered roads. When active, Snow/Ice Mode active and then restarted within four comfort and handling. This is the standard/ Mode will adjust acceleration to optimize hours or less, Tow/Haul will remain active. default mode. There is no persistent traction on slippery surfaces. This can Otherwise, the vehicle will start in indicator in the instrument cluster for compromise the acceleration on dry asphalt. Normal Mode. this mode. This feature is not intended for use when the vehicle is stuck in sand, mud, ice, snow, or gravel. If the vehicle becomes stuck, see If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 221. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

252 Driving and Operating

If the vehicle has a diesel engine, exhaust g Terrain Mode : Use for finer control When in Terrain Mode, the vehicle will shift braking is automatically activated when during low speed, off-road driving. When automatically but may hold a lower gear Tow/Haul Mode is selected. It maintains using this mode it will mimic the longer to maximize engine torque. The vehicle speed by automatically characteristics of four-wheel-drive low (4 n) steering will change to provide more precise implementing a shift pattern that uses the without the torque capabilities. control. A unique pedal map, transmission engine and the transmission to slow the shift pattern, and rpm control are utilized to vehicle. The system will command Use when: give better control at lower speeds and over downshifts and use the turbocharger on the . Traveling on very rough roads at very low rough terrain. When the vehicle comes to a engine to reduce vehicle speed when the speeds, such as a two-track or heavily stop, Vehicle Hold is engaged. TCS will be brake is applied. The normal tow/haul shift rutted road. optimized for maximum torque transfer pattern will return once the vehicle is on a . Traveling slowly in grassy fields. across axles, and Active Braking During Lift low grade or when the accelerator pedal is . Pulling a boat out of the water on a Throttle will be engaged. pressed. trailer. Active Braking During Lift Throttle: While in the Electronic Range Select (ERS) . Using the vehicle for public off-road . Automatically applies light braking, Mode (see “manual mode”), grade breaking recreational driving. See Off-Road Driving similar to heavy engine braking of is deactivated, allowing the driver to select a 0 215 and four-wheel-drive low. range and limiting the highest gear 0 Hill and Mountain Roads 219. . Applies light braking in D (Drive) until the available. vehicle is at idle speeds. In Manual L1 and For more information on trailer weight Manual L2, moderate braking may stop specifications, see Towing Equipment 0 296. the vehicle. . Reduces trailer braking. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 253

Terrain Mode Drive Terrain Mode is only available on vehicles Select Expected Vehicle Behavior Ideal Terrain equipped with the single speed transfer case. Minor deceleration when off Grassy fields, Terrain Mode can only be active when: throttle and mild ability to mild two tracks, Drive (L3-Lx) modulate throttle; mimics . Vehicle speed is less than 80 km/h rutted roads, performance of 4 n without torque (50 mph). large rolling hills, multiplication. . The transfer case is in 4 m. Moderate deceleration when off Mild rock crawling, Frequent use of this mode may cause brake throttle and moderate ability to L2 heavy ruts, wear due to the light braking. modulate throttle; will bring vehicle short, steeper grades, The vehicle will automatically exit the mode to a stop in most cases. if the brakes get too hot. Terrain Mode can Significant deceleration when off be turned back on after the brakes have throttle and significant ability to cooled. L1 Rock crawling downhill modulate throttle; will bring vehicle When Terrain Mode is selected: to a stop in most cases. . Auto Engine Start/Stop will be disabled. . The Terrain Mode indicator displays on Active Braking During Lift Throttle will . When the vehicle is in forward gear on a the instrument cluster. reduce the back and forth between the decline, the vehicle is allowed to creep Limited-Slip Differential accelerator and brake pedals. down the hill when the brake pedal is released without pressing the accelerator If equipped, the limited-slip differential can Vehicle Hold Features: pedal. The vehicle will also creep forward give more traction on snow, mud, ice, sand, . When the vehicle comes to a stop on an on flat ground. or gravel. It works like a standard axle most incline grade in forward gear or on a . If the driver seat belt is removed and the of the time, but when traction is low, this decline grade in reverse gear, Vehicle driver door is opened while the vehicle is feature allows the drive wheel with the Hold is engaged until the accelerator being held, EPB will be engaged. most traction to move the vehicle. For pedal is pressed. . EPB will engage if the vehicle is held for vehicles with the limited-slip differential, an extended period. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

254 Driving and Operating driven under severe conditions, the rear axle If equipped with cruise control, a speed of fluid should be changed. See Maintenance about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more can be Schedule 0 409. maintained without keeping your foot on the accelerator. Cruise control does not work Locking Rear Axle at speeds below about 40 km/h (25 mph). Vehicles with a locking rear axle can give If the cruise control is being used and the more traction on snow, mud, ice, sand, Traction Control System (TCS) or StabiliTrak/ or gravel. It works like a standard axle most Electronic Stability Control (ESC) begins to of the time, but when traction is low, this limit wheel spin, the cruise control will feature will allow the rear wheel with the automatically disengage. See Traction most traction to move the vehicle. Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 248. If a collision alert occurs when cruise control is activated, cruise control is disengaged. See Cruise Control 0 5 : Press to turn cruise control on or off. Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 274. A white indicator comes on or off in the { Warning When road conditions allow you to safely instrument cluster. use it again, cruise control can be turned Cruise control can be dangerous where back on. +RES : If there is a set speed in memory, you cannot drive safely at a steady press the control up briefly to resume to Turning off the TCS or StabiliTrak/ESC that speed or press and hold to accelerate. speed. Do not use cruise control on system will disengage the cruise control. winding roads or in heavy traffic. If cruise control is already engaged, use to If the brakes are applied, cruise control increase vehicle speed. Cruise control can be dangerous on disengages. slippery roads. On such roads, fast SET− : Press the control down briefly to set changes in tire traction can cause the speed and activate cruise control. excessive wheel slip, and you could lose If cruise control is already engaged, use to decrease vehicle speed. control. Do not use cruise control on slippery roads. * : Press to disengage cruise control without erasing the set speed from memory. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 255 Setting Cruise Control . To increase vehicle speed in small the release to override cruise control, briefly 5 increments, press +RES up briefly. For pressing SET– will result in cruise control set If is on when not in use, SET− or +RES each press, the vehicle goes about 1 km/h to the current vehicle speed. could get pressed and go into cruise when (1 mph) faster. not desired. Keep 5 off when cruise is not Using Cruise Control on Hills The speedometer reading can be displayed being used. How well the cruise control works on hills in either English or metric units. See depends on the vehicle speed, the load, and 1. Press 5 to turn the cruise system on. Instrument Cluster 0 106. The increment the steepness of the hills. When going up value used depends on the units displayed. 2. Get up to the desired speed. steep hills, pressing the accelerator pedal 3. Press and release SET−. Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control may be necessary to maintain vehicle speed. 4. Remove your foot from the accelerator. Do one of the following: While going downhill, cruise braking helps The cruise control indicator on the . Press and hold SET– down until the maintain driver selected speed. instrument cluster turns green after cruise desired lower speed is reached, then Cruise Grade Braking is enabled when the control has been set to the desired speed. release it. vehicle is started and cruise control is active. See Instrument Cluster 0 106. . To slow down in small increments, press It is not enabled in Range Selection Mode. Resuming a Set Speed SET– down briefly. For each press, the It assists in maintaining driver selected vehicle goes about 1 km/h (1 mph) slower. speed when driving on downhill grades by If the cruise control is set at a desired speed using the engine and transmission to slow * The speedometer reading can be displayed and then the brakes are applied or is in either English or metric units. See the vehicle. pressed, the cruise control is disengaged Instrument Cluster 0 106. The increment For other forms of descent control, see Hill without erasing the set speed from memory. value used depends on the units displayed. Descent Control (HDC) 0 249, Automatic Once the vehicle reaches about 40 km/h Transmission 0 238, and Tow/Haul Mode Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise 0 (25 mph) or more, press RES+ up briefly. The Control 241. vehicle returns to the previously set speed. Use the accelerator pedal to increase the Ending Cruise Control Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control vehicle speed. When you take your foot off There are four ways to end cruise control: Do one of the following: the pedal, the vehicle will slow down to the . Step lightly on the brake pedal. previously set cruise speed. While pressing . Press and hold +RES up until the desired . Press *. speed is reached, then release it. the accelerator pedal or shortly following Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

256 Driving and Operating . Shift the transmission to N (Neutral). disengage. See Traction Control/Electronic 0 { Warning . To turn off cruise control, press 5. Stability Control 248. When road conditions allow ACC to be safely used, ACC ACC will not detect or brake for children, Erasing Speed Memory can be turned back on. Disabling the TCS or pedestrians, animals, or other objects. The cruise control set speed is erased from StabiliTrak/ESC system will disengage and Do not use ACC when: memory if 5 is pressed or the ignition is prevent engagement of ACC. turned off. ACC can reduce the need for you to . On winding and hilly roads or when frequently brake and accelerate, especially the camera sensor is blocked by snow, Adaptive Cruise Control (Camera) when used on expressways, freeways, and ice, or dirt. The system may not interstate highways. When used on other detect a vehicle ahead. Keep the If equipped, Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) windshield and headlamps clean. allows the cruise control set speed and roads, you may need to take over the following gap to be selected. Read this control of braking or acceleration more . When visibility is poor due to rain, entire section before using this system. The often. snow, fog, dirt, insect residue, or dust; following gap is the following time between when other foreign objects obscure your vehicle and a vehicle detected directly { Warning the camera’s view; or when the vehicle in front or oncoming traffic ahead in your path, moving in the same ACC has limited braking ability and may causes additional environmental direction. If no vehicle is detected in your not have time to slow the vehicle down path, ACC works like regular cruise control. obstructions, such as road spray. ACC enough to avoid a collision with another performance is limited under these ACC uses a windshield mounted front vehicle you are following. This can occur camera sensor. conditions. when vehicles suddenly slow or stop . On slippery roads where fast changes If a vehicle is detected in your path, ACC can ahead, or enter your lane. Also see in tire traction can cause excessive apply acceleration or limited, moderate “Alerting the Driver” later in this section. wheel slip braking to maintain the selected following Complete attention is always required gap. To disengage ACC, apply the brake. while driving and you should be ready to . With extremely heavy cargo loaded in If ACC is controlling the vehicle speed when take action and apply the brakes. See the cargo area or rear seat the Traction Control System (TCS) or Defensive Driving 0 213. . When towing a trailer StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system activates, ACC may automatically Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 257 * : Press to disengage ACC without erasing regular cruise control is engaged, a green the selected set speed. J indicator will be lit on the instrument cluster; the following gap will not display. [ : Press to select a following gap setting for ACC of Far, Medium, or Near. When the vehicle is turned on, the cruise control mode will be set to the last mode The speedometer reading can be displayed used before the vehicle was turned off. in either English or metric units. See Instrument Cluster 0 106. The increment value used depends on the units displayed. { Warning Switching Between ACC and Regular Cruise Always check the cruise control indicator Control on the instrument cluster to determine which mode cruise control is in before To switch between ACC and regular cruise using the feature. If ACC is not active, the : Press to turn the system on or off. The J control, press and hold *. A Driver vehicle will not automatically brake for indicator turns white on the instrument Information Display (DIC) message displays. other vehicles, which could cause a crash cluster when ACC is turned on. 0 See Vehicle Messages 130. if the brakes are not applied manually. RES+ : Press briefly to resume the previous You and others could be seriously injured set speed or to increase vehicle speed if ACC or killed. is already activated. To increase speed by about 1 km/h (1 mph), press RES+ briefly. To Setting Adaptive Cruise Control increase speed to the next 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on the speedometer, hold RES+. If J is on when not in use, SET–/RES+ could be pressed by mistake and engage SET– : Press briefly to set the speed and ACC Indicator Regular Cruise Control activate ACC or to decrease vehicle speed if Indicator ACC when not desired. Keep J off when ACC is already activated. To decrease speed cruise is not being used. by about 1 km/h (1 mph), press SET– briefly. When ACC is engaged, a green o indicator Select the set speed desired for ACC. This is To decrease speed to the next 5 km/h will be lit on the instrument cluster and the the vehicle speed when no vehicle is (5 mph) mark on the speedometer, following gap will be displayed. When the detected in your path. hold SET–. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

258 Driving and Operating While the vehicle is moving, ACC will not set Be mindful of speed limits, surrounding Increasing Speed While ACC Is at a Set Speed at a speed less than 5 km/h (3 mph), traffic speeds, and weather conditions when If ACC is already activated, do one of the although it can be resumed. The minimum selecting the set speed. following: allowable set speed is 25 km/h (15 mph). Resuming a Set Speed . Use the accelerator to get to the higher To set ACC while moving: If the ACC is set at a desired speed and then speed. Press SET–. Release SET– and the 1. Press J. the brakes are applied, ACC is disengaged accelerator pedal. The vehicle will now cruise at the higher speed. 2. Get up to the desired speed. without erasing the set speed from memory. When the accelerator pedal is pressed, 3. Press and release SET–. To begin using ACC again, press RES+ up briefly. ACC will not brake because it is 4. Remove foot from the accelerator. overridden. The ACC indicator will turn . If the vehicle is moving more than 5 km/h After ACC is set, it may immediately apply blue on the instrument cluster and HUD, (3 mph), it returns to the previous set if equipped. the brakes if a vehicle ahead is detected speed. closer than the selected following gap. . Press and hold RES+ until the desired set . If the vehicle is stopped with the brake speed is displayed, then release it. ACC can also be set while the vehicle is pedal applied, press RES+ and release the stopped if ACC is on and the brake pedal is brake pedal. ACC will hold the vehicle . To increase vehicle speed in smaller applied. until RES+ or the accelerator pedal is increments, press RES+ briefly. For each pressed. press, the vehicle goes about 1 km/h (1 mph) faster. A green ACC indicator and the set speed . To increase vehicle speed in larger display on the instrument cluster. The increments, hold RES+. While holding vehicle ahead indicator may be flashing if a RES+, the vehicle speed increases to the vehicle ahead was present and moved. See next 5 km/h (5 mph) step, then continues “Approaching and Following a Vehicle” later to increase by 5 km/h (5 mph) at a time. in this section. The ACC indicator displays in the instrument The set speed can also be increased while cluster and Head-Up Display (HUD), Once ACC has resumed, if there is no vehicle the vehicle is stopped. if equipped. When ACC is turned on, the ahead, if the vehicle ahead is beyond the indicator will be lit white. When the ACC is selected following gap, or if the vehicle has . If stopped with the brake pedal applied, active, the indicator turns green. exited a sharp curve, then the vehicle speed press RES+ until the desired set speed is will increase to the set speed. displayed. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 259 . If ACC is holding the vehicle at a stop and . To decrease the vehicle speed in larger speed. The faster the vehicle speed, the there is another vehicle directly ahead, increments, hold SET−. While holding further back your vehicle will follow a pressing RES+ will increase the set speed. SET−, the vehicle speed decreases to the vehicle detected ahead. Consider traffic and . Pressing RES+ when there is no longer a next 5 km/h (5 mph) step, then continues weather conditions when selecting the vehicle ahead or the vehicle ahead is to decrease by 5 km/h (5 mph) at a time. following gap. The range of selectable gaps pulling away and the brake is not applied The set speed can also be decreased while may not be appropriate for all drivers and with cause the ACC to resume. the vehicle is stopped. driving conditions. When it is determined that there is no . If stopped with the brake applied, press Changing the gap setting automatically vehicle ahead or the vehicle ahead is beyond or hold SET− until the desired set speed is changes the alert timing sensitivity (Far, the selected following gap, then the vehicle displayed. Medium, or Near) for the Forward Collision speed will increase to the set speed. Alert (FCA) feature. See Forward Collision Selecting the Follow Distance Gap Alert (FCA) System 0 274. Reducing Speed While ACC Is at a Set Speed When a slower moving vehicle is detected Alerting the Driver If ACC is already activated, do one of the ahead within the selected following gap, following: ACC will adjust the vehicle's speed and . Use the brake to get to the desired lower attempt to maintain the follow distance gap speed. Release the brake and press SET–. selected. The vehicle will now cruise at the lower Press [ on the steering wheel to adjust speed. the following gap. Each press cycles the gap . Press and hold SET– until the desired button through three settings: Far, Medium, lower speed is reached, then release it. or Near. With Head-Up Display . To decrease the vehicle speed in smaller When pressed, the current gap setting increments, press SET− briefly. For each displays briefly on the instrument cluster press, the vehicle goes about 1 km/h and HUD, if equipped. The gap setting will (1 mph) slower. be maintained until it is changed. Since each gap setting corresponds to a following time (Far, Medium, or Near), the following distance will vary based on vehicle Without Head-Up Display Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

260 Driving and Operating If ACC is engaged, driver action may be following gap. The vehicle speed increases or Stationary or Very Slow-Moving Objects required when ACC cannot apply sufficient decreases to follow a detected vehicle in braking because of approaching a vehicle front of your vehicle when that vehicle is { Warning too rapidly. traveling slower than your vehicle set speed. ACC may not detect and react to stopped It may apply limited braking, if necessary. When this condition occurs, the collision or slow-moving vehicles ahead of you. For alert symbol will flash on the windshield. When braking is active, the brake lamps will come on. The automatic braking may feel or example, the system may not brake for a Either eight beeps will sound from the front, vehicle it has never detected moving. This or both sides of the Safety Alert Seat, sound different than if the brakes were applied manually. This is normal. can occur in stop-and-go traffic or when a if equipped, will pulse five times. See vehicle suddenly appears due to a vehicle “Collision/Detection Systems” under Vehicle Passing a Vehicle While Using ACC ahead changing lanes. Your vehicle may Personalization 0 131. If the set speed is high enough, and the left not stop and could cause a crash. Use See Defensive Driving 0 213. turn signal is used to pass a vehicle ahead caution when using ACC. Your complete Approaching and Following a Vehicle in the selected following gap, ACC may attention is always required while driving assist by gradually accelerating the vehicle and you should be ready to take action prior to the lane change. and apply the brakes.

{ Warning Irregular Objects Affecting ACC When using ACC to pass a vehicle or ACC may have difficulty detecting the perform a lane change, the following following objects: distance to the vehicle being passed may . Vehicles in front of your vehicle that have The vehicle ahead indicator is in the be reduced. ACC may not apply sufficient a rear aspect that is low, small, instrument cluster. It only displays when a acceleration or braking when passing a or irregular vehicle is detected in your vehicle’s path vehicle or performing a lane change. moving in the same direction. If this symbol . An empty truck or trailer that has no Always be ready to manually accelerate is not displaying, ACC will not respond to or cargo in the cargo bed or brake to complete the pass or lane brake for vehicles ahead. . Vehicles with cargo extending from the change. back end ACC automatically slows the vehicle down and adjusts vehicle speed to follow a detected vehicle ahead at the selected Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 261 . Non-standard shaped vehicles, such as . A DIC message displays to indicate that driver seat belt is unbuckled, the ACC vehicle transport, vehicles with a side car ACC is temporarily unavailable. automatically applies the Electric Parking fitted, or horse carriages The ACC indicator will turn white when ACC Brake (EPB) to hold the vehicle. The EPB . Vehicles that are low to the road surface status light will turn on. See Electric Parking is no longer active. 0 . Objects that are close to the front of your Brake 246. In some cases, when ACC is temporarily vehicle unavailable, regular cruise control may be A DIC warning message may display . Vehicles on which extremely heavy cargo indicating to shift to P (Park) before exiting used. See “Switching Between ACC and 0 is loaded in the cargo area or rear seat Regular Cruise Control” previously in this the vehicle. See Vehicle Messages 130. section. Always consider driving conditions before using either cruise control system. { Warning Notification to Resume ACC If ACC has stopped the vehicle, and if ACC is disengaged, turned off, or canceled, the ACC will maintain a follow gap behind a vehicle will no longer be held at a stop. detected vehicle and slow your vehicle to a The vehicle can move. When ACC is stop behind that vehicle. holding the vehicle at a stop, always be If the stopped vehicle ahead has driven prepared to manually apply the brakes. away and ACC has not resumed, the vehicle ACC Automatically Disengages ahead indicator will flash as a reminder to check traffic ahead before proceeding. In { Warning ACC may automatically disengage and the addition, the left and right sides of the driver will need to manually apply the Safety Alert Seat will pulse three times, Leaving the vehicle without placing it in brakes to slow the vehicle if: or three beeps will sound. See ”Alert Type” P (Park) can be dangerous. Do not leave . The front camera is blocked or visibility is and “Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier” in the vehicle while it is being held at a reduced. “Collision/Detection Systems” under Vehicle stop by ACC. Always place the vehicle in . The Traction Control System (TCS) or Personalization 0 131. P (Park) and turn off the ignition before leaving the vehicle. StabiliTrak/ESC system has activated or When the vehicle ahead drives away, press been disabled. RES+ or the accelerator pedal to resume . There is a fault in the system. ACC. If stopped for more than two minutes or if the driver door is opened and the Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

262 Driving and Operating ACC Override When following a vehicle and entering a { Warning If using the accelerator pedal while ACC is curve, ACC may not detect the vehicle ahead active, the ACC indicator turns blue on the On curves, ACC may respond to a vehicle and accelerate to the set speed. When this instrument cluster and in the HUD, in another lane, or may not have time to happens, the vehicle ahead indicator will not if equipped, to indicate that automatic react to a vehicle in your lane. You could appear. braking will not occur. ACC will resume crash into a vehicle ahead of you, or lose operation when the accelerator pedal is not control of your vehicle. Give extra being pressed. attention in curves and be ready to use the brakes if necessary. Select an { Warning appropriate speed while driving in curves. The ACC will not automatically apply the ACC may operate differently in a sharp brakes if your foot is resting on the curve. It may reduce the vehicle speed if the accelerator pedal. You could crash into a curve is too sharp. ACC automatically slows vehicle ahead of you. the vehicle down while navigating the curve ACC may detect a vehicle that is not in your and may increase speed out of the curve, lane and apply the brakes. Curves in the Road but will not exceed the set speed. ACC may occasionally provide an alert and/ { Warning or braking that is considered unnecessary. On curves, ACC may not detect a vehicle It could respond to vehicles in different ahead in your lane. You could be startled lanes or stationary objects when entering or if the vehicle accelerates up to the set exiting a curve. This is normal operation. The vehicle does not need service. speed, especially when following a vehicle exiting or entering exit ramps. You could lose control of the vehicle or crash. Do not use ACC while driving on an entrance or exit ramp. Always be ready to use the brakes if necessary. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 263 Other Vehicle Lane Changes Do Not Use ACC on Hills and When Towing a Weather Conditions Affecting ACC Trailer If the interior temperature is extremely high, the instrument cluster may indicate that ACC is temporarily unavailable. This can be caused by extreme hot weather conditions with direct sunlight on the front camera. ACC will return to normal operation once the cabin temperature is lower. Conditions that are associated with low visibility, such as fog, rain, snow, or road ACC will not detect a vehicle ahead until it spray, may limit ACC performance. Water is completely in the lane. The brakes may Do not use ACC when driving on steep hills droplets from rain or snow that remain on need to be manually applied. or when towing a trailer. ACC will not detect the windshield may also limit ACC’s ability Objects Not Directly in Front of Your Vehicle a vehicle in the lane while driving on steep to detect objects. hills. If the brakes are applied, ACC The detection of objects in front of the disengages. { Warning vehicle may not be possible if: Disengaging ACC Camera visibility may be limited and the . The vehicle or object ahead is not within ACC system may not work properly if the your lane. There are three ways to disengage ACC: windshield is not clear. Do not use ACC if . Step lightly on the brake pedal. . The vehicle ahead is shifted, not centered, moisture is present on the inside of the or is shifted to one side of the lane. * . Press . windshield or the windshield washer is Driving in Narrow Lanes . Press J. used in cold weather. Turn on the front Vehicles in adjacent traffic lanes or roadside Erasing Speed Memory defroster and make sure the windshield is objects may be incorrectly detected when clear before using ACC. Before driving, The ACC set speed is erased from memory if located along the roadway. check that the windshield wipers are in J is pressed or if the ignition is turned off. good condition and replace them if worn. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

264 Driving and Operating Lighting Conditions Affecting ACC Do not install objects on top of the vehicle Driver Assistance Systems The ACC front camera can be affected by that overhang and obstruct the front This vehicle may have features that work poor lighting conditions, and ACC may have camera, such as a canoe, kayak, or other together to help avoid crashes or reduce limited performance when: items that can be transported on the vehicle roof. crash damage while driving, backing, and . There are changes in brightness, such as parking. Read this entire section before Do not modify the hood, headlamps, or fog entering and exiting tunnels, bridges, and using these systems. overpasses. lamps, as this may limit the camera’s ability to detect an object. . Low sun angles cause the camera to not { Warning detect objects, or it is more difficult to Cleaning the Sensing System detect objects in the same traffic lane. Do not rely on the Driver Assistance The camera sensor on the windshield behind Systems. These systems do not replace . Lighting is poor in the evening or early the rearview mirror can become blocked by the need for paying attention and driving morning snow, ice, dirt, mud, or debris. This area safely. You may not hear or feel alerts or . There are multiple changes in brightness needs to be cleaned for ACC to operate warnings provided by these systems. or shadows along the vehicle roadway. properly. Failure to use proper care when driving . In a tunnel without the headlamps on, The vehicle headlamps may need to be may result in injury, death, or vehicle or in a tunnel when there is a vehicle in cleaned due to dirt, snow, or ice. Objects damage. See Defensive Driving 0 213. front that does not have its taillamps on. that are not illuminated correctly may be . Subjected to strong light from opposing difficult to detect. Under many conditions, these systems will not: lane traffic in the front of the vehicle, If ACC will not operate, regular cruise control such as high-beam headlamps from may be available. See “Switching Between . Detect children, pedestrians, bicyclists, oncoming traffic. ACC and Regular Cruise Control” previously or animals. Accessory Installations and Vehicle in this section. Always consider driving . Detect vehicles or objects outside the Modifications conditions before using either cruise control area monitored by the system. Do not install or place any object around system. . Work at all driving speeds. the front camera windshield area that would For cleaning instructions, see “Washing the . Warn you or provide you with enough 0 obstruct the front camera view. Vehicle” under Exterior Care 398. time to avoid a crash. (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 265 If equipped with the Safety Alert Seat, the Warning (Continued) driver seat cushion may provide a vibrating . Work under poor visibility or bad pulse alert instead of beeping. To change weather conditions. this, see “Collision/Detection Systems” under 0 . Work if the detection sensor is not Vehicle Personalization 131. cleaned or is covered by ice, snow, Cleaning mud, or dirt. Depending on vehicle options, keep these . Work if the detection sensor is areas of the vehicle clean to ensure the best covered up, such as with a sticker, driver assistance feature performance. Driver magnet, or metal plate. Information Center (DIC) messages may . Work if the area surrounding the display when the systems are unavailable or blocked. detection sensor is damaged or not . Front and rear bumpers and the area properly repaired. below the bumpers Complete attention is always required . Front grille and headlamps while driving, and you should be ready to . Front camera lens in the front grille or take action and apply the brakes and/or near the front emblem steer the vehicle to avoid crashes. . Front side and rear side panels Audible or Safety Alert Seat . Outside of the windshield in front of the rearview mirror Some driver assistance features alert the . Side camera lens on the bottom of the driver of obstacles by beeping. To change outside mirrors the volume of the warning chime, see “Comfort and Convenience” under Vehicle . Rear side corner bumpers Personalization 0 131. . Rear Vision Camera in the tailgate handle . Rear Camera Mirror and Cargo View Camera in the Center High-Mounted Stoplamp Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

266 Driving and Operating Radio Frequency while in D (Drive), reach a vehicle speed of 1. View Displayed by the Rear Vision This vehicle may be equipped with driver approximately 12 km/h (8 mph). The rear Camera assistance systems that operate using radio vision camera is in the tailgate handle. 2. Corners of the Rear Bumper frequency. See Radio Frequency Statement Displayed images may be farther or closer 0 436. than they appear. The area displayed is limited and objects that are close to either Assistance Systems for Parking or corner of the bumper or under the bumper Backing do not display. If equipped, the Rear Vision Camera (RVC), A warning triangle may display to show Surround Vision, Rear Park Assist (RPA), that Rear Park Assist (RPA) has detected an Front Park Assist (FPA), and Rear Cross object. This triangle changes from amber to Traffic Alert (RCTA) may help the driver park red and increases in size the closer the or avoid objects. Always check around the object. vehicle when parking or backing. If equipped with Hitch View, see “Surround The RVC, RPA, and Surround Vision will not Vision” following. work properly if the tailgate is down. If the 1. View Displayed by the Rear Vision Surround Vision tailgate is down, do not use these systems. Camera If equipped the Surround Vision system can Rear Vision Camera (RVC) display various views surrounding the When the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse), vehicle in the infotainment display. See the RVC displays an image of the area below for camera view descriptions and behind the vehicle in the infotainment more information. display. The previous screen displays when the vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse) after { Warning a short delay. To return to the previous The Surround Vision cameras have blind screen sooner, press any button on the spots and will not display all objects near infotainment system, shift into P (Park), or, the corners of the vehicle. Folding outside (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 267 1. Views Displayed by the Surround Camera Views Warning (Continued) Vision Cameras mirrors that are out of position may not 2. Area Not Shown display surround view correctly. Always check around the vehicle when parking or { Warning backing. The camera(s) do not display children, pedestrians, bicyclists, crossing traffic, animals, or any other object outside of the cameras’ field of view, below the bumper, or under the vehicle. Shown distances may be different from actual distances. Do not drive or park the vehicle using only these camera(s). Always check behind and around the Touch the camera view buttons along the vehicle before driving. Failure to use bottom of the infotainment display to proper care may result in injury, death, access each view (if equipped): 1. Views Displayed by the Surround or vehicle damage. Vision Cameras 1. Front/Rear Standard View 2. Area Not Shown Displays an image of the area in front or behind the vehicle. To select, touch Front/Rear Standard View on the infotainment display when a camera view is active. Touch the button to toggle between front and rear camera views. When the hitch guidance is selected, Rear Standard View will remain visible across gear changes, otherwise the Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

268 Driving and Operating view will toggle between Front and when a camera view is active. Touch 6. Guidance Lines/Hitch Guidance Rear Standard View based on gear the button to toggle between front Guidance Lines displays available position. and rear camera views. Park Assist and guidelines, including Standard and If equipped, the front view camera RCTA overlays are not available when Hitch Guidance. A grayed-out icon also displays when the Park Assist Front/Rear Side View is active. indicates that guidelines are not system detects an object within The Turn Signal Activated View works available. To enable, touch Guidance 30 cm (12 in). with Rear Side View to provide a Lines on the infotainment display 2. Front/Rear Overhead View rearward view of the left or right side when a camera view is active. Displays a front or rear overhead view of the vehicle and trailer. Views are Touching the button multiple times of the vehicle. To select, touch Front/ provided based on turn signal will toggle through Standard Rear Top-Down View on the activation with the right-side view Guidelines, Hitch Guidance and no infotainment display when a camera being shown when the right turn guidelines. Standard guidelines are view is active. Touch the button to signal is active and the left side view available in Front/Rear Standard toggle between front and rear camera being shown when the left turn signal Views, Front/Rear Top-Down Views views. is active. The feature is available when and Surround View. 3. Rear Bowl View a trailer is connected. The feature can Hitch Guidance displays a single be enabled or disabled. See Vehicle centered guideline on the Displays a perspective view of the 0 Personalization 131. Touch X to exit. infotainment display to assist with vehicle from the front looking 5. Surround View rearward. To select, touch Rear Bowl aligning the vehicle’s hitch ball with a View on the infotainment display Displays an image of the area trailer coupler. Touch the Hitch when a camera view is active. Park surrounding the vehicle. Surround Guidance icon, then align the trailer Assist and Rear Cross Traffic Alert View is available as part of the Front/ guidance line over the trailer coupler. (RCTA) overlays are not available when Rear Standard Views, the Front/Rear Continuously steer the vehicle to keep bowl view is active. Top-Down Views and the Front/Rear the guideline centered on the coupler when backing. Park Assist overlays will 4. Front/Rear side View Side Views. In these views Surround View can be enabled by touching not display when the trailer guidance Displays a view that shows objects Surround View on the infotainment line is active. Hitch Guidance is next to the front or rear sides of the display when the camera view is available in Rear Standard View. vehicle. To select, touch Front/Rear active. Side View on the infotainment display Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 269 the Interior Trailer View icon. The view 12 km/h (8 mph), touch CAMERA on { Warning will close after 8 seconds and can be the infotainment display and touch Use Hitch Guidance only to help back the closed early by touching X. the Bed View icon. The view will close vehicle to a trailer hitch or, when 8. Hitch View after 8 seconds and can be closed traveling above 12 km/h (8 mph), to Assists with connecting to a trailer by early by touching X. briefly check the status of your trailer. Do providing a zoomed-in view of the 10. Transparent Trailer View not use for any other purpose, such as hitch to help align the vehicle’s hitch Provides a view that allows the driver making lane change decisions. Before ball with the trailer coupler, or to to virtually “see through” the trailer. making a lane change, always check the monitor the trailer connection. To The feature is available when a mirrors and glance over your shoulder. select, touch Hitch View on the compatible trailer is connected and a Improper use could result in serious infotainment display when a camera profile is configured and selected via injury to you or others. view is active. To access this view the Trailering App. See Trailering App when in a forward gear above 0 306. The feature requires user 7. Interior Trailer View 12 km/h (8 mph), touch CAMERA on installation of an accessory trailer the infotainment display and touch camera on the rear exterior surface of Provides a view of the interior of the the Cargo Bed View icon. The view the trailer per the accessory trailer trailer. The feature is available when a will close after 8 seconds and can be camera installation instructions (see trailer is connected. The feature closed early by touching X. Shifting your dealer for accessory trailer requires user installation of an into P (Park) while in this view will camera(s) and information). To select, accessory trailer camera on the automatically engage the Electric touch Transparent Trailer View on the interior of the trailer per the accessory Parking Brake (EPB). infotainment display when a camera trailer camera installation instructions 9. Bed View view is active. To access this view (see your dealer for accessory trailer when in a forward gear above camera(s) and information). To select, Provides a view of the truck bed and the area behind the vehicle to assist 12 km/h (8 mph), touch CAMERA on touch Interior Trailer View on the the infotainment display and touch infotainment display when a camera in cargo or hitch monitoring or hitching to a fifth wheel or gooseneck the Transparent Trailer View icon. view is active. To access this view Touch X to exit. when in a forward gear above trailer. To select, touch Bed View on 12 km/h (8 mph), touch CAMERA on the infotainment display when a When the system is calibrated and the the infotainment display and touch camera view is active. To access this trailer position is known, one of three view when in a forward gear above views will be shown; Transparent Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

270 Driving and Operating Trailer View, Left Transparent Trailer infotainment display when a View, trailer tow Mirror view and View or Right Transparent Trailer camera view is active. Each touch Combo View. To access this view View. The Transparent Trailer View is will toggle through the Rear Trailer when in a forward gear above shown when the position of the trailer View, Trailer Tow Mirror View and 12 km/h (8 mph), Touch CAMERA is relatively straight behind the Combo View. To access this view on the infotainment display and vehicle. The Left or Right Transparent when in a forward gear above touch the Rear Trailer View/Rear Trailer View is shown when the 12 km/h (8 mph), touch CAMERA Side View with Available position of the trailer is too far to the on the infotainment display and Articulation Functionality/ left or right. When the system is not touch the Interior Rear Trailer Picture-in-Picture Side icon. Touch X calibrated or trailer position is not View/Rear Side View with Available to exit. known the Transparent Trailer Articulation Functionality/ . Provides a rearward split view of Picture-in-Picture View will be shown. Picture-in-Picture Side View icon. the left and right sides of the 11. Rear Trailer View/Rear Side View with Touch X to exit. vehicle and trailer with an overlay Available Articulation Functionality/ . Rear Side View with Available view of the area behind the trailer. Picture-in-Picture Side View Articulation Functionality provides The feature is available when a . Rear Trailer View provides a view a rearward split view of the left trailer is connected. the feature of the area behind the trailer. the and right sides of the vehicle and requires user installation of an feature is available when a trailer trailer. When in a forward gear the accessory trailer camera on the is connected. The feature requires view well automatically pan to rear exterior surface of the trailer user installation of an accessory show more of the left or right side per the accessory trailer camera trailer camera on the rear exterior based on the position of the installation instructions (see your surface of the trailer per the trailer. The feature is available dealer for accessory trailer accessory trailer camera when a trailer is connected. To camera(s) and information). To installation instructions (see your select, touch Rear trailer View/Rear select, touch Rear Trailer View/Rear dealer for accessory trailer Side View with Available Side View with Available camera(s) and information). To Articulation Functionality/ Articulation Functionality/ select, touch Rear Trailer View/Rear Picture-in-Picture Side View on the Picture-in-Picture Side view on the Side View with Available infotainment display when a infotainment display when a Articulation Functionality/ camera view is active. Each touch camera view is active. Each press Picture-in-Pictue Side View on the will toggle through the Rear Trailer of the button will toggle through Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 271 the Rear Trailer View, Trailer Tow R (Reverse). To return to the previous screen Surround Vision (360 Degrees) mirror View and Combo View. To when not in reverse, touch the Home or If equipped, the Surround Vision system can access this view when in a forward Back buttons on the infotainment display. display various views surrounding the gear above 12 km/h (8 mph), touch Certain trailer views require a compatible vehicle in the infotainment display using CAMERA on the infotainment trailer profile be configured and selected. four cameras mounted around the vehicle. display and touch the Rear Trailer A compatible trailer is a box type trailer The front camera is in the grille under the View/Rear Side View with Available (cargo, camper, etc.) with a conventional front emblem, the side cameras are on the Articulation Functionality/ hitch. bottom of the outside mirrors, and the rear Picture-in-Picture Side View icon. camera is in the tailgate handle. Touch X to exit. Available camera views: The Surround Vision system can be accessed HD Surround Vision with Trailer Camera . Front/Rear Standard View . Front/Rear Top-Down View by selecting CAMERA in the infotainment Provisions display or when the vehicle is shifted into If equipped, this feature provides additional . Rear Bowl View R (Reverse). To return to the previous screen views to aid in trailering/towing. The . Front/Rear Side View sooner, when not in R (Reverse), press the system shows multiple views in the . Hitch View Home or Back button on the infotainment infotainment display using five cameras . Bed View system, shift into P (Park), or, while in D mounted around the vehicle and up to two . Rear trailer View (Drive), reach a vehicle speed of additional accessory cameras that can be approximately 12 km/h (8 mph). . Rear Side view with a available mounted on or in a trailer. The front camera articulation functionality Available camera views: is in the grille under the front emblem, the side cameras are on the bottom of the . Picture-in-Picture Side View . Front/Rear Standard View outside mirrors, the rear camera is in the . Interior Trailer View . Front/Rear Top-Down View tailgate handle and the bed camera is . Transparent trailer View . Rear Bowl View mounted on the rear of the cab. . Surround View . Front/Rear Side View Additionally, up to two accessory cameras . Guidance Lines . Hitch View can be mounted to the rear and/or interior of the trailer. See your dealer for accessory . Hitch Guidance . Surround View trailer cameras. To access, touch CAMERA on . Guidance Lines the infotainment display or shift to . Hitch Guidance Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

272 Driving and Operating Surround Vision Troubleshooting . The accessory trailer camera is mounted, angled or rotated outside of the defined If equipped, this feature provides, additional The Transparent Trailer calibration may take mounting location (see camera views to aid in trailering/towing. The Front longer than expected or not calibrate if: installation instructions). Vision Camera and Surround Vision cameras . The vehicle is driven too fast during are not supported. The system can show calibration. Speed should be maintained Distortion may be observed in the calibrated various views in the infotainment display below 50 km/h (31 mph). Transparent Trailer View if: using cameras mounted in and around the . The vehicle is not driven straight during . The accessory trailer camera is mounted, vehicle and trailer. The rear camera is in the calibration. Steering should be maintained angled or rotated outside of the defined tailgate handle and the cargo bed camera is as straight as possible, excessive steering mounting location (see camera mounted on the rear of the cab. Up to two during calibration may extend installation instructions). accessory cameras can be mounted to the calibration time. rear and/or interior of the trailer. See your The Transparent Trailer icon may appear dealer for these accessory cameras. . The calibration is attempted in low light. grayed out if: Calibration should be attempted when . A compatible trailer profile is not The system can be accessed by selecting there is enough light. configured or a non-compatible trailer CAMERA in the infotainment display or . The calibration is attempted during profile is selected. when the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse). adverse weather conditions. Calibration To return to the previous screen sooner, . The vehicle is in R (Reverse). during conditions such as snow or heavy . The trailer is not connected. when not in R (Reverse), press the Home or rain should be avoided. Back button on the infotainment system or . The accessory rear trailer camera is not shift into P (Park). . The road surface is not ideal for connected or connected to the incorrect calibration. Calibration should be input. Available camera views: attempted on an alternate road surface. The preview may not be provided or the . Rear Standard View . The accessory trailer cameras are wrong preview may be provided if: . Hitch View swapped at the hitch connector. Ensure . The accessory cameras are not recognized. . Bed View that the camera mounted to the rear of Ensure that the accessory camera(s) are . Rear Trailer View the trailer is connected to the rear trailer camera input. connected and power cycle the vehicle. . Interior Trailer View . Guidance Lines . Hitch Guidance Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 273 . The accessory trailer cameras are be shorter during warmer or humid weather. The instrument cluster may have a Park swapped at the hitch connector. Ensure Blocked sensors will not detect objects and Assist display with bars that show “distance that the accessory camera(s) are can also cause false detections. Keep the to object” and object location information connected to the correct input. sensors clean of mud, dirt, snow, ice, and for the Front and Rear Park Assist system. . The accessory trailer camera(s) are slush; and clean sensors after a car wash in As the object gets closer, more bars light up connected to the correct camera input. freezing temperatures. and the bars change color from yellow to . The accessory trailer camera(s) are not amber to red. installed according to the installation { Warning When an object is first detected in the rear, instructions. The Park Assist system does not detect one beep will be heard from the rear, A feature may be unavailable or not children, pedestrians, bicyclists, animals, or both sides of the Safety Alert Seat will activating as expected if: or objects located below the bumper or pulse two times. When an object is very close — <0.4 m (1.5 ft) in the vehicle rear or . The customization is disabled. Check the that are too close or too far from the vehicle. It is not available at speeds <0.3 m (1 ft) in the vehicle front — a customization settings where applicable. continuous beep will sound from the rear or . The accessory trailer cameras are greater than 8 km/h (5 mph). To prevent injury, death, or vehicle damage, even front depending on object location, or both swapped at the hitch connector. Ensure sides of the Safety Alert Seat will pulse five with Park Assist, always check the area that the accessory camera(s) are times. Beeps for FPA are higher pitched than connected to the correct camera input. around the vehicle and check all mirrors for RPA. before moving forward or backing. A view may switch automatically if: Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) . The vehicle is shifted to another gear. If equipped, when the vehicle is shifted into Park Assist R (Reverse), RCTA shows a red warning triangle with a left or right pointing arrow With Front and Rear Park Assist, as the on the infotainment display to warn of vehicle moves at speeds of less than 8 km/h traffic coming from the left or right. This (5 mph) the sensors on the bumpers may system detects objects coming from up to detect objects up to 1.2 m (4 ft) in front and 20 m (65 ft) from the left or right side of 2.5 m (8 ft) behind the vehicle within a zone the vehicle. When an object is detected, 25 cm (10 in) high off the ground and below either three beeps sound from the left or bumper level. These detection distances may Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

274 Driving and Operating right or three Safety Alert Seat pulses occur Front and Rear Park Assist can be turned Forward Collision Alert (FCA) on the left or right side, depending on the Off, On, or On with Towbar. See “Park direction of the detected vehicle. Assist” under Vehicle Personalization 0 131. System Use caution while backing up when towing If Park Assist is turned off through vehicle If equipped, the FCA system may help to a trailer, as the RCTA detection zones that personalization, the Park Assist button will avoid or reduce the harm caused by extend out from the back of the vehicle do be disabled. To turn Park Assist on again, front-end crashes. When approaching a not move further back when a trailer is select On in vehicle personalization. The On vehicle ahead too quickly, FCA provides a towed. with Towbar setting allows Park Assist to red flashing alert on the windshield and work properly with a trailer hitch. Some rapidly beeps or pulses the driver seat. FCA RCTA is disabled when the trailer connection larger trailer hitches may not be compatible. also lights an amber visual alert if following status is displayed. Turn off Park Assist when towing a trailer. another vehicle much too closely. RCTA can be turned off. See “Collision/ To turn the RPA symbols on or off, see FCA detects vehicles within a distance of Detection Systems” under Vehicle approximately 60 m (197 ft) and operates at Personalization 0 131. “Rear Camera Park Assist Symbols” under Vehicle Personalization 0 131. speeds above 8 km/h (5 mph). Turning the Features On or Off Assistance Systems for Driving { Warning If equipped, when driving the vehicle in a FCA is a warning system and does not forward gear, Forward Collision Alert (FCA), apply the brakes. When approaching a Lane Departure Warning (LDW), Lane Keep slower-moving or stopped vehicle ahead Assist (LKA), Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA), too rapidly, or when following a vehicle Lane Change Alert (LCA), Automatic too closely, FCA may not provide a Emergency Braking (AEB), and/or the Front warning with enough time to help avoid Press X on the center stack to turn on or Pedestrian Braking (FPB) System can help to a crash. It also may not provide any off the Front and Rear Park Assist. The avoid a crash or reduce crash damage. warning at all. FCA does not warn of indicator light next to the button comes on pedestrians, animals, signs, guardrails, when the features are on and turns off bridges, construction barrels, or other when the features have been disabled. (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 275

Warning (Continued) { Warning objects. Be ready to take action and FCA does not provide a warning to help apply the brakes. See Defensive Driving avoid a crash, unless it detects a vehicle. 0 213. FCA may not detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA sensor is blocked by dirt, snow, FCA can be disabled through vehicle or ice, or if the windshield is damaged. Without Head-Up Display personalization. See “Collision/Detection It may also not detect a vehicle on Systems” under Vehicle Personalization winding or hilly roads, or in conditions When your vehicle approaches another 0 131. that can limit visibility such as fog, rain, detected vehicle too rapidly, the red FCA or snow, or if the headlamps or display will flash on the windshield. Also, Detecting the Vehicle Ahead eight rapid high-pitched beeps will sound windshield are not cleaned or in proper from the front, or both sides of the Safety condition. Keep the windshield, Alert Seat will pulse five times. When this headlamps, and FCA sensors clean and in Collision Alert occurs, the brake system may good repair. prepare for driver braking to occur more rapidly which can cause a brief, mild Collision Alert deceleration. Continue to apply the brake pedal as needed. Cruise control may be FCA warnings will not occur unless the FCA disengaged when the Collision Alert occurs. system detects a vehicle ahead. When a vehicle is detected, the vehicle ahead Tailgating Alert indicator will display green. Vehicles may not be detected on curves, highway exit ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility; or if a vehicle ahead is partially blocked by With Head-Up Display pedestrians or other objects. FCA will not detect another vehicle ahead until it is completely in the driving lane. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

276 Driving and Operating The vehicle ahead indicator will display Following Distance Indicator Automatic Emergency amber when you are following a vehicle The following distance to a moving vehicle ahead much too closely. Braking (AEB) ahead in your path is indicated in following If the vehicle has Forward Collision Alert time in seconds on the Driver Information Selecting the Alert Timing (FCA), it also has AEB, which includes Center (DIC). The minimum following time is The Collision Alert control is on the steering 0.5 seconds away. If there is no vehicle Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA). When the system detects a vehicle ahead in your path wheel. Press [ to set the FCA timing to detected ahead, or the vehicle ahead is out that is traveling in the same direction that Far, Medium, or Near. The first button press of sensor range, dashes will be displayed. shows the current setting on the DIC. you may be about to crash into, it can Additional button presses will change this Unnecessary Alerts provide a boost to braking or automatically brake the vehicle. This can help avoid or setting. The chosen setting will remain until FCA may provide unnecessary alerts for it is changed and will affect the timing of lessen the severity of crashes when driving turning vehicles, vehicles in other lanes, in a forward gear. Depending on the both the Collision Alert and the Tailgating objects that are not vehicles, or shadows. Alert features. The timing of both alerts will situation, the vehicle may automatically These alerts are normal operation and the brake moderately or hard. This automatic vary based on vehicle speed. The faster the vehicle does not need service. vehicle speed, the farther away the alert will emergency braking can only occur if a occur. Consider traffic and weather Cleaning the System vehicle is detected. This is shown by the FCA conditions when selecting the alert timing. vehicle ahead indicator being lit. See If the FCA system does not seem to operate Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 274. The range of selectable alert timings may properly, this may correct the issue: not be appropriate for all drivers and driving The system works when driving in a forward . Clean the outside of the windshield in conditions. gear between 8 km/h (5 mph) and 80 km/h front of the rearview mirror. If your vehicle is equipped with Adaptive (50 mph). It can detect vehicles up to . Clean the entire front of the vehicle. Cruise Control (ACC), changing the FCA approximately 60 m (197 ft). timing setting automatically changes the . Clean the headlamps. following gap setting (Far, Medium, { Warning or Near). AEB is an emergency crash preparation feature and is not designed to avoid crashes. Do not rely on AEB to brake the (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 277 AEB and IBA can be disabled. See “Collision/ Warning (Continued) { Warning Detection Systems” under Vehicle vehicle. AEB will not brake outside of its AEB may automatically brake the vehicle Personalization 0 131. operating speed range and only responds suddenly in situations where it is to detected vehicles. unexpected and undesired. It could { Warning AEB may not: respond to a turning vehicle ahead, Using AEB or IBA while towing a trailer guardrails, signs, and other non-moving could cause you to lose control of the . Detect a vehicle ahead on winding or objects. To override AEB, firmly press the vehicle and crash. Turn the system to hilly roads. accelerator pedal, if it is safe to do so. Alert or Off when towing a trailer. . Detect all vehicles, especially vehicles with a trailer, tractors, muddy Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) A system unavailable message may vehicles, etc. IBA may activate when the brake pedal is display if: . Detect a vehicle when weather limits applied quickly by providing a boost to . The front of the vehicle or windshield is visibility, such as in fog, rain, or snow. braking based on the speed of approach and not clean. . Detect a vehicle ahead if it is partially distance to a vehicle ahead. . Heavy rain or snow is interfering with blocked by pedestrians or other Minor brake pedal pulsations or pedal object detection. objects. movement during this time is normal and . There is a problem with the StabiliTrak/ Complete attention is always required the brake pedal should continue to be Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system. while driving, and you should be ready to applied as needed. IBA will automatically The AEB system does not need service. take action and apply the brakes and/or disengage only when the brake pedal is steer the vehicle to avoid crashes. released. Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) System AEB may slow the vehicle to a complete { Warning stop to try to avoid a potential crash. If this If equipped, the FPB system may help avoid IBA may increase vehicle braking in or reduce the harm caused by front-end happens, AEB may engage the Electric situations when it may not be necessary. Parking Brake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at a crashes with nearby pedestrians when You could block the flow of traffic. If this driving in a forward gear. FPB displays an stop. Release the EPB or firmly press the occurs, take your foot off the brake pedal accelerator pedal. amber indicator, ~, when a nearby and then apply the brakes as needed. pedestrian is detected ahead. When Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

278 Driving and Operating approaching a detected pedestrian too FPB alerts and automatic braking will not quickly, FPB provides a red flashing alert on Warning (Continued) occur unless the FPB system detects a the windshield and rapidly beeps or pulses . Due to poor visibility, including pedestrian. When a nearby pedestrian is the driver seat. FPB can provide a boost to nighttime conditions, fog, rain, detected in front of the vehicle, the braking or automatically brake the vehicle. or snow. pedestrian ahead indicator will display This system includes Intelligent Brake Assist . If the FPB sensor is blocked by dirt, amber. (IBA), and the Automatic Emergency Braking snow, or ice. (AEB) system may also respond to Front Pedestrian Alert pedestrians. See Automatic Emergency . If the headlamps or windshield are not Braking (AEB) 0 276. cleaned or in proper condition. The FPB system can detect and alert to Be ready to take action and apply the pedestrians in a forward gear at speeds brakes. For more information, see between 8 km/h (5 mph) and 80 km/h Defensive Driving 0 213. Keep the (50 mph). During daytime driving, the windshield, headlamps, and FPB sensor system detects pedestrians up to a distance clean and in good repair. With Head-Up Display of approximately 40 m (131 ft). During nighttime driving, system performance is FPB can be set to Off, Alert, or Alert and very limited. Brake through vehicle personalization. See “Collision/Detection Systems” under Vehicle { Warning Personalization 0 131. FPB does not provide an alert or Detecting the Pedestrian Ahead automatically brake the vehicle, unless it Without Head-Up Display detects a pedestrian. FPB may not detect pedestrians, including children: When the vehicle approaches a pedestrian ahead too rapidly, the red FPB alert display . When the pedestrian is not directly ahead, fully visible, or standing will flash on the windshield. Eight rapid upright, or when part of a group. high-pitched beeps will sound from the front, or both sides of the Safety Alert Seat (Continued) will pulse five times. When this Pedestrian Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 279 Alert occurs, the brake system may prepare Cleaning the System for driver braking to occur more rapidly { Warning If FPB does not seem to operate properly, which can cause a brief, mild deceleration. FPB may alert or automatically brake the cleaning the outside of the windshield in Continue to apply the brake pedal as vehicle suddenly in situations where it is front of the rearview mirror may correct the needed. Cruise control may be disengaged unexpected and undesired. It could falsely issue. when the Front Pedestrian Alert occurs. alert or brake for objects similar in shape Automatic Braking or size to pedestrians, including shadows. Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) This is normal operation and the vehicle If FPB detects it is about to crash into a If equipped, the SBZA system is a does not need service. To override lane-changing aid that assists drivers with pedestrian directly ahead, and the brakes Automatic Braking, firmly press the have not been applied, FPB may avoiding crashes that occur with moving accelerator pedal, if it is safe to do so. automatically brake moderately or brake vehicles in the side blind zone, or blind spot hard. This can help to avoid some very low areas. When the vehicle is in a forward gear, Automatic Braking can be disabled through the left or right side mirror display will light speed pedestrian crashes or reduce vehicle personalization. See “Front Pedestrian pedestrian injury. FPB can automatically up if a moving vehicle is detected in that Detection” in “Collision/Detection Systems” blind zone. If the turn signal is activated and brake to detected pedestrians between under Vehicle Personalization 0 131. 8 km/h (5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph). a vehicle is also detected on the same side, Automatic braking levels may be reduced the display will flash as an extra warning under certain conditions, such as higher { Warning not to change lanes. Since this system is speeds. Using the Front Pedestrian Braking part of the Lane Change Alert (LCA) system, system while towing a trailer could cause read the entire LCA section before using this If this happens, Automatic Braking may feature. engage the Electric Parking Brake (EPB) to you to lose control of the vehicle and hold the vehicle at a stop. Release the EPB. crash. Turn the system to Alert or Off Lane Change Alert (LCA) A firm press of the accelerator pedal will when towing a trailer. also release Automatic Braking and the EPB. If equipped, the LCA system is a lane-changing aid that assists drivers with avoiding lane change crashes that occur with moving vehicles in the side blind zone (or spot) areas or with vehicles rapidly approaching these areas from behind. The Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

280 Driving and Operating LCA warning display will light up in the The LCA sensor covers a zone of When the vehicle is started, both outside corresponding outside side mirror and will approximately one lane over from both mirror LCA displays will briefly come on to flash if the turn signal is on. sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m (11 ft). The indicate the system is operating. When the height of the zone is approximately between vehicle is in a forward gear, the left or right { Warning 0.5 m (1.5 ft) and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. side mirror display will light up if a moving The Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) warning vehicle is detected in the next lane over in LCA does not alert the driver to vehicles area starts at approximately the middle of that blind zone or rapidly approaching that outside of the system detection zones, the vehicle and goes back 5 m (16 ft). Drivers zone. If the turn signal is activated in the pedestrians, bicyclists, or animals. It may are also warned of vehicles rapidly same direction as a detected vehicle, this not provide alerts when changing lanes approaching from up to 70 m (230 ft) behind display will flash as an extra warning not to under all driving conditions. Failure to use the vehicle. change lanes. proper care when changing lanes may result in injury, death, or vehicle damage. How the System Works LCA can be disabled through vehicle personalization. When you disable LCA, SBZA Before making a lane change, always The LCA symbol lights up in the side mirrors is also disabled. See Vehicle Personalization check mirrors, glance over your shoulder, when the system detects a moving vehicle 0 131. If LCA is disabled by the driver, the and use the turn signals. in the next lane over that is in the side LCA mirror displays will not light up. blind zone or rapidly approaching that zone LCA Detection Zones from behind. A lit LCA symbol indicates it When the System Does Not Seem to may be unsafe to change lanes. Before Work Properly making a lane change, check the LCA display, check mirrors, glance over your The LCA system requires some driving for shoulder, and use the turn signals. the system to calibrate to maximum performance. This calibration may occur more quickly if the vehicle is driving on a straight highway road with traffic and roadside objects (e.g., guardrails, barriers). LCA displays may not come on when passing a vehicle quickly, for a stopped 1. SBZA Detection Zone Left Side Mirror Right Side Mirror vehicle, or when towing a trailer. The LCA 2. LCA Detection Zone Display Display detection zones that extend back from the Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 281 side of the vehicle do not move further back If the LCA displays do not light up when when a trailer is towed. Use caution while moving vehicles are in the side blind zone or { Warning changing lanes when towing a trailer. LCA are rapidly approaching this zone and the The LKA system does not continuously may alert to objects attached to the vehicle, system is clean, the system may need steer the vehicle. It may not keep the such as a trailer, bicycle, or object extending service. Take the vehicle to your dealer. vehicle in the lane or give a Lane out to either side of the vehicle. Attached Radio Frequency Information Departure Warning (LDW) alert, even if a objects may also interfere with the lane marking is detected. detection of vehicles. This is normal system See Radio Frequency Statement 0 436. operation; the vehicle does not need service. The LKA and LDW systems may not: LCA may not always alert the driver to Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . Provide an alert or enough steering vehicles in the next lane over, especially in If equipped, LKA may help avoid crashes due assist to avoid a lane departure or wet conditions or when driving on sharp to unintentional lane departures. This crash. curves. The system does not need to be system uses a camera to detect lane . Detect lane markings under poor serviced. The system may light up due to markings between 60 km/h (37 mph) and weather or visibility conditions. This guardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, and other 180 km/h (112 mph). It may assist by gently can occur if the windshield or non-moving objects. This is normal system turning the steering wheel if the vehicle headlamps are blocked by dirt, snow, operation; the vehicle does not need service. approaches a detected lane marking. It may or ice; if they are not in proper LCA may not operate when the LCA sensors also provide a Lane Departure Warning condition; or if the sun shines directly in the left or right corners of the rear (LDW) alert if the vehicle crosses a detected into the camera. lane marking. LKA can be overridden by bumper are covered with mud, dirt, snow, . Detect road edges. ice, or slush, or in heavy rainstorms. For turning the steering wheel. This system is . Detect lanes on winding or hilly roads. cleaning instructions, see "Washing the not intended to keep the vehicle centered in Vehicle" under Exterior Care 0 398. If the the lane. LKA will not assist and alert if the If LKA only detects lane markings on one DIC still displays the system unavailable turn signal is active in the direction of lane side of the road, it will only assist or message after cleaning both sides of the departure, or if it detects that you are provide an LDW alert when approaching accelerating, braking or actively steering. vehicle toward the rear corners of the the lane on the side where it has vehicle, see your dealer. detected a lane marking. Even with LKA and LDW, you must steer the vehicle. (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

282 Driving and Operating A When the System Does Not Seem to Warning (Continued) To turn LKA on and off, press on the center stack. If equipped, the indicator light Work Properly Always keep your attention on the road on the button comes on when LKA is on and The system performance may be and maintain proper vehicle position turns off when LKA is disabled. affected by: within the lane, or vehicle damage, When on, A is white, if equipped, . Close vehicles ahead. injury, or death could occur. Always keep indicating that the system is not ready to the windshield, headlamps, and camera . Sudden lighting changes, such as when assist. A is green if LKA is ready to sensors clean and in good repair. Do not driving through tunnels. assist. LKA may assist by gently turning the use LKA in bad weather conditions or on . Banked roads. steering wheel if the vehicle approaches a . Roads with poor lane markings, such as roads with unclear lane markings, such as A construction zones. detected lane marking. is amber when two-lane roads. assisting. It may also provide a Lane Departure Warning (LDW) alert by flashing If the LKA system is not functioning A properly when lane markings are clearly { Warning amber if the vehicle crosses a visible, cleaning the windshield may help. detected lane marking. Additionally, there Using LKA while towing a trailer or on may be three beeps, or the driver seat may A camera blocked message may display if slippery roads could cause loss of control pulse three times, on the right or left, the camera is blocked. Some driver of the vehicle and a crash. Turn the depending on the lane departure direction. assistance systems may have reduced system off. performance or not work at all. An LKA or Take Steering LDW unavailable message may display if the How the System Works The LKA system does not continuously steer systems are temporarily unavailable. This LKA uses a camera sensor installed on the the vehicle. If LKA does not detect active message could be due to a blocked camera. windshield ahead of the rearview mirror to driver steering, an alert and chime may be The LKA system does not need service. Clean detect lane markings. It may provide brief provided. Steer the vehicle to dismiss. LKA the outside of the windshield behind the steering assist if it detects an unintended may become temporarily unavailable after rearview mirror. lane departure. It may further provide an repeated take steering alerts. LKA assistance and/or LDW alerts may occur audible alert or the driver seat may pulse due to tar marks, shadows, cracks in the indicating that a lane marking has been road, temporary or construction lane crossed. markings, or other road imperfections. This Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 283 is normal system operation; the vehicle does Recommended Fuel (Except 6.2L Recommended Fuel (6.2L not need service. Turn LKA off if these conditions continue. V8 Engine) V8 Engine) For diesel engine vehicles, see “Fuel for Fuel Diesel Engines” in the Duramax diesel supplement. Top Tier Fuel GM recommends the use of TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline to keep the engine clean, reduce engine deposits, and maintain Premium unleaded gasoline meeting ASTM optimal vehicle performance. Look for the specification D4814 with a posted octane TOP TIER Logo or see www.toptiergas.com rating of 93 — (R+M)/2 — is highly for a list of TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline If the vehicle has a yellow fuel cap or a recommended for best performance and fuel marketers and applicable countries. yellow sticker on the fuel door, E85 or economy. Unleaded gasoline with an octane FlexFuel can be used. If the vehicle does not rated as low as 87 can be used. Using have a yellow fuel cap or yellow sticker, do unleaded gasoline rated below 93 octane, not use gasoline with ethanol levels greater however, will lead to reduced acceleration than 15% by volume. See E85 or FlexFuel and fuel economy. If knocking occurs, use a 0 284. gasoline rated at 93 octane as soon as possible, otherwise, the engine could be Use regular unleaded gasoline meeting damaged. If heavy knocking is heard when ASTM specification D4814 with a posted using gasoline with a 93 octane rating, the octane rating of 87 — (R+M)/2 — or higher. engine needs service. Do not use gasoline with a posted octane rating of less than 87, as this may cause Do not use any fuel labeled E85 or FlexFuel. engine knock and will lower fuel economy. Do not use gasoline with ethanol levels greater than 15% by volume. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

284 Driving and Operating Prohibited Fuels Fuels in Foreign Countries The use of E85 or FlexFuel is encouraged when the vehicle is designed to use it. E85 Caution The U.S., Canada, and Mexico post fuel or FlexFuel is made from renewable sources. octane ratings in anti-knock index (AKI). For Do not use fuels with any of the fuel not to use in a foreign country, see To help locate fuel stations that carry E85 or following conditions; doing so may Prohibited Fuels 0 284. FlexFuel, the U.S. Department of Energy has damage the vehicle and void its an alternative fuel website. See warranty: Fuel Additives www.afdc.energy.gov/afdc/locator/stations. . For vehicles that are not FlexFuel, fuel TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is highly E85 or FlexFuel should meet ASTM labeled greater than 15% ethanol by recommended for use with your vehicle. Specification D 5798 or CAN/CGSB–3.512 in volume, such as mid-level ethanol If your country does not have TOP TIER Canada. Do not use the fuel if the ethanol blends (16–50% ethanol), E85, Detergent Gasoline, add ACDelco Fuel content is greater than 85%. Fuel mixtures or FlexFuel. System Treatment Plus−Gasoline to the that do not meet ASTM or CGSB specifications can affect driveability and . Fuel with any amount of methanol, vehicle’s gasoline fuel tank at every oil change or 15 000 km (9,000 mi), whichever could cause the malfunction indicator lamp methylal, ferrocene, and aniline. These to come on. fuels can corrode metal fuel system occurs first. TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline and parts or damage plastic and rubber ACDelco Fuel System Treatment Plus The starting characteristics of E85 or FlexFuel parts. −Gasoline will help keep your vehicle’s make it unsuitable for use when engine fuel deposit free and performing temperatures fall below −18 °C (0 °F). Use . Fuel containing metals such as optimally. gasoline or add gasoline to the E85 or methylcyclopentadienyl manganese FlexFuel. tricarbonyl (MMT), which can damage E85 or FlexFuel the emissions control system and Because E85 or FlexFuel has less energy per spark plugs. Vehicles with a yellow fuel sticker on the liter (gallon) than gasoline, the vehicle will fuel door can use either unleaded gasoline need to be refilled more often. See Filling . Fuel with a posted octane rating of or fuel containing up to 85% ethanol (E85). 0 less than the recommended fuel. Using the Tank (Pickup Model) 285 or All other vehicles should use only the Filling the Tank (Chassis Cab Model) 0 286. this fuel will lower fuel economy and unleaded gasoline as described in performance, and may decrease the Recommended Fuel (Except 6.2L V8 Engine) life of the emissions catalyst. 0 283 or Recommended Fuel (6.2L V8 Engine) 0 283. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 285 The only GM approved aftermarket additive Filling the Tank (Pickup Model) is ACDelco Fuel System Treatment Warning (Continued) Plus-FlexFuel. Follow the instructions on the If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the . Keep children away from the fuel bottle for proper use. This product is Duramax diesel supplement. pump and never let children available at your GM dealer. An arrow on the fuel gauge indicates which pump fuel. side of the vehicle the fuel door is on. See Caution . Before touching the fill nozzle, touch a Fuel Gauge 0 110. metallic object to discharge static Some additives are not compatible with electricity from your body. E85 or FlexFuel and can harm the { Warning . Fuel can spray out if the fill nozzle is vehicle's fuel system. Use only additives Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn violently inserted too quickly. This spray can approved by GM for E85 or FlexFuel and can cause injury or death. happen if the tank is nearly full, and is vehicles. Damage caused by unapproved more likely in hot weather. Insert the Follow these guidelines to help avoid additives would not be covered by the fill nozzle slowly and wait for any hiss vehicle warranty. injuries to you and others: noise to stop before beginning to . Read and follow all the instructions on flow fuel. the fuel pump island. Caution . Turn off the engine when refueling. Do not use fuel containing methanol. It can corrode metal parts in the fuel . Keep sparks, flames, and smoking materials away from fuel. system and also damage plastic and rubber parts. That damage would not be . Do not leave the fuel pump covered under the vehicle warranty. unattended. . Avoid using electronic devices while To help keep the engine running efficiently, refueling. fill the tank with gasoline, up to E15, after . Do not re-enter the vehicle while filling the tank with E85 one or two times. pumping fuel. (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

286 Driving and Operating The capless refueling system does not have Filling the Tank with a Portable Fuel Filling the Tank (Chassis Cab a fuel cap. Fully insert and latch the fill Container Model) nozzle, begin fueling. If the vehicle runs out of fuel and must be filled from a portable fuel container: An arrow on the fuel gauge indicates which { Warning side of the vehicle the fuel door is on. See 0 Overfilling the fuel tank by more than Fuel Gauge 110. three clicks of a standard fill nozzle may cause: { Warning . Vehicle performance issues, including Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn violently engine stalling and damage to the fuel and can cause injury or death. system. 1. Locate the capless funnel adapter. Follow these guidelines to help avoid injuries to you and others: . Fuel spills. 2. Insert and latch the funnel into the . Under certain conditions, fuel fires. capless fuel system. . Read and follow all the instructions on the fuel pump island. Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait five seconds { Warning . Turn off the engine when refueling. after you have finished pumping before removing the fill nozzle. Clean fuel from Attempting to refuel from a portable fuel . Keep sparks, flames, and smoking painted surfaces as soon as possible. See container without using the funnel materials away from fuel. Exterior Care 0 398. Push the fuel door adapter may cause fuel spillage and . Do not leave the fuel pump closed. damage the capless fuel system. This unattended. could cause a fire. You or others could be . Avoid using electronic devices while { Warning badly burned and the vehicle could be refueling. damaged. If a fire starts while you are refueling, do . Do not re-enter the vehicle while not remove the fill nozzle. Shut off the 3. Remove and clean the funnel adapter pumping fuel. flow of fuel by shutting off the pump or and return it to the storage location. (Continued) by notifying the station attendant. Leave the area immediately. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 287 Use the fuel cap key to unlock the fuel cap Warning (Continued) then turn the fuel cap counterclockwise to { Warning . Keep children away from the fuel remove. Fully insert and latch the fill nozzle, If a fire starts while you are refueling, do pump and never let children begin fueling. not remove the fill nozzle. Shut off the pump fuel. flow of fuel by shutting off the pump or . Before touching the fill nozzle, touch a { Warning by notifying the station attendant. Leave metallic object to discharge static Overfilling the fuel tank by more than the area immediately. electricity from your body. three clicks of a standard fill nozzle may cause: . Fuel can spray out if the fuel cap is Caution opened too quickly. This spray can . Vehicle performance issues, including happen if the tank is nearly full, and is engine stalling and damage to the fuel If a new fuel cap is needed, get the right more likely in hot weather. Open the system. type of cap from your dealer. The wrong fuel cap slowly and wait for any hiss type of fuel cap may not fit properly, noise to stop, then unscrew the cap all . Fuel spills. may turn on the malfunction indicator the way. . Under certain conditions, fuel fires. lamp, and could damage the fuel system and emissions system. See Malfunction Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait five seconds Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 116. after you have finished pumping before removing the fill nozzle. Clean fuel from painted surfaces as soon as possible. See Exterior Care 0 398. Reinstall the cap by turning it clockwise until it clicks. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

288 Driving and Operating

Filling a Portable Fuel Container Trailer Towing Warning (Continued) { Warning General Towing Information trailer only if all the steps in this section have been followed. Ask your dealer for Never fill a portable fuel container while Only use towing equipment that has been advice and information about towing a designed for the vehicle. Contact your dealer it is in the vehicle. Static electricity trailer with the vehicle. discharge from the container can ignite or trailering dealer for assistance with the fuel vapor. You or others could be preparing the vehicle to tow a trailer. Read Driving with a Trailer badly burned and the vehicle could be the entire section before towing a trailer. Trailering is different than just driving the damaged. To help avoid injury to you To tow a disabled vehicle, see Towing the vehicle by itself. Trailering means changes in and others: Vehicle 0 394. To tow the vehicle behind handling, acceleration, braking, durability, another vehicle such as a motor home, see . Dispense fuel only into approved and fuel economy. Successful, safe trailering Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 395. containers. takes correct equipment, and it has to be . Do not fill a container while it is Driving Characteristics and used properly. inside a vehicle, in a vehicle's trunk, in Towing Tips The following information has many a pickup bed, or on any surface other time-tested, important trailering tips and than the ground. { Warning safety rules. Many of these are important . Bring the fill nozzle in contact with for your safety and that of your passengers. the inside of the fill opening before You can lose control when towing a Read this section carefully before pulling a operating the nozzle. Maintain contact trailer if the correct equipment is not trailer. used or the vehicle is not driven properly. until filling is complete. When towing a trailer: For example, if the trailer is too heavy or . Keep sparks, flames, and smoking . Become familiar with and follow all state materials away from fuel. the trailer brakes are inadequate for the load, the vehicle may not stop as and local laws that apply to trailer towing. These requirements vary from . Avoid using electronic devices while expected. You and others could be pumping fuel. state to state. seriously injured. The vehicle may also be damaged, and the repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Pull a (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 289 . State laws may require the use of If equipped, the following driver assistance extended side view mirrors. Even if not features should be turned off when towing { Warning required, you should install extended side a trailer: To prevent serious injury or death from view mirrors if your visibility is limited or . Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) carbon monoxide (CO), when towing a restricted while towing. . Super Cruise Control trailer: . Do not tow a trailer during the first . Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . Do not drive with the liftgate, trunk/ 800 km (500 mi) of vehicle use to prevent hatch, or rear-most window open. damage to the engine, axle, or other . Park Assist parts. . Automatic Parking Assist (APA) . Fully open the air outlets on or under . It is recommended to perform the first oil . Reverse Automatic Braking (RAB) the instrument panel. change before heavy towing. If equipped, the following driver assistance . Adjust the climate control system to a . During the first 800 km (500 mi) of trailer features should be turned to alert or off setting that brings in only outside air. towing, do not drive over 80 km/h when towing a trailer: See “Climate Control Systems” in the Index. (50 mph) and do not make starts at full . Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) throttle. . Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) For more information about carbon 0 . Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). Tow/Haul . Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) monoxide, see Engine Exhaust 237. Mode is recommended for heavier trailers. See Tow/Haul Mode 0 241. If the If equipped with Lane Change Alert (LCA), Towing a trailer requires experience. The transmission downshifts too often, a the LCA detection zones that extend back combination of the vehicle and trailer is lower gear may be selected using Manual from the side of the vehicle do not move longer and not as responsive as the vehicle Mode. See Manual Mode 0 240. further back when a trailer is towed. Use itself. Get used to the handling and braking caution while changing lanes when towing a of the combination by driving on a level trailer. road surface before driving on public roads. If equipped with Rear Cross Traffic Alert The trailer structure, the tires, and the (RCTA), use caution while backing up when brakes must all be rated to carry the towing a trailer, as the RCTA detection zones intended cargo. Inadequate trailer that extend out from the back of the vehicle equipment can cause the combination to do not move further back when a trailer is operate in an unexpected or unsafe manner. towed. Before driving, inspect all trailer hitch parts Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

290 Driving and Operating and attachments, safety chains, electrical beyond the passed vehicle before returning Driving on Grades connectors, lamps, tires, and mirrors. See to the lane. Pass on level roadways. Avoid Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear Towing Equipment 0 296. If the trailer has passing on hills if possible. before starting down a long or steep electric brakes, start the combination downhill grade. If the transmission is not moving and then manually apply the trailer Backing Up shifted down, the brakes may overheat and brake controller to check that the trailer Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with result in reduced braking efficiency. brakes work. During the trip, occasionally one hand. To move the trailer to the left, check that the cargo and trailer are secure move that hand to the left. To move the The vehicle can tow in D (Drive). Shift the and that the lamps and any trailer brakes trailer to the right, move that hand to the transmission to a lower gear if the are working. right. Always back up slowly and, if possible, transmission shifts too often under heavy have someone guide you. loads and/or hilly conditions. Towing with a Stability Control System Making Turns When towing at higher altitudes, engine When towing, the stability control system coolant will boil at a lower temperature might be heard. The system reacts to Caution than at lower altitudes. If the engine is vehicle movement caused by the trailer, turned off immediately after towing at high which mainly occurs during cornering. This is Turn more slowly and make wider arcs altitude on steep uphill grades, the vehicle normal when towing heavier trailers. when towing a trailer to prevent damage could show signs similar to engine to your vehicle. Making very sharp turns Following Distance overheating. To avoid this, let the engine could cause the trailer to contact the run, preferably on level ground, with the Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle vehicle. transmission in P (Park) for a few minutes ahead as you would when driving without a before turning the engine off. If the trailer. This can help to avoid heavy braking Make wider turns than normal when towing, overheat warning comes on, see Engine and sudden turns. so the trailer will not go over soft shoulders, Overheating 0 337. over curbs, or strike road signs, trees, Passing or other objects. Always signal turns well in Viewing Systems More passing distance is needed when advance. Do not steer or brake suddenly. If equipped, the viewing systems on the towing a trailer. The combination of the vehicle can improve visibility while hitching, vehicle and trailer will not accelerate as backing, and driving with a trailer. See quickly and is much longer than the vehicle Driver Assistance Systems 0 264. alone. It is necessary to go much farther Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 291 Parking on Hills 2. Let up on the brake pedal. Warning (Continued) 3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of { Warning the chocks. . Do not move the vehicle if someone is in the path of the trailer. Some parts To prevent serious injury or death, 4. Stop and have someone pick up and of the trailer might be underwater and always park your vehicle and trailer on a store the chocks. not visible to people who are assisting level surface when possible. Launching and Retrieving a Boat in launching the boat. When parking your vehicle and your trailer Backing the Trailer into the Water Disconnect the wiring to the trailer before on a hill: backing the trailer into the water to prevent 1. Press the brake pedal, but do not shift { Warning damage to the electrical circuits on the into P (Park) yet. Turn the wheels into . Have all passengers get out of the trailer. Reconnect the wiring to the trailer the curb if facing downhill or into traffic vehicle before backing onto the sloped after removing the trailer from the water. if facing uphill. part of the ramp. Lower the driver and If the trailer has electric brakes that can 2. Have someone place chocks under the passenger side windows before function when the trailer is submerged, it trailer wheels. backing onto the ramp. This will might help to leave the electrical trailer provide a means of escape in the connector attached to maintain trailer brake 3. Gradually release the brake pedal to unlikely event the vehicle slides into functionality while on the boat ramp. allow the chocks to absorb the load of the water. the trailer. To back the trailer into the water: 4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then apply the . If the boat launch surface is slippery, 1. If equipped, place the vehicle in parking brake and shift into P (Park). have the driver remain in the vehicle four-wheel-drive high. with the brake pedal applied while the 2. Slowly back down the boat ramp until 5. Release the brake pedal. boat is being launched. The boat the boat is floating, but no further than launch can be especially slippery at Leaving After Parking on a Hill necessary. low tide when part of the ramp was 1. Apply and hold the brake pedal. previously submerged at high tide. Do 3. Press and hold the brake pedal, but do . Start the engine. not back onto the ramp to launch the not shift into P (Park) yet. . Shift into a gear. boat if you are not sure the vehicle 4. Have someone place chocks under the . Release the parking brake. can maintain traction. front wheels of the vehicle. (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

292 Driving and Operating

5. Gradually release the brake pedal to Caution Caution allow the chocks to absorb the load of the trailer. If the vehicle tires begin to spin and the Towing a trailer improperly can damage 6. Reapply the brake pedal. Then apply the vehicle begins to slide toward the water, the vehicle and result in costly repairs parking brake and shift into P (Park). remove your foot from the accelerator not covered by the vehicle warranty. To pedal and apply the brake pedal. Seek tow a trailer correctly, follow the 7. Release the brake pedal. help to have the vehicle towed up directions in this section and see your Pulling the Trailer from the Water the ramp. dealer for important information about To pull the trailer out of the water: towing a trailer with the vehicle. Maintenance when Trailer Towing 1. Press and hold the brake pedal. Trailering is different than just driving the The vehicle needs service more often when 2. Start the engine and shift into gear. vehicle by itself. Trailering means changes in used to tow trailers. See Maintenance handling, acceleration, braking, durability, 3. Release the parking brake. Schedule 0 409. It is especially important to and fuel economy. Successful, safe trailering 4. Let up on the brake pedal. check the engine oil, axle lubricant, belts, takes correct equipment, and it has to be cooling system, and brake system before 5. Drive slowly until the tires are clear of used properly. the chocks. and during each trip. The following information has many Check periodically to see that all nuts and 6. Stop and have someone pick up and time-tested, important trailering tips and bolts on the trailer hitch are tight. store the chocks. safety rules. Many of these are important 7. Slowly pull the trailer from the water. Engine Cooling When Trailer Towing for your safety and that of your passengers. 8. Once the vehicle and trailer have been Read this section carefully before pulling a The cooling system may temporarily driven from the sloped part of the boat trailer. overheat during severe operating conditions. ramp, the vehicle can be shifted from See Engine Overheating 0 337. Trailer Weight four-wheel-drive high. Shift into the drive mode that is appropriate for the road Trailer Towing conditions. { Warning If equipped with a diesel engine, see the Never exceed the towing capacity for Duramax diesel supplement. your vehicle. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 293 Safe trailering requires monitoring the The only way to be sure the weight is not the GCWR for your vehicle. The GCWR for weight, speed, altitude, road grades, outside exceeding any of these ratings is to weigh the vehicle is on the Trailering Information temperature, and how frequently the vehicle the tow vehicle and trailer combination, Label. is used to tow a trailer. fully loaded for the trip, getting individual To check that the weight of the vehicle and weights for each of these items. Trailer Weight Ratings trailer are within the GCWR for the vehicle, A trailering information label on the B-pillar follow these steps: When towing a trailer, the combined weight shows tow rating information for the 1. Start with the "curb weight" from the of the vehicle, vehicle contents, trailer, and vehicle. trailer contents must be below all of the Trailering Information Label. 2. Add the weight of the trailer loaded with maximum weight ratings for the vehicle, { Warning including: cargo and ready for the trip. . GCWR: Gross Combined Weight Rating You and others could be seriously injured 3. Add the weight of all passengers. or killed if the trailer is too heavy or the . GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating 4. Add the weight of all cargo in the trailer brakes are inadequate for the load. vehicle. . Maximum Trailer Weight Rating The vehicle may be damaged, and the . GAWR-RR: Gross Axle Weight Rating-Rear repairs would not be covered by the 5. Add the weight of hitch hardware such . Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating vehicle warranty. as a draw bar, ball, load equalizer bars, or sway bars. See “Weight-Distributing Hitch and Only tow a trailer if all the steps in this 0 6. Add the weight of any accessories or Adjustment” under Towing Equipment 296 section have been followed. Ask your to determine if equalizer bars are required aftermarket equipment added to the dealer for advice and information about vehicle. to obtain the maximum trailer weight towing a trailer. rating. The resulting weight cannot exceed the See “Trailer Brakes” under Towing Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR) GCWR value on the Trailering Information Equipment 0 296 to determine if brakes are Label. GCWR is the total allowable weight of the required based on your trailer's weight. completely loaded vehicle and trailer The gross combined weight can also be including any fuel, passengers, cargo, confirmed by weighing the truck and trailer equipment, and accessories. Do not exceed on a public scale. The truck and trailer should be loaded for the trip with passengers and cargo. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

294 Driving and Operating the trailer weight to stay within the GCWR, GVWR, maximum trailer tongue load, or GAWR-RR for the vehicle. Use the Tow Rating Guide (my.chevrolet.com/learn) to determine how much the trailer can weigh, based on the vehicle model and options. Weights listed apply for conventional trailers and gooseneck/fifth-wheel trailers unless otherwise noted. A step bumper trailer hitch can only support a total trailer weight up to 2 271 kg The Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) (5,000 lb). If a trailer hitch ball is added to for a conventional trailer hitch or a fifth the step bumper, check the hitch ball rating For information about the vehicle's wheel/gooseneck hitch is shown on the to be sure it is higher than the total trailer maximum load capacity, see Vehicle Load Trailering Information Label. Limits 0 222. When calculating the GVWR weight. with a trailer attached, the trailer tongue Do not exceed a maximum trailer tongue weight must be included as part of the Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating weight of 567 kg (1,250 lb) for a conventional weight the vehicle is carrying. The Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating trailer hitch. is the allowable trailer tongue weight that Maximum Trailer Weight The trailer tongue weight contributes to the the vehicle can support using a conventional Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW). GVW includes The maximum trailer weight rating is trailer hitch. It may be necessary to reduce the curb weight of your vehicle, any calculated assuming the tow vehicle has a the overall trailer weight to stay within the passengers, cargo, equipment and the trailer driver, a front seat passenger, and all maximum trailer tongue weight rating while tongue weight. Vehicle options, passengers, required trailering equipment. This value still maintaining the correct trailer load cargo, and equipment reduce the maximum represents the heaviest trailer the vehicle balance. A fifth-wheel or gooseneck hitch allowable tongue weight the vehicle can can tow, but it may be necessary to reduce may support a higher tongue weight. carry, which also reduces the maximum allowable trailer weight. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 295 Trailer Load Balance The trailer load balance percentage is Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating calculated as: weight (1) divided by The correct trailer load balance must be (GAWR-RR) weight (2) times 100. maintained to ensure trailer stability. The GAWR-RR is the total weight that can be Incorrect load balance is a leading cause of After loading the trailer, separately weigh supported by the rear axle of the vehicle. Do trailer sway. the trailer and then the trailer tongue and not exceed the GAWR-RR for the vehicle, calculate the trailer load balance percentage with the tow vehicle and trailer fully loaded to see if the weights and distribution are for the trip including the weight of the appropriate for your vehicle. If the trailer trailer tongue. If using a weight-distributing weight is too high, it may be possible to hitch, do not exceed the GAWR-RR before transfer some of the cargo into your vehicle. applying the weight distribution spring bars. If the trailer tongue weight is too high or too low, it may be possible to rearrange some of the cargo inside of the trailer. Do not exceed the maximum allowable tongue weight for your vehicle. Use the shortest hitch extension available to position the hitch ball closer to your vehicle. This will help reduce the effect of the trailer tongue The trailer tongue weight (1) should be 10– weight on the trailer hitch and the rear axle. 15% and fifth-wheel or gooseneck tongue If a cargo carrier is used in the trailer hitch weight should be 15–25% of the total loaded receiver, choose a carrier that positions the trailer weight (2). Some specific trailer types, load as close to the vehicle as possible. such as boat trailers, fall outside of this Make sure the total weight, including the range. Always refer to the trailer owner’s carrier, is no more than half of the The GAWR-RR for the vehicle is on the manual for the recommended trailer tongue maximum allowable tongue weight for the Trailering Information Label. weight for each trailer. Never exceed the vehicle or 227 kg (500 lb), whichever is less. Ask your dealer for trailering information or maximum loads for the vehicle, hitch, and assistance. trailer. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

296 Driving and Operating Towing Equipment Gooseneck Hitch tongue weight between your vehicle and A gooseneck hitch is designed to be coupled trailer axles. Fifth-wheel and gooseneck Hitches to a special hitch leveraging a hitch ball, and hitches may also be used. See “Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight” under Trailer Towing is mounted over the rear axle in the 0 { Warning truck bed. 292 for weight limits with various hitch types. In order to avoid serious injury or Fifth-Wheel Hitch property damage, always follow the hitch Avoid sharp turns when using a step-bumper manufacturer's instructions when securing A fifth-wheel hitch is mounted over the rear hitch to prevent damage. Make wider turns your draw bar/coupling device to the axle in the truck bed, and leverages a to prevent contact between your trailer and hinged plate — the same type of hitch vehicle's hitch receiver. your bumper. leveraged by semi trucks. Generally, Ensure that the draw bar/coupling device fifth-wheel hitches accommodate large Consider using mechanical sway controls is secured with a locking retainer pin or trailers with as many as one, two, or three with any trailer. Ask a trailering professional about sway controls or refer to the trailer other means such that rotation of the pin axles. manufacturer's recommendations and or locking mechanism will not cause the Always use the correct hitch equipment for instructions. pin to back out or loosen during use. your vehicle. Crosswinds, large trucks going Failure to correctly secure the draw bar/ by, and rough roads can affect the trailer Weight-Distributing Hitch and coupling device to the receiver can result and the hitch. Adjustment in separation of the hitch/receiver while Proper hitch equipment for your vehicle A weight-distributing hitch may be useful towing. helps maintain control of the vehicle-trailer with some trailers. Use the following combination. Many trailers can be towed guidelines to determine if a Conventional Hitch using a weight-carrying hitch which has a weight-distributing hitch should be used. A conventional hitch is bolted to the frame coupler latched to the hitch ball, or a tow or cross member of the tow vehicle, and is eye latched to a pintle hook. Other trailers generally rated Class 2, 3, or 4. may require a weight-distributing hitch that uses spring bars to distribute the trailer Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 297

Vehicle Series Trailer Weight Weight-Distributing Hitch Usage Hitch Distribution 1500 Up to 3 175 kg (7,000 lb) Not Required 50% 1500 Over 3 175 kg (7,000 lb) Required 50%

Towing with Model 1500 Series Trucks 5. Install and adjust the tension in the 1. Position the truck so that the trailer is weight-distributing bars per the ready to connect (keep the trailer manufacturers’ recommendations so that detached). the height of the front fender is approximately H2−[(H2−H1)/2] (halfway 2. Measure the height of the top of the between the two measured ride heights). front wheel opening at the fender to the ground (H1). 6. Visually inspect the trailer and weight-distributing hitch to ensure that 3. Attach the vehicle to the trailer, do not the manufacturers’ recommendations attach weight distribution bars at have been met. this time. 4. Measure the height of the top of the front wheel opening on the fender to 1. Front of Vehicle the ground (H2). 2. H1/H2 Body to Ground Distance Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

298 Driving and Operating

Measurement Height Example 1500 (mm) H1 1 000 H2 1 050 H2−H1 50 (H2−H1)/2 25 H2−[(H2−H1)/2] 1 025

Tires specified in the trailering chart for the Safety Chains . Do not tow a trailer while using a vehicle. See “Trailer Weight" under Trailer Towing 0 292. Always attach safety chains between the compact spare tire on the vehicle. vehicle and the trailer. Instructions about . Tires must be properly inflated to support The hitch should be in the pickup bed so safety chains may be provided by the hitch loads while towing a trailer. See Tires that its centerline is over or slightly in front manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer. 0 of the rear axle. Take care that it is not so 361 for instructions on proper tire If the trailer being towed weighs up to far forward that it will contact the back of inflation. 2 271 kg (5,000 lb) with a factory-installed the cab in sharp turns. This is especially step bumper, safety chains may be attached Fifth-Wheel and Gooseneck Trailering important for short box pickups. Trailer pin to the attaching points on the bumper; box extensions and sliding fifth-wheel hitch Fifth-wheel and gooseneck trailers can be otherwise, safety chains should be attached assemblies may be used. There should be at used with many pickup models. These to holes on the trailer hitch. trailers place a larger percentage of the least 15 cm (6 in) of clearance between the weight (kingpin weight) on the tow vehicle top of the pickup box and the bottom of the Cross the safety chains under the tongue of than conventional trailers. Make sure this trailer shelf that extends over the box. the trailer to help prevent the tongue from contacting the road if it becomes separated weight does not cause the vehicle to exceed Make sure the hitch is attached to the tow from the hitch. Always leave enough slack in GAWR or GVWR. Fifth-wheel or gooseneck vehicle frame rails. Do not use the pickup the safety chains to allow the combination kingpin weight should be 15–25% of the box for support. trailer weight up to the maximum amount to turn. Never allow safety chains to drag on the ground. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 299 Trailer Brakes Locate the auxiliary battery connector under Use only a round, seven-wire connector with the hood on the driver side of the vehicle, flat blade terminals meeting SAE J2863 Loaded trailers over 900 kg (2,000 lb) must next to the engine compartment fuse block. specifications for proper electrical be equipped with brake systems and with Follow the proper installation instructions connectivity. brakes for each axle. Trailer braking included with any electrical equipment that equipment conforming to Canadian The seven-wire harness contains the is installed. Standards Association (CSA) requirement following trailer circuits: CAN3-D313, or its equivalent, is Caution Stop/Turn recommended. Yellow/Blue To prevent draining the auxiliary battery, Signal Left State or local regulations may require always turn off electrical equipment Stop/Turn Signal Green/Violet trailers to have their own braking system if when not in use and do not use any Right the loaded weight of the trailer exceeds equipment that may exceed the certain minimums that can vary from state Tail/Parking Lamps Gray/Brown maximum amperage rating of 30 amps. to state. Read and follow the instructions for Reverse Lamps White/Green the trailer brakes so they are installed, adjusted, and maintained properly. Never Trailer Wiring Harness Battery Feed Red/Green attempt to tap into your vehicle's hydraulic Basic Trailer Wiring Ground White brake system. If you do, both the vehicle If the vehicle is not equipped with a trailer Electric Trailer Brake Blue antilock brakes and the trailer brakes may connector on the rear bumper, a 7-wire not function, which could result in a crash. trailering harness is tied to the vehicles If equipped, the trailer wiring harness, with Auxiliary Battery frame. The harness requires the installation a 7-pin connector and a 4-pin connector, is of a trailer connector, which is available mounted on the vehicle's rear bumper. If equipped, the vehicle's auxiliary battery through your dealer. can be used to supply electrical power to additional equipment that may be added, such as a slide-in camper. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

300 Driving and Operating 3. Left Turn/Brake on the top left hand side (A) and the rear 4. Right Turn/Brake trailer auxiliary camera (B) should be installed on the top right hand side.

The trailer connectors contain the following circuits. 1. Left Turn/Brake 2. Tail Lamps If equipped with the fifth wheel/ gooseneck trailer package, the harness connector is 3. Reverse Lamps mounted on the inside of the pickup bed 4. Battery Feed behind the rear wheel. 5. Right Turn/Brake 6. Electric Brakes 7. Ground If equipped, trailering camera connectors are available in the bumper trailer receptacle in place of the four pin connector. The inside 1. Ground trailer auxiliary camera should be installed 2. Tail Lamps Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 301

Reverse Lamps White/Green Pressing START LIGHT TEST in the Trailering App automatically activates the trailer Battery Feed Red/Green lamps. The Trailering App is not a substitute Ground White for manually inspecting your trailer lamps. See Trailering App 0 306. Electric Trailer Brake Blue Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer If equipped with the heavy-duty trailering When properly connected, the trailer turn option, see “Heavy-Duty Trailer Wiring signals will illuminate to indicate the vehicle Harness Package” earlier in this section. is turning, changing lanes, or stopping. When the camper-wiring harness is ordered When towing a trailer, the arrows on the without the heavy-duty trailering package, a instrument cluster will illuminate even if the seven-wire harness with a seven-pin trailer is not properly connected or the bulbs Camper/Fifth-Wheel Trailer Wiring Package connector is at the rear of the vehicle and is are burned out. For vehicles without the fifth wheel/ tied to the vehicle's frame. Tow/Haul Mode gooseneck trailer package, the seven-wire Trailer Lamps camper harness is under the rear bumper, For instructions on how to enter Tow/Haul attached to the frame near the rear Always check that all trailer lamps are Mode, see Driver Mode Control 0 250. crossmember. A connector must be added to working at the beginning of each trip, and Tow/Haul assists when pulling a heavy the wiring harness that connects to the periodically on longer trips. trailer or a large or heavy load. See Tow/ camper. If equipped, the Trailering App will monitor Haul Mode 0 241. The harness contains the following camper/ the RH turn/brake lamp circuit, LH turn/ Tow/Haul Mode is designed to be most trailer circuits: brake lamp circuit, running lamp circuit, and effective when the vehicle and trailer Stop/Turn reverse lamp circuits on the trailer. DIC Yellow/Blue combined weight is at least 75% of the Signal Left messages and Trailering App alerts may be displayed if lighting circuit issues are vehicle's Gross Combined Weight Rating Stop/Turn Signal (GCWR). See “Trailer Weight” under Trailer Green/Violet detected on the trailer. 0 Right Towing 292. Tail/Parking Lamps Gray/Brown Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

302 Driving and Operating Tow/Haul Mode is most useful when towing This symbol is on the Trailer Brake Control a heavy trailer or carrying a large or Panel on vehicles with an ITBC system. The { Warning heavy load: power output to the trailer brakes is Connecting a trailer that has an air brake . Through rolling terrain. proportional to the amount of vehicle system may result in reduced or . In stop-and-go traffic. braking. This available power output to the complete loss of trailer braking, including trailer brakes can be adjusted to a wide . In busy parking lots. increased stopping distance or trailer range of trailering situations. instability which could result in serious Operating the vehicle in Tow/Haul Mode The ITBC system is integrated with the injury, death, or property damage. Only when lightly loaded or not towing will not vehicle’s brake, antilock brake, and use the ITBC system with electric or cause damage; however, it is not StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC) recommended and may result in unpleasant electric over hydraulic trailer brake systems. In trailering conditions that cause systems. engine and transmission driving the vehicle’s antilock brake or StabiliTrak/ characteristics, heavy or light steering ESC systems to activate, power sent to the Trailer Brake Control Panel efforts, and reduced fuel economy. trailer's brakes will be automatically Integrated Trailer Brake Control System adjusted to minimize trailer wheel lock-up. This does not imply that the trailer has The vehicle may have an Integrated Trailer StabiliTrak/ESC. Brake Control (ITBC) system for use with electric trailer brakes or most electric over If the vehicle’s brake, antilock brake, hydraulic trailer brake systems. These or StabiliTrak/ESC systems are not instructions apply to both types of electric functioning properly, the ITBC system may trailer brakes. not function fully or at all. Make sure all of these systems are fully operational to allow the ITBC system to function properly. The ITBC system is powered through the vehicle's electrical system. Turning the ignition off will also turn off the ITBC system. The ITBC system is fully functional 1. Manual Trailer Brake Apply Lever only when the ignition is in on. 2. Trailer Symbol 3. Trailer Gain Adjustment Buttons Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 303 The trailer symbol on the control panel will the Trailer Gain (+) or (-) to adjust. Press and Manual Trailer Brake Apply Lever light amber when a trailer with electric hold to continuously adjust the Trailer Gain. Slide this lever right to apply the trailer’s brakes is connected. To turn the output to the trailer off, adjust electric brakes independent of the vehicle’s the Trailer Gain setting to 0.0. This setting The ITBC control panel is on the center brakes. Use this lever to adjust the Trailer can be adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with a stack. See Instrument Panel Overview 0 4. Gain to achieve proper power output to the trailer connected or disconnected. The control panel allows adjustment to the trailer brakes. Under certain circumstances, amount of output, referred to as Trailer TRAILER OUTPUT: This displays anytime a this lever can also be used to apply Gain, available to the trailer brakes and trailer with electric brakes is connected. additional trailer braking. The trailer and allows manual application of the trailer Output to the trailer brakes is based on the vehicle brake lamps will come on when brakes. Use the ITBC control panel and the amount of vehicle braking present and either the vehicle brakes or trailer brakes are DIC trailer brake display page to adjust and relative to the Trailer Gain setting. Output is applied and properly connected. display power output to the trailer brakes. displayed from 0 to 100% for each gain setting. Trailer Gain Adjustment Procedure Trailer Brake DIC Display Page The Trailer Output will indicate “------” on Trailer Gain should be set for a specific The ITBC display page indicates: the Trailer Brake Display Page whenever the trailering condition and it must be . Trailer Gain setting following occur: readjusted anytime vehicle loading, trailer . Output to the trailer brakes . No trailer is connected. loading, or road surface conditions change. . Trailer connection . A trailer without electric brakes is { Warning . System operational status connected. No DIC message displays. Trailer brakes that are over-gained or To display: . A trailer with electric brakes has become disconnected. A CHECK TRAILER WIRING under-gained may not stop the vehicle . Scroll through the DIC menu pages message displays on the DIC. and the trailer as intended and can result . Press a Trailer Gain (+) or (−) button . There is a fault present in the wiring to in a crash. Always follow the instructions . Activate the Manual Trailer Brake Apply the trailer brakes. A CHECK TRAILER to set the Trailer Gain for the proper Lever WIRING message displays on the DIC. trailer stopping performance. TRAILER GAIN: Press a Trailer Gain button to . The ITBC system is not working due to a recall the current Trailer Gain setting. Each fault. A SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE SYSTEM press and release of the gain buttons will message displays in the DIC. then change the Trailer Gain setting. Press Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

304 Driving and Operating To adjust Trailer Gain for each towing Other ITBC-Related DIC Messages . There is an electrical fault in the wiring to condition: the trailer brakes. This message will TRAILER CONNECTED: This message will continue as long as there is an electrical 1. Drive the vehicle with the trailer briefly display when a trailer with electric attached on a level road surface fault in the trailer wiring. This message brakes is first connected to the vehicle. This will also turn off if it is acknowledged. representative of the towing condition message will automatically turn off in about and free of traffic at about 32–40 km/h 10 seconds. This message can be To determine whether the electrical fault is (20–25 mph) and fully apply the Manual acknowledged before it automatically on the vehicle side or trailer side of the Trailer Brake Apply Lever. turns off. trailer wiring harness connection: Adjusting Trailer Gain at speeds lower CHECK TRAILER WIRING: This message will 1. Disconnect the trailer wiring harness than 32–40 km/h (20–25 mph) may display if: from the vehicle. result in an incorrect gain setting. . The ITBC system first determines 2. Turn the ignition off. 2. Adjust the Trailer Gain, using the Trailer connection to a trailer with electric brakes 3. Wait 10 seconds, then turn the ignition Gain (+) or (−) adjustment buttons, to and then the trailer harness becomes back to RUN. just below the point of trailer wheel disconnected from the vehicle. lock-up, indicated by trailer wheel squeal 4. If the CHECK TRAILER WIRING message or tire smoke when a trailer wheel locks. If the disconnect occurs while the vehicle reappears, the electrical fault is on the is stationary, this message will vehicle side. Trailer wheel lock-up may not occur if automatically turn off in about If the CHECK TRAILER WIRING message only towing a heavily loaded trailer. Adjust 30 seconds. This message will also turn reappears when connecting the trailer wiring the Trailer Gain to the highest allowable off if it is acknowledged or if the trailer harness to the vehicle, the electrical fault is setting for the towing condition. harness is reconnected. on the trailer side. 3. Readjust Trailer Gain anytime vehicle If the disconnect occurs while the vehicle loading, trailer loading, or road surface is moving, this message will continue SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE SYSTEM: This conditions change or if trailer wheel until the ignition is turned off. This message will display when there is a lock-up is noticed at any time while message will also turn off if it is problem with the ITBC system. If this towing. acknowledged or if the trailer harness is message continues over multiple ignition reconnected. cycles, have the vehicle serviced. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 305 If either the CHECK TRAILER WIRING or Control (ITBC) system, and the trailer has an SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE SYSTEM message electric brake system, StabiliTrak/ESC may { Warning displays while driving, the ITBC system may also apply the trailer brakes. Trailer sway can result in a crash and in not be fully functional or may not function serious injury or death, even if the at all. When traffic conditions allow, vehicle is equipped with TSC. carefully pull the vehicle over to the side of the road and turn the ignition off. Check the If the trailer begins to sway, reduce wiring connection to the trailer and turn the vehicle speed by gradually removing your ignition back on. If either of these messages foot from the accelerator. Then pull over continues, either the vehicle or trailer needs to check the trailer and vehicle to help service. correct possible causes, including an A GM dealer may be able to diagnose and improperly or overloaded trailer, repair problems with the trailer. However, unrestrained cargo, improper trailer hitch any diagnosis and repair of the trailer is not configuration, or improperly inflated or covered under the vehicle warranty. Contact incorrect vehicle or trailer tires. See your trailer dealer for assistance with trailer Towing Equipment 0 296 for trailer repairs and trailer warranty information. If TSC is enabled, the Traction Control ratings and hitch setup recommendations. System (TCS)/StabiliTrak/ESC warning light Trailer Sway Control (TSC) will flash on the instrument cluster. Reduce Aftermarket Electronic Trailer Sway Vehicles with StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability vehicle speed by gradually removing your Control Devices foot from the accelerator. If trailer sway Control (ESC) have a Trailer Sway Control Some trailers may come equipped with an continues, StabiliTrak/ESC can reduce engine (TSC) feature. Trailer sway is unintended electronic device designed to reduce or torque to help slow the vehicle. TSC will not side-to-side motion of a trailer while towing. control trailer sway. Aftermarket equipment function if StabiliTrak/ESC is turned off. See If the vehicle is towing a trailer and the TSC manufacturers also offer similar devices that Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control detects that sway is increasing, the vehicle connect to the wiring between the trailer 0 248. brakes are selectively applied at each wheel, and the vehicle. These devices may interfere to help reduce excessive trailer sway. with the vehicle’s trailer brake or other If equipped with the Integrated Trailer Brake systems, including integrated anti-sway systems, if equipped. Messages related to Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

306 Driving and Operating trailer connections or trailer brakes could If the vehicle is equipped with a trailer tire appear on the DIC. The effects of these Warning (Continued) pressure monitoring system, see the trailer aftermarket devices may have on vehicle manual trailer brake apply lever. Also, tire pressure monitoring system description handling or trailer brake performance is not check the trailer brake lamps and and the trailering app. known. other lamps are functioning correctly. Trailer tires deteriorate over time. The trailer . If the trailer brakes are not operating tire sidewall will show the week and year { Warning properly at any time, or if a DIC the tire was manufactured. Many trailer tire Use of aftermarket electronic trailer sway message indicates problems with the manufacturers recommend replacing tires control devices could result in reduced trailer connections or trailer brakes, more than six years old. trailer brake performance, loss of trailer carefully pull the vehicle over to the Overloading is another leading cause of brakes, or other malfunctions, and result side of the road when traffic trailer tire blow-outs. Never load your trailer in a crash. You or others could be conditions allow. with more weight than the tires are seriously injured or killed. Before using designed to support. The load rating is one of these devices: Trailer Tires located on the trailer tire sidewall. . Ask the device or trailer manufacturer Special Trailer (ST) tires differ from vehicle Always know the maximum speed rating for if the device has been thoroughly tires. Trailer tires are designed with stiff the trailer tires before driving. This may be tested for compatibility with the sidewalls to help prevent sway and to significantly lower than the vehicle tire make, model, and year of your vehicle support heavy loads. These features can speed rating. The speed rating may be on and any optional equipment installed make it difficult to determine if the trailer the trailer tire sidewall. If the speed rating is on your vehicle. tire pressures are low only based on a visual not shown, the default trailer tire speed inspection. . Before driving, check the trailer brakes rating is 105 km/h (65 mph). are working properly, if equipped. Always check all trailer tire pressures before Drive the vehicle with the trailer each trip when the tires are cool. Low trailer Trailering App attached on a level road surface that tire pressure is a leading cause of trailer tire Trailer Lights App is free of traffic at about 32-40 km/h blow-outs. (20-25 mph) and fully apply the If equipped, the Trailer Lights App is on the (Continued) Home Page of the infotainment display. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 307 Touch Start to cycle the trailer lamps on and Trailering App listed, or load the Guest Trailer Profile by off to determine if they are working. The selecting GUEST TRAILER. Touching If equipped, the Trailering App is on the test follows this sequence: Accessory/No trailer will select Accessory/No Home Page of the infotainment display. 1. The running lights turn on first and trailer as the active Trailer Profile and will remain on throughout the sequence. If equipped this feature allows profiles for dismiss the pop- up. Shifting the vehicle connected trailers to be created to view from P (Park) will select Guest Trailer as the 2. The brake lights turn on for about status, to store and track trailer usage active Trailer Profile and will dismiss the two seconds. information, and to set up towing assistance pop-up. 3. The left turn signal light flashes three features. times. Create a Trailer Profile The Trailering App Preview will appear when 1. Touch Create Profile on the trailer 4. The right turn signal light flashes three the Trailering App is opened for the first times. detection pop-up or touch + Add Trailer time from the Home Page. Touch GET Profile in the Trailering App. 5. The reverse lights turn on for about STARTED in the Trailering App to go into two seconds. the app. 2. Create a name for the trailer. 3. Select the trailer type. 6. Steps 2–5 repeat for approximately When a trailer is electrically connected and one minute and 45 seconds, or until the a trailer profile has not been created, there 4. Select Save Profile. test deactivates. will be an option to create a profile, use a A pop-up will indicate the setup is complete. Touch Stop to stop the test. The test will guest profile, or select Accessory/No trailer. Touch DONE to complete the process or automatically end after one minute and After the pop-up is displayed three times, touch TRAILER FEATURE SETUP to set up the 45 seconds. Don’t Remind Me will display and touching Tow/Haul Mode reminder, Trailer Tire that will turn off the trailer detection Pressure Monitoring System, if equipped, The sequence also deactivates when any of pop-up. To turn the Trailer Detection Alert maintenance reminders, or towing the following occur: on, select ON in the Settings tab. assistance, if equipped. . The ignition is turned off. When a trailer is electrically connected and Import a Trailer Profile . The transmission is shifted out of P (Park). after a Trailer Profile has been created, the . The brake pedal is pressed. trailer detection pop-up will appear with a A trailer profile saved to an OnStar account can be imported to the vehicle. . The turn signal is activated. list of all of the custom Trailer Profiles made . The hazard warning lights are activated. on the vehicle. To load an existing Trailer 1. Touch + Add Trailer Profile in the Profile, select one of the Trailer Profiles Trailering App Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

308 Driving and Operating 2. Touch Import Profile on the pop-up. A trailer must be electrically connected to trailer tires are rotated or replaced. See 3. Select a trailer profile from the list. the vehicle before starting the “Editing a Trailer Profile” later in this section sensor-to-vehicle learn process. for tire pressure sensor relearn information. 4. Touch IMPORT. After selecting Start from the Learn Sensors Tool Method: A TTPMS activation tool can A pop-up will indicate the import was screen, use the Tool Method or the Manual be purchased separately to learn the sensor successful. Touch OK to return to the trailer Method (described below) to learn each tire locations. list and select the trailer profile. The Tow/ sensor, during which the current tire number Manual Method: Without the tool, the air Haul Mode reminder, Brake Gain Setting and will be highlighted. Trailer Tire Pressure sensor learning, pressure can be increased or decreased in if equipped, do not import. Each sensor has a minimum of two minutes each tire for 10 seconds. Do not exceed the to learn, shown by a timer. After a sensor is maximum inflation pressure found on the Trailer Feature Setup learned, a checkmark appears next to the tire sidewalls. Make sure to re-adjust tire Tow/Haul Mode Reminder tire, the vehicle horn will sound, the pressure to the recommended level when vehicle’s brake lamps will flash, and all the process is complete. To turn the Tow/Haul Mode Reminder working trailer lamps will flash. It then Sensor Learning Steps setting on, touch Yes. To turn it off, moves to the next sensor. touch No. To complete the sensor-to-vehicle learn To cancel the process touch Stop. Trailer Tire Pressure Setup process: The recommended tire pressure must be 1. Touch Start on the Learn Sensors screen. If the Trailer Tire Pressure Monitoring entered for the trailer tires. This allows the System (TTPMS) is detected, touch the Tire The horn chirps twice and the Learning vehicle to alert when the tire pressure is Active screen appears on the Pressure Monitoring icon to set up tire high or low. pressure monitoring. Touch Yes to set up infotainment display. the sensors or touch No to return to the TTPMS must learn the location of the 2. Start with the driver side front previous screen. installed tire sensors to show correct air trailer tire. pressure and temperature for each tire. To The trailer tire pressure sensors can transmit 3. Activate the tool near the valve stem or set up, use one of the following options or adjust the air pressure of this tire until up to 7 m (23 feet) from the hitch receiver of see a tire or trailer dealer for service. The the vehicle. the horn chirps and all working vehicle learning process must be repeated when the and trailer lights flash. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 309 The process stops without saving the Transparent Trailer Setup (if equipped) 3. Follow instructions to drive forward to sensor locations if this step takes more complete calibration. To complete setup for transparent trailer: than two minutes. . Trailer Length: 300 cm (118.1 in) – 970 cm Rear Trailer Guidance Setup (if equipped) 4. Move to the next tire and repeat Step 3 (381.8 in). Measure from center of coupler for each sensor. The horn chirps twice A rear trailer camera must be mounted on to furthest rear point on the trailer. when all sensors are completed. the trailer and electrically connected to the . Trailer Width: 120 cm (47.2 in) – 260 cm vehicle before transparent trailer feature can 5. Return to the vehicle to complete the (102.3 in). Measure from left edge to setup. be used. See Assistance Systems for Parking right edge. or Backing 0 266. Maintenance Reminders . Trailer Height: 1 cm (0.39 in) – 450 cm Trailer dimensions must be in range to (177.1 in). Measure from ground to tallest To set up maintenance reminders, touch the enable this feature. point. Trailer Maintenance icon. Select Yes to set . Trailer Length: 300 cm (118.1 in) – 970 cm up the maintenance reminders for the . Hitching Point Length: 180 cm (70.8 in) – (381.8 in). Measure from center of coupler Trailer Profile. Follow the on-screen prompts. 970 cm (381.8 in). Measure from center of to furthest rear point on the trailer. coupler to middle of tires. The maximum number of reminders is 50. 1. If trailer dimensions are out of range, Select No to return to the previous screen. . Trailer Tongue Length: 50 cm (19.6 in) – this feature will be unavailable. 220 cm (86.6 in). Measure from center of Towing Assistance coupler to trailer front wall. 2. Ensure rear trailer camera is connected. To set up towing assistance features, . Vehicle Hitch Height: 10 cm (3.9 in) – 3. Follow instructions to drive forward to if equipped, touch the Towing 100 cm (39.3 in). Measure from ground to complete calibration. Assistance icon. top of coupler. Jack-Knife Alert Setup (if equipped) Touch Yes to begin set up or touch No to . Vehicle Hitch Length: 10 cm (3.9 in) – Follow instructions to drive forward to return to the previous screen. 100 cm (39.3 in). Measure from hitch receiver to center of ball. complete calibration. 1. Select the number of axles on the trailer. 1. If trailer dimensions are out of range, 2. Enter trailer dimensions as prompted. Trailer Length Indicator Setup (if this feature will be unavailable. equipped) 3. Follow the on-screen instructions to 2. Ensure rear trailer camera is connected. complete setup for available features. Follow instructions to drive forward to complete calibration. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

310 Driving and Operating Trailer Side Blind Zone Alert Setup (if Vehicle Connections equipped) Trailer dimensions must be in range to enable this feature. . Trailer Length: 300 cm (118.1 in) – 1200 cm (472.4 in). Measure from center of coupler to furthest rear point on the trailer. If trailer dimensions are out of range, this feature will be unavailable. Status View The Status view shows: . Vehicle 1. Transmission Fluid Temperature 1. Light Test Start Button . Connections 2. Average Fuel Economy with Trailer 2. Trailer Electrical Diagnostics . Tires Profile Connections: OK . Maintenance Transmission Temperature If a trailer connection is detected, the view . Cameras View the temperature of the transmission will display OK. Upon entry, the most recent items will be fluid by looking at the graphic. The graphic Trailer Connections Status shown. Select MORE to view all options. will indicate a dangerous level if the temperature is at 130 °C–150 °C (270 °F– When a trailer is connected, the Trailering 300 °F). App System detects the trailer connection using the Park and Stop/Turn Signal lighting Average Fuel Economy circuits and alerts the driver by requesting a Touch to view the average fuel economy of trailer profile setup through the Trailering the vehicle while the Trailer Profile is active. App System on the infotainment screen. The Trailer Detection Alert setting must be enabled for the alert to display when a Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 311 trailer is connected. When a trailer is Connection Trailer Lighting Faults Detected Light Test connected and the ignition is off, the The Trailering App System monitors for Touch Start Light Test to cycle the trailer Trailering App System will periodically pulse electrical faults on the trailer lights. lights on and off to determine if they are the lighting circuits of the trailer to verify it A message about the lighting issue will working. The test follows this sequence: is still connected. The trailer lights may appear on the DIC. The infotainment display periodically flash as a result of this trailer 1. The running lights turn on first and will also show the lighting issue in the remain on throughout the sequence. connection detection. These flashes may be Connection Status view. Repair your trailer more visible in dark ambient light lights if needed. A trailer lighting issue is 2. The brake lights turn on for about environments. The flashing or flickering not covered by your GM warranty. two seconds. lights are a normal condition and the 3. The left turn signal light flashes three Trailering App System has built-in Diagnose View times. protections to prevent the battery from Touch Diagnose to see more information 4. The right turn signal light flashes three draining. When Theft Alert is also enabled about the connection problem. the frequency and pattern of this flashing times. will change. This view will display the names of the 5. The reverse lights turn on for about trailer connector pins, a graphic of the trailer two seconds. Connection Problem connector, and a graphic of the back of the 6. Steps 2–5 repeat for approximately If any of the trailer connections are lost, a trailer. one minute and 45 seconds, or until the message about the connection issue will Any connector pin that failed will be amber test deactivates. appear on the Driver Information Center color, and the location of the corresponding (DIC). The infotainment display will also Touch Stop to stop the test. The test will connection will be highlighted on the automatically end after one minute and show the connection issue in the Connection graphic of the back of the trailer. Status view. 45 seconds. The Running Lights connection may not If a trailer connection is not detected, the The sequence also deactivates when any of detect partial outages. Activate the light test the following occur: Trailering App will not display the to check all trailer lamps. See “Light Test” Connection Status screen. following. . The ignition is turned off. . The transmission is shifted out of P (Park). . The brake pedal is pressed. . The turn signal is activated. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

312 Driving and Operating . The hazard warning lights are activated. Maintenance Maintenance Notifications Tires . Touch Service Complete to reset the maintenance reminder. . Touch Remind Me Later to delay the reminder. . Touch X next to Upcoming Alerts (90%) to dismiss the alert. It will not appear again. . Touch X next to Maintenance Due (100%) to delay the alert to the next ignition cycle. Always follow all of the maintenance instructions that came with your trailer. 1. List of Maintenance Reminders Cameras 1. Trailer Tire Pressure/Temperature 2. Add a New Maintenance Reminder Tire Pressure and Temperature The Maintenance Status view displays reminders. Touch a reminder to edit. If the TTPMS sensor-to-vehicle learn process was completed, the status view will display Touch + New Maintenance Reminder to go the current tire pressure and temperature of to the Select New Reminder view. the trailer tires related to the active Trailer The progress bar turns yellow when the Profile. If a tire’s pressure is low or high, the maintenance item reaches 90% complete. color of the pressure value will be amber. The progress bar turns red when the If a sensor malfunctions, the values are maintenance item reaches 100% complete. dashed lines. If the screen displays “Service Tire Pressure Monitoring System”, the vehicle needs to be taken to a dealer for service. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 313 Guest Trailer Status View Touch Clear All to clear the completed All personalization features are based on the statuses from all items in the current settings for each driver in vehicle Touch the Guest Trailer Profile for the status checklist. personalization. The list of Trailer Profiles is views. based on vehicle personalization settings. The Guest Trailer Profile Status view shows: Custom Checklist Items Guest Trailer . Vehicle For each of the Trailer Profile checklists, If the Guest Trailer Profile is the active . Connections there is an option to create custom items to view in the checklist. The custom item will Trailer Profile, trailer detection, connections . Cameras, if equipped appear at the bottom of the checklist. status, theft, and the Tow/Haul reminder The Trailer Status view displays mileage alerts can be sent. The system will not track information. Touch to edit, and follow the Guest Trailer and No Trailer Connected total mileage or fuel economy, but the on-screen prompts. Mileage and fuel If Guest Trailer Profile is active or if no system will track trip mileage and fuel economy will reset after the trailer trailer is connected, the checklist will show economy if the Guest Trailer Profile is active. disconnects. all of the checklists associated with Custom The Trailer Tire Pressure Monitoring System or maintenance reminders cannot be set up Accessory/No Trailer Status View Trailer Profiles in addition to default checklists. for a Guest Trailer Profile. The Guest Trailer If the Accessory/No Trailer profile is active, Profile cannot be edited. Trailers View trailer status information is not available. Touch p to learn more about the Guest Checklist View Touch the Trailers tab to view, activate, Trailer option. create, edit, or delete Trailer Profiles. This view shows the recommended steps to Accessory/No Trailer take before towing a trailer. If a trailer is connected, touch the Trailer Profile name to activate a Trailer Profile. If the Accessory/No Trailer Profile is active, Touch the box next to each item if that step alerts will not be sent and the system will has been completed. There can be up to five Custom Trailer not track mileage or fuel economy. The Profiles on the vehicle. Trailer Tire Pressure Monitoring System or Touch p to access a detailed view of The Custom Trailer Profiles and Guest Trailer maintenance reminders cannot be set up for each step. Within each detailed view, touch are in order of the most frequently used. the Accessory/No Trailer Profile. The Next and Previous to navigate between The Accessory/No Trailer profile is shown Accessory/No Trailer profile cannot be steps. below the Custom Trailer Profiles and Guest edited. Trailer Profile. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

314 Driving and Operating No Trailer Connected Editing a Trailer Profile Tire Pressure Setup When there is no trailer connected, Trailer Trailer Profile View Touch to set up the Trailer Tire Pressure Profiles cannot be activated but most Monitoring System (TTPMS) for the Trailer Touch to edit any of the following options options can be edited. Profile. See “Trailer Tire Pressure Setup” in the Trailer Profile view: Trailer Brake Gain Memory previously in this section for details on the . Trailer Name setup. Also, touch Tire Pressure Setup if the The system can memorize the brake gain . Towing Assistance Setup, if equipped trailer tires were rotated or if the tire setting of a Trailer Profile or a Guest Trailer . Tire Pressure Setup, if equipped pressure sensors in the tires were replaced Profile. When a Trailer Profile or Guest . Trailer Maintenance for this Trailer Profile. The vehicle will need Trailer Profile is selected, and a brake gain to relearn the tire sensors and their . Edit Mileage setting is set for that Trailer Profile, a quick locations. notice will appear to indicate that the . Reset Average Fuel Economy If TTPMS had been set up previously, the system has recalled that profile’s brake gain Touch Save to save the new value to the setting. Select Number of Sensors screen will appear Trailer Profile. Touching Back will still save after touching Tire Pressure Setup. If the If a Trailer Profile is already active and the the previously entered information. number of sensors has changed, select the brake gain setting had been set for that Trailer Name number and touch Next. Trailer Profile, the quick notice will trigger whenever the ignition is turned on. Touch to edit the Trailer Profile’s name. Use If a new number of sensors is selected, the at least one character and no spaces. Relearn Sensors pop-up will appear. Touch If there was an error in setting the brake Touch Save. Cancel to go back or touch Relearn to gain for a Trailer Profile, there will be a overwrite the current sensors and begin the Towing Assistance Setup notification. This pop-up will not appear if relearning process. See “Trailer Tire Pressure the Guest Trailer Profile is active or if there A trailer should be connected to complete Setup” previously in this section. is no trailer connected. this portion of profile setup. If number of sensors has not changed, touch Trailer brake gain should be set for a specific Touch to set up towing assistance features Next and the Learn sensors screen will trailering condition and must be adjusted for the Trailer Profile. See "Towing appear. anytime vehicle loading, trailer loading, Assistance" for details on the setup. or road surface conditions change. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 315 On the Learn Sensors screen. Touch Relearn Edit Reminder Effect on Maintenance Reminders to overwrite the current sensors and begin Touch to edit the mileage or time settings If the mileage is reset or changed, and the relearning process. See “Trailer Tire for the reminder. Touch Save to save the mileage has already accumulated, any Pressure Setup” previously in this section. new settings to the Trailer Profile. maintenance reminders that have been set On the Learn Sensors screen, touch Next to Delete Reminder up will be adjusted accordingly. go to the Edit Recommended Tire Pressure Reset Average Fuel Economy screen. Touch to delete the maintenance reminder. On the pop-up, touch Delete to delete the Touch to reset the average fuel economy for On the Edit Recommended Tire Pressure reminder or touch Cancel to return to the the Trailer Profile. Touch Reset to change, screen, touch a number on the keypad to previous view and nothing will change. or touch Cancel to go back to the change the New Maintenance Reminder previous view. Recommended Tire Pressure for the trailer’s Delete/Remove Trailer tires. This will change the number at which Touch + New Maintenance Reminder to set the vehicle displays alerts related to trailer up a new reminder. Suggested reminders Touch to remove the Trailer Profile and all tire pressure. Touch Done to return to the that were previously set will have of its settings. Trailer Profile view. checkmarks next to them. Suggested On the pop-up, touch Remove to remove the reminders that have not been set will have Trailer Maintenance Trailer Profile from the vehicle. Touch Cancel empty boxes next to them. The maximum to dismiss the pop-up and return to the Touch to view a list of maintenance number of reminders is 50. previous view. reminders for the Trailer Profile. Edit Mileage Remove will be displayed if there is a Touch a reminder to view, reset, delete, Touch to edit the Trailer Profile’s mileage. connected OnStar plan active with the or edit it. Touch Reset to reset trailer mileage to zero, vehicle. Removing a trailer profile will Reset Reminder or enter a new value and touch Save. remove the profile from the vehicle but the Touching back will return to the Trailer profile will still be associated with the user Touch Maintenance Complete in the Profile view. account. However, if there is not a reminder view to reset the reminder. On the connected OnStar plan then the remove pop-up, touch Reset to reset the time and button will read DELETE and the profile will mileage values for the reminder. Touch be deleted permanently. Cancel to return to the previous view and nothing will change. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

316 Driving and Operating Settings View turned on or off. Touch a profile to view A smartphone will receive a notification that more information or adjust the setting for the trailer related to the selected Trailer Within the Trailering App, touch the Settings that profile. Profile is disconnected from the vehicle, tab to modify the following settings: if the setting is on for the active Trailer . Trailer Detection Alert The setting will be on by default for each profile. All Maintenance Alerts for that active Profile, the vehicle has an OnStar or . Maintenance Alerts Trailer Profile will be received. connected service plan and the smartphone . Theft Alert number has been added to the account for Turn a setting off to not receive any of the . Tow/Haul Mode Reminder this notification. Maintenance Alerts when that Trailer Profile . Trailer Length Indicator is active. If the setting is turned off for a given Trailer Profile, the smartphone will not receive this Trailer Detection Alert Theft Alert security notification even if the Trailer Profile is active. The Trailer Detection Alert setting will be on A theft alert can be set if a trailer is by default. Turn it off to disable the Trailer connected and the alert is enabled. When Tow/Haul Mode Reminder Detection pop-up from displaying when a the trailer is disconnected and the vehicle is trailer is connected. The Guest Trailer Profile off, an alarm will sound. This is a reminder to turn on the Tow/Haul will become the active Trailer Profile, unless Mode when towing a trailer. See Tow/Haul another Trailer Profile is selected manually Touch Theft Alert in Settings to view the Mode 0 241. through the Trailering App. If this setting is Theft Alert settings page. These alerts are based on the Trailer Profile, so the settings Touch Tow/Haul Mode Reminder in Settings disabled while a Custom Trailer Profile is to view the Tow/Haul Mode Reminder active, that Trailer Profile will remain the for each Trailer Profile must be turned on or off. Touch a profile to view more settings page. These alerts are based on the active profile until the trailer is Trailer Profile, so the settings for each disconnected. information or adjust the setting for that profile. Trailer Profile must be turned on or off. Maintenance Alerts Touch a profile to view more information or This setting will be off by default for each to adjust the setting for that profile. Touch Maintenance Alerts to view the Trailer Profile, including the Guest Trailer Maintenance Alerts settings page. These Profile. This setting will default to OFF for each alerts are based on the Trailer Profile, so the Trailer Profile, including the Guest Trailer settings for each Trailer Profile must be Profile. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 317 If Tow/Haul Mode is off and this setting is Conversions and Add-Ons The vehicle has an airbag system. Before on for a Trailer Profile, each time the attempting to add anything electrical to the ignition is turned on a reminder will appear Add-On Electrical Equipment vehicle, see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped to turn on Tow/Haul Mode when the Trailer Vehicle 0 69 and Profile is active. Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped { Warning 0 If Tow/Haul Mode is on and this setting is Vehicle 69. The Data Link Connector (DLC) is used for on for a Trailer Profile, the reminder will not For information on wiring auxiliary switches, appear when the Trailer Profile is active. vehicle service and Emission Inspection/ see www.gmupfitter.com or contact your Maintenance testing. See Malfunction dealer. Trailer Length Indicator Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 116. Touch Trailer Length Indicator to view the A device connected to the DLC — such as Adding a Snow Plow or Similar Trailer Length Indicator settings page. If this an aftermarket fleet or driver-behavior Equipment setting is ON a guideline is displayed in the tracking device — may interfere with side mirror camera view to indicate the rear vehicle systems. This could affect vehicle Caution operation and cause a crash. Such devices of the attached trailer. If this setting is OFF Do not exceed 72 km/h (45 mph) with a may also access information stored in the the guideline will not be displayed. snow plow mounted to the vehicle. The vehicle’s systems. This setting will default to OFF if the trailer vehicle could overheat and be damaged. length indicator feature is not set up. See "Towing Assistance" for details on the setup. Caution Before installing a snow plow on the vehicle, follow these guidelines: Some electrical equipment can damage the vehicle or cause components to not Caution work and would not be covered by the If the vehicle does not have the snow vehicle warranty. Always check with your plow prep package, RPO VYU, adding a dealer before adding electrical equipment. plow can damage the vehicle, and the repairs would not be covered by the Add-on equipment can drain the vehicle's vehicle warranty. Unless the vehicle was 12-volt battery, even if the vehicle is not operating. built to carry a snow plow, do not add (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

318 Driving and Operating

Caution (Continued) coolant to overheat. Move or angle the any other cargo. This is the amount of snow plow blade to allow increased weight that can be added to the front axle one to the vehicle. If the vehicle has RPO airflow to the radiator. before reaching the Front GAWR. VYU, then the payload the vehicle can . To increase the airflow, move the snow To calculate the amount of weight any front carry will be reduced when a snow plow plow blade position. accessory, such as a snow plow, is adding to is installed. The vehicle can be damaged . If driving more than 24 km/h (15 mi), the front axle, use this formula: if either the front or rear axle ratings or angle the plow blade position. the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) . Make sure the weight on the front and are exceeded. rear axles does not exceed the axle rating for each. The plow the vehicle can carry depends on many things, such as: . Follow the snowplow manufacturer’s recommendations for any rear ballast that . The options the vehicle came with, and may be required. Rear ballast may be the weight of those options. required to ensure a proper front and rear . The weight and number of passengers to weight distribution ratio even though the be carried. actual weight at the front axle may be . The weight of items added to the vehicle, less than the front axel rating. like a tool box or truck cap. . The snowplow manufacturer or installer . The total weight of any additional cargo can assist in determining the amount of to be carried. rear ballast required to ensure that the (W x (A + W.B.)) /W.B.= Weight the accessory is adding to the front axle. To safely carry a snow plow on the vehicle: vehicle with the attached snowplow does not exceed the GVW rating, the front and Where: . With a snow plow attached, the engine rear axle ratings, or the front and rear IW = Weight of added accessory coolant temperature gauge may show a weight distribution ratio. higher temperature than while driving IA = Distance that the accessory is in Front axle reserve capacity is the difference without one. The snow plow could block front of the front axle the airflow to the radiator. This could be between the Front Gross Axle Weight more noticeable as vehicle speed Rating (GAWR) and the front axle weight of IW.B. = Vehicle Wheelbase increases. At speeds above 72 km/h the vehicle with full fuel, passengers, and (45 mph), this may cause the engine Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Driving and Operating 319 For example, adding a 318 kg (700 lb) snow Pickup Conversion to Chassis Cab plow actually adds more than 318 kg (700 lb) { Warning to the front axle. Using the formula, if the On some vehicles that have certain front We are aware that some vehicle owners might consider having the pickup box snow plow is 122 cm (4 ft) in front of the mounted equipment, such as a snow removed and a commercial or recreational front axle and the wheelbase is 305 cm plow, it may be possible to load the front (10 ft), then: body installed. Owners should be aware axle to the front Gross Axle Weight that, as manufactured, there are differences IW = 318 kg (700 lb) Rating (GAWR) but not have enough between a chassis cab and a pickup with the IA = 122 cm (4 ft) weight on the rear axle to have proper box removed which could affect vehicle braking performance. If the brakes cannot safety. The components necessary to adapt IW.B. = 305 cm (10 ft) work properly, the vehice could crash. a pickup to permit its safe use with a (W x (A + W.B.)/W.B. = (318 x (122 + 305))/305 Always follow the snow plow specialized body should be installed by the = 445 kg (980 lb) manufacturer or installer's body builder. This means if the front axle reserve capacity recommendation for rear ballast to is more than 445 kg (980 lb), the snow plow ensure a proper front and rear weight could be added without exceeding the distribution ratio. Maintaining a proper front GAWR. front and rear weight distribution ratio is necessary to provide proper braking Heavier equipment can be added on the performance. front of the vehicle if less cargo or fewer passengers are carried, or by positioning See your dealer for additional advice and cargo toward the rear. This reduces the load information about using a snow plow on the on the front. However, the front GAWR, rear vehicle. Also, see Vehicle Load Limits 0 222. GAWR, and Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) must never be exceeded. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

320 Vehicle Care Four-Wheel Drive ...... 345 Electrical System Vehicle Care Front Axle ...... 345 Electrical System Overload ...... 352 Rear Axle ...... 345 Fuses and Circuit Breakers ...... 353 General Information Starter Switch Check ...... 346 Engine Compartment Fuse Block ...... 353 General Information ...... 321 Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Instrument Panel Fuse Block (Left) . . . . . 357 California Proposition 65 Warning . . . . . 321 Control Function Check ...... 346 Instrument Panel Fuse Block (Right) . . . 358 California Perchlorate Materials Ignition Transmission Lock Check ...... 346 Requirements ...... 321 Park Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Wheels and Tires Accessories and Modifications ...... 322 Check ...... 346 Tires ...... 361 All-Season Tires ...... 361 Vehicle Checks Wiper Blade Replacement ...... 347 Glass Replacement ...... 347 Winter Tires ...... 362 Doing Your Own Service Work ...... 322 All-Terrain Tires ...... 362 Hood ...... 322 Windshield Replacement ...... 347 Gas Strut(s) ...... 348 Tire Sidewall Labeling ...... 362 Engine Compartment Overview ...... 324 Tire Designations ...... 364 Engine Oil ...... 329 Headlamp Aiming Tire Terminology and Definitions ...... 365 Engine Oil Life System ...... 331 Front Headlamp Aiming ...... 349 Tire Pressure ...... 367 Automatic Transmission Fluid ...... 332 Tire Pressure Monitor System ...... 368 Engine Air Filter Life System ...... 332 Bulb Replacement Tire Pressure Monitor Operation ...... 369 Engine Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 333 Bulb Replacement ...... 349 Tire Inspection ...... 374 Cooling System ...... 334 Halogen Bulbs ...... 349 Tire Rotation ...... 374 Engine Overheating ...... 337 LED Lighting ...... 349 When It Is Time for New Tires ...... 375 Overheated Engine Protection Headlamps, Front Turn Signal, Buying New Tires ...... 376 Operating Mode ...... 339 Sidemarker, and Parking Lamps . . . . . 349 Different Size Tires and Wheels ...... 377 Engine Fan ...... 339 Taillamps, Turn Signal, Stoplamps, and Uniform Tire Quality Grading ...... 377 Washer Fluid ...... 339 Back-Up Lamps ...... 350 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance . . . . 379 Brakes ...... 340 Center High-Mounted Stoplamp Wheel Replacement ...... 379 Brake Pad Life System ...... 341 (CHMSL) and Cargo Lamp ...... 352 Tire Chains ...... 379 Brake Fluid ...... 342 License Plate Lamp ...... 352 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 380 Battery - North America ...... 342 Tire Changing ...... 381 Full-Size Spare Tire ...... 391 Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 321 Jump Starting General Information Warning (Continued) Jump Starting - North America ...... 391 For service and parts needs, visit your cancer and birth defects or other Towing the Vehicle dealer. You will receive genuine GM parts reproductive harm. Engine exhaust, many Towing the Vehicle ...... 394 and GM-trained and supported service parts and systems, many fluids, and Recreational Vehicle Towing ...... 395 people. some component wear by-products Appearance Care Genuine GM parts have one of these marks: contain and/or emit these chemicals. For Exterior Care ...... 398 more information go to Interior Care ...... 403 www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ Floor Mats ...... 405 passenger-vehicle.

See Battery - North America 0 342 and Jump Starting - North America 0 391 and the back cover. California Perchlorate Materials Requirements Certain types of automotive applications, such as airbag initiators, seat belt pretensioners, and lithium batteries California Proposition 65 Warning contained in electronic keys, may contain perchlorate materials. Perchlorate Material – { Warning special handling may apply. See Most motor vehicles, including this one, www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ perchlorate. as well as many of its service parts and fluids, contain and/or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

322 Vehicle Care Accessories and Modifications Also, see Adding Equipment to the If equipped with remote vehicle start, open Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 69. the hood before performing any service Adding non-dealer accessories or making work to prevent remote starting the vehicle modifications to the vehicle can affect accidentally. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 20. vehicle performance and safety, including Vehicle Checks such things as airbags, braking, stability, Keep a record with all parts receipts and list ride and handling, emissions systems, Doing Your Own Service Work the mileage and the date of any service aerodynamics, durability, and electronic work performed. See Maintenance Records 0 systems like antilock brakes, traction control, { Warning 422. and stability control. These accessories or It can be dangerous to work on your Caution modifications could even cause malfunction vehicle if you do not have the proper or damage not covered by the vehicle knowledge, service manual, tools, Even small amounts of contamination can warranty. or parts. Always follow owner’s manual cause damage to vehicle systems. Do not Damage to suspension components caused procedures and consult the service allow contaminants to contact the fluids, by modifying vehicle height outside of manual for your vehicle before doing any reservoir caps, or dipsticks. factory settings will not be covered by the service work. vehicle warranty. Hood Damage to vehicle components resulting If doing some of your own service work, use from modifications or the installation or use the proper service manual. It tells you much { Warning of non-GM certified parts, including control more about how to service the vehicle than For vehicles with auto engine stop/start, this manual can. To order the proper service module or software modifications, is not turn the vehicle off before opening the covered under the terms of the vehicle manual, see Publication Ordering Information 0 436. hood. If the vehicle is on, the engine will warranty and may affect remaining start when the hood is opened. You or warranty coverage for affected parts. This vehicle has an airbag system. Before others could be injured. GM Accessories are designed to complement attempting to do your own service work, see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle and function with other systems on the 0 vehicle. See your dealer to accessorize the 69. vehicle using genuine GM Accessories installed by a dealer technician. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 323 2. Go to the front of the vehicle and locate { Warning the secondary release lever under the { Warning Components under the hood can get hot front center of the hood. Push the Do not drive the vehicle if the hood is from running the engine. To help avoid secondary hood release lever to the right not latched completely. The hood could the risk of burning unprotected skin, to release. open fully, block your vision, and cause a never touch these components until they 3. After you have partially lifted the hood, crash. You or others could be injured. have cooled, and always use a glove or the gas strut system will automatically Always close the hood completely before towel to avoid direct skin contact. lift the hood and hold it in the fully driving. open position. Clear any snow from the hood before To close the hood: The Driver Information Center (DIC) will opening. display a message if the hood is not fully 1. Before closing the hood, be sure all filler To open the hood: closed, and the vehicle is moving. Stop and caps are on properly, and all tools are turn off the vehicle, check the hood for 1. Pull the hood release lever with the removed. obstructions, and close the hood again. i symbol. It is on the lower left side 2. Pull the hood down until the strut Check to see if the message still appears on of the instrument panel. system is no longer holding up the hood. the DIC. 3. Allow the hood to fall. Check to make sure the hood is latched completely. Repeat this process with additional force if necessary. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

324 Vehicle Care Engine Compartment Overview

2.7L L4 Engine (L3B) Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 325 1. Remote Negative (–) Location. See Jump Starting - North America 0 391. 2. Positive (+) Terminal (Under Cover). See Jump Starting - North America 0 391. 3. Battery - North America 0 342. 4. Engine Compartment Fuse Block 0 353. 5. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of View). See Cooling System 0 334. 6. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When to Add Engine Oil” under Engine Oil 0 329. 7. Engine Oil Dipstick. See “Checking Engine Oil” under Engine Oil 0 329. 8. Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap. See Cooling System 0 334. 9. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 333. 10. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See Brake Fluid 0 342. 11. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir. See “Adding Washer Fluid” under Washer Fluid 0 339. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

326 Vehicle Care

4.3L V6 Engine (LV3) Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 327 1. Remote Negative (–) Location. See Jump Starting - North America 0 391. 2. Positive (+) Terminal (Under Cover). See Jump Starting - North America 0 391. 3. Battery - North America 0 342. 4. Engine Compartment Fuse Block 0 353. 5. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of View). See Cooling System 0 334. 6. Engine Oil Dipstick. See “Checking Engine Oil” under Engine Oil 0 329. 7. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When to Add Engine Oil” under Engine Oil 0 329. 8. Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap. See Cooling System 0 334. 9. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 333. 10. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See Brake Fluid 0 342. 11. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir. See “Adding Washer Fluid” under Washer Fluid 0 339. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

328 Vehicle Care

5.3L V8 Engine (L84) Shown, 5.3L V8 Engine (L82) and 6.2L V8 Engine (L87) Similar Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 329 1. Remote Negative (–) Location. See Jump To ensure proper engine performance and Starting - North America 0 391. long life, careful attention must be paid to { Warning 2. Positive (+) Terminal (Under Cover). See engine oil. Following these simple, but The engine oil dipstick handle may be Jump Starting - North America 0 391. important steps will help protect your hot; it could burn you. Use a towel or investment: 3. Battery - North America 0 342. glove to touch the dipstick handle. 0 . Use engine oil approved to the proper 4. Engine Compartment Fuse Block 353. specification and of the proper viscosity If a low oil Driver Information Center (DIC) 5. Engine Oil Dipstick. See “Checking Engine grade. See “Selecting the Right Engine message displays, check the oil level. Oil” under Engine Oil 0 329. Oil” in this section. Follow these guidelines: 6. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of View). See . Check the engine oil level regularly and 0 . To get an accurate reading, park the Cooling System 334. maintain the proper oil level. See vehicle on level ground. Check the engine 7. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When to Add “Checking Engine Oil” and “When to Add oil level after the engine has been off for Engine Oil” under Engine Oil 0 329. Engine Oil” in this section. at least two hours. Checking the engine . Change the engine oil at the appropriate oil level on steep grades or too soon after 8. Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap. 0 See Cooling System 0 334. time. See Engine Oil Life System 331. engine shutoff can result in incorrect 9. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 333. . Always dispose of engine oil properly. See readings. Accuracy improves when “What to Do with Used Oil” in this checking a cold engine prior to starting. 10. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See Brake Fluid section. Remove the dipstick and check the level. 0 342. Checking Engine Oil . If unable to wait two hours, the engine 11. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir. See must be off for at least 15 minutes if the “Adding Washer Fluid” under Washer Check the engine oil level regularly, every engine is warm, or at least 30 minutes if Fluid 0 339. 650 km (400 mi), especially prior to a long the engine is not warm. Pull out the trip. The engine oil dipstick handle is a loop. dipstick, wipe it with a clean paper towel Engine Oil See Engine Compartment Overview 0 324 for or cloth, then push it back in all the way. For diesel engine vehicles, see “Engine Oil” the location. Remove it again, keeping the tip down, in the Duramax diesel supplement. and check the level. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

330 Vehicle Care

When to Add Engine Oil Caution (Continued) damaged. Drain the excess oil or limit driving of the vehicle, and seek a service professional to remove the excess oil.

See Engine Compartment Overview 0 324 for the location of the engine oil fill cap. Caution If the oil is below the cross-hatched area at Add enough oil to put the level somewhere Failure to use the recommended engine the tip of the dipstick and the engine has in the proper operating range. Push the oil or equivalent can result in engine been off for at least 15 minutes, add 1 L dipstick all the way back in when through. damage not covered by the vehicle (1 qt) of the recommended oil and then warranty. recheck the level. See “Selecting the Right Selecting the Right Engine Oil Engine Oil” later in this section for an Selecting the right engine oil depends on Viscosity Grade explanation of what kind of oil to use. For both the proper oil specification and engine oil crankcase capacity, see Capacities viscosity grade. See Recommended Fluids Use SAE 0W-20 viscosity grade engine oil for and Specifications 0 424. and Lubricants 0 418. the 5.3L and 6.2L V8 engines. Specification Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade engine oil for Caution the 2.7L L4, and 4.3L V6 engines. Cold Do not add too much oil. Oil levels above Use full synthetic engine oils that meet the Temperature Operation: In an area of or below the acceptable operating range dexos1 specification. Engine oils that have extreme cold, where the temperature falls shown on the dipstick are harmful to the been approved by GM as meeting the below −29 °C (−20 °F), use SAE 0W-30 oil. An engine. If the oil level is above the dexos1 specification are marked with the oil of this viscosity grade will provide easier dexos1 approved logo. operating range (i.e., the engine has so cold starting for the engine at extremely much oil that the oil level gets above the low temperatures. cross-hatched area that shows the proper When selecting an oil of the appropriate operating range), the engine could be viscosity grade, it is recommended to select (Continued) an oil of the correct specification. See “Specification” earlier in this section. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 331 Engine Oil Additives/Engine Oil Flushes Engine Oil Life System will perform this work and reset the system. It is also important to check the oil regularly Do not add anything to the oil. The When to Change Engine Oil over the course of an oil drain interval and recommended oils meeting the dexos1 keep it at the proper level. specification are all that is needed for good This vehicle has a computer system that performance and engine protection. indicates when to change the engine oil and If the system is ever reset accidentally, the filter. This is based on a combination of oil must be changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) Engine oil system flushes are not factors which include engine revolutions, since the last oil change. Remember to reset recommended and could cause engine engine temperature, and miles driven. Based the oil life system whenever the oil is damage not covered by the vehicle on driving conditions, the mileage at which changed. warranty. an oil change is indicated can vary How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System What to Do with Used Oil considerably. For the oil life system to work properly, the system must be reset every Reset the system whenever the engine oil is Used engine oil contains certain elements time the oil is changed. changed so that the system can calculate that can be unhealthy for your skin and the next engine oil change. Always reset the could even cause cancer. Do not let used oil On some vehicles, when the system has engine oil life to 100% after every oil stay on your skin for very long. Clean your calculated that oil life has been diminished, change. It will not reset itself. To reset the skin and nails with soap and water, or a a CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message comes engine oil life system: good hand cleaner. Wash or properly on to indicate that an oil change is dispose of clothing or rags containing used necessary. Change the oil as soon as 1. Display the oil life percentage on the engine oil. See the manufacturer's warnings possible within the next 1 000 km (600 mi). DIC. See Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 about the use and disposal of oil products. It is possible that, if driving under the best (Base Level) 124 or conditions, the oil life system might indicate Driver Information Center (DIC) (Midlevel Used oil can be a threat to the environment. that an oil change is not necessary for up to and Uplevel) 0 125. If you change your own oil, be sure to drain a year. The engine oil and filter must be all the oil from the filter before disposal. 2. Press the thumbwheel on the steering changed at least once a year and, at this wheel, or the trip odometer reset stem if Never dispose of oil by putting it in the time, the system must be reset. For vehicles trash or pouring it on the ground, into the vehicle does not have DIC controls, without the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON for several seconds. When the sewers, or into streams or bodies of water. message, an oil change is needed when the Recycle it by taking it to a place that confirmation message displays, select REMAINING OIL LIFE percentage is near 0%. YES. The oil life will change to 100%. collects used oil. Your dealer has trained service people who Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

332 Vehicle Care The oil life system can also be reset as in these vehicles. Because this procedure is When to Change the Engine Air Filter follows: difficult, this should be done at the dealer. When the Driver Information Center (DIC) Contact the dealer for additional information 1. Display the oil life percentage on the displays a message to replace the engine air or the procedure can be found in the service DIC. See Driver Information Center (DIC) filter at the next oil change, follow this (Base Level) 0 124 or manual. See Publication Ordering 0 timing. Driver Information Center (DIC) (Midlevel Information 436. and Uplevel) 0 125. When the DIC displays a message to replace Caution the engine air filter soon, replace the engine 2. Fully press the accelerator pedal slowly air filter at the earliest convenience. three times within five seconds. Use of the incorrect automatic transmission fluid may damage the The system must be reset after the engine 3. If the display changes to 100%, the vehicle, and the damage may not be air filter is changed. system is reset. covered by the vehicle warranty. Always If the DIC displays a message to check the If the vehicle has a CHANGE ENGINE OIL use the correct automatic transmission engine air filter system, see your dealer. SOON message and it comes back on when fluid. See Recommended Fluids and the vehicle is started and/or the oil Lubricants 0 418. How to Reset the Engine Air Filter Life life percentage is near 0%, the engine oil System life system has not been reset. Repeat the Change the fluid and filter at the scheduled To reset: procedure. maintenance intervals listed in Maintenance Schedule 0 409. Be sure to use the 1. Place the vehicle in P (Park). Automatic Transmission Fluid transmission fluid listed in Recommended 2. Display the Air Filter Life on the DIC. See 0 When to Check and Change Automatic Fluids and Lubricants 418. Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base 0 Transmission Fluid Level) 124 or Engine Air Filter Life System Driver Information Center (DIC) (Midlevel It is usually not necessary to check the If equipped, this feature provides the engine and Uplevel) 0 125. transmission fluid level. The only reason for air filter’s remaining life and best timing for 3. Press T on the steering wheel, or press fluid loss is a transmission leak or a change. The timing to change an engine overheated transmission. This vehicle is not the trip odometer reset stem if the air filter depends on driving and vehicle does not have DIC controls, to equipped with a transmission fluid level environmental conditions. dipstick. There is a special procedure for move to the Reset/Disable display area. checking and changing the transmission fluid Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 333 Select Reset then press the thumbwheel To inspect or replace the engine air cleaner/ 4. Remove the three screws on top of the or press the reset stem for several filter: cover of the housing, then slide and lift seconds. the cover. 4. Press the thumbwheel or the reset stem 5. Lift and remove the engine air cleaner/ to confirm the reset. filter.

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter { Warning The engine air cleaner/filter is on the driver If part replacement is necessary, the part side of the engine compartment. See Engine must be replaced with one of the same 0 Compartment Overview 324. part number or with an equivalent part. When to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner/ Use of a replacement part without the Filter same fit, form, and function may result in personal injury or damage to the If the vehicle is not equipped with the vehicle. engine air filter life system see Maintenance 5.3L V8 Engine (L84) Shown, 2.7L L4 Engine Schedule 0 409 for intervals on inspecting (L3B), 4.3L V6 Engine (LV3), 5.3L V8 Engine 6. Lightly tap and shake the engine air and replacing the engine air cleaner filter. (L82), and 6.2L V8 Engine (L87) Similar cleaner/filter, away from the vehicle, to How to Inspect/Replace the Engine Air release loose dust and dirt. Replace the Cleaner/Filter 1. Air Duct Clamp engine air filter if damaged. 2. Electrical Harness Connector 7. Reverse steps 2–5 to reinstall the engine Do not start the engine or have the engine 3. Screws air cleaner/filter cover housing. running with the engine air cleaner/filter 1. Locate the air cleaner/filter assembly. housing open. Before removing the engine 8. If equipped, reset the engine air filter life See Engine Compartment Overview air cleaner/filter, make sure that the engine system after replacing the engine air 0 324. filter. See Engine Air Filter Life System air cleaner/filter housing and nearby 0 components are free of dirt and debris. Do 2. Disconnect the outlet duct by loosening 332. not clean the engine air cleaner/filter or the air duct clamp (1). components with water or compressed air. 3. Disconnect the electrical harness connector (2) from the cover. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

334 Vehicle Care

{ Warning Operating the engine with the air cleaner/filter off can cause you or others to be burned. Use caution when working on the engine. Do not start the engine or drive the vehicle with the air cleaner/ filter off, as flames may be present if the engine backfires.

Caution If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt can 2.7L L4 Engine (L3B) 5.3L V8 Engine (L84) Shown, 5.3L V8 Engine easily get into the engine, which could (L82) and 6.2L V8 Engine (L87) Similar damage it. Always have the air cleaner/ filter in place when driving. 1. Engine Electric Cooling Fans (Out of View) Cooling System 2. Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap If the vehicle has the Duramax diesel { Warning engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement. An underhood electric fan can start up The cooling system allows the engine to even when the engine is not running and maintain the correct working temperature. can cause injury. Keep hands, clothing, and tools away from any underhood electric fan. 4.3L V6 Engine (LV3) Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 335 Never dispose of engine coolant by putting { Warning Warning (Continued) it in the trash, or by pouring it on the Do not touch heater, radiator, a/c pipes the wrong mixture, the engine could get ground, or into sewers, streams, or bodies of or hoses, or other engine parts. They can too hot but there would not be an water. Have the coolant changed by an be very hot and can burn you. Do not overheat warning. The engine could catch authorized service center, familiar with legal run the engine if there is a leak; all fire and you or others could be burned. requirements regarding used coolant coolant could leak out. That could cause disposal. This will help protect the an engine fire and can burn you. Fix any Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable environment and your health. leak before driving the vehicle. water and DEX-COOL coolant. This mixture: Checking Coolant . Gives freezing protection down to −37 °C Engine Coolant (−34 °F), outside temperature. The coolant surge tank is in the engine compartment on the driver side of the The cooling system in the vehicle is filled . Gives boiling protection up to 129 °C vehicle. See Engine Compartment Overview with DEX-COOL engine coolant. This coolant (265 °F), engine temperature. 0 324. is designed to remain in the vehicle for . Protects against rust and corrosion. The vehicle must be on a level surface when 5 years or 240 000 km (150,000 mi), . Will not damage aluminum parts. checking the coolant level. whichever occurs first. . Helps keep the proper engine The following explains the cooling system temperature. and how to check and add coolant when it is low. If there is a problem with engine Caution overheating, see Engine Overheating 0 337. Do not use anything other than a mix of What to Use DEX-COOL coolant that meets GM Standard GMW3420 and clean, drinkable water. Anything else can cause damage { Warning to the engine cooling system and the Plain water, or other liquids such as vehicle, which would not be covered by alcohol, can boil before the proper the vehicle warranty. coolant mixture will. With plain water or (Continued) All Engines Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

336 Vehicle Care Check to see if coolant is visible in the 3. Fill the coolant surge tank with the How to Add Coolant to the Coolant coolant surge tank. If the coolant inside the proper mixture to the indicated mark. Surge Tank for Gasoline Engines coolant surge tank is boiling, wait until it 4. Connect the vehicle to a battery charger. Except L3B cools down. The coolant level should be at 5. Set the ignition to service mode, see If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see or above the indicated mark. If it is not, 0 there may be a leak in the cooling system. Ignition Positions (Keyless Access) 230 “Cooling System” in the Duramax diesel or supplement for the proper coolant fill If coolant is visible but the coolant level is Ignition Positions (Key Access) 0 229. procedure. not at or above the indicated mark, see the 6. Turn off the air conditioning. following sections on how to add coolant to { Warning the coolant surge tank following. 7. Set the parking brake. 8. At the same time, press the accelerator Spilling coolant on hot engine parts can Automatic Coolant Service Fill and the brake for automatic vehicles for burn you. Coolant contains ethylene Instructions (L3B Engine) two seconds, then release. glycol and it will burn if the engine parts This feature assists in filling and removing 9. Listen for pump activation and are hot enough. air from the cooling system after service of movement of the control valves while components or when coolant is added after watching the level of the coolant in the being too low. surge tank. Add fluid as the level drops { Warning To activate the fill and air removal process: below the indicated mark on the surge Plain water, or other liquids such as tank. Allow 15 minutes for the fill and air alcohol, can boil before the proper 1. Remove the coolant surge tank pressure removal process to complete. cap when the cooling system, including coolant mixture will. With plain water or the coolant surge tank pressure cap and 10. Reinstall the surge tank cap. the wrong mixture, the engine could get upper radiator hose, is no longer hot. If the tank empties, turn the ignition off, too hot but there would not be an Turn the pressure cap; slowly allow the Electronic Control Module (ECM) to overheat warning. The engine could catch counterclockwise about one full turn. If a go to sleep, about two minutes, refill to the fire and you or others could be burned. hiss is heard, wait for that to stop. indicated mark, and repeat Steps 5–9. A hiss means there is still some pressure left. 2. Keep turning the pressure cap slowly, and remove it. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 337

1. Remove the coolant surge tank pressure Caution { Warning cap when the cooling system, including Steam and scalding liquids from a hot the coolant surge tank pressure cap and If the pressure cap is not tightly installed, cooling system are under pressure. upper radiator hose, is no longer hot. coolant loss and engine damage may Turning the pressure cap, even a little, Turn the pressure cap slowly occur. Be sure the cap is properly and can cause them to come out at high counterclockwise about one full turn. If a tightly secured. speed and you could be burned. Never hiss is heard, wait for that to stop. turn the cap when the cooling system, A hiss means there is still some Engine Overheating pressure left. including the pressure cap, is hot. Wait If the vehicle has the Duramax diesel for the cooling system and pressure cap 2. Keep turning the pressure cap slowly, engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement. to cool. and remove it. 3. Fill the coolant surge tank with the Caution proper mixture to the full cold mark. Caution Do not run the engine if there is a leak 4. With the coolant surge tank pressure cap in the engine cooling system. This can Failure to follow the specific coolant fill off, start the engine and let it run until cause a loss of all coolant and can procedure could cause the engine to the engine coolant temperature gauge damage the system and vehicle. Have overheat and could cause system indicates approximately 90 °C (195 °F). any leaks fixed right away. damage. If coolant is not visible in the By this time, the coolant level inside the surge tank, contact your dealer. coolant surge tank may be lower. If the The vehicle has several indicators to warn of level is lower, add more of the proper engine overheating. If no coolant is visible in the surge tank, add mixture to the coolant surge tank until coolant. There is a coolant temperature gauge in the the level reaches the indicated mark. vehicle's instrument cluster. See Engine 5. Replace the pressure cap tightly. Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 112. 6. Verify coolant level after the engine is In addition, there are ENGINE OVERHEATED shut off and the coolant is cold. STOP ENGINE, ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE If necessary, repeat coolant fill procedure ENGINE, and ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED Steps 1–6. messages in the Driver Information Center (DIC). Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

338 Vehicle Care If the decision is made not to lift the hood If Steam is Coming from the Engine If there is an engine overheat warning, but when this warning appears, get service help Compartment no steam is seen or heard, the problem may right away. See Roadside Assistance Program not be too serious. Sometimes the engine 0 431. { Warning can get a little too hot when the vehicle: . Climbs a long hill on a hot day. If the decision is made to lift the hood, Steam and scalding liquids from a hot make sure the vehicle is parked on a level cooling system are under pressure. . Stops after high-speed driving. surface. Turning the pressure cap, even a little, . Idles for long periods in traffic. 2.7L L4, 4.3L V6, 5.3L V8, and 6.2L V8 Engines can cause them to come out at high . Tows a trailer; see Trailer Towing 0 292. Check to see if the engine cooling fans are speed and you could be burned. Never If the ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE or running. If the engine is overheating, the turn the cap when the cooling system, the ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE fans should be running. If they are not, do including the pressure cap, is hot. Wait message appears with no sign of steam, try not continue to run the engine and have the for the cooling system and pressure cap this for a minute or so: vehicle serviced. to cool. 1. Turn the air conditioning off. If the engine or transmission detects an If No Steam is Coming from the Engine 2. Turn the heater on to the highest impending hot fluid condition, then the temperature and to the highest fan transmission may force upshifts to limit Compartment speed. Open the windows as necessary. temperatures. Downshifts may also be The ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE or 3. When it is safe to do so, pull off the prevented in this instance. Normal operation the ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE road, shift to P (Park) or N (Neutral) and may continue unless the display indicates message, along with a low coolant let the engine idle. there is a hot condition and engine should condition, can indicate a serious problem. be idled. If the temperature overheat gauge is no The 2.7L L4 engine will shut down longer in the overheat zone or an overheat automatically if the ENGINE OVERHEATED warning no longer displays, the vehicle can STOP ENGINE message displays. be driven. Continue to drive the vehicle slowly for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe vehicle distance from the vehicle in front. If the warning does not come back on, Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 339 continue to drive normally and have the vehicle to be driven to a safe place in an The vehicle has electric cooling fan(s). The cooling system checked for proper fill and emergency. Driving extended distances fans may be heard spinning at low speed function. and/or towing a trailer in the overheat during most everyday driving. The fans may If the warning continues, pull over, stop, and protection mode should be avoided. turn off if no cooling is required. Under park the vehicle right away. If the engine or transmission detects an heavy vehicle loading, trailer towing, high impending hot fluid condition, then the outside temperatures, or operation of the air If there is still no sign of steam and the conditioning system, the fans may change vehicle is equipped with an engine driven transmission may force upshifts to limit temperatures. Downshifts may also be to high speed and an increase in fan noise cooling fan, push down the accelerator until may be heard. This is normal and indicates the engine speed is about twice as fast as prevented in this instance. Normal operation may continue unless the display indicates that the cooling system is functioning normal idle speed for at least five minutes properly. The fans will change to low speed while the vehicle is parked. If the warning is there is a hot condition and engine should be idled. when additional cooling is no longer still there, turn off the engine and get required. everyone out of the vehicle until it Caution cools down. The electric engine cooling fans may run After driving in the overheated engine after the engine has been turned off. This is If there is no sign of steam, idle the engine protection operating mode, the engine oil normal and no service is required. for five minutes while parked. If the warning will be severely degraded. Any repairs is still displayed, turn off the engine until it Washer Fluid performed before the engine is cool may cools down. cause engine damage. Allow the engine What to Use to cool before attempting any repair. Overheated Engine Protection When windshield washer fluid needs to be Operating Mode Repair the cause of coolant loss, change added, be sure to read the manufacturer's the oil, and reset the oil life system. See instructions before use. Use a fluid that has If an overheated engine condition exists and 0 Engine Oil 329. sufficient protection against freezing in an the ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED message area where the temperature may fall below displays, an overheat protection mode which Engine Fan freezing. alternates firing groups of cylinders helps to prevent engine damage. In this mode, a loss If the vehicle has the Duramax diesel in power and engine performance will be engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement. noticed. This operating mode allows the Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

340 Vehicle Care Adding Washer Fluid Caution (Continued) { Warning The vehicle has a low washer fluid message . Do not use engine coolant (antifreeze) The brake wear warning sound means on the DIC that comes on when the washer in the windshield washer. It can that soon the brakes will not work well. fluid is low. The message is displayed for damage the windshield washer system That could lead to a crash. When the 15 seconds at the start of each ignition cycle. and paint. When the WASHER FLUID LOW ADD FLUID brake wear warning sound is heard, have message displays, washer fluid will need to . Do not mix water with ready-to-use the vehicle serviced. be added to the windshield washer fluid washer fluid. Water can cause the reservoir. solution to freeze and damage the washer fluid tank and other parts of Caution the washer system. Continuing to drive with worn-out brake . When using concentrated washer fluid, linings could result in costly brake follow the manufacturer instructions repairs. for adding water. . Fill the washer fluid tank only Some driving conditions or climates can three-quarters full when it is very cold. cause a brake squeal when the brakes are Open the cap with the washer symbol on it. This allows for fluid expansion if first applied, clearing up following several Add washer fluid until the tank is full. See freezing occurs, which could damage applications. This does not mean something 0 Engine Compartment Overview 324 for the tank if it is completely full. is wrong with the brakes. reservoir location. Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary Caution Brakes to help prevent brake pulsation. When tires are rotated, inspect brake linings for wear Disc brake linings have built-in wear . Do not use washer fluid that contains and evenly tighten wheel nuts in the proper indicators that make a high-pitched warning any type of water repellent coating. sequence to torque specifications. See sound when the brake linings are worn and This can cause the wiper blades to Capacities and Specifications 0 424. chatter or skip. new linings are needed. The sound can come (Continued) and go or can be heard all the time when Brake pads should be replaced as complete the vehicle is moving, except when applying axle sets. the brake pedal firmly. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 341 Brake Pedal Travel Brake pads should always be replaced as How to Disable the Brake Pad Life complete axle sets. See your dealer if the brake pedal does not System return to normal height, or if there is a How to Reset the Brake Pad Life System The brake pad life system can be turned off. rapid increase in pedal travel. This could be This may be necessary if aftermarket brake The system will automatically detect when a sign that brake service may be required. pads without wear sensors are installed. significantly worn brake pads are replaced. When the system is turned off, the front When the ignition is turned on after new Replacing Brake System Parts and rear brake pad life percentages will not pads and wear sensors are installed, a Always replace brake system parts with display. However, the built-in wear message will display. Follow the prompts to new, approved replacement parts. If this is indicators that make a high-pitched warning reset the system. not done, the brakes may not work sound when the brake pads are worn can properly. The braking performance can The brake pad life system can also be still determine when the pads should be change in many ways if the wrong brake manually reset: replaced. See Brakes 0 340. parts are installed or if parts are improperly 1. Display Brake Pad Life on the DIC. See To turn off the brake pad life system: installed. Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base 1. Display Brake Pad Life on the DIC. See Level) 0 124 or Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Brake Pad Life System Driver Information Center (DIC) (Midlevel Level) 0 124 or and Uplevel) 0 125. When to Change Brake Pads Driver Information Center (DIC) (Midlevel 2. Press the thumbwheel or the trip and Uplevel) 0 125. This vehicle has a system that estimates the odometer reset stem if the vehicle does 2. Select DISABLE. remaining life of the front and rear brake not have DIC buttons. Select front or rear pads. Brake pad life is displayed in the pads as appropriate. To turn the brake pad life system back on, Driver Information Center (DIC), along with 3. Select YES on the confirmation message, follow the above steps but select ENABLE in a percentage for each axle. The system must Step 2. be reset every time the brake pads are or press the trip odometer reset stem on changed. a base level DIC. Repeat for pads on the other axle if they were also replaced. When the system has determined that the brake pads need to be replaced, a message will display, which may include mileage remaining. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

342 Vehicle Care Brake Fluid Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap What to Add and the area around the cap before Use only GM approved DOT 4 brake fluid removing it. from a clean, sealed container. See Do not top off the brake fluid. Adding fluid Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 418. does not correct a leak. If fluid is added when the linings are worn, there will be too { Warning much fluid when new brake linings are The wrong or contaminated brake fluid installed. Add or remove fluid, as necessary, The brake master cylinder reservoir is filled only when work is done on the brake could result in damage to the brake with GM approved DOT 4 brake fluid as hydraulic system. system. This could result in the loss of indicated on the reservoir cap. See Engine braking leading to a possible injury. Compartment Overview 0 324 for the { Warning Always use the proper GM approved location of the reservoir. brake fluid. If too much brake fluid is added, it can Checking Brake Fluid spill on the engine and burn, if the With the vehicle in P (Park) on a level engine is hot enough. You or others could Caution surface, the brake fluid level should be be burned, and the vehicle could be If brake fluid is spilled on the vehicle's between the minimum and maximum marks damaged. Add brake fluid only when painted surfaces, the paint finish can be on the brake fluid reservoir. work is done on the brake hydraulic damaged. Immediately wash off any There are only two reasons why the brake system. painted surface. fluid level in the reservoir may go down: When the brake fluid falls to a low level, . Normal brake lining wear. When new the brake warning light comes on. See Brake Battery - North America linings are installed, the fluid level goes System Warning Light 0 117. The original equipment battery is back up. Brake fluid absorbs water over time which maintenance free. Do not remove the cap . A fluid leak in the brake hydraulic system. and do not add fluid. Have the brake hydraulic system fixed. degrades the effectiveness of the brake fluid. With a leak, the brakes will not Replace brake fluid at the specified intervals Refer to the replacement number shown on work well. to prevent increased stopping distance. See the original battery label when a new Maintenance Schedule 0 409. battery is needed. See Engine Compartment Overview 0 324 for battery location. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 343 Stop/Start System Negative Battery Cable Disconnection Warning (Continued) Vehicles equipped with a 2.7L L3B, 3.0L LM2, 5.3L L84 or 6.2L L87 are equipped with a For more information go to { Warning Stop/Start system to shut off the engine to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ Before disconnecting the negative battery help conserve fuel. See Stop/Start System passenger-vehicle. cable, turn off all features, turn the 0 233. ignition off, and remove the key, See California Proposition 65 Warning 0 321 Vehicles with the Stop/Start system have an and the back cover. if equipped, from the vehicle. If this is Absorbed Glass Mat (AGM) 12-volt battery. not done, you or others could be injured, Installation of a standard 12-volt battery will Vehicle Storage and the vehicle could be damaged. result in reduced 12-volt battery life. When using a 12-volt battery charger on the 12-volt { Warning AGM battery, some chargers have an AGM Caution Batteries have acid that can burn you and battery setting on the charger. If available, gas that can explode. You can be badly If the battery is disconnected with the use the AGM setting on the charger to limit ignition on or the vehicle in Retained charge voltage to 14.8 volts. Follow the hurt if you are not careful. See Jump 0 Accessory Power (RAP), the OnStar charger manufacturer’s instructions. Starting - North America 391 for tips on working around a battery without back-up battery will be permanently discharged and will need to be replaced. { Warning getting hurt. WARNING: Battery posts, terminals, and Infrequent Usage: Remove the black, 1. Make sure the lamps, features, and related accessories contain lead and lead negative (−) cable from the battery to keep accessories are turned off. compounds, chemicals known to the the battery from running down. 2. Turn the ignition off and remove the State of California to cause cancer and key, if equipped. Extended Storage: Remove the black, birth defects or other reproductive harm. negative (−) cable from the battery or use a Batteries also contain other chemicals battery trickle charger. known to the State of California to cause cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING. (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

344 Vehicle Care For vehicles equipped with the Stop/Start For vehicles not equipped with the Negative Battery Cable Reconnection system: Stop/Start system: Caution When reconnecting the battery: . Use the original nut from the vehicle to secure the negative battery cable. Do not use a different nut. If you need a replacement nut, see your dealer. . Tighten the nut with a hand tool. Do not use an impact wrench or power tools to tighten the nut. The vehicle could be damaged if these guidelines are not followed. 1. Loosen and remove the negative battery 1. Loosen the negative battery cable nut (1). cable nut (1) at the battery sensor 2. Remove the negative battery cable connection. clamp (2) from the negative battery post. Caution 2. Remove the negative battery cable (2) 3. Cover the negative battery cable clamp, Do not use paints, lubricants, or corrosion from the battery sensor stud. and negative battery post with a inhibitors on the nut that secures the 3. Cover the negative battery cable non-conductive material to prevent any negative battery cable to the vehicle. This terminal, battery sensor stud, and contact with the negative battery cable. could damage the vehicle. negative battery post with a non-conductive material to prevent any For vehicles equipped with the Stop/Start contact with the negative battery cable. system: 1. Install the negative battery cable to the battery sensor stud. 2. Install the negative battery cable nut to the battery sensor stud and tighten. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 345 3. Turn the ignition on. 1. Fill Plug Do not directly power wash the transfer For vehicles not equipped with the Stop/ 2. Drain Plug case and/or front/rear axle output seals. High pressure water can overcome the seals Start system: To get an accurate reading, the vehicle and contaminate the fluid. Contaminated should be on a level surface. 1. Install the negative battery cable clamp fluid will decrease the life of the transfer to the negative battery post. If the level is below the bottom of the fill case and/or drive axles and should be 2. Tighten the negative battery cable nut. plug (1) hole, located on the transfer case, replaced. 3. Turn the ignition on. some lubricant will need to be added. Add enough lubricant to raise the level to the Rear Axle Four-Wheel Drive bottom of the fill plug (1) hole. Use care not When to Check Lubricant to overtighten the plug. Transfer Case It is not necessary to regularly check the When to Change Lubricant rear axle fluid unless a leak is suspected or When to Check Lubricant Refer to Maintenance Schedule 0 409 to an unusual noise is heard. A fluid loss could Refer to Maintenance Schedule 0 409 to determine how often to change the indicate a problem. Have it inspected and determine when to check the lubricant. lubricant. repaired. This service can be complex. See What to Use your dealer. Refer to Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Do not directly power wash the transfer 0 418 to determine what kind of lubricant case and/or front/rear axle output seals. to use. High pressure water can overcome the seals and contaminate the fluid. Contaminated Front Axle fluid will decrease the life of the transfer case and/or drive axles and should be When to Check Lubricant replaced. It is not necessary to regularly check the front axle fluid unless a leak is suspected or an unusual noise is heard. A fluid loss could indicate a problem. Have it inspected and repaired. This service can be complex. See your dealer. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

346 Vehicle Care Starter Switch Check Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Ignition Transmission Lock Check Control Function Check If equipped with Key Access ignition, while { Warning parked, and with the parking brake set, try When you are doing this inspection, the { Warning to turn the ignition off in each shift lever vehicle could move suddenly. If the When you are doing this inspection, the position. The ignition should turn to off only when the shift lever is in P (Park). vehicle moves, you or others could be vehicle could move suddenly. If the injured. vehicle moves, you or others could be The ignition key should come out only when injured. the ignition is off. Contact your dealer if 1. Before starting this check, be sure there service is required. is enough room around the vehicle. 1. Before starting this check, be sure there 2. Apply both the parking brake and the is enough room around the vehicle. Park Brake and P (Park) regular brake. It should be parked on a level surface. Mechanism Check Do not use the accelerator pedal, and be 2. Apply the parking brake. Be ready to ready to turn off the engine immediately apply the regular brake immediately if { Warning if it starts. the vehicle begins to move. When you are doing this check, the 3. Try to start the engine in each gear. The 3. With the engine off, turn the ignition on, vehicle could begin to move. You or vehicle should start only in P (Park) or but do not start the engine. Without others could be injured and property N (Neutral). If the vehicle starts in any applying the regular brake, try to move could be damaged. Make sure there is other position, contact your dealer for the shift lever out of P (Park) with room in front of the vehicle in case it service. normal effort. If the shift lever moves begins to roll. Be ready to apply the out of P (Park), contact your dealer for regular brake at once should the vehicle service. begin to move.

Park on a fairly steep hill, with the vehicle facing downhill. Keeping your foot on the regular brake, set the parking brake. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 347 . To check the parking brake's holding Caution (Continued) 3. With the latch open, pull the wiper blade ability: With the engine running and the down toward the windshield far enough transmission in N (Neutral), slowly remove covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not to release it from the J-hooked end of foot pressure from the regular brake allow the wiper arm to touch the the wiper arm. pedal. Do this until the vehicle is held by windshield. 4. Remove the wiper blade. the parking brake only. Front Wiper Blade Replacement 5. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper blade . To check the P (Park) mechanism's holding replacement. ability: With the engine running, shift to To replace the wiper blade: P (Park). Then release the parking brake Glass Replacement followed by the regular brake. 1. Pull the wiper assembly away from the windshield. If the windshield or front side glass must be Contact your dealer if service is required. replaced, see your dealer to determine the Wiper Blade Replacement correct replacement glass. Windshield wiper blades should be replaced Windshield Replacement periodically. See Maintenance Schedule 0 409. HUD System Replacement blades come in different types If equipped, the windshield is part of the and are removed in different ways. For HUD system. If the windshield must be proper type and length, see Maintenance replaced, get one that is designed for HUD Replacement Parts 0 419. or the HUD image may look out of focus. Driver Assistance Systems Caution If the windshield needs to be replaced and Allowing the wiper arm to touch the 2. Lift up on the latch in the middle of the the vehicle is equipped with a front camera windshield when no wiper blade is wiper blade where the wiper arm sensor for the Driver Assistance Systems, a installed could damage the windshield. attaches. GM replacement windshield is Any damage that occurs would not be recommended. The replacement windshield (Continued) must be installed according to GM specifications for proper alignment. If it is Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

348 Vehicle Care

not, these systems may not work properly, Caution they may display messages, or they may not work at all. See your dealer for proper Do not apply tape or hang any objects windshield replacement. from gas struts. Also do not push down or pull on gas struts. This may cause Gas Strut(s) damage to the vehicle. This vehicle is equipped with gas strut(s) to 0 provide assistance in lifting and holding See Maintenance Schedule 409. open the hood/trunk/liftgate system in full open position.

{ Warning If the gas struts that hold open the hood, Trunk trunk, and/or liftgate fail, you or others could be seriously injured. Take the vehicle to your dealer for service immediately. Visually inspect the gas struts for signs of wear, cracks, or other damage periodically. Check to make sure the hood/trunk/liftgate is held open with Hood enough force. If struts are failing to hold the hood/trunk/liftgate, do not operate. Have the vehicle serviced.

Liftgate Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 349 Headlamp Aiming Halogen Bulbs Headlamps, Front Turn Signal, Sidemarker, and Parking Lamps Front Headlamp Aiming { Warning Base Level Headlamp Assembly Headlamp aim has been preset and should Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside need no further adjustment. and can burst if you drop or scratch the If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, the bulb. You or others could be injured. Be headlamp aim may be affected. sure to read and follow the instructions If adjustment to the headlamps is necessary, on the bulb package. see your dealer. LED Lighting Bulb Replacement This vehicle has several LED lamps. For For the proper type of replacement bulbs, replacement of any LED lighting assembly, or any bulb changing procedure not listed in contact your dealer. this section, contact your dealer. Caution Do not replace incandescent bulbs with 1. Sidemarker lamp aftermarket LED replacement bulbs. This 2. Low-Beam Headlamp can cause damage to the vehicle electrical 3. High-Beam Headlamp system. 4. Turn Signal/Park Lamps Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

350 Vehicle Care Midlevel Headlamp Assembly Midlevel and Uplevel Taillamps, Turn Signal, Stoplamps, See your dealer for headlamp replacement. and Back-Up Lamps Uplevel Base Level Taillamp Assembly See your dealer for turn signal replacement. Turn Signal Lamp Replacement 1. Open the hood. 2. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise to remove it from the headlamp assembly and pull it straight out. 3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out of the bulb socket. 4. Replace the bulb and reverse Steps 1–3 1. Turn Signal Lamps to reinstall. Headlamp Replacement Base Level 1. Stoplamp/Taillamp/Turn Signal Lamp 1. Open the hood. 2. Back-Up Lamp 2. Remove the headlamp bulb cover. 3. Side Marker Lamp 3. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise to remove it from the headlamp assembly. 4. Unplug the electrical connector from the bulb by releasing the clip on the connector. 5. Replace the bulb and reverse Steps 1–4 to reinstall. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 351 Uplevel Taillamp Assembly

2. Remove the two rear lamp assembly 4. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise. 1500 shown 2500/3500 similar screws. 5. Pull the bulb straight out from the 3. Pull the rear lamp assembly outward and socket. 1. Back-Up Lamp rearward away from the box side to 6. Replace the bulb and reverse Steps 1–5 remove it from the vehicle. It is recommended to replace the grommets to reinstall. when replacing a bulb. See your dealer. To replace one of these bulbs: 1. Open the tailgate. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

352 Vehicle Care Center High-Mounted Stoplamp To replace one of these bulbs: (CHMSL) and Cargo Lamp This procedure is for the regular cab only. For crew cab and double cab see your dealer.

3. Replace the bulb and reverse Step 2 to reinstall. 1. Remove the two screws and lift off the lamp assembly. Electrical System 2. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise and pull it straight out. Electrical System Overload 3. Pull the bulb straight out from the The vehicle has fuses to protect against an 1. Cargo Lamp Bulbs socket. 2. Center High-Mounted Stoplamp electrical system overload. Fuses also protect (CHMSL) Bulb License Plate Lamp power devices in the vehicle. To replace the bulb: Replace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical size and rating. 1. Reach behind the rear bumper and locate the bulb. If there is a problem on the road and a fuse needs to be replaced, there are some spare 2. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise fuses and a fuse puller in the left and pull the bulb straight out of the instrument panel fuse block. The socket. same amperage fuse can also be borrowed. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 353 Choose some feature of the vehicle that is Fuses and Circuit Breakers not needed to use and replace it as soon as Warning (Continued) possible. The wiring circuits in the vehicle are in a fire. You or others could be injured protected from short circuits by a or killed, and the vehicle could be Headlamp Wiring combination of fuses and circuit breakers. damaged. An electrical overload may cause the lamps This greatly reduces the chance of damage caused by electrical problems. to go on and off, or in some cases to See Accessories and Modifications 0 322 and remain off. Have the headlamp wiring General Information 0 321. checked right away if the lamps go on and { Danger To check a fuse, look at the silver-colored off or remain off. Fuses and circuit breakers are marked band inside the fuse. If the band is broken Windshield Wipers with their ampere rating. Do not exceed or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure to the specified amperage rating when replace a bad fuse with a new one of the If the wiper motor overheats due to heavy replacing fuses and circuit breakers. Use identical size and rating. snow or ice, the windshield wipers will stop of an oversized fuse or circuit breaker can until the motor cools and will then restart. Fuses of the same amperage can be result in a vehicle fire. You and others temporarily borrowed from another fuse Although the circuit is protected from could be seriously injured or killed. location, if a fuse goes out. Replace the fuse electrical overload, overload due to heavy as soon as possible. snow or ice may cause wiper linkage damage. Always clear ice and heavy snow Engine Compartment Fuse Block from the windshield before using the windshield wipers. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement. If the overload is caused by an electrical problem and not snow or ice, be sure to get The engine compartment fuse block is in the it fixed. engine compartment, on the passenger side { Warning of the vehicle. Installation or use of fuses that do not meet GM’s original fuse specifications is dangerous. The fuses could fail, and result (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

354 Vehicle Care

Lift the cover to access the fuse block. Caution Spilling liquid on any electrical component on the vehicle may damage it. Always keep the covers on any electrical component.

A fuse puller is available in the left instrument panel end cap. The vehicle may not be equipped with all of the fuses, relays, and features shown. Fuses Usage Fuses Usage 1 High-beam left 3 Headlamp left 2 High-beam right 4 Headlamp right Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 355

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage 6 – 27 Horn 48 – 7 – 28 – 49 Transmission control 8 Fog lamp 29 – module 9 – 30 – 50 A/C clutch 10 – 31 – 51 Transfer case control module 11 Police upfitter 32 Rear window defogger 52 Front wiper 12 – 33 Heated mirror 53 Center high-mounted 13 Washer front 34 Parking lamp left stop lamp 14 Washer rear 37 – 54 Trailer reverse lamp 15 – 38 – 55 Trailer back-up lamp 16 – 39 – 56 SADS 17 IECL 1 40 Misc ignition 57 TTPM/SBZA 19 DC/AC inverter 41 Trailer parking lamp 58 Starter motor (LD & 20 IECR 2 (LD) / 42 Park lamp right HD DSL) EBCM2 (HD) 44 – 60 Active fuel management 1 21 – 45 – 61 VES 22 IECL 2 46 Engine control module 24 EBCM 1 ignition 62 Integrated chassis control module/CVS 25 – 47 Transmission control 63 Trailer battery 26 – module ignition Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

356 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Relays Usage 65 Auxiliary underhood 82 Trailer Interface 5 Headlamp electrical center Module 2 18 DC/AC inverter 66 Cooling fan motor left 83 FTZM 23 Rear window defogger 67 Active fuel 84 Trailer brake 35 Parking lamp management 2 85 ENG 36 Run/Crank 68 – 86 Engine control module 43 – 69 Starter Pinion (LD) / 87 Injector B even Starter Motor (HD Gas) 59 A/C clutch 88 O2 B sensor 71 Cooling fan 64 Starter Motor (LD & 89 O2 A sensor HD DSL) 72 Cooling fan right/Lower 90 Injector A odd 70 Starter Pinion (LD) / 73 Trailer stop/turn Starter Motor (HD Gas) lamp left 91 Engine control module throttle control 77 Powertrain 74 Trailer Interface Module 1 92 Cool fan clutch/ Aeroshutter 75 DEFC 76 Electric RNG BDS 78 Engine control module 79 Auxiliary battery 80 Cabin cooling pump 81 Trailer stop/turn lamp right Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 357 Instrument Panel Fuse Block (Left) The vehicle may not be equipped with all of the fuses, relays, and features shown. Fuses Usage F1 Rear heated seats left/right F3 – F4 – F5 Spare/MFEG F6 Heated and ventilated seats left/right F8 – F9 Passive entry passive start/ The left instrument panel fuse block access Spare door is on the driver side edge of the F10 – instrument panel. F11 – The vehicle may not be equipped with all of the fuses, relays, and features shown. F12 Passenger power seat Pull off the cover to access the fuse block. F13 Export power take off/ A fuse puller is available in the left Special equipment option 1 instrument panel end cap. F14 – F15 – F16 AMP F17 – F18 – Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

358 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage Instrument Panel Fuse Block F20 Endgate (Right) F22 Rear sliding window F23 – F24 – F25 – F26 – F27 –

Circuit Usage Breakers CB1 – The right instrument panel fuse block access Relays Usage door is on the passenger side edge of the instrument panel. K1 Rear sliding window open Pull off the cover to access the front of the K2 Rear sliding window close fuse block. K3 MFEG major 1 K4 MFEG minor 1 K5 MFEG minor 2 K6 MFEG major 2 K7 – K8 – Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 359 To access the back of the fuse block: The vehicle may not be equipped with all of the fuses, relays, and features shown. Fuses Usage F1 Right doors F2 Left doors F3 Universal garage door opener F4 – F5 – F6 Front blower F8 Lumbar switch 1. Push the tab at the top of fuse block down. F10 Body control module 6/ Body control module 7 2. Pull the top of the fuse block outward. F11 Seat/Column lock module 3. Reverse Steps 1–2 to reinstall. F12 Body control module 3/ Body control module 5 F14 Mirrors/Windows module F17 Steering wheel controls F18 Video processing module/ Back Obstacle detection F19 DLIS F20 Ventilated seats F21 NOT R/C Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

360 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage F22 Heated steering wheel F41 Infotainment 1 F58 Infotainment 2 F23 MISC R/C F42 TCP Circuit Usage F24 Instrument panel cluster F43 – Breakers ignition/Overhead F44 Active vibration 1 Accessory power outlet 2 F25 Heating, ventilation, and management 2 Accessory power outlet 1/ air conditioning ignition/ F45 Body control module 2 Heating, ventilation, and Cigarette Lighter air conditioning auxiliary F46 Heating, ventilation, and 3 Accessory power outlet 3 air conditioning/Battery 1 F26 USB ports/Special 4 Accessory power outlet 4 equipment option retained F47 Instrument panel cluster/ accessory power Battery Relays Usage F27 Accessory power outlet/ F48 Transmission control retained accessory power module K1 Run/Crank F28 Accessory power outlet/ F49 Body control module 1 K2 Retained accessory power/ Accessory 1 Battery F50 – K4 Retained accessory power/ F30 Sensing and diagnostic F51 Battery 1 module/Parking brake Accessory 2 F52 Battery 2 F31 Body control module 4 K5 – F53 – F32 Special equipment option/ Data link connection F54 Sunroof F33 Body control module 8 F55 Driver power seat F34 Cargo lamp F56 DC DC TRANS 1 F40 CGM F57 DC DC TRANS 2 Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 361

Wheels and Tires Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) Tires maintain the recommended . Do not spin the tires in excess of pressure. Tire pressure should be 56 km/h (35 mph) on slippery Every new GM vehicle has high-quality checked when the tires are cold. surfaces such as snow, mud, ice, tires made by a leading tire . Overinflated tires are more likely etc. Excessive spinning may cause manufacturer. See the warranty manual the tires to explode. for information regarding the tire to be cut, punctured, or broken by a sudden impact — such as when warranty and where to get service. For All-Season Tires additional information refer to the tire hitting a pothole. Keep tires at the manufacturer. recommended pressure. This vehicle may come with all-season tires. These tires are designed to provide good . Worn or old tires can cause a { Warning overall performance on most road surfaces crash. If the tread is badly worn, and weather conditions. Original equipment . Poorly maintained and improperly replace them. tires designed to GM's specific tire used tires are dangerous. . Replace any tires that have been performance criteria have a TPC specification . Overloading the tires can cause damaged by impacts with code molded onto the sidewall. Original potholes, curbs, etc. equipment all-season tires can be identified overheating as a result of too by the last two characters of this TPC code, much flexing. There could be a . Improperly repaired tires can cause which will be “MS.” blowout and a serious crash. See a crash. Only the dealer or an Vehicle Load Limits 0 222. Consider installing winter tires on the authorized tire service center vehicle if frequent driving on snow or . Underinflated tires pose the same should repair, replace, dismount, ice-covered roads is expected. All-season tires danger as overloaded tires. The and mount the tires. provide adequate performance for most resulting crash could cause serious (Continued) winter driving conditions, but they may not injury. Check all tires frequently to offer the same level of traction or (Continued) performance as winter tires on snow or ice-covered roads. See Winter Tires 0 362. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

362 Vehicle Care Winter Tires All-Terrain Tires This vehicle was not originally equipped This vehicle may have all-terrain or with winter tires. Winter tires are designed mud-terrain tires. These tires provide good for increased traction on snow and performance on most road surfaces, weather ice-covered roads. Consider installing winter conditions, and for off-road driving. See tires on the vehicle if frequent driving on ice Off-Road Driving 0 215. or snow covered roads is expected. See your The tread pattern on these tires may wear dealer for details regarding winter tire more unevenly than other tires. Consider availability and proper tire selection. Also, 0 rotating the tires more frequently than at see Buying New Tires 376. 12 000 km (7,500 mi) intervals if irregular With winter tires, there may be decreased wear is noted when the tires are inspected. 0 dry road traction, increased road noise, and See Tire Inspection 374. Passenger (P-Metric)/Spare Tire shorter tread life. After changing to winter tires, be alert for changes in vehicle Tire Sidewall Labeling (1) Tire Size : The tire size code is a handling and braking. Useful information about a tire is combination of letters and numbers If using winter tires: molded into the sidewall. The examples used to define a particular tire's width, . Use tires of the same brand and tread show a typical passenger and light height, aspect ratio, construction type, type on all four wheel positions. truck tire sidewall. and service description. See the “Tire . Use only radial ply tires of the same size, Size” illustration later in this section. load range, and speed rating as the (2) TPC Spec (Tire Performance Criteria original equipment tires. Specification) : Original equipment tires Winter tires with the same speed rating as designed to GM's specific tire the original equipment tires may not be performance criteria have a TPC available for H, V, W, Y, and ZR speed rated specification code molded onto the tires. If winter tires with a lower speed sidewall. GM's TPC specifications meet rating are chosen, never exceed the tire's maximum speed capability. or exceed all federal safety guidelines. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 363 (3) DOT (Department of (5) Tire Ply Material : The type of cord Transportation) : The Department of and number of plies in the sidewall and Transportation (DOT) code indicates that under the tread. the tire is in compliance with the U.S. (6) Uniform Tire Quality Grading Department of Transportation Motor (UTQG) : Tire manufacturers are Vehicle Safety Standards. required to grade tires based on three DOT Tire Date of Manufacture : The last performance factors: treadwear, four digits of the TIN indicate the tire traction, and temperature resistance. manufactured date. The first two digits For more information, see Uniform Tire represent the week (01-52) and the last Quality Grading 0 377. two digits, the year. For example, the (7) Maximum Cold Inflation Load Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire third week of the year 2020 would have Limit : Maximum load that can be a 4-digit DOT date of 0320. Week 01 is carried and the maximum pressure (1) Tire Size : The tire size code is a the first full week (Sunday through needed to support that load. For combination of letters and numbers Saturday) of each year. information on recommended tire used to define a particular tire's width, (4) Tire Identification Number (TIN) : pressure see Tire Pressure 0 367 and height, aspect ratio, construction type, The letters and numbers following the Vehicle Load Limits 0 222. and service description. See the “Tire DOT code are the Tire Identification (8) Temporary Use Only : Only use a Size” illustration later in this section for Number (TIN). The TIN shows the temporary spare tire until the road tire more detail. manufacturer and plant code, tire size, is repaired and replaced. This spare tire (2) TPC Spec (Tire Performance Criteria and date the tire was manufactured. should not be driven on over 112 km/h Specification) : Original equipment tires The TIN is molded onto both sides of (70 mph), or 88 km/h (55 mph) when designed to GM's specific tire the tire, although only one side may pulling a trailer, with the proper performance criteria have a TPC have the date of manufacture. inflation pressure. See Full-Size Spare specification code molded onto the Tire 0 391. sidewall. GM's TPC specifications meet or exceed all federal safety guidelines. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

364 Vehicle Care (3) Dual Tire Maximum Load : Number (TIN). The TIN shows the Maximum load that can be carried and manufacturer and plant code, tire size, the maximum pressure needed to and date the tire was manufactured. support that load when used in a dual The TIN is molded onto both sides of configuration. For information on the tire, although only one side may recommended tire pressure see Tire have the date of manufacture. Pressure 0 367 and Passenger (P-Metric) Tire 0 (6) Tire Ply Material : The type of cord Vehicle Load Limits 222. and number of plies in the sidewall and (1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : The (4) DOT (Department of under the tread. United States version of a metric tire Transportation) : The Department of (7) Single Tire Maximum Load : sizing system. The letter P as the first Transportation (DOT) code indicates that Maximum load that can be carried and character in the tire size means a the tire is in compliance with the U.S. the maximum pressure needed to passenger vehicle tire engineered to Department of Transportation Motor support that load when used as a standards set by the U.S. Tire and Rim Vehicle Safety Standards. single. For information on Association. DOT Tire Date of Manufacture : The last recommended tire pressure see Tire (2) Tire Width : The 3-digit number four digits of the TIN indicate the tire Pressure 0 367 and indicates the tire section width in manufactured date. The first two digits Vehicle Load Limits 0 222. millimeters from sidewall to sidewall. represent the week (01-52) and the last Tire Designations (3) Aspect Ratio : A 2-digit number that two digits, the year. For example, the indicates the tire height-to-width third week of the year 2020 would have Tire Size measurements. For example, if the tire a 4-digit DOT date of 0320. Week 01 is size aspect ratio is 75, as shown in the first full week (Sunday through The examples show a typical passenger vehicle and light truck tire size. item (3) of the tire illustration, it would Saturday) of each year. mean that the tire's sidewall is (5) Tire Identification Number (TIN) : 75 percent as high as it is wide. The letters and numbers following the DOT code are the Tire Identification Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 365 (4) Construction Code : A letter code is light truck tire engineered to standards (7) Service Description : The service used to indicate the type of ply set by the U.S. Tire and Rim description indicates the load index and construction in the tire. The letter R Association. speed rating of a tire. If two numbers means radial ply construction; the (2) Tire Width : The 3-digit number are given as in the example, 120/116, letter D means diagonal or bias ply indicates the tire section width in then this represents the load index for construction. millimeters from sidewall to sidewall. single versus dual wheel usage (single/ (5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of the dual). The speed rating is the maximum (3) Aspect Ratio : A 2-digit number that speed a tire is certified to carry a load. wheel in inches. indicates the tire height-to-width (6) Service Description : These measurements. For example, if the tire Tire Terminology and Definitions characters represent the load index and size aspect ratio is 75, as shown in item Air Pressure : The amount of air inside speed rating of the tire. The load index 3 of the light truck (LT-Metric) tire the tire pressing outward on each represents the load carrying capacity a illustration, it would mean that the square inch of the tire. Air pressure is tire is certified to carry. The speed tire's sidewall is 75 percent as high as it expressed in kPa (kilopascal) or psi rating is the maximum speed a tire is is wide. (pounds per square inch). certified to carry a load. (4) Construction Code : A letter code is Accessory Weight : The combined used to indicate the type of ply weight of optional accessories. Some construction in the tire. The letter R examples of optional accessories are means radial ply construction; the automatic transmission, power letter D means diagonal or bias ply windows, power seats, and air construction. conditioning. Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire (5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of the Aspect Ratio : The relationship of a wheel in inches. tire's height to its width. (1) Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : The (6) Load Range : Load Range. United States version of a metric tire sizing system. The letters LT as the first two characters in the tire size mean a Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

366 Vehicle Care Belt : A rubber coated layer of cords Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. The Load Index : An assigned number between the plies and the tread. Cords DOT code includes the Tire Identification ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds may be made from steel or other Number (TIN), an alphanumeric to the load carrying capacity of a tire. reinforcing materials. designator which can also identify the Maximum Inflation Pressure : The Bead : The tire bead contains steel tire manufacturer, production plant, maximum air pressure to which a cold wires wrapped by steel cords that hold brand, and date of production. tire can be inflated. The maximum air the tire onto the rim. GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight Rating. pressure is molded onto the sidewall. 0 Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire in which See Vehicle Load Limits 222. Maximum Load Rating : The load rating the plies are laid at alternate angles GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight Rating for a tire at the maximum permissible less than 90 degrees to the centerline for the front axle. See Vehicle Load inflation pressure for that tire. 0 of the tread. Limits 222. Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight : The Cold Tire Pressure : The amount of air GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight Rating sum of curb weight, accessory weight, pressure in a tire, measured in kPa for the rear axle. See Vehicle Load vehicle capacity weight, and production (kilopascal) or psi (pounds per square Limits 0 222. options weight. inch) before a tire has built up heat 0 Intended Outboard Sidewall : The side Normal Occupant Weight : The number from driving. See Tire Pressure 367. of an asymmetrical tire that must of occupants a vehicle is designed to Curb Weight : The weight of a motor always face outward when mounted on seat multiplied by 68 kg (150 lb). See vehicle with standard and optional a vehicle. Vehicle Load Limits 0 222. equipment including the maximum Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric unit for air Occupant Distribution : Designated capacity of fuel, oil, and coolant, but pressure. seating positions. without passengers and cargo. Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A tire used Outward Facing Sidewall : The side of DOT Markings : A code molded into the on light duty trucks and some an asymmetrical tire that has a sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire multipurpose passenger vehicles. particular side that faces outward when is in compliance with the U.S. mounted on a vehicle. The side of the Department of Transportation (DOT) tire that contains a whitewall, bears Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 367 white lettering, or bears manufacturer, Traction : The friction between the tire Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire : brand, and/or model name molding and the road surface. The amount of Load on an individual tire due to curb that is higher or deeper than the same grip provided. weight, accessory weight, occupant moldings on the other sidewall of Tread : The portion of a tire that comes weight, and cargo weight. the tire. into contact with the road. Vehicle Placard : A label permanently Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A tire used Treadwear Indicators : Narrow bands, attached to a vehicle showing the on passenger cars and some light duty sometimes called wear bars, that show vehicle capacity weight and the original trucks and multipurpose vehicles. across the tread of a tire when only equipment tire size and recommended Recommended Inflation Pressure : 1.6 mm (1/16 in) of tread remains. See inflation pressure. See “Tire and Loading 0 Information Label” under Vehicle Load Vehicle manufacturer's recommended When It Is Time for New Tires 375. 0 tire inflation pressure as shown on the Limits 222. 0 UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality Grading tire placard. See Tire Pressure 367 and Standards) : A tire information system Tire Pressure Vehicle Load Limits 0 222. that provides consumers with ratings Tires need the correct amount of air Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire in for a tire's traction, temperature, and pressure to operate effectively. which the ply cords that extend to the treadwear. Ratings are determined by beads are laid at 90 degrees to the tire manufacturers using government { Warning centerline of the tread. testing procedures. The ratings are Neither tire underinflation nor Rim : A metal support for a tire and molded into the sidewall of the tire. See Uniform Tire Quality Grading 0 377. overinflation is good. Underinflated upon which the tire beads are seated. tires, or tires that do not have Sidewall : The portion of a tire between Vehicle Capacity Weight : The number enough air, can result in: of designated seating positions the tread and the bead. . Tire overloading and overheating, multiplied by 68 kg (150 lb) plus the which could lead to a blowout. Speed Rating : An alphanumeric code rated cargo load. See Vehicle Load assigned to a tire indicating the Limits 0 222. . Premature or irregular wear. maximum speed at which a tire can . Poor handling. operate. (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

368 Vehicle Care comfort. Never load the vehicle with is necessary. If the inflation pressure is Warning (Continued) more weight than it was designed to low, add air until the recommended . Reduced fuel economy. carry. pressure is reached. If the inflation pressure is high, press on the metal Overinflated tires, or tires that have When to Check too much air, can result in: stem in the center of the tire valve to Check the pressure of the tires once a release air. . Unusual wear. month or more. Re-check the tire pressure with the tire . Poor handling. Do not forget the spare tire, if the gauge. . Rough ride. vehicle has one. See Full-Size Spare Tire Put the valve caps back on the valve 0 391 for additional information. . Needless damage from road stems to keep out dirt and moisture. hazards. How to Check Use only valve caps designed for the The Tire and Loading Information label Use a good quality pocket-type gauge vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors could be on the vehicle indicates the original to check tire pressure. Proper tire damaged and would not be covered by equipment tires and the correct cold inflation cannot be determined by the vehicle warranty. tire inflation pressures. The looking at the tire. Check the tire Tire Pressure Monitor System recommended pressure is the minimum inflation pressure when the tires are air pressure needed to support the cold, meaning the vehicle has not been The Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) uses radio and sensor technology to check vehicle's maximum load carrying driven for at least three hours or no tire pressure levels. The TPMS sensors capacity. more than 1.6 km (1 mi). monitor the air pressure in your tires and For additional information regarding Remove the valve cap from the tire transmit tire pressure readings to a receiver how much weight the vehicle can carry, valve stem. Press the tire gauge firmly located in the vehicle. and an example of the Tire and Loading onto the valve to get a pressure Each tire, including the spare (if provided), Information label, see Vehicle Load measurement. If the cold tire inflation should be checked monthly when cold and Limits 0 222. How the vehicle is loaded pressure matches the recommended inflated to the inflation pressure affects vehicle handling and ride pressure on the Tire and Loading recommended by the vehicle manufacturer Information label, no further adjustment on the vehicle placard or tire inflation Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 369 pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a TPMS malfunction indicator is combined mounted onto each tire and wheel different size than the size indicated on the with the low tire pressure telltale. When the assembly, excluding the spare tire and vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure system detects a malfunction, the telltale wheel assembly. The TPMS sensors monitor label, you should determine the proper tire will flash for approximately one minute and the air pressure in the tires and transmit the inflation pressure for those tires.) then remain continuously illuminated. This tire pressure readings to a receiver located As an added safety feature, your vehicle has sequence will continue upon subsequent in the vehicle. been equipped with a tire pressure vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a exists. low tire pressure telltale when one or more When the malfunction indicator is of your tires is significantly under-inflated. illuminated, the system may not be able to Accordingly, when the low tire pressure detect or signal low tire pressure as telltale illuminates, you should stop and intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for check your tires as soon as possible, and a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires When a low tire pressure condition is inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving detected, the TPMS illuminates the low tire on a significantly under-inflated tire causes or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. Always pressure warning light located on the the tire to overheat and can lead to tire instrument cluster. If the warning light failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on comes on, stop as soon as possible and efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect inflate the tires to the recommended the vehicle's handling and stopping ability. your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Please note that the TPMS is not a Information label. See Vehicle Load Limits TPMS to continue to function properly. 0 substitute for proper tire maintenance, and 222. See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 369. it is the driver's responsibility to maintain A message to check the pressure in a correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation See Radio Frequency Statement 0 436. specific tire displays in the Driver has not reached the level to trigger Information Center (DIC). The low tire illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure Tire Pressure Monitor Operation pressure warning light and the DIC warning telltale. This vehicle may have a Tire Pressure message come on at each ignition cycle Your vehicle has also been equipped with a Monitor System (TPMS). The TPMS is until the tires are inflated to the correct TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when designed to warn the driver when a low tire inflation pressure. If the vehicle has DIC the system is not operating properly. The pressure condition exists. TPMS sensors are buttons, tire pressure levels can be viewed. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

370 Vehicle Care

For additional information and details about Caution sensor matching process is performed the DIC operation and displays, see Driver successfully. See "TPMS Sensor Matching Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) 0 124 Tire sealant materials are not all the Process" later in this section. or same. A non-approved tire sealant could . The TPMS sensor matching process was Driver Information Center (DIC) (Midlevel and damage the TPMS sensors. TPMS sensor not done or not completed successfully Uplevel) 0 125. damage caused by using an incorrect tire after rotating the tires. The malfunction The low tire pressure warning light may sealant is not covered by the vehicle light and the DIC message should go off come on in cool weather when the vehicle is warranty. Always use only the GM after successfully completing the sensor first started, and then turn off as the vehicle approved tire sealant available through matching process. See "TPMS Sensor is driven. This could be an early indicator your dealer or included in the vehicle. Matching Process" later in this section. that the air pressure is getting low and . One or more TPMS sensors are missing or needs to be inflated to the proper pressure. TPMS Malfunction Light and Message damaged. The malfunction light and the A Tire and Loading Information label shows The TPMS will not function properly if one DIC message should go off when the the size of the original equipment tires and or more of the TPMS sensors are missing or TPMS sensors are installed and the sensor the correct inflation pressure for the tires inoperable. When the system detects a matching process is performed when they are cold. See Vehicle Load Limits malfunction, the low tire pressure warning successfully. See your dealer for service. 0 222, for an example of the Tire and light flashes for about one minute and then . Replacement tires or wheels do not match Loading Information label and its location. stays on for the remainder of the ignition the original equipment tires or wheels. Also see Tire Pressure 0 367. cycle. A DIC warning message also displays. Tires and wheels other than those The malfunction light and DIC warning recommended could prevent the TPMS The TPMS can warn about a low tire message come on at each ignition cycle from functioning properly. See Buying pressure condition but it does not replace until the problem is corrected. Some of the New Tires 0 376. normal tire maintenance. See Tire Inspection conditions that can cause these to come 0 374, Tire Rotation 0 374 and . Operating electronic devices or being near on are: Tires 0 361. facilities using radio wave frequencies . One of the road tires has been replaced similar to the TPMS could cause the TPMS with the spare tire. The spare tire does sensors to malfunction. not have a TPMS sensor. The malfunction light and the DIC message should go off after the road tire is replaced and the Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 371 If the TPMS is not functioning properly, it . There is interference from an external cannot detect or signal a low tire pressure { Warning device or transmitter. condition. See your dealer for service if the Overinflating a tire could cause the tire . The air pressure from the inflation device TPMS malfunction light and DIC message to rupture and you or others could be is not sufficient to inflate the tire. come on and stay on. injured. Do not exceed the maximum . There is a malfunction in the TPMS. Tire Fill Alert (If Equipped) pressure listed on the tire sidewall. See . There is a malfunction in the horn or turn Tire Sidewall Labeling 0 362 and signal lamps. This feature provides visual and audible Vehicle Load Limits 0 222. alerts outside the vehicle to help when . The identification code of the TPMS sensor is not registered to the system. inflating an underinflated tire to the If the tire is overinflated by more than recommended cold tire pressure. 35 kPa (5 psi), the horn will sound multiple . The battery of the TPMS sensor is low. When the low tire pressure warning light times and the turn signal lamp will continue If the tire fill alert does not operate due to comes on: to flash for several seconds after filling TPMS interference, move the vehicle about 1 m (3 ft) back or forward and try again. 1. Park the vehicle in a safe, level place. stops. To release and correct the pressure, while the turn signal lamp is still flashing, If the tire fill alert feature is not working, 2. Set the parking brake firmly. briefly press the center of the valve stem. use a tire pressure gauge. 3. Place the vehicle in P (Park). When the recommended pressure is reached, TPMS Sensor Matching Process 4. Add air to the tire that is underinflated. the horn sounds once. The turn signal lamp will flash. If the turn signal lamp does not flash within Each TPMS sensor has a unique identification code. The identification code When the recommended pressure is 15 seconds after starting to inflate the tire, needs to be matched to a new tire/wheel reached, the horn sounds once and the the tire fill alert has not been activated or is position after rotating the vehicle’s tires or turn signal lamp will stop flashing and not working. replacing one or more of the TPMS sensors. briefly turn solid. If the hazard warning flashers are on, the Also, the TPMS sensor matching process Repeat these steps for all underinflated tires tire fill alert visual feedback will not work should be performed after replacing a spare that have illuminated the low tire pressure properly. tire with a road tire containing the TPMS warning light. The TPMS will not activate the tire fill alert sensor. The malfunction light and the DIC properly under the following conditions: message should go off at the next ignition cycle. The sensors are matched to the tire/ wheel positions, using a TPMS relearn tool, Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

372 Vehicle Care in the following order: driver side front tire, 4. If the vehicle has an uplevel DIC, use the 8. Proceed to the passenger side front tire, passenger side front tire, passenger side rear DIC controls on the right side of the and repeat the procedure in Step 7. tire, and driver side rear. See your dealer for steering wheel to scroll to the Tire 9. Proceed to the passenger side rear tire, service or to purchase a relearn tool. Pressure screen under the DIC info page. and repeat the procedure in Step 7. A TPMS relearn tool can also be purchased. If the vehicle has a base level DIC, use See Tire Pressure Monitor Sensor Activation 10. Proceed to the driver side rear tire, and the trip odometer reset stem to scroll to repeat the procedure in Step 7. The horn Tool at www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or the Tire Pressure screen. call 1-800-GM TOOLS (1-800-468-6657). sounds two times to indicate the sensor 5. If the vehicle has an uplevel DIC, press identification code has been matched to There are two minutes to match the first and hold the thumbwheel located in the the driver side rear tire, and the TPMS tire/wheel position, and five minutes overall center of the DIC controls on the right sensor matching process is no longer to match all four tire/wheel positions. If it side of the steering wheel. active. The TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE takes longer, the matching process stops If the vehicle has a base level DIC, press message on the DIC display screen and must be restarted. and hold the trip odometer reset stem goes off. The TPMS sensor matching process is: for about five seconds. A message asking 11. Turn the vehicle off. 1. Set the parking brake. if the process should begin should 12. Set all four tires to the recommended air appear. Select yes and press the trip 2. Turn the ignition on without starting the pressure level as indicated on the Tire odometer reset stem to confirm the and Loading Information label. vehicle. selection. 3. Uplevel DIC Only: Make sure the Tire The horn sounds twice to signal the Trailer Tire Pressure Monitoring Pressure info page option is turned on. receiver is in relearn mode and the TIRE Operation The info pages on the DIC can be turned LEARNING ACTIVE message displays on If equipped, the Trailer Tire Pressure on and off through the Options menu. the DIC screen. See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Monitoring System (TTPMS) is designed to Level) 0 124 or 6. Start with the driver side front tire. monitor the pressure of the trailer tires and Driver Information Center (DIC) (Midlevel 7. Place the relearn tool against the tire warn the driver when a low pressure and Uplevel) 0 125. sidewall, near the valve stem. Then press condition exists. TTPMS sensors for four tires the button to activate the TPMS sensor. are provided. The system can accommodate A horn chirp confirms that the sensor a trailer with up to six tires if additional identification code has been matched to this tire and wheel position. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 373 sensors are purchased from the dealer. Also, The Trailering App can be used to view the trailer tire. Common causes for high trailer the system can be paired with up to five tire pressures after the recommended trailer tire temperature are underinflation, individual trailers. tire pressures have been entered. Refer to overloading, or tire damage. the trailer tire placard on the trailer or the Prior to use, the vehicle must learn the TTPMS Malfunction Message sensors by following the learning process. trailer tire sidewall for the recommended See Trailering App 0 306. tire pressure. The TTPMS will not function properly if one The system is compatible with trailer tires or more of the trailer tire sensors are that have placard pressure values from 103 - missing or inoperable. If the system detects 689 kpa (15 - 100 psi). The hole in the wheel a malfunction, a DIC message indicates that for the tire stem must be 11.43 mm the system requires service. Some of the (0.453 in) in diameter. Use of the pressure conditions that can cause the service sensors on a wheel with a different stem message to occur are: hole size could result in loss of air from . One of the trailer tires has been replaced the tire. with the spare tire which does not have a learned TTPMS sensor. The DIC message If a low trailer tire pressure condition is should turn off after the pressure sensor detected, the TTPMS displays a warning is installed in the tire, and the learning message on the DIC. If the warning message process is performed successfully. See is displayed, stop as soon as possible and "TTPMS Sensor Learning Process" under inflate the tires to the recommended Trailering App 0 306. Contact your trailer service center or tire pressure shown on the tire placard on the service center to have the pressure sensors trailer. . The TTPMS sensor learning process was installed inside the trailer tires. The not done or not completed successfully. technician should insert the sensor stem In addition, the TTPMS monitors the The DIC message should go off after through the hole in the trailer wheel. When temperature of the trailer tires. If the successfully completing the sensor the sensor is correctly positioned, the nut on system detects a high temperature on one learning process. See "TTPMS Sensor the sensor stem should be tightened to or more of the trailer tires, a warning Learning Process" under Trailering App message will be displayed on the DIC. If this 8 Y (6 lb ft). When mounting the trailer 0 306. warning message is displayed, stop as soon tire onto the trailer wheel be careful not to . One or more TTPMS sensors are missing as possible, and inspect the overheated damage the sensor. or damaged. The DIC message should go off when the TTPMS sensors are installed Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

374 Vehicle Care and the sensor learning process is Replace the tire if: unusual wear continues after the performed successfully. See "TTPMS . The indicators at three or more rotation, check the wheel alignment. Sensor Learning Process" under Trailering See When It Is Time for New Tires 0 375 0 places around the tire can be seen. App 306. and . There is cord or fabric showing . Operating electronic devices or being near Wheel Replacement 0 379. facilities using radio wave frequencies through the tire's rubber. similar to the TTPMS could cause . The tread or sidewall is cracked, cut, interference to the TTPMS which could or snagged deep enough to show cause loss of signal reception from the cord or fabric. sensor. . The tire has a bump, bulge, or split. . If the system does not receive the signal from an individual sensor, an error . The tire has a puncture, cut, or other message may not occur until the vehicle damage that cannot be repaired well has been driver for a period of time. because of the size or location of the If the TTPMS is not functioning properly, it damage. cannot detect or signal a low tire condition. See your dealer for service if the DIC Tire Rotation message comes on and stays on when the Tires should be rotated every 12 000 km trailer tire pressures have been checked and (7,500 mi). See Maintenance Schedule Use this rotation pattern when rotating determined to be correct. 0 409. the tires. Tire Inspection Tires are rotated to achieve a more Do not include the spare tire in the tire rotation. We recommend that the tires, including uniform wear for all tires. The first the spare tire, if the vehicle has one, be rotation is the most important. Adjust the front and rear tires to the inspected for signs of wear or damage Anytime unusual wear is noticed, rotate recommended inflation pressure on the at least once a month. the tires as soon as possible, check for Tire and Loading Information label after proper tire inflation pressure, and check for damaged tires or wheels. If the Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 375 the tires have been rotated. See Tire Lightly coat the inner diameter of the Pressure 0 367 and wheel hub opening with wheel bearing Vehicle Load Limits 0 222. grease after a wheel change or tire Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor System. rotation to prevent corrosion or rust See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation build-up. 0 369. { Warning Check that all wheel nuts are properly Do not apply grease to the wheel tightened. See “Wheel Nut Torque” mounting surface, wheel conical under Capacities and Specifications 0 seats, or the wheel nuts or bolts. 424. Grease applied to these areas could cause a wheel to become loose or { Warning Treadwear indicators are one way to tell come off, resulting in a crash. when it is time for new tires. Treadwear Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the indicators appear when the tires have only parts to which it is fastened, can When It Is Time for New Tires 1.6 mm (1/16 in) or less of tread remaining. cause wheel nuts to become loose See Tire Inspection 0 374 and over time. The wheel could come off Factors, such as maintenance, temperatures, Tire Rotation 0 374 for additional driving speeds, vehicle loading, and road information. and cause a crash. When changing a conditions affect the wear rate of the tires. wheel, remove any rust or dirt from The rubber in tires ages over time. This also places where the wheel attaches to applies to the spare tire, if the vehicle has the vehicle. In an emergency, a cloth one, even if it is never used. Multiple factors or paper towel can be used; however, including temperatures, loading conditions, use a scraper or wire brush later to and inflation pressure maintenance affect remove all rust or dirt. how fast aging takes place. GM recommends that tires, including the spare if equipped, be replaced after six years, regardless of tread wear. To identify the age of a tire, use the tire manufacture date, which is the last Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

376 Vehicle Care four digits of the DOT Tire Identification Buying New Tires GM recommends replacing worn tires in Number (TIN) molded into one side of the complete sets of four. Uniform tread tire sidewall. The last four digits of the TIN GM has developed and matched specific depth on all tires will help to maintain indicate the tire manufactured date. The tires for the vehicle. The original the performance of the vehicle. Braking first two digits represent the week and the equipment tires installed were designed and handling performance may be last two digits, the year. For example, the to meet General Motors Tire adversely affected if all the tires are not third week of the year 2020 would have a Performance Criteria Specification (TPC 4-digit DOT date of 0320. Week 01 is the replaced at the same time. If proper Spec) system rating. When replacement rotation and maintenance have been first full week (Sunday through Saturday) of tires are needed, GM strongly each year. done, all four tires should wear out at recommends buying tires with the same about the same time. However, if it is Vehicle Storage TPC Spec rating. necessary to replace only one axle set Tires age when stored normally mounted on GM's exclusive TPC Spec system of worn tires, place the new tires on a parked vehicle. Park a vehicle that will be considers over a dozen critical the rear axle. See Tire Rotation 0 374. stored for at least a month in a cool, dry, specifications that impact the overall clean area away from direct sunlight to slow performance of the vehicle, including { Warning aging. This area should be free of grease, gasoline, or other substances that can brake system performance, ride and Tires could explode during improper deteriorate rubber. handling, traction control, and tire service. Attempting to mount or pressure monitoring performance. GM's dismount a tire could cause injury or Parking for an extended period can cause TPC Spec number is molded onto the flat spots on the tires that may result in death. Only your dealer or authorized vibrations while driving. When storing a tire's sidewall near the tire size. If the tire service center should mount or vehicle for at least a month, remove the tires have an all-season tread design, dismount the tires. tires or raise the vehicle to reduce the the TPC Spec number will be followed weight from the tires. by MS for mud and snow. See Tire Sidewall Labeling 0 362 for additional information. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 377 If the vehicle tires must be replaced { Warning with a tire that does not have a TPC { Warning Mixing tires of different sizes (other Spec number, make sure they are the If different sized wheels are used, there than those originally installed on the same size, load range, speed rating, and may not be an acceptable level of vehicle), brands, tread patterns, construction (radial) as the original performance and safety if tires not or types may cause loss of vehicle tires. recommended for those wheels are control, resulting in a crash or other selected. This increases the chance of a The Tire and Loading Information label vehicle damage. Use the correct size, crash and serious injury. Only use GM indicates the original equipment tires brand, and type of tire on all wheels. specific wheel and tire systems developed on the vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits for the vehicle, and have them properly 0 222. installed by a GM certified technician. { Warning Different Size Tires and Wheels See Buying New Tires 0 376 and Using bias-ply tires on the vehicle 0 If wheels or tires are installed that are a Accessories and Modifications 322. may cause the wheel rim flanges to different size than the original equipment develop cracks after many miles of wheels and tires, vehicle performance, Uniform Tire Quality Grading driving. A tire and/or wheel could fail including its braking, ride and handling The following information relates to the suddenly and cause a crash. Use only characteristics, stability, and resistance to system developed by the United States radial-ply tires with the wheels on rollover may be affected. If the vehicle has National Highway Traffic Safety the vehicle. electronic systems such as antilock brakes, Administration (NHTSA), which grades rollover airbags, traction control, electronic stability control, or All-Wheel Drive, the tires by treadwear, traction, and Winter tires with the same speed rating temperature performance. This applies as the original equipment tires may not performance of these systems can also be affected. only to vehicles sold in the United be available for H, V, W, Y and ZR States. The grades are molded on the speed rated tires. Never exceed the sidewalls of most passenger car tires. winter tires’ maximum speed capability The Uniform Tire Quality Grading when using winter tires with a lower (UTQG) system does not apply to deep speed rating. tread, winter tires, compact spare tires, Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

378 Vehicle Care tires with nominal rim diameters of times as well on the government course Temperature 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), or to some as a tire graded 100. The relative The temperature grades are A (the limited-production tires. performance of tires depends upon the highest), B, and C, representing the While the tires available on General actual conditions of their use, however, tire's resistance to the generation of Motors passenger cars and light trucks and may depart significantly from the heat and its ability to dissipate heat may vary with respect to these grades, norm due to variations in driving habits, when tested under controlled conditions they must also conform to federal service practices and differences in road on a specified indoor laboratory test safety requirements and additional characteristics and climate. wheel. Sustained high temperature can General Motors Tire Performance Traction cause the material of the tire to Criteria (TPC) standards. degenerate and reduce tire life, and The traction grades, from highest to excessive temperature can lead to Quality grades can be found where lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those sudden tire failure. The grade C applicable on the tire sidewall between grades represent the tire's ability to corresponds to a level of performance tread shoulder and maximum section stop on wet pavement as measured which all passenger car tires must meet width. For example: under controlled conditions on specified under the Federal Motor Safety government test surfaces of asphalt and Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A Standard No. 109. Grades B and A concrete. A tire marked C may have represent higher levels of performance All Passenger Car Tires Must Conform to poor traction performance. Warning: on the laboratory test wheel than the Federal Safety Requirements In Addition The traction grade assigned to this tire minimum required by law. Warning: To These Grades. is based on straight-ahead braking The temperature grade for this tire is traction tests, and does not include Treadwear established for a tire that is properly acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, The treadwear grade is a comparative inflated and not overloaded. Excessive or peak traction characteristics. rating based on the wear rate of the speed, underinflation, or excessive tire when tested under controlled loading, either separately or in conditions on a specified government combination, can cause heat buildup test course. For example, a tire graded and possible tire failure. 150 would wear one and one-half (1½) Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 379 Wheel Alignment and Tire Your dealer will know the kind of wheel that Used Replacement Wheels Balance is needed. Each new wheel should have the same { Warning The tires and wheels were aligned and load-carrying capacity, diameter, width, Replacing a wheel with a used one is balanced at the factory to provide the offset, and be mounted the same way as dangerous. How it has been used or how longest tire life and best overall the one it replaces. performance. Adjustments to wheel far it has been driven may be unknown. alignment and tire balancing are not Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel nuts, It could fail suddenly and cause a crash. necessary on a regular basis. Consider an or Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) When replacing wheels, use a new GM alignment check if there is unusual tire wear sensors with new GM original equipment original equipment wheel. or the vehicle is significantly pulling to one parts. side or the other. Some slight pull to the Tire Chains left or right, depending on the crown of the { Warning road and/or other road surface variations Using the wrong replacement wheels, { Warning such as troughs or ruts, is normal. If the wheel bolts, or wheel nuts can be If the vehicle has 275/50R22, 275/60R20, vehicle is vibrating when driving on a dangerous. It could affect the braking and smooth road, the tires and wheels may LT265/60R20, LT265/70R17, or LT275/65R18 handling of the vehicle. Tires can lose air, need to be rebalanced. See your dealer for size tires, do not use tire chains. There is and cause loss of control, causing a crash. proper diagnosis. not enough clearance. Tire chains used on Always use the correct wheel, wheel a vehicle without the proper amount of Wheel Replacement bolts, and wheel nuts for replacement. clearance can cause damage to the Replace any wheel that is bent, cracked, brakes, suspension, or other vehicle parts. or badly rusted or corroded. If wheel nuts Caution The area damaged by the tire chains keep coming loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, could cause loss of control and a crash. The wrong wheel can also cause and wheel nuts should be replaced. If the problems with bearing life, brake cooling, Use another type of traction device only wheel leaks air, replace it. Some aluminum speedometer or odometer calibration, if its manufacturer recommends it for the wheels can be repaired. See your dealer if vehicle's tire size combination and road any of these conditions exist. headlamp aim, bumper height, vehicle ground clearance, and tire or tire chain conditions. Follow that manufacturer's clearance to the body and chassis. (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

380 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued) If a Tire Goes Flat Warning (Continued) instructions. To avoid vehicle damage, It is unusual for a tire to blowout while may cause a blowout and a serious crash. driving, especially if the tires are maintained drive slow and readjust or remove the Never attempt to re-inflate a tire that has properly. If air goes out of a tire, it is much traction device if it is contacting the been driven on while severely more likely to leak out slowly. But if there vehicle. Do not spin the wheels. ever is a blowout, here are a few tips about underinflated or flat. Have your dealer or If traction devices are used, install them what to expect and what to do: an authorized tire service center repair or replace the flat tire as soon as possible. on the rear tires. If a front tire fails, the flat tire creates a drag that pulls the vehicle toward that side. Caution Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and { Warning grip the steering wheel firmly. Steer to If the vehicle is equipped with a tire size maintain lane position, and then gently Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to other than 275/50R22, 275/60R20, brake to a stop, well off the road, do maintenance or repairs is dangerous LT265/60R20, LT265/70R17, or LT275/65R18 if possible. without the appropriate safety equipment and training. If a jack is provided with use tire chains only where legal and only A rear blowout, particularly on a curve, acts the vehicle, it is designed only for when necessary. Use chains that are the much like a skid and may require the same proper size for the tires. Install them on correction as used in a skid. Stop pressing changing a flat tire. If it is used for the tires of the rear axle. Do not use the accelerator pedal and steer to straighten anything else, you or others could be chains on the tires of the front axle. the vehicle. It may be very bumpy and badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips Tighten them as tightly as possible with noisy. Gently brake to a stop, well off the off the jack. If a jack is provided with the the ends securely fastened. Drive slowly road, if possible. vehicle, only use it for changing a and follow the chain manufacturer's flat tire. instructions. If the chains contact the { Warning vehicle, stop and retighten them. If the If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire and Driving on a flat tire will cause wheel damage by driving slowly to a level contact continues, slow down until it permanent damage to the tire. stops. Driving too fast or spinning the place, well off the road, if possible. Turn on Re-inflating a tire after it has been driven the hazard warning flashers. See Hazard wheels with chains on will damage the on while severely underinflated or flat Warning Flashers 0 142. vehicle. (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 381

{ Warning Tire Changing Changing a tire can be dangerous. The Removing the Spare Tire and Tools vehicle can slip off the jack and roll over or fall causing injury or death. Find a level place to change the tire. To help prevent the vehicle from moving: 1. Set the parking brake firmly.

2. Shift the vehicle to P (Park). 1. Wheel Block (If Equipped) 3. For vehicles with four-wheel drive 2. Flat Tire with an N (Neutral) transfer case The following information explains how to position, be sure the transfer case is use the jack and change a tire. in a drive gear — not in N (Neutral). 4. Turn off the engine and do not restart while the vehicle is raised. 1. Jack 5. Do not allow passengers to remain 2. Jack Knob in the vehicle. 3. Tool Kit 6. Place wheel blocks, if equipped, on 4. Wing Nut Retaining Tool Kit both sides of the tire at the opposite 5. Wheel Blocks corner of the tire being changed. 6. Wing Nut Retaining Wheel Blocks The equipment is under the second row When the vehicle has a flat tire (2), use the seats, if equipped, or behind the front row following example as a guide to assist in the seats on regular cab models. placement of the wheel blocks (1), if equipped. 1. Turn the knob on the jack counterclockwise to lower the jack head to release the jack from its holder. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

382 Vehicle Care 2. Turn the wing nut counterclockwise to 7. Wheel Wrench remove the wheel blocks and the wheel 8. Spare Tire Lock (If Equipped) block retainer. 9. Hoist Shaft Access Hole 3. Turn the wing nut used to retain the 10. Hoist End of Extension Tool storage bag and tools counterclockwise 1. Open the spare tire lock cover on the to remove it. bumper and use the ignition key to Use the jack handle extensions and the remove the spare tire lock (8). To remove wheel wrench to remove the the spare tire lock, insert the ignition underbody-mounted spare tire. key, turn, and pull straight out.

Spare Tire Cable (If Equipped) 3. If the vehicle is equipped with a spare tire cable disconnect the cable from the attachment on the frame by unclipping it from the frame attachment bracket.

2. Assemble the wheel wrench (7) and the two jack handle extensions (6), as shown.

1. Spare Tire (Valve Stem Pointed Down) 2. Tire/Wheel Retainer 3. Hoist Cable 4. Hoist Assembly 5. Hoist Shaft 6. Jack Handle Extensions Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 383 4. Insert the hoist end (open end) (10) of 9. If equipped with a spare tire cable the extension through the hole (9) in the remove the cable from the spare tire by rear bumper. passing the clip through the looped end Do not use the chiseled end of the wheel of the cable. wrench. Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Be sure the hoist end of the Spare Tire extension (10) connects to the hoist shaft. The ribbed square end of the Use the following pictures and instructions extension is used to lower the spare tire. to remove the flat tire and raise the vehicle. Tilt the retainer and pull it through the 5. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise center of the wheel along with the cable to lower the spare tire to the ground. and spring. Continue to turn the wheel wrench until the spare tire can be pulled out from 8. Put the spare tire near the flat tire. under the vehicle. 6. Pull the spare tire out from under the vehicle.

1. Jack 2. Wheel Blocks 3. Jack Handle 4. Jack Handle Extensions 7. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle with 5. Wheel Wrench some slack in the cable to access the tire/wheel retainer. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

384 Vehicle Care The tools you will be using include the jack (1), the wheel blocks (2), the jack handle (3), the jack handle extensions (4), and the wheel wrench (5). 1. Do a safety check before proceeding. See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 380.

If the wheel has a smooth center cap, concealing access to the wheel nuts, place the chisel end of the wheel wrench in the slot on the wheel, and gently pry 3. Use the wheel wrench and turn it it out. counterclockwise to loosen the wheel If the wheel’s center cap does not nuts. Do not remove the wheel nuts yet. conceal the wheel nuts, the center cap may remain during wheel removal. If the { Warning removed wheel is to be stowed in the hoist, the cap needs to be detached from To avoid personal injury and vehicle 2. If the vehicle has wheel nut caps, loosen the wheel. Access the wheel from the damage, disable the power assist steps them by turning the wheel wrench back side, and use a jack handle before using a jack or placing an object counterclockwise. extension to push out the center cap. under the vehicle. See Power Assist Steps 0 If the vehicle has a center cap with 30. wheel nut caps, the wheel nut caps are designed to stay with the center cap after they are loosened. Remove the entire center cap. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 385

{ Warning Raising the vehicle with the jack improperly positioned can damage the vehicle and even make the vehicle fall. To help avoid personal injury and vehicle damage, be sure to fit the jack lift head into the proper location before raising the vehicle.

{ Warning Front Position Rear Position The jack has a feature to limit its travel 4. If the flat tire is on the front of the 5. If the flat tire is on the rear, position the to prevent overextension. When the vehicle, position the jack under the jack under the rear axle about 5 cm height limit is reached, an increase in bracket attached to the vehicle's frame, (2 in) inboard of the shock absorber resistance if felt when attempting to behind the flat tire, as shown. bracket. raise the jack farther. Raising the jack past the height limit can damage the jack { Warning pin and cause the jack to lock into an Getting under a vehicle when it is lifted overextended position or not lower fully. on a jack is dangerous. If the vehicle slips Do not attempt to force the jack higher off the jack, you could be badly injured once the height limit is reached. or killed. Never get under a vehicle when it is supported only by a jack. 6. Turn the wheel wrench clockwise to raise the vehicle. Raise the vehicle far enough off the ground so there is enough room for the spare tire to fit under the wheel well. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

386 Vehicle Care 11. Tighten each wheel nut by hand. Then use the wheel wrench to tighten the nuts until the wheel is held against the hub. 12. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise to lower the vehicle. Lower the jack completely.

{ Warning If wheel studs are damaged, they can break. If all the studs on a wheel broke, the wheel could come off and cause a 7. Remove all the wheel nuts and take off 8. Remove any rust or dirt from the wheel crash. If any stud is damaged because of the flat tire. bolts, mounting surfaces, and spare a loose-running wheel, it could be that all wheel. of the studs are damaged. To be sure, { Warning 9. Install the spare tire. replace all studs on the wheel. If the stud Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the holes in a wheel have become larger, the parts to which it is fastened, can { Warning wheel could collapse in operation. Replace cause wheel nuts to become loose Never use oil or grease on bolts or nuts any wheel if its stud holes have become over time. The wheel could come off because the nuts might come loose. The larger or distorted in any way. Inspect and cause a crash. When changing a vehicle's wheel could fall off, causing a hubs and hub‐piloted wheels for damage. wheel, remove any rust or dirt from crash. Because of loose running wheels, piloting places where the wheel attaches to pad damage may occur and require the vehicle. In an emergency, a cloth 10. Put the wheel nuts back on with the replacement of the entire hub, for proper or paper towel can be used; however, rounded end of the nuts toward the centering of the wheels. When replacing wheel. studs, hubs, wheel nuts or wheels, be use a scraper or wire brush later to sure to use GM original equipment parts. remove all rust or dirt. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 387 Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools { Warning Wheel nuts that are improperly or { Warning incorrectly tightened can cause the Storing a jack, a tire, or other equipment wheels to become loose or come off. The in the passenger compartment of the wheel nuts should be tightened with a vehicle could cause injury. In a sudden torque wrench to the proper torque stop or collision, loose equipment could specification after replacing. Follow the strike someone. Store all these in the torque specification supplied by the proper place. aftermarket manufacturer when using 13. Tighten the nuts firmly in a crisscross accessory locking wheel nuts. See sequence, as shown, by turning the wheel wrench clockwise. Capacities and Specifications 0 424 for { Warning original equipment wheel nut torque When reinstalling the regular wheel and tire, specifications. also reinstall either the center cap, Failure to follow these tire storage or bolt-on hub cap, depending on what the instructions carefully could result in vehicle is equipped with. For center caps, personal injury or property damage if the Caution place the cap on the wheel and tap it into hoist cable fails or if the tire comes loose. Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead place until it seats flush with the wheel. The Make sure the tire is stored securely to brake pulsation and rotor damage. To cap only goes on one way. Be sure to line before driving. avoid expensive brake repairs, evenly up the tab on the center cap with the indentation on the wheel. For bolt-on hub tighten the wheel nuts in the proper Caution sequence and to the proper torque caps, align the plastic nut caps with the wheel nuts and then tighten by hand. Then specification. See Capacities and Storing an aluminum wheel with a flat use the wheel wrench to tighten. Specifications 0 424 for the wheel nut tire under your vehicle for an extended torque specification. period of time or with the valve stem pointing up can damage the wheel. Always stow the wheel with the valve stem pointing down and have the wheel/ tire repaired as soon as possible. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

388 Vehicle Care

Caution The tire hoist can be damaged if there is no tension on the cable when using it. To have the necessary tension, the spare or road tire and wheel assembly must be installed on the tire hoist to use it.

{ Warning An improperly stored spare tire could come loose and cause a crash. To avoid personal injury or property damage, 11. Spare Tire Cable (If Equipped) 1. Spare Tire (Valve Stem Pointed Down) always store the spare tire when the 2. Tire/Wheel Retainer vehicle is parked on a level surface. 3. Hoist Cable Store the tire under the rear of the vehicle 4. Hoist Assembly in the spare tire carrier. 5. Hoist Shaft 6. Jack Handle Extensions 7. Wheel Wrench 8. Spare Tire Lock (If Equipped) 9. Hoist Shaft Access Hole 10. Hoist End of Extension Tool

1. If equipped with a spare tire cable, reinstall the cable to the spare wheel by looping the cable around a wheel vent window then pass the clip end of the Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 389

cable through the looped end. The excess Caution cable wire should be on the valve stem side of the spare tire. Use of an air wrench or other power 2. Put the tire on the ground at the rear of tools with the hoist mechanism is not the vehicle with the valve stem pointed recommended and could damage the down, and to the rear. system. Use only the tools supplied with the hoist mechanism. 3. Pull the cable and spring through the center of the wheel. Tilt the wheel retainer plate down and through the center wheel. Make sure the retainer is fully seated across the underside of the wheel. 7. If equipped with a spare tire cable, orient the cable by rotating the spare tire so that the cable is by the frame attachment location. 5. Insert the hoist end (10) through the 8. Raise the tire fully against the underside hole (9) in the rear bumper and onto the of the vehicle by turning the wheel hoist shaft. wrench clockwise until you hear two clicks or feel it skip twice. You cannot Do not use the chiseled end of the wheel overtighten the cable. wrench. 4. Attach the wheel wrench (7) and 6. Raise the tire part way upward. Make extensions (6) together, as shown. sure the retainer is seated in the wheel opening. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

390 Vehicle Care If equipped with a spare tire cable, reattach the clip to the frame attachment bracket. Note that there may be slack in the cable. Repeat this tightness check procedure when checking the spare tire pressure according to the scheduled maintenance information or any time the spare tire is handled due to service of other components.

9. Make sure the tire is stored securely. Incorrectly Stored Push, pull, and then try to turn the tire. 10. Reinstall the spare tire lock, if the vehicle If the tire moves, use the wheel wrench has one. to tighten the cable.

Correctly Stored

Return the jack and tools to their original location in the vehicle. See “Removing the Spare Tire and Tools.” Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 391

Full-Size Spare Tire Caution (Continued) If the vehicle has a spare tire that does not match the original road tires and wheels in If this vehicle came with a full-size spare would not be covered by the warranty. size and type, do not include the spare in tire, it was fully inflated when new, Never use four-wheel drive when a the tire rotation. however, it can lose air over time. Check the different size spare tire is installed on the inflation pressure regularly. See Tire Pressure vehicle. 0 367 and Jump Starting 0 Vehicle Load Limits 222 for information The vehicle may have a different size spare Jump Starting - North America regarding proper tire inflation and loading tire than the road tires originally installed the vehicle. For instructions on how to on the vehicle. This spare tire was developed For more information about the vehicle remove, install, or store a spare tire, see Tire for use on this vehicle, so it is all right to battery, see Battery - North America 0 342. Changing 0 381. drive on it. If the vehicle has four-wheel If the vehicle's battery (or batteries) has run If equipped with a temporary use full-size drive and a different size spare tire is down, you may want to use another vehicle spare tire, it is indicated on the tire sidewall. installed, drive only in two-wheel drive. and some jumper cables to start your See Tire Sidewall Labeling 0 362. This spare After installing the spare tire on the vehicle, vehicle. Be sure to use the following steps tire should not be driven on over 112 km/h stop as soon as possible and check that the to do it safely. (70 mph), or 88 km/h (55 mph) when spare is correctly inflated. The spare tire is pulling a trailer, at the proper inflation made to perform well at speeds up to { Warning pressure. Repair and replace the road tire as 112 km/h (70 MPH) at the recommended WARNING: Battery posts, terminals, and soon as it is convenient, and stow the spare inflation pressure, so you can finish tire for future use. related accessories contain lead and lead your trip. compounds, chemicals known to the Caution Have the damaged or flat road tire repaired State of California to cause cancer and or replaced and installed back onto the birth defects or other reproductive harm. If the vehicle has four-wheel drive and a vehicle as soon as possible so the spare tire different size spare tire is installed, do Batteries also contain other chemicals will be available in case it is needed again. known to the State of California to cause not drive in four-wheel drive until the flat Do not mix tires and wheels of difference tire is repaired and/or replaced. The cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING. sizes, because they will not fit. Keep the (Continued) vehicle could be damaged and the repairs spare tire and its wheel together. (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

392 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued) The jump start positive post (4) and the Warning (Continued) negative grounding point (3) for the For more information go to to start the vehicle by pushing or pulling discharged battery are on the passenger side www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ it will not work, and it could damage the of the vehicle. passenger-vehicle. vehicle. The positive jump start connection for the discharged battery is under a cover. Slide See California Proposition 65 Warning 0 321 the cover to expose the terminal. and the back cover. 1. Check the other vehicle. It must have a 12-volt battery with a negative ground { Warning system. Batteries can hurt you. They can be dangerous because: Caution . They contain acid that can burn you. If the other vehicle does not have a 12-volt system with a negative ground, . They contain gas that can explode or ignite. both vehicles can be damaged. Only use a vehicle that has a 12-volt system with a . They contain enough electricity to negative ground for jump starting. burn you. If you do not follow these steps exactly, 1. Good Battery Positive Terminal 2. If you have a vehicle with a diesel some or all of these things can hurt you. 2. Good Battery Negative Terminal engine with two batteries, you should 3. Discharged Battery Remote Negative know before you begin that, especially in Terminal cold weather, you may not be able to Caution 4. Discharged Battery Remote Positive get enough power from a single battery Ignoring these steps could result in costly Terminal in another vehicle to start your diesel engine. If your vehicle has more than damage to the vehicle that would not be The jump start positive post (1) and negative one battery, using the battery that is covered by the vehicle warranty. Trying post (2) are on the battery of the vehicle closer to the starter will reduce electrical (Continued) providing the jump start. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 393 resistance. This is located on the 4. Turn the ignition off on both vehicles. passenger side, in the rear of the engine Unplug unnecessary accessories plugged { Warning compartment. into the accessory power outlets. Turn Using a match near a battery can cause 3. Get the vehicles close enough so the off the radio and all the lamps that are battery gas to explode. People have been jumper cables can reach, but be sure the not needed. This will avoid sparks and hurt doing this, and some have been vehicles are not touching each other. help save both batteries. And it could blinded. Use a flashlight if you need If they are, it could cause an unwanted save the radio! more light. ground connection. You would not be 5. Open the hood on the other vehicle and able to start your vehicle, and the bad locate the positive (+) and negative (−) Battery fluid contains acid that can burn grounding could damage the electrical terminal locations on that vehicle. you. Do not get it on you. If you accidentally get it in your eyes or on systems. The positive (+) terminal is under a red your skin, flush the place with water and To avoid the possibility of the vehicles plastic cover at the positive battery post. rolling, set the parking brake firmly on To uncover the positive (+) terminal, get medical help immediately. both vehicles involved in the jump start open the red plastic cover. procedure. Put the automatic For more information on the location of { Warning transmission in P (Park) before setting the remote positive (+) and remote the parking brake. If you have a negative (−) terminals, see Engine Fans or other moving engine parts can four-wheel-drive vehicle, be sure the Compartment Overview 0 324. injure you badly. Keep your hands away transfer case is in a drive gear, not in from moving parts once the engine is N (Neutral). { Warning running. Caution An electric fan can start up even when 6. Check that the jumper cables do not If any accessories are left on or plugged the engine is not running and can injure have loose or missing insulation. If they in during the jump starting procedure, you. Keep hands, clothing, and tools do, you could get a shock. The vehicles they could be damaged. The repairs away from any underhood electric fan. could be damaged too. would not be covered by the vehicle Before you connect the cables, here are warranty. Whenever possible, turn off or some basic things you should know. unplug all accessories on either vehicle Positive (+) will go to positive (+) or to a when jump starting. remote positive (+) terminal if the Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

394 Vehicle Care vehicle has one. Negative (−) will go to a 10. Connect the other end of the negative Towing the Vehicle heavy, unpainted metal engine part or to (−) cable to the remote negative (−) a remote negative (−) terminal if the terminal to the discharged battery. Caution vehicle has one. 11. Start the vehicle with the good battery Incorrectly towing a disabled vehicle may Do not connect positive (+) to negative and run the engine for a while. cause damage. The damage would not be (−) or you will get a short that would 12. Try to start the vehicle that had the damage the battery and maybe other covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not dead battery. If it will not start after a lash or hook to suspension components. parts too. And do not connect the few tries, it probably needs service. negative (−) cable to the negative (−) Use the proper straps around the tires to terminal on the dead battery because Caution secure the vehicle. Do not drag a locked this can cause sparks. wheel/tire. Use tire skates or dollies If the jumper cables are connected or under any locked wheel/tire while 7. Connect one end of the red positive (+) removed in the wrong order, electrical cable to the remote positive (+) terminal loading the vehicle. Do not use a sling shorting may occur and damage the type lift to tow the vehicle. This could of the vehicle with the discharged vehicle. The repairs would not be covered battery. damage the vehicle. by the vehicle warranty. Always connect 8. Do not let the other end touch metal. and remove the jumper cables in the Connect it to the positive (+) terminal of correct order, making sure that the cables Caution the good battery. Use a remote do not touch each other or other metal. positive (+) terminal if the vehicle Improper use of the tow eye can damage the vehicle. If equipped, use the tow eye has one. Jumper Cable Removal to load a disabled vehicle onto a flatbed 9. Connect one end of the black negative Reverse the sequence exactly when tow truck from a flat road surface, or to (−) cable to the negative (−) terminal of removing the jumper cables. the good battery. Use a remote negative move the vehicle a short distance. Use (−) terminal if the vehicle has one. After starting the disabled vehicle and caution and low speeds. The transmission must be in (N) Neutral when moving the Do not let the other end touch anything removing the jumper cables, allow it to idle vehicle. until the next step. for several minutes. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 395 GM recommends a flatbed tow truck to Recreational Vehicle Towing . Whether the vehicle is ready to be towed. transport a disabled vehicle. Use ramps to Just as preparing the vehicle for a long help reduce approach angles, if necessary. Recreational vehicle towing means towing trip, make sure the vehicle is prepared to A towed vehicle should have its drive wheels the vehicle behind another vehicle, such as a be towed. off the ground. Contact Roadside Assistance motor home. The two most common types of recreational vehicle towing are dinghy Follow the tow vehicle manufacturer’s or a professional towing service if the instructions. See your dealer or trailering disabled vehicle must be towed. and dolly towing. Dinghy towing is towing the vehicle with all four wheels on the professional for additional advice and Front Attachment Points ground. Dolly towing is towing the vehicle equipment recommendations. with two wheels on the ground and two Caution wheels on a dolly. Use of a shield mounted in front of the Here are some important things to consider vehicle grille could restrict airflow and before recreational vehicle towing: cause damage to the transmission. The . Before towing the vehicle, become repairs would not be covered by the familiar with the local laws that apply to vehicle warranty. If using a shield, only recreational vehicle towing. These laws use one that attaches to the towing may vary by region. vehicle. . The towing capacity of the towing vehicle. Read the tow vehicle manufacturer's recommendations. . How far the vehicle can be towed. Some The vehicle is equipped with specific vehicles have restrictions on how far and attachment points to be used to pull the how long the vehicle can be towed. vehicle onto a flatbed car carrier from a flat . Whether the vehicle has the proper road surface. Do not use these attachment towing equipment. See your dealer or points to pull the vehicle from snow, mud trailering professional for additional or sand. advice and equipment recommendations. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

396 Vehicle Care Dinghy Towing (Two-Wheel-Drive Dinghy Towing (Vehicles with a To dinghy tow: Vehicles and Vehicles with a Two-Speed Transfer Case) 1. Position the vehicle being towed behind Single-Speed Transfer Case) the tow vehicle, facing forward and on a level surface. 2. Securely attach the vehicle being towed to the tow vehicle. 3. Apply the parking brake and start the engine. 4. Shift the transfer case to N (Neutral). See “Shifting into N (Neutral)” under Four-Wheel Drive 0 241. 5. With the engine running, release the parking brake and verify that the transfer case is in N (Neutral) by shifting Only dinghy tow four-wheel-drive vehicles the transmission to D (Drive) and then to R (Reverse). There should be no Caution with a two-speed transfer case that have an N (Neutral) and a 4 n (Four-Wheel Drive movement while shifting the If a vehicle with two-wheel drive or a Low) setting. transmission. single-speed transfer case is towed with 6. Shift the transmission to D (Drive). all four wheels on the ground, the { Warning 7. If equipped with an ignition key, turn drivetrain components could be damaged. Shifting a four-wheel-drive vehicle's the ignition to ACC/ACCESSORY. The repairs would not be covered by the If equipped with Keyless Access, turn the vehicle warranty. transfer case into N (Neutral) can allow the vehicle to move even if the engine off. Disregard the Shift to P (Park) DIC message. See Ignition Positions Two-wheel-drive vehicles and vehicles with a transmission is in P (Park). You or others 0 could be injured. Set the parking brake (Keyless Access) 230 or single-speed transfer case should not be Ignition Positions (Key Access) 0 229. towed with all four wheels on the ground. and use wheel blocks before shifting the transfer case to N (Neutral). Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 397 Keyless Access, keep the RKE transmitter 7. Shift the transfer case to 2 m (Two-Wheel { Warning outside of the vehicle and manually lock Drive High). When the shift to 2 m To avoid death, serious injury, the doors. Access the vehicle by using (Two-Wheel Drive High) is complete, the or property damage, before dinghy the key in the door lock. See Door Locks 0 light in the instrument cluster will stop towing the vehicle, always disconnect and 21. flashing and stay lit. See secure the negative battery cable and Disconnecting the Towed Vehicle Four-Wheel-Drive Light 0 118. cover the negative battery post and cable Before disconnecting from the tow vehicle: 8. Start the engine. Check that the vehicle with a non-conductive material. If the is in 2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) by battery is left connected or the battery 1. Park on a level surface. Secure the vehicle with wheel blocks. starting the engine and shifting the cable contacts the post, the Electric transmission to D (Drive) and then to 2. Re-connect the negative (–) battery. See Parking Brake may activate during R (Reverse). There should be movement Battery - North America 0 342. towing, which could cause a crash. of the vehicle while shifting. 3. Turn on the ignition with the engine off. 9. Shift the transmission to P (Park) and 8. Disconnect the negative (–) battery For vehicles with a key, turn the ignition turn off the ignition. cable. See “Negative Battery Cable to ON/RUN with the engine off. If the Disconnection” in Battery - North vehicle is equipped with Keyless Access, 10. Release the parking brake and remove America 0 342. with your foot off the brake pedal, press the wheel blocks. 9. Shift the transmission to P (Park). and hold ENGINE START/STOP for 11. Reset any lost presets. five seconds until the green light comes The outside temperature display will Caution on in the button. See Ignition Positions default to 0 °C (32 °F) but will reset with 0 If the steering column is locked, vehicle (Keyless Access) 230 or normal usage. Ignition Positions (Key Access) 0 229. damage may occur. 4. Set the parking brake. See Electric 10. Move the steering wheel to make sure Parking Brake 0 246. the steering column is unlocked. 5. Disconnect from the tow vehicle. 11. If the vehicle has an ignition key, keep it 6. Shift the transmission to N (Neutral). in the towed vehicle in ACC/ACCESSORY to prevent the steering column from locking. If the vehicle is equipped with Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

398 Vehicle Care Dolly Towing Caution { Warning Do not tow this vehicle with two wheels Do not power wash any part of the on the ground, or vehicle damage could vehicle’s interior, including the vinyl floor occur. This damage would not be covered covering. This could damage safety and by the vehicle warranty. other systems in the vehicle, which would not be covered by the vehicle Dolly towing this vehicle is not allowed with warranty. either the front or the rear tires on the ground for two-wheel drive or four-wheel drive, regardless of transfer case. Caution Do not use petroleum-based, acidic, Appearance Care or abrasive cleaning agents as they can damage the vehicle's paint, metal, Exterior Care or plastic parts. If damage occurs, it Locks would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Approved cleaning products can Locks are lubricated at the factory. Use a be obtained from your dealer. Follow all de-icing agent only when absolutely necessary, and have the locks greased after manufacturer directions regarding correct using. See Recommended Fluids and product usage, necessary safety Lubricants 0 418. precautions, and appropriate disposal of any vehicle care product. Washing the Vehicle To preserve the vehicle's finish, wash it often and out of direct sunlight. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 399 . Spray nozzle with a 40 degree wide angle Caution must be turned off. Remove any accessories spray pattern or wider must be used. that may be damaged or interfere with the Avoid using high-pressure washes closer . Nozzle must be kept at least 30 cm (1 ft) car wash equipment. than 30 cm (12 in) to the surface of the away from all surfaces. See Power Assist Steps 0 30 for cleaning vehicle. Use of power washers exceeding Automatic Car Wash information. 8 274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result in damage or removal of paint and decals. Rinse the vehicle well, before washing and Caution after, to remove all cleaning agents Cleaning Underhood Components Some automatic car washes can cause completely. If they are allowed to dry on damage to the vehicle, wheels and the surface, they could stain. Caution ground effects. Automatic car washes are Dry the finish with a soft, clean chamois or Do not power wash any component not recommended, due to lack of an all-cotton towel to avoid surface under the hood that has this e clearance for the undercarriage and/or scratches and water spotting. wide rear tires and wheels. symbol. Finish Care This could cause damage that would not Caution Application of aftermarket clearcoat sealant/ be covered by the vehicle warranty. wax materials is not recommended. Automatic car washes can cause damage If painted surfaces are damaged, see your Solvents or aggressive cleaners may harm to the vehicle, wheels, ground effects, dealer to have the damage assessed and underhood components. The usages of these and convertible top (if equipped). repaired. Foreign materials such as calcium chemicals should be avoided. chloride and other salts, ice melting agents, Do not use automatic car washes due to road oil and tar, tree sap, bird droppings, Recommend water only. lack of clearance for the undercarriage, chemicals from industrial chimneys, etc., can A pressure washer may be used, but care wide rear tires, and wheels. damage the vehicle's finish if they remain must be utilized. The following criteria must on painted surfaces. Wash the vehicle as be followed: If using an automatic car wash, follow with soon as possible. If necessary, use the car wash instructions. The windshield . Water pressure must be kept below non-abrasive cleaners that are marked safe wiper and rear window wiper, if equipped, 14 000 KPa (2,000 PSI). for painted surfaces to remove foreign . Water temperature must be below 80 °C matter. (180 °F). Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

400 Vehicle Care Occasional hand waxing or mild polishing The bright metal moldings on the vehicle washing off the loose dirt and using a mild should be done to remove residue from the are aluminum, chrome or stainless steel. To detergent. To restore the original paint finish. See your dealer for approved prevent damage always follow these appearance, apply the bedliner conditioner cleaning products. cleaning instructions: available through your dealer. . Be sure the molding is cool to the touch Do not apply waxes or polishes to uncoated Caution plastic, vinyl, rubber, decals, simulated before applying any cleaning solution. wood, or flat paint as damage can occur. . Use only approved cleaning solutions for Using silicone-based products may aluminum, chrome or stainless steel. damage the bedliner, reduce the Caution Some cleaners are highly acidic or contain slip-resistant texture, and attract dirt. Machine compounding or aggressive alkaline substances and can damage the polishing on a basecoat/clearcoat paint moldings. Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses, finish may damage it. Use only . Always dilute a concentrated cleaner Emblems, Decals and Stripes non-abrasive waxes and polishes that are according to the manufacturer’s Use only lukewarm or cold water, a soft made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish instructions. cloth, and a car washing soap to clean on the vehicle. . Do not use cleaners that are not intended exterior lamps, lenses, emblems, decals and for automotive use. stripes. Follow instructions under "Washing To keep the paint finish looking new, keep . Use a nonabrasive wax on the vehicle the Vehicle" previously in this section. the vehicle garaged or covered whenever after washing to protect and extend the Lamp covers are made of plastic, and some possible. molding finish. have a UV protective coating. Do not clean Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Moldings Spray-In Bedliner Care or wipe them while they are dry. Caution A spray-in bedliner is a permanent coating Do not use any of the following on lamp that bonds to the truck bed and cannot be covers: Failure to clean and protect the bright removed. Promptly rinse the bedliner surface . Abrasive or caustic agents. metal moldings can result in a hazy following a chemical spill to avoid . Washer fluids and other cleaning agents white finish or pitting. This damage permanent damage. in higher concentrations than suggested would not be covered by the vehicle by the manufacturer. warranty. Spray-in bedliners can fade from oxidation, road dirt, heavy-duty hauling, and hard . Solvents, alcohols, fuels, or other harsh water stains. Clean it periodically by cleaners. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 401 . Ice scrapers or other hard items. Shutter System Clean rubber blades using a lint-free cloth or . Aftermarket appearance caps or covers paper towel soaked with windshield washer while the lamps are illuminated, due to fluid or a mild detergent. Wash the excessive heat generated. windshield thoroughly when cleaning the blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and a buildup Caution of vehicle wash/wax treatments may cause Failure to clean lamps properly can cause wiper streaking. damage to the lamp cover that would Replace the wiper blades if they are worn or not be covered by the vehicle warranty. damaged. Damage can be caused by extreme dusty conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun, snow, and ice. Caution Weatherstrips Using wax on low gloss black finish stripes can increase the gloss level and Apply weatherstrip lubricant on create a non-uniform finish. Clean low The vehicle may have a shutter system weatherstrips to make them last longer, seal gloss stripes with soap and water only. designed to help improve fuel economy. better, and not stick or squeak. Lubricate Keep the shutter system clear of debris, weatherstrips once a year. Hot, dry climates Air Intakes snow and ice. If the check engine light is may require more frequent application. Black activated, please check to see if the shutter marks from rubber material on painted Clear debris from the air intakes, between system is clear of debris, snow or ice. surfaces can be removed by rubbing with a the hood and windshield, when washing the Windshield and Wiper Blades clean cloth. See Recommended Fluids and vehicle. Lubricants 0 418. Clean the outside of the windshield with glass cleaner. Tires Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to clean the tires. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

402 Vehicle Care

Caution Caution Inspect power steering for proper attachment, connections, binding, cracks, Using petroleum-based tire dressing To avoid surface damage on wheels and chafing, etc. products on the vehicle may damage the wheel trim, do not use strong soaps, Visually check constant velocity joint boots paint finish and/or tires. When applying a chemicals, abrasive polishes, cleaners, and axle seals for leaks. tire dressing, always wipe off any or brushes. Use only GM approved overspray from all painted surfaces on cleaners. Do not drive the vehicle through Caution the vehicle. an automatic car wash that uses silicon Lubrication of applicable suspension carbide tire/wheel cleaning brushes. points should not be done unless the Wheels and Wheel Trim Damage could occur and the repairs temperature is −12 °C (10 °F) or higher, would not be covered by the vehicle Use a soft, clean cloth with mild soap and or damage could result. water to clean the wheels. After rinsing warranty. thoroughly with clean water, dry with a Body Component Lubrication soft, clean towel. A wax may then be Brake System applied. Lubricate all key lock cylinders, hood hinges, Visually inspect brake lines and hoses for liftgate hinges, and the steel fuel door hinge proper hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks, Caution unless the components are plastic. Applying chafing, etc. Inspect disc brake pads for wear silicone grease on weatherstrips with a clean Chrome wheels and chrome wheel trim and rotors for surface condition. Inspect cloth will make them last longer, seal better, may be damaged if the vehicle is not drum brake linings/shoes for wear or cracks. and not stick or squeak. washed after driving on roads that have Inspect all other brake parts. Underbody Maintenance been sprayed with magnesium chloride or Steering, Suspension, and Chassis calcium chloride. These are used on roads Components At least twice a year, spring and fall, use for conditions such as dust and ice. plain water to flush any corrosive materials Always wash the chrome with soap and Visually inspect steering, suspension, and from the underbody. Take care to water after exposure. chassis components for damaged, loose, thoroughly clean any areas where mud and or missing parts or signs of wear at least other debris can collect. If equipped with once a year. power assist steps, extend them and then use a high pressure wash to clean all joints and gaps. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 403 Do not directly power wash the transfer irregular dark spots etched into the paint To prevent damage, do not clean the case and/or front/rear axle output seals. surface. Refer to “Finish Care” previously in interior using the following cleaners or High pressure water can overcome the seals this section. techniques: and contaminate the fluid. Contaminated . Never use a razor or any other sharp fluid will decrease the life of the transfer Interior Care object to remove soil from any interior case and/or axles and should be replaced. To prevent dirt particle abrasions, regularly surface. Sheet Metal Damage clean the vehicle's interior. Immediately . Never use a brush with stiff bristles. remove any soils. Newspapers or dark . Never rub any surface aggressively or If the vehicle is damaged and requires sheet garments can transfer color to the vehicle’s with too much pressure. metal repair or replacement, make sure the interior. body repair shop applies anti-corrosion . Do not use laundry detergents or material to parts repaired or replaced to Use a soft bristle brush to remove dust from dishwashing soaps with degreasers. For restore corrosion protection. knobs and crevices on the instrument liquid cleaners, use approximately cluster. Using a mild soap solution, 20 drops per 3.8 L (1 gal) of water. Original manufacturer replacement parts will immediately remove hand lotions, A concentrated soap solution will create provide the corrosion protection while sunscreen, and insect repellent from all streaks and attract dirt. Do not use maintaining the vehicle warranty. interior surfaces or permanent damage may solutions that contain strong or Finish Damage result. caustic soap. Use cleaners specifically designed for the . Do not heavily saturate the upholstery Quickly repair minor chips and scratches surfaces being cleaned to prevent when cleaning. with touch-up materials available from your permanent damage. Apply cleaners directly dealer to avoid corrosion. Larger areas of . Do not use solvents or cleaners containing to the cleaning cloth. Do not spray cleaners finish damage can be corrected in your solvents. on any switches or controls. Remove dealer's body and paint shop. cleaners quickly. Interior Glass Chemical Paint Spotting Before using cleaners, read and follow all To clean, use a terry cloth fabric dampened Airborne pollutants can fall upon and attack safety instructions on the label. While with water. Wipe droplets left behind with a painted vehicle surfaces causing blotchy, cleaning the interior, open the doors and clean dry cloth. If necessary, use a ring-shaped discolorations, and small, windows to get proper ventilation. commercial glass cleaner after cleaning with plain water. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

404 Vehicle Care

Caution Fabric/Carpet/Suede 5. If the soil is not completely removed, use a mild soap solution followed only Start by vacuuming the surface using a soft To prevent scratching, never use abrasive by plain water. cleaners on automotive glass. Abrasive brush attachment. If a rotating vacuum If the soil is not completely removed, it may cleaners or aggressive cleaning may brush attachment is being used, only use it on the floor carpet. Before cleaning, gently be necessary to use a commercial upholstery damage the rear window defogger. remove as much of the soil as possible: cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small hidden . Gently blot liquids with a paper towel. area for colorfastness before using a Cleaning the windshield with water during commercial upholstery cleaner or spot lifter. the first three to six months of ownership Continue blotting until no more soil can be removed. If ring formation occurs, clean the entire will reduce tendency to fog. fabric or carpet. . For solid soils, remove as much as Speaker Covers possible prior to vacuuming. After cleaning use a paper towel to blot excess moisture. Vacuum around a speaker cover gently, so To clean: that the speaker will not be damaged. Clean Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces and Vehicle spots with water and mild soap. 1. Saturate a clean, lint-free colorfast cloth with water. Microfiber cloth is Information and Radio Displays Coated Moldings recommended to prevent lint transfer to Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss surfaces the fabric or carpet. Coated moldings should be cleaned. or vehicle displays. First, use a soft bristle 2. Remove excess moisture by gently . When lightly soiled, wipe with a sponge brush to remove dirt that can scratch the wringing until water does not drip from or soft, lint-free cloth dampened with surface. Then gently clean by rubbing with a the cleaning cloth. water. microfiber cloth. Never use window cleaners 3. Start on the outside edge of the soil and or solvents. Periodically hand wash the . When heavily soiled, use warm soapy microfiber cloth separately, using mild soap. water. gently rub toward the center. Fold the cleaning cloth to a clean area frequently Do not use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse to prevent forcing the soil in to the thoroughly and air dry before next use. fabric. 4. Continue gently rubbing the soiled area until there is no longer any color transfer from the soil to the cleaning cloth. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 405

Caution Caution (Continued) { Warning Do not attach a device with a suction cup these solvents can permanently change Do not bleach or dye seat belt webbing. to the display. This may cause damage the appearance and feel of leather or soft It may severely weaken the webbing. In and would not be covered by the vehicle trim, and are not recommended. a crash, they might not be able to warranty. provide adequate protection. Clean and Do not use cleaners that increase gloss, rinse seat belt webbing only with mild especially on the instrument panel. Reflected Instrument Panel, Leather, Vinyl, Other soap and lukewarm water. Allow the glare can decrease visibility through the Plastic Surfaces, Low Gloss Paint Surfaces webbing to dry. and Natural Open Pore Wood Surfaces windshield under certain conditions. Use a soft microfiber cloth dampened with Caution Floor Mats water to remove dust and loose dirt. For a Use of air fresheners may cause more thorough cleaning, use a soft permanent damage to plastics and { Warning microfiber cloth dampened with a mild soap painted surfaces. If an air freshener If a floor mat, a liner, or a liner insert is solution. comes in contact with any plastic or the wrong size or is not properly Caution painted surface in the vehicle, blot installed, it can interfere with the pedals. immediately and clean with a soft cloth Interference with the pedals can cause Soaking or saturating leather, especially dampened with a mild soap solution. unintended acceleration and/or increased perforated leather, as well as other Damage caused by air fresheners would stopping distance, which can cause a interior surfaces, may cause permanent not be covered by the vehicle warranty. crash and injury. Make sure the floor damage. Wipe excess moisture from mat, liner, or liner insert does not these surfaces after cleaning and allow Care of Seat Belts interfere with the pedals. them to dry naturally. Never use heat, steam, or spot removers. Do not use Keep belts clean and dry. cleaners that contain silicone or wax-based products. Cleaners containing (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

406 Vehicle Care Use the following guidelines for proper floor Removing and Replacing the Floor Mats/ Removing and Replacing the Floor Liner mat/liner usage: Liners Inserts . The original equipment floor mats/liners Pull up on the rear of the driver side floor Pull up on the edge of the driver side floor were designed for your vehicle. If the mat/liner to unlock each retainer and liner insert to unlock each button clip and floor mats/liners need replacing, it is remove. remove. recommended that GM certified floor mats/liners be purchased. Non-GM floor mats/liners may not fit properly and may interfere with the pedals. Always check that the floor mat, liner, or liner insert does not interfere with the pedals. . Do not use a floor mat/liner if the vehicle is not equipped with a floor mat retainer on the driver side floor. . Use the floor mat/liner insert with the correct side up. Do not turn it over. . Do not place anything on top of the driver side floor mat/liner. . Use only a single floor mat/liner on the Reinstall by lining up the floor mat/liner Reinstall by lining up the floor liner insert driver side. retainer openings over the carpet retainers button clips over the liner retainers and . Do not place one floor mat/liner on top and snapping into position. snapping into position. of another. Make sure the floor mat/liner is properly Make sure the floor liner insert is properly secured in place. secure in place using all button clips. Verify the floor mat/liner does not interfere Verify the floor liner insert does not with the pedals. interfere with the pedals. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Vehicle Care 407 Cleaning Rubber Floor Mats (All-Weather Mats and Floor Liners)

{ Warning Do not use cleaners that contain silicone, wax-based products, or cleaners that increase gloss on rubber floor mats/liners. These cleaners can permanently change the appearance and feel of the rubber and can make the floor mats/liners slippery. Your foot could slip while operating the vehicle, and you could lose control, resulting in a crash. You or others could be injured.

Use a soft cloth and/or a brush dampened with water to remove dust and loose dirt. For more thorough cleaning, use a mild soap solution. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

408 Service and Maintenance General Information maintenance such as oil changes and tire Service and Maintenance rotations and additional maintenance items This maintenance section applies to vehicles like tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper blades. General Information with a gasoline engine. For diesel engine General Information ...... 408 vehicles, see "Maintenance Schedule" in the Caution Maintenance Schedule Duramax diesel supplement. Damage caused by improper maintenance Maintenance Schedule ...... 409 Your vehicle is an important investment. can lead to costly repairs and may not be This section describes the required covered by the vehicle warranty. Special Application Services maintenance for the vehicle. Follow this Maintenance intervals, checks, Special Application Services ...... 415 schedule to help protect against major repair inspections, recommended fluids, and Additional Maintenance and Care expenses resulting from neglect or lubricants are important to keep the Additional Maintenance and Care ...... 415 inadequate maintenance. It may also help to vehicle in good working condition. maintain the value of the vehicle if it is Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and sold. It is the responsibility of the owner to Do not have chemical flushes that are not Parts have all required maintenance performed. approved by GM performed on the Recommended Fluids and vehicle. The use of flushes, solvents, Your dealer has trained technicians who can cleaners, or lubricants that are not Lubricants ...... 418 perform required maintenance using genuine approved by GM could damage the Maintenance Replacement Parts ...... 419 replacement parts. They have up-to-date tools and equipment for fast and accurate vehicle, requiring expensive repairs that Maintenance Records are not covered by the vehicle warranty. Maintenance Records ...... 422 diagnostics. Many dealers have extended evening and Saturday hours, courtesy transportation, and online scheduling to The Tire Rotation and Required Services are assist with service needs. the responsibility of the vehicle owner. It is recommended to have your dealer perform Your dealer recognizes the importance of these services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi. providing competitively priced maintenance Proper vehicle maintenance helps to keep and repair services. With trained technicians, the vehicle in good working condition, the dealer is the place for routine improves fuel economy, and reduces vehicle emissions. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Service and Maintenance 409 Because of the way people use vehicles, . Used for taxi, police, or delivery service . Check the windshield washer fluid level. 0 maintenance needs vary. There may need to Refer to the information in the Maintenance See Washer Fluid 339. be more frequent checks and services. The Schedule Additional Required Services - Engine Oil Change Additional Required Services - Normal are for Severe chart. vehicles that: When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON . Carry passengers and cargo within { Warning message displays, have the engine oil recommended limits on the Tire and and filter changed within the next Loading Information label. See Vehicle Performing maintenance work can be 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven under the best Load Limits 0 222. dangerous and can cause serious injury. conditions, the engine oil life system may Perform maintenance work only if the . Are driven on reasonable road surfaces not indicate the need for vehicle service for within legal driving limits. required information, proper tools, and up to a year. The engine oil and filter must equipment are available. If they are not, be changed at least once a year and the oil . Use the recommended fuel. See see your dealer to have a trained life system must be reset. Your trained Recommended Fuel (Except 6.2L 0 technician do the work. See Doing Your dealer technician can perform this work. V8 Engine) 283 or 0 If the engine oil life system is reset Recommended Fuel (6.2L V8 Engine) Own Service Work 322. 0 accidentally, service the vehicle within 283. 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the last service. Refer to the information in the Maintenance Maintenance Schedule Reset the oil life system when the oil is 0 Schedule Additional Required Services - Owner Checks and Services changed. See Engine Oil Life System 331. Normal chart. Check the engine oil level. See Engine Oil Engine Air Filter Change The Additional Required Services - Severe are 0 329. for vehicles that are: When the REPLACE AT NEXT OIL CHANGE message displays, the engine air filter . Mainly driven in heavy city traffic in hot Once a Month . Check the tire inflation pressures, should be replaced at the next engine oil weather change. When the REPLACE ENGINE AIR . Mainly driven in hilly or mountainous including the spare. See Tire Pressure 0 367. FILTER SOON message displays, the engine terrain air filter should be replaced at the earliest . Frequently towing a trailer . Inspect the tires for wear. See Tire convenience. Reset the engine air filter life Inspection 0 374. . Used for high speed or competitive system after the engine air filter is replaced. driving See Engine Air Filter Life System 0 332. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

410 Service and Maintenance Passenger Compartment Air Filter Air Conditioning Desiccant (Replace Every . Check engine coolant level. See Cooling System 0 334. The passenger compartment air filter Seven Years) . Check windshield washer fluid level. See removes dust, pollen, and other airborne The air conditioning system requires Washer Fluid 0 339. irritants from outside air that is pulled into maintenance every seven years. This service the vehicle. The filter should be replaced as requires replacement of the desiccant to . Check tire inflation pressures, including 0 part of routine scheduled maintenance. help the longevity and efficient operation of the spare. See Tire Pressure 367. Inspect the passenger compartment air filter the air conditioning system. This service can . Inspect tire wear. See Tire Inspection every 36 000 km/22,500 miles or two years, be complex. See your dealer. 0 374. whichever comes first. Replace if necessary. . Visually check for fluid leaks. More frequent replacement may be needed Tire Rotation and Required Services Every 12 000 km/7,500 mi . Inspect brake system. See Exterior Care if the vehicle is driven in areas with heavy 0 398. traffic, areas with poor air quality, or areas Rotate the tires, if recommended for the with high dust levels. Replacement may also . Visually inspect steering, suspension, and vehicle, and perform the following services. chassis components for damage, including be needed if there is a reduction in air flow, See Tire Rotation 0 374. excessive window fogging, or odors. cracks or tears in the rubber boots, loose . Check engine oil level and oil or missing parts, or signs of wear at least Extended Idle Use life percentage. If needed, change engine once a year. See Exterior Care 0 398. oil and filter, and reset oil life system. If equipped with grease fittings, lubricate When the vehicle is used in a way that See Engine Oil 0 329 and the suspension and steering components requires extended idle time, one hour of use Engine Oil Life System 0 331. every other oil change for normal usage shall be deemed the same as 53 km (33 mi). and every oil change for severe usage. See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base . If equipped with the engine air filter life Level) 0 124 or system, check the air filter . Inspect power steering for proper Driver Information Center (DIC) (Midlevel and life percentage. If necessary, replace the attachment, connections, binding, leaks, Uplevel) 0 125 for hourmeter, if equipped. engine air filter and reset the engine air cracks, chafing, etc. filter life system. See Engine Air Filter Life System 0 332. If the vehicle is not equipped with the engine air filter life system, inspect the engine air cleaner filter. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 333. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Service and Maintenance 411 . Visually inspect drive shafts for excessive . Check accelerator pedal for damage, high wear, lubricant leaks or damage including: effort, or binding. Replace if needed. tube dents, cracks, constant velocity joint . Visually inspect gas strut for signs of or universal joint looseness, cracked or wear, cracks, or other damage. Check the missing boots, loose or missing boot hold open ability of the strut. If the hold clamps, center bearing excessive open is low, service the gas strut. See Gas looseness, missing or loose fasteners. Strut(s) 0 348. . Check restraint system components. See . Inspect sunroof track and seal, Safety System Check 0 60. if equipped. See Sunroof 0 43. . Visually inspect fuel system for damage . Verify spare tire key lock operation and or leaks. lubricate as needed. See Tire Changing . Visually inspect exhaust system and 0 381. nearby heat shields for loose or damaged . Visually inspect the spare tire to ensure parts. that it is tightly stowed under the vehicle. . Lubricate body components. See Exterior Push, pull, and try to turn the tire. If the Care 0 398. spare tire moves, tighten as necessary. 0 . Check starter switch. See Starter Switch See Tire Changing 381. Check 0 346. . Check automatic transmission shift lock control function. See Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Function Check 0 346. . Check ignition transmission lock. See Ignition Transmission Lock Check 0 346. . Check parking brake and automatic transmission park mechanism. See Park Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Check 0 346. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

412 Service and Maintenance Additional Required Services

Maintenance Schedule Additional 12 000 km/7,500 mi 24 000 km/15,000 mi 36 000 km/22,500 mi 84 000 km/52,500 mi 60 000 km/37,500 mi 72 000 km/45,000 mi 48 000 km/30,000 mi 96 000 km/60,000 mi 132 000 km/82,500 mi 156 000 km/97,500 mi 120 000 km/75,000 mi 108 000 km/67,500 mi 144 000 km/90,000 mi 180 000 km/112,500 mi 216 000 km/135,000 mi 228 000 km/142,500 mi 204 000 km/127,500 mi 192 000 km/120,000 mi 168 000 km/105,000 mi Required Services - Normal 240 000 km/150,000 mi Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. Change engine oil and filter, if needed. @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ Check engine air filter life percentage and status. Change engine air filter, if needed. (1) Replace passenger compartment air filter. (2) @ @ @ @ @ @ Inspect evaporative control system. (3) @ @ @ Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires and/or boots. @ (Except 2.7L L4 Turbo Engine) Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires and/or boots. @ @ (2.7L L4 Turbo Engine Only) Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with 4WD. (4) @ Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @ Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @ Replace brake fluid. (7) Replace windshield wiper blades. (8) @@@@@@@@@@ Replace hood gas struts and tailgate dampener. (9) @ @ Replace air conditioning desiccant. (10) Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Service and Maintenance 413 Footnotes — Maintenance Schedule (5) Or every five years, whichever comes Additional Required Services - Normal first. See Cooling System 0 334. (1) Or every four years, whichever comes (6) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. first. If driving in dusty conditions, inspect Inspect for fraying, excessive cracking, the filter at each oil change or more often or damage; replace, if needed. as needed. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 (7) Replace brake fluid every five years. See 333. Brake Fluid 0 342. (2) Or every two years, whichever comes (8) Or every 12 months, whichever comes first. More frequent replacement may be first. See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 347. needed if the vehicle is driven in areas with heavy traffic, poor air quality, areas with (9) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. high dust levels or are sensitive to See Gas Strut(s) 0 348. environmental allergens. Filter replacement (10) Replace air conditioning desiccant every may also be needed if you notice reduced seven years. airflow, windows fogging up, or odors. Your local GM Service location can help you determine when it is the right time to replace your filter. (3) Visually check all fuel and vapor lines and hoses for proper attachment, connection, routing, and condition. (4) Do not directly power wash the transfer case and/or front/rear axle output seals. High pressure water can overcome the seals and contaminate the fluid. Contaminated fluid will decrease the life of the transfer case and/or drive axles and should be replaced. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

414 Service and Maintenance

Maintenance Schedule Additional 12 000 km/7,500 mi 24 000 km/15,000 mi 36 000 km/22,500 mi 84 000 km/52,500 mi 60 000 km/37,500 mi 72 000 km/45,000 mi 48 000 km/30,000 mi 96 000 km/60,000 mi 132 000 km/82,500 mi 156 000 km/97,500 mi 120 000 km/75,000 mi 108 000 km/67,500 mi 144 000 km/90,000 mi 180 000 km/112,500 mi 216 000 km/135,000 mi 228 000 km/142,500 mi 204 000 km/127,500 mi 192 000 km/120,000 mi 168 000 km/105,000 mi Required Services - Severe 240 000 km/150,000 mi Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. Change engine oil and filter, if needed. @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ Check engine air filter life percentage and status. Change engine air filter, if needed. (1) Replace passenger compartment air filter. (2) @ @ @ @ @ @ Inspect evaporative control system. (3) @ @ @ Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires and/or boots. @ (Except 2.7L L4 Turbo Engine) Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires and/or boots. @ @ (2.7L L4 Turbo Engine Only) Change automatic transmission fluid and filter. @ @ @ Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with 4WD. (4) @ @ @ Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @ Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @ Replace brake fluid. (7) Replace windshield wiper blades. (8) @@@@@@@@@@ Replace hood gas struts and tailgate dampener. (9) @ @ Replace air conditioning desiccant. (10) Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Service and Maintenance 415 Footnotes — Maintenance Schedule (5) Or every five years, whichever comes Additional Maintenance Additional Required Services - Severe first. See Cooling System 0 334. (1) Or every four years, whichever comes (6) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. and Care first. If driving in dusty conditions, inspect Inspect for fraying, excessive cracking, Your vehicle is an important investment and the filter at each oil change or more often or damage; replace, if needed. caring for it properly may help to avoid as needed. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter future costly repairs. To maintain vehicle 0 (7) Replace brake fluid every five years. See 333. Brake Fluid 0 342. performance, additional maintenance services may be required. (2) Or every two years, whichever comes (8) Or every 12 months, whichever comes first. More frequent replacement may be first. See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 347. It is recommended that your dealer perform needed if the vehicle is driven in areas with these services — their trained dealer heavy traffic, poor air quality, areas with (9) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. technicians know your vehicle best. Your high dust levels or are sensitive to See Gas Strut(s) 0 348. dealer can also perform a thorough environmental allergens. Filter replacement (10) Replace air conditioning desiccant every assessment with a multi-point inspection to may also be needed if you notice reduced seven years. recommend when your vehicle may need airflow, windows fogging up, or odors. Your attention. local GM Service location can help you The following list is intended to explain the determine when it is the right time to Special Application Services services and conditions to look for that may replace your filter. . Severe Commercial Use Vehicles Only: indicate services are required. Lubricate chassis components every oil (3) Visually check all fuel and vapor lines change. Battery and hoses for proper attachment, connection, routing, and condition. . Have underbody flushing service The 12-volt battery supplies power to start performed. See "Underbody Maintenance" the engine and operate any additional (4) Do not directly power wash the transfer in Exterior Care 0 398. electrical accessories. case and/or front/rear axle output seals. High pressure water can overcome the seals . To avoid break-down or failure to start and contaminate the fluid. Contaminated the vehicle, maintain a battery with full fluid will decrease the life of the transfer cranking power. case and/or drive axles and should be replaced. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

416 Service and Maintenance . Trained dealer technicians have the . Engine oil and windshield washer fluid . Signs of wear may include steering wheel diagnostic equipment to test the battery levels should be checked at every fuel fill. vibration, bounce/sway while braking, and ensure that the connections and . Instrument cluster lights may come on to longer stopping distance, or uneven cables are corrosion-free. indicate that fluids may be low and need tire wear. Belts to be filled. . As part of the multi-point inspection, trained dealer technicians can visually . Belts may need replacing if they squeak Hoses or show signs of cracking or splitting. inspect the shocks and struts for signs of Hoses transport fluids and should be leaking, blown seals, or damage, and can . Trained dealer technicians have access to regularly inspected to ensure that there are advise when service is needed. tools and equipment to inspect the belts no cracks or leaks. With a multi-point and recommend adjustment or inspection, your dealer can inspect the hoses Tires replacement when necessary. and advise if replacement is needed. Tires need to be properly inflated, rotated, Brakes Lamps and balanced. Maintaining the tires can save money and fuel, and can reduce the risk of Brakes stop the vehicle and are crucial to Properly working headlamps, taillamps, and tire failure. safe driving. brake lamps are important to see and be . Signs that the tires need to be replaced . Signs of brake wear may include chirping, seen on the road. include three or more visible treadwear grinding, or squealing noises, or difficulty . Signs that the headlamps need attention indicators; cord or fabric showing through stopping. include dimming, failure to light, cracking, the rubber; cracks or cuts in the tread or . Trained dealer technicians have access to or damage. The brake lamps need to be sidewall; or a bulge or split in the tire. tools and equipment to inspect the brakes checked periodically to ensure that they . Trained dealer technicians can inspect and and recommend quality parts engineered light when braking. recommend the right tires. Your dealer for the vehicle. . With a multi-point inspection, your dealer can also provide tire/wheel balancing Fluids can check the lamps and note any services to ensure smooth vehicle concerns. operation at all speeds. Your dealer sells Proper fluid levels and approved fluids and services name brand tires. protect the vehicle’s systems and Shocks and Struts components. See Recommended Fluids and Shocks and struts help aid in control for a Lubricants 0 418 for GM approved fluids. smoother ride. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Service and Maintenance 417 Vehicle Care Wiper Blades To help keep the vehicle looking like new, Wiper blades need to be cleaned and kept in vehicle care products are available from your good condition to provide a clear view. dealer. For information on how to clean and . Signs of wear include streaking, skipping protect the vehicle’s interior and exterior, across the windshield, and worn or split see Interior Care 0 403 and rubber. Exterior Care 0 398. . Trained dealer technicians can check the Wheel Alignment wiper blades and replace them when Wheel alignment is critical for ensuring that needed. the tires deliver optimal wear and performance. . Signs that the alignment may need to be adjusted include pulling, improper vehicle handling, or unusual tire wear. . Your dealer has the required equipment to ensure proper wheel alignment. Windshield For safety, appearance, and the best viewing, keep the windshield clean and clear. . Signs of damage include scratches, cracks, and chips. . Trained dealer technicians can inspect the windshield and recommend proper replacement if needed. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

418 Service and Maintenance Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts Recommended Fluids and Lubricants This maintenance section applies to vehicles with a gasoline engine. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see “Recommended Fluids and Lubricants” in the Duramax diesel supplement. Fluids and lubricants identified below by name or specification, including fluids or lubricants not listed here, can be obtained from your dealer. Usage Fluid/Lubricant Automatic Transmission (6-Speed DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Transmission) Automatic Transmission (8-Speed DEXRON-HP Automatic Transmission Fluid. Transmission) Automatic Transmission (10-Speed DEXRON ULV Automatic Transmission Fluid. Transmission) Chassis Lubrication Chassis lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB. Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL coolant. See Cooling System 0 334. Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscosity grade. ACDelco dexos1 full synthetic is recommended. See Engine Oil 0 329. Front and Rear Axle Driveshaft Splines See your dealer. Front Axle (Four-Wheel Drive) and Rear Axle See your dealer. Hydraulic Brake System DOT 4 Hydraulic Brake Fluid. See Brake Fluid 0 342. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Service and Maintenance 419

Usage Fluid/Lubricant Key Lock Cylinders, Hood Hinges, Body Door Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube. See your dealer. Hinge Pins, Tailgate Hinge and Linkage, Fuel Door Hinge, Tailgate Handle Pivot Points, Hinges, Latch Bolt, and Linkage Transfer Case (Four-Wheel Drive) DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection requirements.

Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement. Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 84121219 A3244C IWith high capacity air cleaner 84121217 A3246C IWithout high capacity air cleaner Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

420 Service and Maintenance

Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number Oil Filter 55495105 PF66 I2.7L L4 12690385 PF63E I4.3L V6 12690385 PF63E I5.3L V8 12690385 PF63E I6.2L V8 Passenger Compartment Air Filter 13508023 CF185 Spark Plugs 12688094 41-106-IP I2.7L L4 12622441 41-114 I4.3L V6 12622441 41-114 I5.3L V8 12622441 41-114 I6.2L V8 Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Service and Maintenance 421

Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number Wiper Blades 84578275 — IDriver Side – 55 cm (21.7 in) 84578275 — IPassenger Side – 55 cm (21.7 in) Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

422 Service and Maintenance Maintenance Records After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts. Date Odometer Reading Serviced By Services Performed Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Technical Data 423 Technical Data Vehicle Identification Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is the Vehicle Identification Vehicle Identification engine code. This code identifies the Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) . . . 423 Number (VIN) vehicle's engine, specifications, and Service Parts Identification ...... 423 replacement parts. See “Engine Specifications” under Capacities and Vehicle Data Specifications 0 424 for the vehicle's Capacities and Specifications ...... 424 engine code. Engine Drive Belt Routing ...... 427 Service Parts Identification There may be a large barcode on the This legal identifier is in the front corner of certification label on the center pillar that the instrument panel, on the driver side of you can scan for the following information: the vehicle. It can be seen through the . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) windshield from outside. The Vehicle . Model designation Identification Number (VIN) also appears on . Paint information the Vehicle Certification label and certificates of title and registration. . Production options If there is not a large barcode on this label, then you will find this same information on a label inside of the glove box. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

424 Technical Data Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 418. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement. Capacities Application Metric English Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the hood. See your dealer for more information. Engine Cooling System* 11.8 L 12.4 qt I2.7L L4 Engine (L3B) 11.5 L 12.2 qt I4.3L V6 Engine (LV3) 12.8 L 13.5 qt I5.3L V8 Engine (L82) 13.1 L 13.8 qt I5.3L V8 Engine (L84) 12.6 L 13.3 qt I6.2L V8 Engine (L87) Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Technical Data 425

Capacities Application Metric English Engine Oil with Filter 5.7 L 6.0 qt I2.7L L4 Engine 5.7 L 6.0 qt I4.3L V6 Engine 7.6 L 8.0 qt I5.3L V8 Engine 7.6 L 8.0 qt I6.2L V8 Engine Fuel Tank 90.8 L 24.0 gal IStandard and Short Box (except 2WD Diesel) 83.3 L 22.0 gal IStandard and Short Box (2WD Diesel) 107.1 L 28.3 gal ILong Box Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

426 Technical Data

Capacities Application Metric English Transfer Case Fluid 1.5 L 1.6 qt Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual. Recheck fluid level after filling. *Engine cooling system capacity values are based on the entire cooling system and its components.

Engine Specifications Engine VIN Code Spark Plug Gap 2.7L L4 (L3B) K 0.65–0.75 mm (0.026–0.030 in) 4.3L V6 (LV3) H 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–0.043 in) 5.3L V8 (L82) F 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–0.043 in) 5.3L V8 (L84) D 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–0.043 in) 6.2L V8 (L87) L 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–0.043 in) Spark plug gaps are preset by the manufacturer. Re-gapping the spark plug is not recommended and can damage the spark plug. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Technical Data 427 Engine Drive Belt Routing If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement.

4.3L, 5.3L, and 6.2L Engines

2.7L Engine Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

428 Customer Information Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy Customer Information Customer Information Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy . . . 437 Cybersecurity ...... 438 Customer Satisfaction Procedure Customer Information Event Data Recorders ...... 438 Customer Satisfaction Procedure ...... 428 OnStar ...... 439 Your satisfaction and goodwill are important Customer Assistance Offices ...... 430 Infotainment System ...... 439 to your dealer and to Chevrolet. Normally, Customer Assistance for Text Telephone any concerns with the sales transaction or (TTY) Users ...... 430 the operation of the vehicle will be resolved Online Owner Center ...... 430 by your dealer's sales or service GM Mobility Reimbursement departments. Sometimes, however, despite Program ...... 431 the best intentions of all concerned, Roadside Assistance Program ...... 431 misunderstandings can occur. If your concern Scheduling Service Appointments ...... 433 has not been resolved to your satisfaction, Courtesy Transportation Program . . . . . 433 the following steps should be taken: Collision Damage Repair ...... 434 Publication Ordering Information ...... 436 STEP ONE : Discuss your concern with a Radio Frequency Statement ...... 436 member of dealership management. Normally, concerns can be quickly resolved Reporting Safety Defects at that level. If the matter has already been Reporting Safety Defects to the United reviewed with the sales, service, or parts States Government ...... 436 manager, contact the owner of your Reporting Safety Defects to the dealership or the general manager. Canadian Government ...... 437 STEP TWO : If after contacting a member of Reporting Safety Defects to General dealership management, it appears your Motors ...... 437 concern cannot be resolved by your dealership without further help, in the U.S., call the Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center at 1-800-222-1020. In Canada, call General Motors of Canada Customer Care Centre at 1-800-263-3777 (English), or 1-800-263-7854 (French). Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Customer Information 429 We encourage you to call the toll-free The BBB Auto Line Program is an This program is available in all 50 states and number in order to give your inquiry out-of-court program administered by BBB the District of Columbia. Eligibility is limited prompt attention. Have the following National Programs, Inc. to settle automotive by vehicle age, mileage, and other factors. information available to give the Customer disputes regarding vehicle repairs or the General Motors reserves the right to change Assistance representative: interpretation of the New Vehicle Limited eligibility limitations and/or discontinue its . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). This is Warranty. Although you may be required to participation in this program. available from the vehicle registration or resort to this informal dispute resolution STEP THREE — Canadian Owners : In the title, or the plate at the top left of the program prior to filing a court action, use of event that you do not feel your concerns instrument panel and visible through the the program is free of charge and your case have been addressed after following the windshield. will generally be heard within 40 days. procedure outlined in Steps One and Two, If you do not agree with the decision given . Dealership name and location. General Motors of Canada Company wants in your case, you may reject it and proceed . Vehicle delivery date and present mileage. you to be aware of its participation in a with any other venue for relief available no-charge Mediation/Arbitration Program. When contacting Chevrolet, remember that to you. General Motors of Canada Company has your concern will likely be resolved at a You may contact the BBB Auto Line Program committed to binding arbitration of owner dealer's facility. That is why we suggest using the toll-free telephone number or disputes involving factory-related vehicle following Step One first. write them at the following address: service claims. The program provides for the STEP THREE — U.S. Owners : Both General BBB Auto Line Program review of the facts involved by an impartial Motors and your dealer are committed to BBB National Programs, Inc. third party arbiter, and may include an making sure you are completely satisfied 3033 Wilson Boulevard informal hearing before the arbiter. The with your new vehicle. However, if you Suite 600 program is designed so that the entire continue to remain unsatisfied after Arlington, VA 22201 dispute settlement process, from the time following the procedure outlined in you file your complaint to the final decision, Steps One and Two, you can file with the Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 should be completed in about 70 days. We Better Business Bureau (BBB) Auto Line http://www.bbb.org/council/ believe our impartial program offers Program to enforce your rights. programs-services/ advantages over courts in most jurisdictions dispute-handling-and-resolution/bbb-auto-line because it is informal, quick, and free of charge. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

430 Customer Information For further information concerning eligibility United States and Puerto Rico Overseas in the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Chevrolet Motor Division Please contact the local General Motors Plan (CAMVAP), call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center Business Unit. or call the General Motors Customer Care P.O. Box 33170 Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), Detroit, MI 48232-5170 Customer Assistance for Text 1-800-263-7854 (French), or write to: www.Chevrolet.com Telephone (TTY) Users The Mediation/Arbitration Program 1-800-222-1020 c/o Customer Care Centre To assist customers who are deaf, hard of 1-800-833-2438 (For Text Telephone Devices General Motors of Canada Company hearing, or speech-impaired and who use (TTYs)) Mail Code: CA1-163-005 Text Telephones (TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY Roadside Assistance: 1-800-243-8872 1908 Colonel Sam Drive equipment available at its Customer Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 From U.S. Virgin Islands: Assistance Center. Any TTY user in the U.S. can communicate with Chevrolet by dialing: Your inquiry should be accompanied by the 1-800-496-9994 1-800-833-2438. TTY users in Canada can dial Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). Canada 1-800-263-3830. Customer Assistance Offices General Motors of Canada Company Online Owner Center Chevrolet encourages customers to call the Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: toll-free number for assistance. However, if a CA1-163-005 The Chevrolet Owner Center (U.S.) customer wishes to write or e-mail 1908 Colonel Sam Drive my.chevrolet.com Chevrolet, the letter should be addressed to: Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Learn more about your vehicle features, www.gm.ca shop for and manage your connected 1-800-263-3777 (English) services and OnStar plans, and access 1-800-263-7854 (French) diagnostic information specific to your 1-800-263-3830 (For Text Telephone devices vehicle. (TTYs)) Membership Benefits Roadside Assistance: 1-800-268-6800 E : Download owner’s manuals and view vehicle-specific how-to videos. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Customer Information 431 G : View maintenance schedules, alerts, and GM Mobility Reimbursement Roadside Assistance Program Vehicle Diagnostic Information. Schedule Program service appointments. For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call 1-800-243-8872. (Text Telephone (TTY): I : View service records from your 1-888-889-2438.) dealership and add your own. For Canadian-purchased vehicles, call D : Select a preferred dealer and view 1-800-268-6800. locations, maps, phone numbers, and hours. Service is available 24 hours a day, 365 days r : Track your vehicle’s warranty a year. information. This program is available to qualified Calling for Assistance J applicants for cost reimbursement, up to : View active recalls by Vehicle certain limits, of eligible aftermarket When calling Roadside Assistance, have the Identification Number (VIN). See Vehicle following information ready: 0 adaptive equipment required for the vehicle, Identification Number (VIN) 423. such as hand controls or a wheelchair/ . Your name, home address, and home H : Manage your profile and payment scooter lift for the vehicle. telephone number information. View your GM Rewards Card To learn about the GM Mobility program, . Telephone number of your location earnings and My Chevrolet Rewards points. see www.gmmobility.com or call the GM . Location of the vehicle F : Chat with online help representatives. Mobility Assistance Center at 1-800-323-9935. . Model, year, color, and license plate Text Telephone (TTY) users, call number of the vehicle Visit my.chevrolet.com and create an 1-800-833-9935. . Odometer reading, Vehicle Identification account today. General Motors of Canada also has a Number (VIN), and delivery date of the Chevrolet Owner Centre (Canada) Mobility program. See www.gm.ca, or call vehicle mychevrolet.ca 1-800-GM-DRIVE (800-463-7483) for details. . Description of the problem TTY users call 1-800-263-3830. Visit the Chevrolet Owner Centre at Coverage mychevrolet.ca (English) or my.chevrolet.ca (French) to access similar benefits to the Services are provided for the duration of the U.S. site. vehicle’s powertrain warranty. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

432 Customer Information In the U.S., anyone driving the vehicle is vehicle was in a crash and cannot be . Mounting, dismounting, or changing of covered. In Canada, a person driving the driven. Assistance is not given when the snow tires, chains, or other traction vehicle without permission from the owner vehicle is stuck in the sand, mud, devices is not covered. or snow. Service is not provided if a vehicle is in an Roadside Assistance is not a part of the New . Flat Tire Change: Service to change a flat area that is not accessible to the service Vehicle Limited Warranty. General Motors tire with the spare tire. The spare tire, vehicle or is not a regularly traveled or North America and Chevrolet reserve the if equipped, must be in good condition maintained public road, which includes ice right to make any changes or discontinue and properly inflated. It is the owner's and winter roads. Off-road use is not the Roadside Assistance program at any responsibility for the repair or covered. time without notification. replacement of the tire if it is not covered by the warranty. Services Specific to Canadian-Purchased General Motors North America and Chevrolet Vehicles reserve the right to limit services or . Battery Jump Start: Service to jump start . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement is up to payment to an owner or driver if they a dead battery. 7 liters. If available, diesel fuel delivery decide the claims are made too often, or the . Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance: may be restricted. Propane and other same type of claim is made many times. If your trip is interrupted due to a warranty event, incidental expenses may fuels are not provided through this Services Provided be reimbursed within the Powertrain service. . Emergency Fuel Delivery: Delivery of warranty period. Items considered are . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle registration is enough fuel for the vehicle to get to the reasonable and customary hotel, meals, required. nearest service station. rental car, or a vehicle being delivered . Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance: . Lock-Out Service: Service to unlock the back to the customer, up to 500 miles. Must be over 150 km from where your vehicle if you are locked out. A remote Services Not Included in Roadside trip was started to qualify. Pre-authorization, original detailed unlock may be available if you have Assistance OnStar. For security reasons, the driver receipts, and a copy of the repair orders must present identification before this . Impound towing caused by violation of are required. Once authorization has been service is given. any laws received, the Roadside Assistance advisor . Emergency Tow from a Public Road or . Legal fines will help to make arrangements and Highway: Tow to the nearest Chevrolet explain how to receive payment. dealer for warranty service, or if the Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Customer Information 433 . Alternative Service: If assistance cannot If your dealer requests you to bring the Transportation Options be provided right away, the Roadside vehicle for service, you are urged to do so Warranty service can generally be Assistance advisor may give permission to as early in the work day as possible to completed while you wait. However, if you get local emergency road service. You will allow for same-day repair. receive payment, up to $100, after are unable to do so, your dealer may offer sending the original receipt to Roadside Courtesy Transportation Program the following transportation options: Assistance. Mechanical failures may be To enhance your ownership experience, we Shuttle Service covered, however any cost for parts and and our participating dealers are proud to This includes one-way or round-trip shuttle labor for repairs not covered by the offer Courtesy Transportation, a customer service within reasonable time and distance warranty are the owner responsibility. support program for vehicles with the parameters of your dealer's area. Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty Coverage Scheduling Service Appointments Public Transportation or Fuel Reimbursement period in Canada), extended powertrain, When the vehicle requires warranty service, and/or hybrid-specific warranties in both the If overnight warranty repairs are needed, contact your dealer and request an U.S. and Canada. and public transportation is used, the appointment. By scheduling a service expense must be supported by original Several Courtesy Transportation options are appointment and advising the service receipts and within the maximum amount available to assist in reducing inconvenience consultant of your transportation needs, allowed by GM. If U.S. customers arrange when warranty repairs are required. your dealer can help minimize your their own transportation, limited inconvenience. Courtesy Transportation is not a part of the reimbursement for reasonable fuel expenses New Vehicle Limited Warranty. A separate If the vehicle cannot be scheduled into the may be available. Claim amounts should manual entitled “Limited Warranty and service department immediately, keep reflect actual costs and be supported by Owner Assistance Information” furnished driving it until it can be scheduled for original receipts. See your dealer for with each new vehicle provides detailed service, unless, of course, the problem is information. warranty coverage information. safety related. If it is, please call your Courtesy Rental Vehicle dealership, let them know this, and ask for For an overnight warranty repair, the dealer instructions. may provide an available courtesy rental vehicle or provide for reimbursement of a rental vehicle. Reimbursement is limited and must be supported by original receipts as Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

434 Customer Information well as a signed and completed rental Poorly performed collision repairs diminish Aftermarket collision parts are also available. agreement and meet state/provincial, local, the vehicle resale value, and safety These are made by companies other than and rental vehicle provider requirements. performance can be compromised in GM and may not have been tested for the Requirements vary and may include subsequent collisions. vehicle. As a result, these parts may fit minimum age requirements, insurance poorly, exhibit premature durability/ coverage, credit card, etc. Additional fees Collision Parts corrosion problems, and may not perform such as fuel, rental vehicle insurance, taxes, Genuine GM Collision parts are new parts properly in subsequent collisions. levies, usage fees, excessive mileage, made with the same materials and Aftermarket parts are not covered by the or rental usage beyond the completion of construction methods as the parts with GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any the repair are also your responsibility. which the vehicle was originally built. vehicle failure related to such parts is not It may not be possible to provide a like Genuine GM Collision parts are the best covered by that warranty. vehicle as a courtesy rental. choice to ensure that the vehicle's designed appearance, durability, and safety are Repair Facility Additional Program Information preserved. The use of Genuine GM parts can GM also recommends that you choose a All program options, such as shuttle service, help maintain the GM New Vehicle Limited collision repair facility that meets your may not be available at every dealer. Warranty. needs before you ever need collision repairs. Contact your dealer for specific availability. Recycled original equipment parts may also Your dealer may have a collision repair center with GM-trained technicians and General Motors reserves the right to be used for repair. These parts are typically removed from vehicles that were total losses state-of-the-art equipment, or be able to unilaterally modify, change, or discontinue recommend a collision repair center that has Courtesy Transportation at any time and to in prior crashes. In most cases, the parts being recycled are from undamaged sections GM-trained technicians and comparable resolve all questions of claim eligibility equipment. pursuant to the terms and conditions of the vehicle. A recycled original equipment described herein at its sole discretion. GM part may be an acceptable choice to Insuring the Vehicle maintain the vehicle's originally designed Collision Damage Repair appearance and safety performance; Protect your investment in the GM vehicle however, the history of these parts is not with comprehensive and collision insurance If the vehicle is involved in a collision and it known. Such parts are not covered by the coverage. There are significant differences in is damaged, have the damage repaired by a GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any the quality of coverage afforded by various qualified technician using the proper related failures are not covered by that insurance policy terms. Many insurance equipment and quality replacement parts. warranty. policies provide reduced protection to the Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Customer Information 435 GM vehicle by limiting compensation for Give only the necessary information to Managing the Vehicle Damage Repair damage repairs through the use of police and other parties involved in the Process aftermarket collision parts. Some insurance crash. companies will not specify aftermarket In the event that the vehicle requires For emergency towing see Roadside damage repairs, GM recommends that you collision parts. When purchasing insurance, Assistance Program 0 431. we recommend that you ensure that the take an active role in its repair. If you have vehicle will be repaired with GM original Gather the following information: a pre-determined repair facility of choice, take the vehicle there, or have it towed equipment collision parts. If such insurance . Driver name, address, and telephone coverage is not available from your current number there. Specify to the facility that any required replacement collision parts be insurance carrier, consider switching to . Driver license number another insurance carrier. original equipment parts, either new . Owner name, address, and telephone Genuine GM parts or recycled original GM If the vehicle is leased, the leasing company number parts. Remember, recycled parts will not be may require you to have insurance that . Vehicle license plate number covered by the GM vehicle warranty. ensures repairs with Genuine GM Original . Vehicle make, model, and model year Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) parts or Insurance pays the bill for the repair, but Genuine Manufacturer replacement parts. . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) you must live with the repair. Depending on Read the lease carefully, as you may be . Insurance company and policy number your policy limits, your insurance company charged at the end of the lease for poor . General description of the damage to the may initially value the repair using quality repairs. other vehicle aftermarket parts. Discuss this with the repair professional, and insist on Genuine If a Crash Occurs Choose a reputable repair facility that uses GM parts. Remember, if the vehicle is quality replacement parts. See “Collision leased, you may be obligated to have the If there has been an injury, call emergency Parts” earlier in this section. vehicle repaired with Genuine GM parts, services for help. Do not leave the scene of even if your insurance coverage does not a crash until all matters have been taken If the airbag has inflated, see What Will You 0 pay the full cost. care of. Move the vehicle only if its position See after an Airbag Inflates? 65. puts you in danger, or you are instructed to If another party's insurance company is move it by a police officer. paying for the repairs, you are not obligated to accept a repair valuation based on that insurance company's collision policy repair limits, as you have no contractual limits Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

436 Customer Information with that company. In such cases, you can To order, call 1-800-551-4123 Monday–Friday, 2. The device must accept any interference have control of the repair and parts choices 8:00 a.m.–6:00 p.m. eastern time received, including interference that may as long as the cost stays within reasonable For credit card orders only (VISA, cause undesired operation of the device. limits. MasterCard, or Discover), see Helm, Inc. at: Changes or modifications to any of these Publication Ordering Information www.helminc.com. systems by other than an authorized service To order by mail, write to: facility could void authorization to use this Service Manuals equipment. Helm, Incorporated Service manuals have the diagnosis and Attention: Customer Service repair information on the engine, 47911 Halyard Drive Reporting Safety Defects transmission, axle, suspension, brakes, Plymouth, MI 48170 electrical system, steering system, body, etc. Reporting Safety Defects to the Make checks payable in U.S. funds. United States Government Customer Literature Radio Frequency Statement If you believe that your vehicle has a Owner’s manuals are written specifically for owners and are intended to provide basic This vehicle uses license-exempt transmitters defect which could cause a crash or operational information about the vehicle. / receivers / systems that operate on a could cause injury or death, you should The owner’s manual includes the radio frequency that complies with Part 15/ immediately inform the National Maintenance Schedule for all models. Part 18 of the Federal Communications Highway Traffic Safety Administration Commission (FCC) rules and with Innovation, Customer literature publications available for (NHTSA) in addition to notifying General Science and Economic Development (ISED) purchase include owner’s manuals, warranty Motors. Canada's license-exempt RSS(s) / RSP-100 / manuals, and portfolios. Portfolios include an ICES-GEN. If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it owner’s manual, warranty manual, may open an investigation, and if it if applicable, and zip lock bag or pouch. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: finds that a safety defect exists in a Current and Past Models group of vehicles, it may order a recall 1. The device may not cause harmful and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA Service manuals and customer literature are interference. available for many current and past model cannot become involved in individual year GM vehicles. problems between you, your dealer, or General Motors. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Customer Information 437 To contact NHTSA, you may call the or write to: In Mexico, call 800-466-0811 or Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at Transport Canada 800-508-0000. 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go Motor Vehicle Safety Directorate In other Central America and Caribbean to http://www.safercar.gov; or Defect Investigations and Recalls Countries, call 52-555-901-2369. write to: Division Administrator, NHTSA 80 Noel Street Vehicle Data Recording and 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1 Privacy Washington, D.C. 20590 Reporting Safety Defects to The vehicle has a number of computers that You can also obtain other information General Motors record information about the vehicle’s about motor vehicle safety from performance and how it is driven or used. http://www.safercar.gov. In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Transport For example, the vehicle uses computer Canada) in a situation like this, notify modules to monitor and control engine and Reporting Safety Defects to the General Motors. transmission performance, to monitor the Canadian Government In the U.S., call 1-800-222-1020, or write: conditions for airbag deployment and deploy them in a crash, and, if equipped, to If you live in Canada, and you believe Chevrolet Motor Division provide antilock braking to help the driver that the vehicle has a safety defect, Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center control the vehicle. These modules may notify Transport Canada immediately, P.O. Box 33170 store data to help the dealer technician Detroit, MI 48232-5170 and notify General Motors of Canada service the vehicle or to help GM improve Company. Call Transport Canada at In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 (English) or safety or features. Some modules may also 1-800-333-0510; go to: 1-800-263-7854 (French), or write: store data about how the vehicle is operated, such as rate of fuel consumption www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English) General Motors of Canada Company or average speed. These modules may retain Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French) personal preferences, such as radio presets, CA1-163-005 seat positions, and temperature settings. 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

438 Customer Information Cybersecurity Event Data Recorders driving conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) GM collects information about the use of This vehicle is equipped with an event data are recorded. However, other parties, such your vehicle including operational and safety recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR as law enforcement, could combine the EDR related information. We collect this is to record, in certain crash or near data with the type of personally identifying information to provide, evaluate, improve, crash-like situations, such as an air bag data routinely acquired during a crash and troubleshoot our products and services deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data investigation. and to develop new products and services. that will assist in understanding how a The protection of vehicle electronics systems vehicle’s systems performed. The EDR is To read data recorded by an EDR, special and customer data from unauthorized designed to record data related to vehicle equipment is required, and access to the outside electronic access or control is dynamics and safety systems for a short vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to important to GM. GM maintains appropriate period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such security standards, practices, guidelines and The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record as law enforcement, that have the special controls aimed at defending the vehicle and such data as: equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR. the vehicle service ecosystem against . How various systems in your vehicle were unauthorized electronic access, detecting operating; GM will not access these data or share it possible malicious activity in related . Whether or not the driver and passenger with others except: with the consent of the networks, and responding to suspected safety belts were buckled/fastened; vehicle owner or, if the vehicle is leased, cybersecurity incidents in a timely, with the consent of the lessee; in response . How far (if at all) the driver was coordinated and effective manner. Security to an official request by police or similar depressing the accelerator and/or brake incidents could impact your safety or government office; as part of GM's defense pedal; and, compromise your private data. To minimize of litigation through the discovery process; security risks, please do not connect your . How fast the vehicle was traveling. or, as required by law. Data that GM collects vehicle electronic systems to unauthorized These data can help provide a better or receives may also be used for GM devices or connect your vehicle to any understanding of the circumstances in which research needs or may be made available to unknown or untrusted networks (such as crashes and injuries occur. others for research purposes, where a need Bluetooth, WIFI or similar technology). In is shown and the data is not tied to a the event you suspect any security incident Note specific vehicle or vehicle owner. impacting your data or the safe operation of EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only your vehicle, please stop operating your if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no vehicle and contact your dealer. data are recorded by the EDR under normal Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Customer Information 439 OnStar If the vehicle is equipped with OnStar and has an active service plan, additional data may be collected and transmitted through the OnStar system. This includes information about the vehicle’s operation; collisions involving the vehicle; the use of the vehicle and its features, including infotainment; and the location and approximate GPS speed of the vehicle. Refer to the OnStar Terms and Conditions and Privacy Statement on the OnStar website. See OnStar Additional Information 0 441. Infotainment System If the vehicle is equipped with a navigation system as part of the infotainment system, use of the system may result in the storage of destinations, addresses, telephone numbers, and other trip information. See the infotainment section for information on stored data and for deletion instructions. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

440 OnStar OnStar Overview The OnStar system status light is next to OnStar the OnStar buttons. If the status light is: OnStar Overview . Solid Green: System is ready. OnStar Overview ...... 440 . Flashing Green: On a call. . Red: Indicates a problem. OnStar Services Q Emergency ...... 441 . Off: System is off. Press twice to Security ...... 441 speak with an OnStar Advisor. Q OnStar Additional Information = Voice Command Button Press or call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an Advisor. OnStar Additional Information ...... 441 Q Blue OnStar Button Functionality of the Voice Command button > Red Emergency Button may vary by vehicle and region. This vehicle may be equipped with a Press = to: comprehensive, in-vehicle system that can . Open the OnStar app on the infotainment connect to an OnStar Advisor for Emergency, display. See OnStar System 0 162 for Security, Navigation, Connections, and information on how to use the Diagnostics Services. OnStar services may OnStar app. require a paid service plan and data plan. OnStar requires the vehicle battery and Or electrical system, cellular service, and GPS . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn Navigation voice satellite signals to be available and commands. operating. OnStar acts as a link to existing . Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi hotspot emergency service providers. OnStar may name or SSID and password, if equipped. collect information about you and your Q vehicle, including location information. See Press to connect to an Advisor to: OnStar User Terms, Privacy Statement, and . Verify account information or update Software Terms for more details including contact information. system limitations at www.onstar.com (U.S.) . Get driving directions. or www.onstar.ca (Canada). Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

OnStar 441 . Receive a Diagnostic check of the vehicle's With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially trained Theft Alarm Notification key operating systems. Advisors are available 24 hours a day, 7 days If equipped, if the doors are locked and the a week, to provide a central point of . Receive Roadside Assistance. vehicle alarm sounds, a notification by text, contact, assistance, and information during a . Manage Wi-Fi Settings, if equipped. e-mail, or phone call will be sent. If the crisis. Press > to get a priority connection to an vehicle is stolen, an OnStar Advisor can work With Roadside Assistance, Advisors can OnStar Advisor available 24/7 to: with authorities to recover the vehicle. locate a nearby service provider to help with . Get help for an emergency. a flat tire, a battery jump, or an empty OnStar Additional . Be a Good Samaritan or respond to an gas tank. AMBER Alert. Information . Get assistance in severe weather or other Security In-Vehicle Audio Messages crisis situations and find evacuation If equipped, OnStar provides these services: routes. . With Stolen Vehicle Assistance, OnStar Audio messages may play important Advisors can use GPS to pinpoint the information at the following times: OnStar Services vehicle and help authorities quickly . Prior to vehicle purchase. Press Q to set recover it. up an account. Emergency . With Remote Ignition Block, if equipped, . After change in ownership and at Emergency Services require an active safety OnStar can block the engine from being 90 days. and security plan. With Automatic Crash restarted. Transferring Service Response, built-in sensors can automatically . With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown, alert a specially trained OnStar Advisor who if equipped, OnStar can work with law Press Q to request account transfer is immediately connected in to the vehicle enforcement to gradually slow the eligibility information. The Advisor can to help. vehicle down. cancel or change account information. Press > for a priority connection to an Selling/Transferring the Vehicle OnStar Advisor who can contact emergency service providers, direct them to your exact Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) location, and relay important information. immediately to terminate your OnStar or connected services if the vehicle is disposed of, sold, transferred, or if the lease ends. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

442 OnStar Reactivation for Subsequent Owners technology compatible with OnStar or . Provide directions to the closest hospital connected services. Service involving location or pharmacy in urgent situations. Press Q and follow the prompts to speak to information about the vehicle cannot work an Advisor as soon as possible. The Advisor unless GPS signals are available, TTY Users will update vehicle records and explain unobstructed, and compatible with the OnStar has the ability to communicate to OnStar or connected service options. OnStar hardware. OnStar or connected deaf, hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired How OnStar Service Works services may not work if the OnStar customers while in the vehicle. The available equipment is not properly installed or it has dealer-installed TTY system can provide Automatic Crash Response, Emergency not been properly maintained. If equipment in-vehicle access to all OnStar services, Services, Crisis Assist, Stolen Vehicle or software is added, connected, except Virtual Advisor and OnStar Assistance, Remote Services, and Roadside or modified, OnStar or connected services Turn-by-Turn Navigation. Assistance are available on most vehicles. may not work. Other problems beyond the If equipped, TTY mode can be turned on or Not all OnStar services are available control of OnStar — such as hills, tall off by touching Settings, then Apps, and everywhere or on all vehicles. For more buildings, tunnels, weather, electrical system then Phone. When TTY mode is on, phone information, a full description of OnStar design and architecture of the vehicle, calls can be made or received with OnStar services, system limitations, and OnStar User damage to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless using the infotainment display. Terms, Privacy Statement, and Software phone network congestion or jamming — Terms: may prevent service. OnStar Personal Identification . Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827). See Radio Frequency Statement 0 436. Number (PIN) . See www.onstar.com (U.S.). Services for People with Disabilities A PIN is needed to access some OnStar . See www.onstar.ca (Canada). services. The PIN will need to be changed . Call TTY 1-877-248-2080. Advisors provide services to help with the first time when speaking with an . Press Q to speak with an Advisor. physical disabilities and medical conditions. Advisor. To change the OnStar PIN, contact an OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or calling OnStar or connected services cannot work Press Q to help: 1-888-4ONSTAR. unless the vehicle is in a place where OnStar . Locate a gas station with an attendant to has an agreement with a wireless service pump gas. Warranty provider for service in that area. The . Find a hotel, restaurant, etc., that meets OnStar equipment may be warranted as part wireless service provider must also have accessibility needs. coverage, network capacity, reception, and of the vehicle warranty. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

OnStar 443 Languages A temporary loss of GPS can cause loss of Add-on Electrical Equipment the ability to send a Turn-by-Turn The vehicle can be programmed to respond The OnStar system is integrated into the Navigation route. The Advisor may give a electrical architecture of the vehicle. Do not in multiple languages. Press Q and ask for verbal route or may ask for a call back after add any electrical equipment. See Add-On an Advisor. Advisors are available in English, the vehicle is driven into an open area. Spanish, and French. Available languages Electrical Equipment 0 317. Added electrical may vary by country. Cellular and GPS Antennas equipment may interfere with the operation of the OnStar system and cause it to not Potential Issues Cellular reception is required for OnStar to operate. send remote signals to the vehicle. Do not OnStar cannot perform Remote Door Unlock place items over or near the antenna to Vehicle Software Updates or Stolen Vehicle Assistance after the vehicle prevent blocking cellular and GPS signal OnStar or GM may remotely deliver has been off continuously for 10 days reception. without an ignition cycle. If the vehicle has software updates or changes to the vehicle not been started for 10 days, OnStar can Unable to Connect to OnStar Message without further notice or consent. These updates or changes may enhance or contact Roadside Assistance or a locksmith If there is limited cellular coverage or the to help gain access to the vehicle. maintain safety, security, or the operation cellular network has reached maximum of the vehicle or the vehicle systems. Global Positioning System (GPS) capacity, this message may come on. Press Software updates or changes may affect or . Obstruction of the GPS can occur in a Q to try the call again or try again after erase data or settings that are stored in the large city with tall buildings; in parking driving a few miles into another vehicle, such as saved navigation garages; around airports; in tunnels and cellular area. destinations or pre-set radio stations. underpasses; or in an area with very Vehicle and Power Issues Neither OnStar nor GM is responsible for dense trees. If GPS signals are not any affected or erased data or settings. available, the OnStar system should still OnStar services require a vehicle electrical These updates or changes may also collect operate to call OnStar. However, OnStar system, wireless service, and GPS satellite personal information. Such collection is could have difficulty identifying the exact technologies to be available and operating described in the OnStar privacy statement or location. for features to function properly. These separately disclosed at the time of . In emergency situations, OnStar can use systems may not operate if the battery is installation. These updates or changes may the last stored GPS location to send to discharged or disconnected. also cause a system to automatically emergency responders. communicate with GM servers to collect information about vehicle system status, Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

444 OnStar identify whether updates or changes are OnStar - Software Acknowledgements available, or deliver updates or changes. An To obtain the source code under GPL, LGPL, active OnStar agreement constitutes consent MPL, and other open source licenses, that is to these software updates or changes and contained in this product, please visit agreement that either OnStar or GM may http://opensource.lge.com. In addition to remotely deliver them to the vehicle. the source code, all referred license terms, Privacy warranty disclaimers, and copyright notices are available for download. This offer is valid The complete OnStar Privacy Statement may for a period of three years after our last be found at www.onstar.com (U.S.), shipment of this product. This offer is valid or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We recommend to anyone in receipt of this information. that you review it. If you have any questions, call 1-888-4ONSTAR *Provided through LG Electronics Inc., who is (1-888-466-7827) or press Q to speak with solely responsible for provisions of related an Advisor. Users of wireless OSS compliance. communications are cautioned that the privacy of any information sent via wireless cellular communications cannot be assured. Third parties may unlawfully intercept or access transmissions and private communications without consent. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Connected Services 445 Connected Services 2. Say “Cancel route.” System responds: Connected Services “Do you want to cancel directions?” Connected Services Navigation 3. Say “Yes.” System responds: “OK, request completed, thank you, goodbye.” Navigation ...... 445 Navigation requires a specific OnStar or Connections ...... 446 connected service plan. Route Preview Diagnostics ...... 447 Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn directions 1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar or have them sent to the vehicle’s ready,” then a tone. navigation screen, if equipped. 2. Say “Route preview.” System responds with the next three maneuvers. Turn-by-Turn Navigation Repeat 1. Press Q to connect to an Advisor. 1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar 2. Request directions to be downloaded to ready,” then a tone. the vehicle. 2. Say “Repeat.” System responds with the 3. Follow the voice-guided commands. last direction given, then responds with Using Voice Commands During a “OnStar ready,” then a tone. Planned Route Get My Destination Functionality of the Voice Command button, 1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar if equipped, may vary by vehicle and region. ready,” then a tone. For some vehicles, press = to open the 2. Say “Get my destination.” System OnStar app on the infotainment display. For responds with the address and distance other vehicles press = as follows. to the destination, then responds with Cancel Route “OnStar ready,” then a tone. 1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar Send Destination to Vehicle ready,” then a tone. Directions can be sent to the vehicle’s navigation screen, if equipped. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

446 Connected Services Press Q, then ask the Advisor to download Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped) After initial set-up, your vehicle’s Wi-Fi directions to the vehicle’s navigation system, The vehicle may have a built-in Wi-Fi hotspot will connect automatically to your if equipped. After the call ends, the hotspot that provides access to the Internet mobile devices. Manage data usage by navigation screen will provide prompts to and web content at 4G LTE speed. Up to turning Wi-Fi on or off on your mobile begin driving directions. Routes that are sent seven mobile devices can be connected. device, using the myChevrolet mobile app, to the navigation screen can only be A data plan is required. Use the in-vehicle or by contacting an OnStar Advisor. On canceled through the navigation system. controls only when it is safe to do so. some vehicles, Wi-Fi can also be managed from the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu. See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca 1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot information, (Canada). press = to open the OnStar app on the MyChevrolet Mobile App (If Available) infotainment display, then select Wi-Fi Download the myChevrolet mobile app to Connections Hotspot. On some vehicles, touch Wi-Fi compatible Apple and Android smartphones. The following services help with staying or Wi-Fi Settings on the screen. Chevrolet users can access the following connected. 2. The Wi-Fi settings will display the Wi-Fi services from a smartphone: For coverage maps, see www.onstar.com hotspot name (SSID), password, and on . Remotely start/stop the vehicle, (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada). some vehicles, the connection type (no if factory-equipped. Internet connection, 3G, 4G, 4G LTE), and . Lock/unlock doors, if equipped with Ensuring Security signal quality (poor, good, excellent). The automatic locks. . Change the default passwords for the LTE icon shows connection to Wi-Fi. It is . Activate the horn and lamps. Wi-Fi hotspot and myChevrolet mobile possible that the icon may not illuminate . Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oil life, application. Make these passwords even though the vehicle has an active or tire pressure, if factory-equipped with different from each other and use a connection. the Tire Pressure Monitor System. combination of letters and numbers to 3. To change the SSID or password, press increase the security. . Send destinations to the vehicle. Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR to connect . Change the default name of the SSID . Locate the vehicle on a map with an Advisor. On some vehicles, the (Service Set Identifier). This is your (U.S. market only). SSID and password can be changed in network’s name that is visible to other the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu. . Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot on/off, wireless devices. Choose a unique name manage settings, and monitor data and avoid family names or vehicle consumption, if equipped. descriptions. . Locate a dealer and schedule service. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Connected Services 447 . Request Roadside Assistance. Diagnostics . Set a parking reminder with pin drop, take a photo, make a note, and set a By monitoring and reporting on the vehicle's timer. key systems, OnStar Advanced Diagnostics, if equipped, provides a way to keep up on . Connect with Chevrolet on social media. maintenance. Capabilities vary by model. Features are subject to change. For See www.onstar.com for details and system myChevrolet mobile app information and limitations. Features are subject to change. compatibility, see my.chevrolet.com. For updates on feature capabilities, see An active OnStar or connected service plan my.chevrolet.com. Message and data rates may be required. A compatible device, may apply. factory-installed remote start, and power locks are required. Data rates apply. See www.onstar.com for details and system limitations. Remote Services Contact an OnStar Advisor to unlock the doors or sound the horn and flash the lamps. Marketplace OnStar Advisors can provide offers from restaurants and retailers on your route, help locate hotels, or book a room. These services vary by market. Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/- Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

448 Index A Airbag System (cont'd) Index Accessories and Modifications ...... 322 When Should an Airbag Inflate? ...... 63 Accessory Power ...... 235 Where Are the Airbags? ...... 62 Active Fuel Management ...... 237 Airbags Adaptive Cruise Control ...... 256 Adding Equipment to the Vehicle ...... 69 Add-On Electrical Equipment ...... 317 Passenger Status Indicator ...... 115 Adding a Snow Plow or Similar Readiness Light ...... 114 Equipment ...... 317 Servicing Airbag-Equipped Vehicles ...... 69 Additional Information System Check ...... 61 OnStar ...... 441 Alarm Additional Maintenance and Care ...... 415 Vehicle Security ...... 31 Adjustments Alert Lumbar, Front Seats ...... 48 Lane Change ...... 279 Agreements Side Blind Zone (SBZA) ...... 279 Trademarks and License ...... 195 All-Season Tires ...... 361 Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine ...... 333 All-Terrain Tires ...... 362 Air Conditioning ...... 204, 206 AM-FM Radio ...... 155 Air Filter Antenna Life System ...... 332 Fixed Mast ...... 158 Air Filter, Passenger Compartment ...... 209 Multi-band ...... 158 Air Vents ...... 209 Antilock Brake System (ABS) ...... 246 Airbag System Warning Light ...... 118 Check ...... 70 Appearance Care How Does an Airbag Restrain? ...... 64 Exterior ...... 398 Passenger Sensing System ...... 66 Interior ...... 403 What Makes an Airbag Inflate? ...... 64 Apple CarPlay and Android Auto ...... 185 What Will You See after an Airbag Inflates? ...... 65 Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/- Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Index 449 Assistance Program, Roadside ...... 431 B Bulb Replacement Assistance Systems for Driving ...... 274 Battery Center High-Mounted Stoplamp Assistance Systems for Parking and Exterior Lighting Battery Saver ...... 147 (CHMSL) and Cargo Lamp ...... 352 Backing ...... 266 Load Management ...... 146 Halogen Bulbs ...... 349 Audio Power Protection ...... 147 Headlamp Aiming ...... 349 Bluetooth ...... 162 Battery - North America ...... 342, 391 Headlamps ...... 349 Auto Stop Blade Replacement, Wiper ...... 347 Headlamps, Front Turn Signal, Stop/Start System ...... 233 Blind Spot Mirrors ...... 37 Sidemarker, and Parking Lamps ...... 349 Automatic Bluetooth License Plate Lamps ...... 352 Dimming Mirrors ...... 37 Overview ...... 180, 181 Taillamps, Turn Signal, Stoplamps, Door Locks ...... 22 Bluetooth Audio ...... 162 and Back-up Lamps ...... 350 Emergency Braking (AEB) ...... 276 Brake Buying New Tires ...... 376 Headlamp System ...... 142 Electric Boost ...... 245 C Transmission ...... 238 Parking, Electric ...... 246 Calibration ...... 102 Transmission Fluid ...... 332 System Warning Light ...... 117 California Automatic Transmission Brake Pad Life System ...... 341 Perchlorate Materials Requirements . . . 321 Manual Mode ...... 240 Brakes ...... 340 California Proposition Shift Lock Control Function Check ...... 346 Antilock ...... 246 65 Warning ...... 321, 342, 391, Auxiliary Assist ...... 247 Back Cover Roof Mounted Lamp ...... 144 Fluid ...... 342 Canadian Vehicle Owners ...... 2 Auxiliary Jack ...... 161 Pad Life System ...... 341 Capacities and Specifications ...... 424 Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices ...... 158 Braking ...... 213 Carbon Monoxide Axle, Front ...... 345 Automatic Emergency (AEB) ...... 276 Engine Exhaust ...... 237 Axle, Rear ...... 345 Braking System Tailgate ...... 23 Front Pedestrian (FPB) ...... 277 Winter Driving ...... 220 Break-In, New Vehicle ...... 228 Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/- Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

450 Index Cargo Climate Control Systems (cont'd) Courtesy Transportation Program ...... 433 Tie-Downs ...... 97 Heating ...... 204 Coverage Explanations ...... 175 Caution, Danger, and Warning ...... 2 Clock ...... 102 Cruise Control ...... 254 Center Console Storage ...... 96 Cluster, Instrument ...... 106 Light ...... 123 Center High-Mounted Stoplamp Collision Damage Repair ...... 434 Cruise Control, Adaptive ...... 256 (CHMSL) and Cargo Lamp ...... 352 Compartments Cupholders ...... 95 Center Seat ...... 47 Storage ...... 95 Customer Assistance ...... 430 Chains, Tire ...... 379 Compass ...... 102 Offices ...... 430 Charging Connected Services Text Telephone (TTY) Users ...... 430 Wireless ...... 103 Connections ...... 446 Customer Information Charging System Light ...... 115 Diagnostics ...... 447 Publications Ordering Information . . . . . 436 Check Navigation ...... 445 Customer Satisfaction Procedure ...... 428 Engine Light (Malfunction Indicator) . . . . 116 Connections Cybersecurity ...... 438 Connected Services ...... 446 Ignition Transmission Lock ...... 346 D Child Restraints Control Damage Repair, Collision ...... 434 Infants and Young Children ...... 72 Hill Descent ...... 249 Danger, Warning, and Caution ...... 2 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Traction and Electronic Stability ...... 248 Data Collection Children ...... 77 Control Light Infotainment System ...... 439 Older Children ...... 71 Hill Descent ...... 119 OnStar ...... 439 Securing ...... 88, 92 Control of a Vehicle ...... 213 Data Recorders, Event ...... 438 Systems ...... 74 Controls Database Coverage Explanations ...... 175 Circuit Breakers ...... 353 Steering Wheel ...... 151 Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) ...... 141 Cleaning Convex Mirrors ...... 33 Defensive Driving ...... 213 Exterior Care ...... 398 Coolant Delayed Locking ...... 22 Interior Care ...... 403 Engine Temperature Gauge ...... 112 Destination ...... 167 Climate Control Systems ...... 204 Engine Temperature Warning Light . . . . . 121 Diagnostics Air Conditioning ...... 204 Cooling ...... 204, 206 Connected Services ...... 447 Dual Automatic ...... 206 Cooling System ...... 334 Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/- Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Index 451 Differential, Limited-Slip ...... 253 Driving (cont'd) Engine (cont'd) Distracted Driving ...... 212 Winter ...... 220 Exhaust ...... 237 Dome Lamps ...... 145 Dual Automatic Climate Control Fan ...... 339 Door System ...... 206 Heater ...... 234 Ajar Light ...... 124 E Oil Life System ...... 331 Delayed Locking ...... 22 Oil Pressure Gauge ...... 111 E85 or FlexFuel ...... 284 Locks ...... 21 Oil Pressure Light ...... 122 Electric Brake Boost ...... 245 Power Locks ...... 22 Overheated Protection Electric Parking Brake ...... 246 Drive Belt Routing, Engine ...... 427 Operating Mode ...... 339 Electric Parking Brake Light ...... 118 Driver Overheating ...... 337 Electrical Equipment, Add-On ...... 317 Teen ...... 192 Power Messages ...... 131 Electrical System Driver Assistance Systems ...... 264 Running While Parked ...... 238 Engine Compartment Fuse Block ...... 353 Driver Information Center (DIC) ...... 124, 125 Starting ...... 232 Fuses and Circuit Breakers ...... 353 Driver Mode Control ...... 250 Engine Air Filter Life System ...... 332 Instrument Panel Fuse Block ...... 357, 358 Driver Mode Control Light ...... 121 Entry Lighting ...... 146 Overload ...... 352 Driving Equipment, Towing ...... 296 Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Off Assistance Systems ...... 274 Event Data Recorders ...... 438 Light ...... 120 Better Fuel Economy ...... 212 Exit Lighting ...... 146 Emergency Characteristics and Towing Tips ...... 288 Extended Parking ...... 237 OnStar ...... 441 Defensive ...... 213 Extender, Seat Belt ...... 59 Engine Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 219 Exterior Cargo Lamps ...... 144 Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 333 If the Vehicle is Stuck ...... 221 Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 139 Check Light (Malfunction Indicator) . . . . . 116 Impaired ...... 213 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder ...... 141 Compartment Overview ...... 324 Loss of Control ...... 215 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver ...... 147 Coolant Temperature Gauge ...... 112 Off-Road ...... 215 Coolant Temperature Warning Light . . . . 121 Off-Road Recovery ...... 214 Cooling System ...... 334 Vehicle Load Limits ...... 222 Drive Belt Routing ...... 427 Wet Roads ...... 219 Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/- Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

452 Index F Front Fog Lamp G Fan Light ...... 123 Garage Door Opener ...... 136 Engine ...... 339 Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) Programming ...... 136 Filter, System ...... 277 Gas Strut(s) ...... 348 Engine Air Cleaner ...... 333 Front Seats Gauges Fixed Mast Antenna ...... 158 Adjustment ...... 46 Engine Coolant Temperature ...... 112 Flash-to-Pass ...... 141 Heated and Ventilated ...... 52 Engine Oil Pressure ...... 111 Flashers, Hazard Warning ...... 142 Fuel Fuel ...... 110 Flat Tire ...... 380 Additives ...... 284 Odometer ...... 110 Changing ...... 381 Economy, Driving for Better ...... 212 Speedometer ...... 110 FlexFuel Filling a Portable Fuel Container ...... 288 Tachometer ...... 110 E85 ...... 284 Filling the Tank ...... 285, 286 Trip Odometer ...... 110 Floor Console Storage ...... 97 Foreign Countries ...... 284 Voltmeter ...... 113 Floor Mats ...... 405 Gauge ...... 110 Warning Lights and Indicators ...... 106 Fluid Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 122 General Information Automatic Transmission ...... 332 Management, Active ...... 237 Service and Maintenance ...... 408 Brakes ...... 342 Prohibited Fuels ...... 284 Towing ...... 288 Four-Wheel Drive Transfer Case ...... 241 Recommended ...... 283 Vehicle Care ...... 321 Washer ...... 339 Top Tier ...... 283 Glass Replacement ...... 347 Fog Lamps ...... 143 Full-Size Spare Tire ...... 391 Global Positioning System (GPS) ...... 174 Folding Mirrors ...... 36 Fuses Glove Box ...... 95 Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System . . . . 274 Engine Compartment Fuse Block ...... 353 GM Mobility Reimbursement Four-Wheel Drive ...... 241, 345 Fuses and Circuit Breakers ...... 353 Program ...... 431 Four-Wheel-Drive Light ...... 118 Instrument Panel Fuse Block ...... 357, 358 Guidance Frequency Statement Problems with the Route ...... 174 Radio ...... 436 Front Axle ...... 345 Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/- Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Index 453 H Hill Descent Control Light ...... 119 K Halogen Bulbs ...... 349 Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 247 Keyless Entry Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 142 Hood ...... 322 Remote (RKE) System ...... 10, 13 HD Radio Technology ...... 156 Horn ...... 101 Keys ...... 7, 9 How to Wear Seat Belts Properly ...... 55 Head Restraints ...... 45 L Head-up Display ...... 128 HVAC ...... 204, 206 Labeling, Tire Sidewall ...... 362 Headlamps I Lamps Aiming ...... 349 If the System Needs Service ...... 175 Auxiliary Roof Mounted Lamp ...... 144 Automatic ...... 142 Ignition Positions ...... 229, 230 Daytime Running (DRL) ...... 141 Bulb Replacement ...... 349 Ignition Transmission Lock Check ...... 346 Dome ...... 145 Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) ...... 141 Immobilizer ...... 32 Exterior Cargo ...... 144 Flash-to-Pass ...... 141 Indicator Exterior Controls ...... 139 Headlamps, Front Turn Signal, Pedestrian Ahead ...... 119 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder ...... 141 Sidemarker, and Parking Lamps ...... 349 Vehicle Ahead ...... 119 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver ...... 147 High-Beam On Light ...... 123 Infants and Young Children, Restraints . . . . .72 License Plate ...... 352 High/Low Beam Changer ...... 141 Information Malfunction Indicator (Check Lamps On Reminder ...... 123 Publication Ordering ...... 436 Engine) ...... 116 Heated Infotainment System ...... 439 On Reminder ...... 123 Rear Seats ...... 54 Instrument Cluster ...... 106 Reading ...... 146 Steering Wheel ...... 100 Instrument Panel Overview ...... 4 Lane Change Alert (LCA) ...... 279 Heated and Ventilated Front Seats ...... 52 Interior Rearview Mirrors ...... 38 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) ...... 281 Heated Mirrors ...... 37 Introduction ...... 1, 148 Lane Keep Assist Light ...... 119 Heater Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 57 Engine ...... 234 J LATCH System Heating ...... 204, 206 Jack Replacing Parts after a Crash ...... 88 High-Beam On Light ...... 123 Auxiliary ...... 161 LATCH, Lower Anchors and Tethers for Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 219 Jump Starting - North America ...... 391 Children ...... 77 Hill Descent Control (HDC) ...... 249 Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/- Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

454 Index LED Lighting ...... 349 Lights (cont'd) M Lighting High/Low Beam Changer ...... 141 Maintenance Entry ...... 146 Hill Descent Control ...... 119 Records ...... 422 Exit ...... 146 Lane Keep Assist ...... 119 Maintenance and Care Illumination Control ...... 145 Low Fuel Warning ...... 122 Additional ...... 415 LED ...... 349 Seat Belt Reminders ...... 113 Maintenance Schedule ...... 409 Task ...... 144 Security ...... 122 Recommended Fluids and Lights Service Electric Parking Brake ...... 118 Lubricants ...... 418 Airbag Readiness ...... 114 Tire Pressure ...... 122 Transfer Case ...... 241 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Tow/Haul Mode ...... 119 Malfunction Indicator Lamp ...... 116 Warning ...... 118 Traction Off ...... 120 Manual Mirrors ...... 34 Brake System Warning ...... 117 Limited-Slip Differential ...... 253 Manual Mode ...... 240 Charging System ...... 115 Lock Manual Windows ...... 41 Check Engine (Malfunction Steering Column ...... 32 Map Data Updates ...... 175 Indicator) ...... 116 Locking Rear Axle ...... 254 Maps ...... 166 Cruise Control ...... 123 Locks Media Door Ajar ...... 124 Automatic Door ...... 22 Avoiding Untrusted Devices ...... 158 Driver Mode Control ...... 121 Delayed Locking ...... 22 Memory Seats ...... 49 Electric Parking Brake ...... 118 Door ...... 21 Messages Electronic Stability Control Lockout Protection ...... 22 Engine Power ...... 131 (ESC), Off ...... 120 Power Door ...... 22 Vehicle ...... 130 Engine Coolant Temperature Safety ...... 23 Vehicle Speed ...... 131 Warning ...... 121 Loss of Control ...... 215 Mirror Engine Oil Pressure ...... 122 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 122 Rear Camera ...... 38 Flash-to-Pass ...... 141 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Mirrors Four-Wheel-Drive ...... 118 Children (LATCH System) ...... 77 Automatic Dimming ...... 37 Front Fog Lamp ...... 123 Lumbar Adjustment ...... 48 Automatic Dimming Rearview ...... 38 High-Beam On ...... 123 Front Seats ...... 48 Blind Spot ...... 37 Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/- Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Index 455 Mirrors (cont'd) Oil P Convex ...... 33 Engine ...... 329 Park Folding ...... 36 Engine Oil Life System ...... 331 Shifting Into ...... 235 Heated ...... 37 Engine Oil Pressure Gauge ...... 111 Shifting Out of ...... 236 Manual ...... 34 Pressure Light ...... 122 Park Assist ...... 266 Manual Rearview ...... 38 Older Children, Restraints ...... 71 Parking Power ...... 35 Online Owner Center ...... 430 Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Tilt in Reverse ...... 38 OnStar ...... 439 Check ...... 346 Trailer Tow ...... 34 OnStar Additional Information ...... 441 Extended ...... 237 Mirrors, Interior Rearview ...... 38 OnStar Emergency ...... 441 Over Things That Burn ...... 237 Mode ...... 250 OnStar Overview ...... 440 Parking or Backing Driver Control ...... 250 OnStar Security ...... 441 Assistance Systems ...... 266 Monitor System, Tire Pressure ...... 368 OnStar System ...... 162, 173 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator ...... 115 Multi-band Antenna ...... 158 Operating Mode Passenger Compartment Air Filter ...... 209 N Overheated Engine Protection ...... 339 Passenger Sensing System ...... 66 Operation Navigation Pedestrian Ahead Indicator ...... 119 Fog Lamps ...... 143 Connected Services ...... 445 Perchlorate Materials Requirements, Outlets Destination ...... 167 California ...... 321 Power ...... 102 Using the System ...... 163 Personalization Overheated Engine Protection Navigation Symbols ...... 167 Vehicle ...... 131 Operating Mode ...... 339 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 228 Phone Overheating, Engine ...... 337 Apple CarPlay and Android Auto ...... 185 O Overview ...... 149 Bluetooth ...... 180, 181 Odometer ...... 110 Instrument Panel ...... 4 Pickup Conversion to Chassis Cab ...... 319 Trip ...... 110 Port Off-Road ...... 215 USB ...... 158 Driving ...... 215 Positioning Recovery ...... 214 Vehicle ...... 174 Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/- Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

456 Index Power Radios Replacement Door Locks ...... 22 AM-FM Radio ...... 155 Glass ...... 347 Mirrors ...... 35 Satellite ...... 157 Replacement Parts Outlets ...... 102 Reading Lamps ...... 146 Airbags ...... 71 Protection, Battery ...... 147 Rear Axle ...... 345 Maintenance ...... 419 Retained Accessory (RAP) ...... 235 Locking ...... 254 Replacing Airbag System ...... 71 Seat Adjustment ...... 47 Rear Camera Mirror ...... 38 Replacing LATCH System Parts after a Windows ...... 41 Rear Seats ...... 53 Crash ...... 88 Power Assist Steps ...... 30 Heated ...... 54 Replacing Seat Belt System Parts after Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts ...... 59 Rear Storage ...... 96 a Crash ...... 60 Privacy Rear Vision Camera (RVC) ...... 266 Reporting Safety Defects Vehicle Data Recording ...... 437 Rear Windows ...... 43 Canadian Government ...... 437 Problems with Route Guidance ...... 174 Rearview Mirrors ...... 38 General Motors ...... 437 Program Automatic Dimming ...... 38 U.S. Government ...... 436 Courtesy Transportation ...... 433 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 48 Restraints Prohibited Fuels ...... 284 Recognition Where to Put ...... 76 Proposition 65 Warning, Voice ...... 175 Retained Accessory Power (RAP) ...... 235 California ...... 321, 342, 391, Recommended Reverse Tilt Mirrors ...... 38 Back Cover Fuel ...... 283 Ride Control Systems Publication Ordering Information ...... 436 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants . . . . . 418 Enhanced Traction System (ETS) ...... 253 R Records Roads Maintenance ...... 422 Driving, Wet ...... 219 Radio Recreational Vehicle Towing ...... 395 Roadside Assistance Program ...... 431 HD Radio Technology ...... 156 Reimbursement Program, GM Roof Radio Data System (RDS) ...... 157 Mobility ...... 431 Sunroof ...... 43 Radio Frequency Statement ...... 436 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System . . . 10, 13 Rotation, Tires ...... 374 Radio Reception ...... 158 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 20 Routing, Engine Drive Belt ...... 427 Running the Vehicle While Parked ...... 238 Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/- Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Index 457 S Seats (cont'd) Signals, Turn and Lane-Change ...... 143 Safety Defects Reporting Underseat Storage ...... 96 Snow Plow ...... 317 Canadian Government ...... 437 Securing Child Restraints ...... 88, 92 Software Updates ...... 155 General Motors ...... 437 Security Special Application Services ...... 415 U.S. Government ...... 436 Light ...... 122 Specifications and Capacities ...... 424 Safety Locks ...... 23 OnStar ...... 441 Speedometer ...... 110 Safety System Check ...... 60 Vehicle ...... 31 Start Assist, Hill ...... 247 Satellite Radio ...... 157 Vehicle Alarm ...... 31 Start Vehicle, Remote ...... 20 Scheduling Appointments ...... 433 Service ...... 210 Starter Switch Check ...... 346 Seat Belts ...... 54 Accessories and Modifications ...... 322 Starting the Engine ...... 232 Care ...... 60 Climate Control System ...... 204 Steering ...... 214 Extender ...... 59 Doing Your Own Work ...... 322 Heated Wheel ...... 100 How to Wear Seat Belts Properly ...... 55 Maintenance Records ...... 422 Wheel Adjustment ...... 100 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 57 Maintenance, General Information . . . . . 408 Wheel Controls ...... 100 Reminders ...... 113 Parts Identification ...... 423 Steering Column Lock ...... 32 Replacing after a Crash ...... 60 Scheduling Appointments ...... 433 Steering Wheel Controls ...... 151 Use During Pregnancy ...... 59 Service Electric Parking Brake Light ...... 118 Steps Seats Services Power Assist ...... 30 Adjustment, Front ...... 46 Special Application ...... 415 Stop/Start System ...... 233 Center Seat ...... 47 Servicing System ...... 175 Stoplamps and Back-up Lamps Head Restraints ...... 45 Servicing the Airbag ...... 69 Bulb Replacement ...... 350 Heated and Ventilated Front ...... 52 Settings ...... 186 Storage Heated, Rear ...... 54 Shift Lock Control Function Check, Rear ...... 96 Lumbar Adjustment, Front ...... 48 Automatic Transmission ...... 346 Storage Areas Memory ...... 49 Shifting Center Console ...... 96 Power Adjustment, Front ...... 47 Into Park ...... 235 Floor Console ...... 97 Rear ...... 53 Out of Park ...... 236 Glove Box ...... 95 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 48 Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) ...... 279 Underseat ...... 96 Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/- Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

458 Index Storage Compartments ...... 95 Time ...... 102 Towing Struts Tires ...... 361 Driving Characteristics ...... 288 Gas ...... 348 All-Season ...... 361 Equipment ...... 296 Stuck Vehicle ...... 221 All-Terrain ...... 362 General Information ...... 288 Sun Visors ...... 43 Buying New Tires ...... 376 Recreational Vehicle ...... 395 Sunroof ...... 43 Chains ...... 379 Trailer ...... 292 Symbols ...... 2 Changing ...... 381 Trailer Sway Control (TSC) ...... 305 Navigation ...... 167 Designations ...... 364 Vehicle ...... 394 System Different Size ...... 377 Traction Brake Pad Life ...... 341 Full-Size Spare ...... 391 Limited-Slip Differential ...... 253 Engine Air Filter Life ...... 332 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 380 Off Light ...... 120 Forward Collision Alert (FCA) ...... 274 Inspection ...... 374 Traction Control/Electronic Stability Global Positioning ...... 174 Pressure ...... 367 Control ...... 248 Infotainment ...... 439 Pressure Light ...... 122 Trademarks and License Agreements . . . . . 195 OnStar ...... 173 Pressure Monitor Operation ...... 369 Trailer Systems Pressure Monitor System ...... 368 Sway Control (TSC) ...... 305 Driver Assistance ...... 264 Rotation ...... 374 Tow Mirrors ...... 34 T Sidewall Labeling ...... 362 Towing ...... 292 Terminology and Definitions ...... 365 Trailer Towing Tachometer ...... 110 Uniform Tire Quality Grading ...... 377 App ...... 306 Tailgate ...... 23 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance . . . . 379 Trailering App ...... 306 Taillamps Wheel Replacement ...... 379 Transfer Case ...... 241 Bulb Replacement ...... 350 When It Is Time for New Tires ...... 375 Transmission Task Lighting ...... 144 Winter ...... 362 Automatic ...... 238 Teen Driver ...... 192 Top Tier Fuel ...... 283 Fluid, Automatic ...... 332 Text Telephone (TTY) Users ...... 430 Tow/Haul Mode ...... 241 Transportation Program, Courtesy ...... 433 Theft-Deterrent Systems ...... 32 Tow/Haul Mode Light ...... 119 Trip Odometer ...... 110 Immobilizer ...... 32 Truck-Camper Loading Information ...... 226 Chevrolet Silverado 1500 Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/- Mexico/Paraguay-14632303) - 2021 - CRC - 11/9/20

Index 459 Turn and Lane-Change Signals ...... 143 Vehicle (cont'd) When It Is Time for New Tires ...... 375 Turn Signal Speed Messages ...... 131 Where to Put the Restraint ...... 76 Bulb Replacement ...... 350 Towing ...... 394 Windows ...... 40 Vehicle Ahead Indicator ...... 119 U Manual ...... 41 Vehicle Care Power ...... 41 Underseat Storage ...... 96 Tire Pressure ...... 367 Rear ...... 43 Uniform Tire Quality Grading ...... 377 Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy ...... 437 Windshield Universal Remote System ...... 136 Vehicle Positioning ...... 174 Replacement ...... 347 Operation ...... 138 Vehicle Security Wiper/Washer ...... 101 Programming ...... 136 Steering Column Lock ...... 32 Winter Updates Ventilation, Air ...... 209 Driving ...... 220 Map Data ...... 175 Visors ...... 43 Winter Tires ...... 362 Software ...... 155 Voice Recognition ...... 175 Wiper Blade Replacement ...... 347 USB Port ...... 158 Voltmeter Gauge ...... 113 Wireless Charging ...... 103 Using the Navigation System ...... 163 Using the System ...... 152 W Using This Manual ...... 2 Warning Brake System Light ...... 117 V Caution and Danger ...... 2 Vehicle Warning Lights, Gauges, and Alarm System ...... 31 Indicators ...... 106 Canadian Owners ...... 2 Warnings Control ...... 213 Hazard Flashers ...... 142 Identification Number (VIN) ...... 423 Washer Fluid ...... 339 Load Limits ...... 222 Wheels Messages ...... 130 Alignment and Tire Balance ...... 379 Personalization ...... 131 Different Size ...... 377 Remote Start ...... 20 Replacement ...... 379 Security ...... 31 ai162145378315_21_CHEV_Silverado_1500_COV_en_US_84550389D_2021MAY24.pdf 1 5/19/2021 3:49:43 PM

CMY